Waddell – Manetho, with an English translation (Loeb; 1940, reprint 1964; with Robbins, Ptolemy Tetrabiblos) — archive.org text layer

Source and licence

share: publicnone

Source: text layer of corpus/incoming/histories/historians/manetho-aegyptiaca/manethowithengli00maneuoft.pdf (archive.org OCR; tools/build_repository.py histories())

Attribution: Waddell – Manetho, with an English translation (Loeb; 1940, reprint 1964; with Robbins, Ptolemy Tetrabiblos); public domain in Canada (death years verified: Waddell d.1945 (http://id.loc.gov/authorities/names/n85139657 "1884-1945"; https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q59627833 d. 1945-01-25); Robbins (Tetrabiblos, same volume) d.1963 (https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Q59629165; LoC n84805970 gives no death year) — staged at corpus/incoming/histories/historians/manetho-aegyptiaca/manethowithengli00maneuoft.pdf from https://archive.org/details/manethowithengli00maneuoft (HIST-1, 2026-09-29)); OCR text by the Kemetic project, Yousef Hanna 2026.

Licence: public domain in Canada (author died ≤ 1971, verified; LICENCES.md §7) — US position (recorded, does not gate the class; PD-CA 2026-09-26): US: first published 1940 (this printing 1964) — renewal not checked; archive.org records "Permission Granted to Digitize Item" (Toronto). Canada decides (PD-CA 2026-09-26)

Jurisdiction note: this text is public domain under Canadian law (the project is published from Canada; LICENCES.md §7: author died in or before 1971). It may still be in copyright elsewhere — in countries with a life + 70 term, or where a later edition claims its own rights. The licence line above says what was verified. If you are outside Canada, check your own law before re-using it.

Full provenance and citation

The text — part 2 of 4

16,084 lines · a line number is a link to itself

ref	L0 witness
p. 300
16011	INDEX
16012	Tacaléphis, 247.
16013	Tacelothis, Takeléthis, 159, 161.
16014	Tancheres, 51.
16015	Tanis, 23, 155
16016	157.
16017	161, 163, 229
16018	231, 239.
16019	Tanite nome, 80 η. 3.
16020	Taracés, 249.
16021	Taracus, Tarcus, 167, 169.
16022	Tat, 209.
16023	Temple (Solomon’s), 118 n., 119,
16024	159 n. 1.
16025	Tethmodsis, 101, 109 121, 127, 241
16026	Teds, 183, 185.
16027	Thamphthis, 47.
16028	Thebaid, 87.
16029	Thebans, 213.
16030	Thebes, 93, 95, 215, 217, 219, 221,
16031	223, 225: see Diospolis.
16032	Thirillus, 221.
16033	This, 5, 9, 29, 31, 33, 35.
16034	Thmésis, 101.
16035	Thdéth, 209.
16036	Thrace, 67, 71, 73.
16037	Threats to the gods, 200 n. 3.
16038	Thulis, 23.
16039	Thummésis, 87.
16040	Thudris, 149, 151, 153, 245.
16041	Timotheus, 195.
16042	Tithoés, 17.
16043	Tlas, 37.
16044	Témaephtha, 223.
16045	Tongues, Confusion of, 233,
16046	Tosertasis, 43.
16047	Tosorthros, 41.
16048	Tower (of Babel), 233.
16049	256
16050	Tréglodytes, 247.
16051	Trojan war, 107.
16052	Troy, 149, 151, 153, 245.
16053	Cuthmdses (-is). 109 113. 115. 117
16054	241
16055	Tutimaeus, 79.
16056	Typhon, 5, 17, 19, 125, 189, 191,
16057	201, 203.
16058	Typhonian, 193.
16059	Tyreis, Tyris, 43.
16060	Uaphrés (-is), 171, 173, 237, 249,
16061	Ubienthés, 33.
16062	Uenephés, 29, 31.
16063	Uennephis, 245.
16064	Udsimarés, 221.
16065	Usaphais, 29, 31, 35.
16066	Usercherés, 51.
16067	Usés, 237.
16068	Usimare(s), 237.
16069	Vavenephis (see Uenephés), 33.
16070	Venus, 23.
16071	Vibenthis, 35.
16072	Vuleanus, 2.
16073	Water, 197.
16074	Xerxes
16075	1. (the Great), 175, 177,
16076	11... 275, 11
16077	Χοῖβ, 75.
16078	Zét, 161
16079	Zeus, a7 23, 133, 189, 197, 199.
16080	Zodiac, 13, 531,
p. 301
16081	PTOLEMY
16082	TETRABIBLOS
16083	EDITED AND TRANSLATED INTO
16084	ENGLISH BY
16085	F. EK. ROBBINS, Pa.D.
16086	UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
16087	CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS
16088	HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS
16089	LONDON
16090	WILLIAM HEINEMANN LTD.
16091	MCMLXIV
p. 302
16092	First PRINTED
16093	.
16094	1940
16095	REPRINTED
16096	.
16097	1948, 1956, 1964
16098	Printed in Great Britain at The University Press, Aberdeen
p. 303
16099	.
16100	SODIRMPO
16101	be
16102	_— δ
16103	CONTENTS
16104	INTRODUCTION
16105	.
16106	3
16107	3
16108	A
16109	5
16110	z
16111	THe LUMINARIES AND PLANETS
16112	᾿
16113	᾿
16114	5
16115	Tur SIGNS OF THE ZODIAC
16116	3
16117	:
16118	ἡ
16119	3
16120	BOOK
16121	I
16122	INTRODUCTION
16123	a
16124	-
16125	THat KNOWLEDGE BY ASTRONOMICAL Mrans 15
16126	ATTAINABLE, AND How FAr
16127	Ἷ
16128	Ξ
16129	A
16130	THAT IT IS ALSO BENEFICIAL
16131	.
16132	:
16133	Or THE POWER OF THE PLANETS
16134	2
16135	Ξ
16136	Or BENEFICENT AND MALEFICENT PLANETS
16137	3
16138	Or MASCULINE AND FEMININE PLANETS
16139	.
16140	Or DiuRNAL AND NocTURNAL PLANETS
16141	.
16142	,
16143	Or THE POWER OF THE ASPECTS TO THE SUN
16144	:
16145	OF THE POWER OF THE FIXED STARS
16146	i
16147	Ξ
16148	Or THE EFFECT OF THE SEASONS AND OF THE
16149	Four ANGLES
16150	.
16151	.
16152	Ὶ
16153	‘
16154	Or
16155	SoLstTITIAL,
16156	EQurNoctiat,
16157	SOLID,
16158	AND
16159	BICORPOREAL SIGNS
16160	.
16161	ἰ
16162	3
16163	Ἶ
16164	’
16165	Or MASCULINE AND FEMININE SIGNS
16166	:
16167	3
16168	Or THE ASPECTS OF THE SIGNS
16169	:
16170	A
16171	é
16172	Or COMMANDING AND OBEYING SIGNS
16173	‘
16174	᾿
16175	Or SIGNS
16176	WHICH
16177	BEHOLD
16178	EACH
16179	OTHER
16180	AND
16181	Signs oF Equat PowER
16182	.
16183	Ἴ
16184	ἢ
16185	ἐ
16186	Or DissunctT SIGNS
16187	2
16188	F
16189	Or THE HOUSES OF THE SEVERAL PLANETS
16190	"
16191	ΟΕ THE TRIANGLES
16192	5
16193	3
16194	4
16195	5
16196	2
16197	Or EXALTATIONS
16198	.
16199	:
16200	z
16201	ς
16202	:
16203	:
16204	Or THE DISPOSITION OF TERMS
16205	Ξ
16206	5
16207	5
16208	ACCORDING TO THE CHALDAEANS
16209	Σ
16210	-
16211	᾿
16212	Or PLACES AND DEGREES
16213	:
16214	ζ
16215	;
16216	3
16217	Or Facrs, CHARIOTS, AND THE LIKE
16218	i
16219	-
16220	Or APPLICATIONS
16221	AND SEPARATIONS
16222	AND THE
16223	OTHER POWERS
16224	5
16225	3
16226	3
16227	‘
16228	᾿
16229	BOOK
16230	II
16231	INTRODUCTION
16232	Ε
16233	ξ
16234	Or THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE INHABITANTS
16235	OF THE GENERAL CLIMES
16236	.
16237	:
16238	OF THE FAMILIARITIES BETWEEN CounTRIES AND
16239	THE TRIPLICITIES AND STARS
16240	4
16241	5
p. 304
16242	—
16243	iv
16244	FS
16245	SENS
16246	oF
16247	. Or MonstERS
16248	ἔ
16249	. Or CHILDREN THAT ARE NOT REARED
16250	. Or Leneta or LIFE
16251	. Or Bopity Form ΑΝῸ TEMPERAMENT
16252	. Or Bopity INJuRIES AND DISEASES
16253	GOS
16254	τ
16255	δ
16256	pili
16257	COL
16258	CONTENTS
16259	. METHOD oF MAKING PARTICULAR PREDICTIONS
16260	.
16261	Or
16262	THE
16263	EXAMINATION
16264	OF
16265	THE
16266	COUNTRIES
16267	AFFECTED
16268	:
16269	δ
16270	Or THE TIME OF THE PREDICTED EvENTs .
16271	. Or THE CLASS OF THOSE AFFECTED
16272	. OF THE QUALITY OF THE PREDICTED Event
16273	Or THE CoLOURS
16274	OF ECLIPSES, COMETS, AND
16275	THE LIKE.
16276	. CONCERNING THE New Moon OF THE
16277	; YEAR
16278	. Or THE NATURE OF THE SIGNS, PART BY PART,
16279	AND THEIR EFFECT UPON THE WEATHER
16280	. OF THE INVESTIGATION OF WEATHER IN DETAIL
16281	. OF THE SIGNIFICANCE OF ATMOSPHERIC SIGNS
16282	.
16283	BOOK III
16284	. INTRODUCTION
16285	OF THE DEGREE OF THE Horoscoric Pont
16286	THE SUBDIVISION OF THE SCIENCE OF NATIVITIES
16287	Or PARENTS
16288	:
16289	ΐ
16290	5
16291	ἕ
16292	Or BRoTHERS AND SISTERS
16293	:
16294	A
16295	Or MALES AND FEMALES.
16296	-
16297	:
16298	Or TwInNs.
16299	ε
16300	τ
16301	Ρ
16302	a
16303	eo.
16304	@
16305	δὲ
16306	«@
16307	©
16308	ὧν
16309	oe
16310	οἱ
16311	δὲ
16312	© @
16313	. OF THE QUALITY OF THE SOUL.
16314	°
16315	. Or DISEASES OF THE SOUL
16316	:
16317	Fi
16318	BOOK IV
16319	. INTRODUCTION
16320	5
16321	Or MATERIAL FORTUNE
16322	.
16323	5
16324	Or THE FoRTUNE OF DIGNITY
16325	OF THE QUALITY OF ACTION
16326	.
16327	Or MarRIAGE
16328	Ἐ
16329	ἃ
16330	Or CHILDREN
16331	5
16332	Ε
16333	Or FRIENDS AND ENEMIES
16334	5
16335	Or ForEIGN TRAVEL
16336	Or THE Quauity or DEATH
16337	Or THE DIVISION oF TIMES
16338	INDEX
16339	.
16340	A
16341	τ
16342	:
16343	=)
16344	eabpeeeews
16345	ws,
16346	e
16347	5
16348	PAGE
16349	160
16350	162
16351	164
16352	168
16353	176
16354	190
16355	194
16356	200
16357	206
16358	212
16359	220
16360	228
16361	234
16362	240
16363	250
16364	254
16365	256
16366	260
16367	264
16368	270
16369	306
16370	316
16371	332
16372	362
16373	372
16374	372
16375	376
16376	380
16377	392
16378	408
16379	412
16380	422
16381	426
16382	436
16383	461
p. 305
16384	INTRODUCTION
16385	1B
16386	From his own day well into the Renaissance Claudius
16387	Ptolemy’s name was well-nigh pre-eminent in astro-
16388	nomy, geography, and astrology alike.
16389	‘“* The divine
16390	Ptolemy,” he is called by Hephaestion of Thebes,}
16391	and the expression shows that the reverence accorded
16392	him fell little short of idolatry.
16393	In such circum-
16394	stances it is surprising that all we know of Ptolemy’s
16395	personal
16396	history must
16397	be pieced together from
16398	passages in his own works, two scholia in ancient
16399	manuscripts, and brief notices to be found in later
16400	writers, some of them Arabian.2
16401	The result, when
16402	the reliable is summed up and the false or fanciful
16403	subtracted, is meagre indeed.
16404	We can probably rely
16405	upon the reports that he was born at Ptolemais in
16406	Egypt 8 and lived to the age of 78 ; * he tells us that
16407	his astronomical observations were made on the
16408	1 In Catalogus Codicum Astrologicorum Graecorum (here-
16409	after cited as CCAG), viii. 2, p. 81, 2.
16410	2The sources are collected and discussed by Εἰ, Boll,
16411	*“Studien tuber Claudius Ptolemaus,’? Jahrb. f. Cl. Ph.,
16412	Supplementbd. xxi. 1894, pp. 53-66 (hereafter cited as
16413	Boll, Studien).
16414	3 Theodore of Melité
16415	is the authority;
16416	Boll, op. cit.,
16417	pp. 54-55.
16418	An eleventh-century work of Abulwafa (ibid.,
16419	pp. 58-62) gave rise to the belief that he was born at
16420	Pelusium, so that, e.g., he is called [IjAovarevs in the title
16421	of the first edition of the T'etrabiblos.
16422	4 This comes from Abulwafa.
p. 306
16423	PTOLEMY
16424	parallel of Alexandria, which convinces Boll that
16425	Alexandria was his home, although there is another
16426	tradition ' that for 40 years he observed at Canopus,
16427	which was about 15 miles east of Alexandria, and it
16428	is known that he erected votive stelae in the temple
16429	at Canopus inscribed with the fundamental principles
16430	of his doctrines.2,
16431	Combining the various traditions
16432	with the fact that the earliest of his observations
16433	recorded in the Almagest was made in 127 and the
16434	latest in 151, we may conclude, further, that his
16435	life fell approximately in the years 100-178,° covering
16436	the first three-quarters of the second century of our
16437	era and the reigns of Trajan, Hadrian, Antoninus
16438	Pius, and Marcus Aurelius.
16439	A detailed and not too flattering description of
16440	Ptolemy’s personal appearance and habits goes back,
16441	again, to the Arabic tradition, and has been repeated
16442	in some of the modern editions of Ptolemy’s works,
16443	1 Preserved by Olympiodorus (fourth century), In Plat.
16444	Phaed., p. 47, 16 (Finckh).
16445	2 Boll, Studien, p. 66.
16446	Heiberg gives the text in his
16447	edition
16448	of the Opera astronomica
16449	minora
16450	of Ptolemy
16451	(Leipzig, 1907), pp. 149 ff.
16452	3'This is Boll’s conclusion (op. cit., p. 64), accepted by
16453	Christ, Griechische Litteraturgeschichte, 6th ed., 1924, ii. 2,
16454	p. 896.
16455	Boll, zb¢d., pp. 63, 65, cites the passages of the
16456	Almagest which refer to the dated observations.
16457	He points
16458	out that a very slight change in the text of Almagest, x. 1,
16459	would make the date of the latest observation 141 instead
16460	of 15], but though this would, perhaps, agree better with
16461	some of the traditions, there is no real reason for altering
16462	the figure.
16463	4 #.q. in the preface of the Latin version of the Almagest
16464	published at Venice in 1515;
16465	and the preface of the
16466	translation
16467	of the
16468	Tetrabiblos by Whalley
16469	(see below,
16470	p. ΧΙ).
16471	vi
p. 307
16472	INTRODUCTION
16473	but on examination it proves to be nothing but the
16474	stock characterization of the philosopher given by
16475	the Greek physiognomists.!
16476	There is, in fact, no
16477	more to be learned about Ptolemy from external
16478	sources, and his own works contain little that is
16479	biographical.
16480	We learn from them, however, that
16481	he took, in general, an Aristotelian position philo-
16482	sophically, though his predilection for mathematics
16483	led him to regard that division of science with far
16484	greater reverence than the more biologically minded
16485	Aristotle.2,
16486	One of his minor works and chapters
16487	in the longer ones are philosophical and testify to
16488	his knowledge of and interest in the subject.
16489	Though
16490	he was himself amply capable of original thought,
16491	he was acquainted with the work and writings of
16492	his predecessors, of Menelaus in mathematics, of
16493	Hipparchus in astronomy, of Marinus of Tyre in
16494	geography, of Didymus in music, and of Posidonius
16495	in astrological ethnology and the arguments whereby
16496	astrology was defended.
16497	He drew freely and openly
16498	from them, and had the gift of systematizing the
16499	materials with which he dealt, a characteristic which
16500	is especially evident in the Tetrabiblos.
16501	The works, genuine and false, ascribed to Ptolemy
16502	are:
16503	(1) the Almagest
16504	or Syntaxis Mathematica,
16505	in 13 books,
16506	the great
16507	treatise
16508	on astronomy ;
16509	(2) Φάσεις ἀπλανῶν ἀστέρων Kai συναγωγὴ ἐπισημα-
16510	σιῶν (** On the Apparitions of the Fixed Stars and
16511	a Collection of Prognostics”’);
16512	(3) “Ὑποθέσεις τῶν
16513	πλανωμένων (“On
16514	the Planetary
16515	Hypothesis ”’) ;
16516	(4) Κανὼν βασιλειῶν (** Table of Reigns ”’), a chrono-
16517	! Boll, Studien, pp. 58-62.
16518	2 Op. cit., pp. 66-111, 131-163.
p. 308
16519	PTOLEMY
16520	logical
16521	table
16522	of reigns;
16523	(5) “Appovxdr βιβλία y’
16524	(‘On Music,” in three books) ; (6) the Tetrabiblos, of
16525	which later; (7) [epi ἀναλήμματος. De Analemmate,
16526	the description of a sphere on a plane (extant only
16527	in translation);
16528	(8) Planisphaerium,
16529	“‘ The Plani-
16530	sphere ”’; (9) the Optics, in 5 books (its genuineness
16531	has been doubted); (10) the Kapzés or Centiloquium,
16532	a collection
16533	of astrological
16534	aphorisms
16535	(generally
16536	thought
16537	to be spurious);
16538	(11) the Geography;
16539	(12) the Πρόχειροι κανόνες or “‘ Ready (astronomical)
16540	Tables”;
16541	(13) Προχείρων
16542	κανόνων
16543	διάταξις
16544	καὶ
16545	ψηφοφορία.
16546	““Scheme
16547	and
16548	Manipulation
16549	of the
16550	Ready Tables”;
16551	(14) Περὶ κριτηρίου καὶ ἡγεμο-
16552	νικοῦ, a short treatise dealing with the theory of
16553	knowledge and the soul.
16554	Of these, the Almagest,
16555	since it is mentioned in the Geography, the Ὑποθέσεις,
16556	and the Tetrabiblos, and since it contains no reference
16557	to observations after the year 151, was certainly not
16558	the latest.
16559	The three books mentioned, and possibly
16560	others, belong to the last third of the author’s life.
16561	Π.
16562	The treatise with which we are especially con-
16563	cerned
16564	is now, and usually has been, called the
16565	Tetrabiblos or Quadripartitum, but more accurately
16566	it should
16567	be
16568	ᾳαωθηματικὴ
16569	τετράβιβλος
16570	σύνταξις,
16571	** Mathematical
16572	Treatise
16573	in Four
16574	Books,” which
16575	is the title found
16576	in some
16577	of the MSS.) and
16578	is
16579	likely to have been that used by Ptolemy himself.
16580	Many of the MSS.. however, use the title Ta πρὸς
16581	'E.g.
16582	N (see below).
16583	Τ7Τετράβιβλος alone is used by P
16584	and ἃ.
16585	vill
p. 309
16586	INTRODUCTION
16587	Σύρον aroteAcopatixa,' “ The Prognostics addressed
16588	to Syrus,” in which certain of them substitute the
16589	similar but less common word συμπερασματικά for
16590	ἀποτελεσματικά.Σ
16591	The book is a systematic treatise
16592	on astrology, but it should be remembered that in
16593	Ptolemy’s
16594	time
16595	the two
16596	words: ἀστρολογία
16597	and
16598	ἀστρονομία meant much the same
16599	thing, “ astro-
16600	nomy,” and
16601	that he called
16602	what
16603	we mean
16604	by
16605	“ astrology ᾿᾿ τὸ δι᾿ ἀστρονομίας προγνωστικόν.3 ““ prog-
16606	nostication through astronomy,” which indeed it was,
16607	in his estimation.
16608	In antiquity and the middle ages no one thought it
16609	inconsistent with Ptolemy’s reputation as a scientific
16610	astronomer that he should also have written upon
16611	astrology, and consequently the Tetrabiblos passed
16612	without question as genuine.’ More lately, however,
16613	this wedding of astrology to astronomy has come to
16614	seem incongruous and for that reason the authenticity
16615	of the work has been challenged by certain scholars.°
16616	In this brief introduction the question, of course,
16617	cannot be argued fully.
16618	There are, however, two
16619	reasons for dismissing any doubts concerning the
16620	authorship of the book.
16621	The first is that by the
16622	second century of our era the triumph of astrology
16623	1#.g.
16624	VMDE.
16625	Syrus
16626	is
16627	otherwise
16628	unknown.
16629	The
16630	Anonymous who comments on the Tetrabiblos says that
16631	some considered
16632	it a fictitious name, others that Syrus
16633	was a physician skilled in astrology.
16634	Several other works
16635	of Ptolemy—notably the Almagest—are dedicated to him.
16636	2 Hig. A.
16637	3 Tetrabiblos, i. ad init.
16638	4 Boll, Studien, pp. 127-131.
16639	5 Chiefly
16640	Hultsch.
16641	Cf. Boll’s
16642	remarks
16643	in
16644	his paper
16645	* Zur Ueberlieferungsgeschichte der griechischen Astrologie
16646	und Astronomie,”’ Sitzungsber.d. Miinch. Ak., phil.-hist. Cl.,
16647	1899, pp. 77 ff.
16648	ix
p. 310
16649	PTOLEMY
16650	was
16651	complete.!
16652	With few exceptions every one,
16653	from emperor to the lowliest slave, believed in it,
16654	and having weathered the criticism of the New
16655	Academy, astrology was defended by the powerful
16656	Stoic sect.
16657	Its position was strengthened by the
16658	prevalence of stellar and solar religion throughout
16659	the world, and it even captured the sciences, such
16660	as medicine, botany, mineralogy,
16661	chemistry, and
16662	ethnography.
16663	Furthermore, this continued to be
16664	the situation, in general, well into the Renaissance.
16665	Regiomontanus, Copernicus, Tycho Brahe, Galileo,
16666	Kepler, and Leibnitz all either practised astrology
16667	themselves or countenanced its practice.
16668	There is
16669	really no basis, therefore, for thinking it incongruous
16670	that Ptolemy should have believed in astrology or
16671	written upon it.
16672	The second reason for accepting
16673	him as the author of the Tetrabiblos is, as Boll? has
16674	sufficiently demonstrated, that the book, in its general
16675	philosophic views, its language, and its astronomy,
16676	is entirely in accord with the Ptolemaic works whose
16677	genuineness
16678	has
16679	never
16680	been
16681	questioned.
16682	These
16683	arguments are too lengthy to be repeated here.
16684	Π\|Ι.
16685	Though the Tetrabiblos enjoyed almost the au-
16686	thority of a Bible among the astrological writers of
16687	a thousand years or more, its Greek text has been
16688	See,
16689	for example,
16690	Chapters
16691	II-III
16692	of Boll-Bezold,
16693	Sternglaube und Sterndeutung (ed. 3, revised by W. Gundel).
16694	Leipzig: B. G. Teubner, 1926.
16695	F.Cumont, Astrology and
16696	Religion among
16697	the
16698	Greeks
16699	and Romans.
16700	New York:
16701	Putnam, 1912.
16702	2 Studien, pp. 111-181.
16703	x
p. 311
16704	INTRODUCTION
16705	printed only three times, and not at all since the
16706	sixteenth century.
16707	The editions are as follows:
16708	(1) The
16709	first
16710	edition,
16711	edited
16712	by
16713	Joachim
16714	Camerarius, was printed by Froben at Nirnberg
16715	in 1535 in quarto.
16716	Besides the text, it contains
16717	Camerarius’ Latin translation of Bks. I-II and of
16718	parts of Bks. [fI-IV, and his notes on Bks. I-II, the
16719	Greek text of the Kapzos, and a Latin translation
16720	by J. Pontanus.
16721	(2) The second edition, also by Camerarius, was
16722	printed by Joannes Oporinus in octavo at Basel in
16723	1553.1
16724	This contains the Greek text of the Tetra-
16725	biblos, a Latin translation by Philip Melanchthon,
16726	and the Καρπός in both Greek and Latin.
16727	In the
16728	preparation
16729	of the
16730	first edition Camerarius
16731	had
16732	relied upon the Niirnberg codex (N in the list on
16733	p- Xvii), in which his marks to guide the printer are
16734	still to be seen.
16735	He claims for his second edition
16736	to have corrected many mistakes in the text, and he
16737	has indeed managed to do away with many errors
16738	and misprints which are to be found in the first
16739	edition;
16740	but apparently, too, he made use of one
16741	or more additional MSS., probably of the general
16742	type of A in our list below, from which he introduced
16743	nearly a hundred readings at variance with N, and
16744	1 Κλαυδίου Πτολεμαίου Π]ηλουσιέως τετράβιβλος σύνταξις πρὸς
16745	Σύρον ἀδελφόν.
16746	Τοῦ αὐτοῦ Καρπός, πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν Σύρον.
16747	Claudii Ptolemaet Pelusiensis libri quatuor, compositt Syro
16748	fratri.
16749	Hiusdem Fructus librorum suorum,
16750	sive Centum
16751	dicta, ad eundem Syrum.
16752	Innumeris
16753	quibus hucusque
16754	scatebant mendis, purgati.
16755	Basileae, per loannem Opori-
16756	num.
16757	This is the title page of the Greek text.
16758	Tho
16759	portion containing the translations has a separate
16760	title
16761	page.
16762	xl
p. 312
16763	PTOLEMY
16764	in some seventy-five other instances he altered the
16765	text by outright emendation.
16766	In spite of the at-
16767	tempted improvement
16768	the second edition retains
16769	some forty misprints or mistakes, half of them newly
16770	introduced ; its punctuation is most illogical, and it
16771	is far from reproducing what seems to be the best
16772	tradition of the manuscripts.
16773	(3) Fr. Junctinus included the Greek text of the
16774	Tetrabiblos in his Speculum astrologiae, the second
16775	edition of which, in two folio volumes, was issued at
16776	Leyden in 1581.
16777	Junctinus made no attempt to
16778	improve the text as already published.
16779	Professor Franz Boll, whose studies of Ptolemy
16780	have been cited many times already, had begun
16781	work upon a new edition of the Tetrabiblos prior
16782	to his lamented death, July 3, 1924.
16783	His pupil,
16784	Fraulein Emilie Boer, however, continued Boll’s task,
16785	and the appearance of their completed text has
16786	been awaited since 1926.1
16787	I regret very much that
16788	my own work on the present text and translation
16789	could not have profited from the results of the
16790	textual studies of these two scholars.
16791	Translations of the Tetrabiblos have been more
16792	numerous than texts.
16793	The oldest of them is the
16794	Arabian version, by Ishaq ben Hunein, made in the
16795	ninth century.
16796	Thence in turn Plato Tiburtinus, in
16797	1138, and Aegidius de Thebaldis, in the middle of
16798	the thirteenth
16799	century, made
16800	Latin
16801	translations,
16802	1T am told that the work was completed in this year.
16803	It has been announced as Vol. III, Fase. 1, of Ptolemaei
16804	opera omnia in the well-known Bibliotheca Classica, pub-
16805	lished by B. G. Teubner, Leipzig.
16806	The year of publication
16807	is unknown to the writer as this is written.
16808	ΧΙ
p. 313
16809	INTRODUCTION
16810	which
16811	were
16812	the chief means
16813	whereby
16814	Western
16815	Europe knew the Tetrabiblos up to the time of the
16816	first edition of the Greek text.
16817	Printed editions of
16818	these translations—the first dated 1484—appeared,'
16819	and they were also circulated in manuscript form.
16820	More important
16821	are the Latin translations made
16822	directly from the Greek, beginning with that of
16823	Camerarius himself, which was printed both with
16824	his text, as noted above, and by itself.2
16825	The trans-
16826	lation by Antonius Gogava, first issued at Louvain
16827	in 1543, was several times reprinted at other places,
16828	for instance, at Padua in 1658, and was the version
16829	used by Cardanus to accompany his commentary.
16830	Philip Melanchthon’s translation made its appear-
16831	ance in 1553, as we have seen; this, too, was issued
16832	separately later.
16833	An English translation by John
16834	Whalley was published in 1701 and in a second
16835	edition in 1786,4 which, as Ashmand says, “‘ was not,
16836	in any one instance, purified from the blunders and
16837	obseurities which disgraced its predecessor.”
16838	In
16839	1On the early Latin versions see Thorndike, History of
16840	Magicand Experimental Science (New York, 1923), I, p. 110.
16841	MSS. of the Arabic version exist at the Escurial and in
16842	the Laurentian Library at Florence.
16843	2 Printed by Joannes Petreius, Nirnberg, 1535, with
16844	Camerarius’ notes.
16845	3 H.g. a rudely printed duodecimo from the press of the
16846	heirs of Petrus Thomasius, Perusia, 1646, is in the writer’s
16847	own library.
16848	4 The Quadripartite ; or, Four Books Concerning the In-
16849	fluences of the Stars ... by Claudius Ptolemy. ... By
16850	John Whalley, Professor of Physic and Astrology, and
16851	Others.
16852	The Second Edition, Revised,
16853	Corrected,
16854	and
16855	Improved.
16856	London:
16857	Printed for the Editors, and sold
16858	by M. Sibley
16859	.
16860	.
16861	. and E. Sibley
16862	.
16863	.
16864	. 1786.
16865	xiii
p. 314
16866	PTOLEMY
16867	truth, Ptolemy is not easy to translate accurately,
16868	and though Whalley’s version
16869	is worse than the
16870	others, all show a certain willingness to disguise
16871	the difficulties with smooth-sounding but non-com-
16872	mittal phrases.+
16873	The importance and popularity of the Tetrabiblos
16874	is shown by the number of commentaries upon it
16875	which have been made.
16876	In antiquity, as we deduce
16877	from expressions used in writings still extant, a con-
16878	siderable number existed;
16879	the name of one com-
16880	mentator, Pancharios,
16881	survives, but none
16882	of his
16883	work except a few quotations.’
16884	Three such treatises
16885	which did survive, however, were edited by Hierony-
16886	mus Wolf and published with Latin translations in
16887	folio at Basel in 1559.
16888	These are (1) an anonymous
16889	commentary on the Tetrabiblos, attributed by some,
16890	as Wolf says, to Proclus ; (2) an introduction to the
16891	Tetrabiblos, to which the name of Porphyry is at-
16892	tached, though its authorship is by no means certain ;
16893	(3) the scholia of Demophilus.
16894	These have not been
16895	republished, but are to be found in a number of
16896	manuscripts.
16897	Of greater importance for the study
16898	of the Tetrabiblos is the Paraphrase attributed to
16899	Proclus, but which, of course, may not have been
16900	his at
16901	all.
16902	Since it follows the Tetrabiblos very
16903	German translations also exist ; e.g. by J. W. Pfaff in
16904	his Astrologisches
16905	Taschenbuch,
16906	1822-23
16907	(mentioned
16908	by
16909	Christ, Gr. Litteraturgeschichte), and one by M. E. Winkel,
16910	Linseverlag, 1923, which is based on the Latin of Melanch-
16911	thon (v. W. Gundel in Jahresb. %. die Fortschritte d. Kl. Alt.
16912	241, 1934, p. 74).
16913	* Boll, Studien, p. 127.
16914	3 £.g. ap. CCAG, viii. 2, p. 67, 18 ff.; ¢f. Kroll, Philologus,
16915	Ivii (1897), p. 123.
16916	ΧΙν
p. 315
16917	INTRODUCTION
16918	closely, and since, as it happens, one manuscript of
16919	the Paraphrase is older than any of those of the
16920	Tetrabiblos, this document must be taken into con-
16921	sideration by any editor of the latter work.
16922	The
16923	first and only edition of the Paraphrase, with a pre-
16924	face by Melanchthon, appeared at Basel in 1554,}
16925	and the standard Latin version, from which at least
16926	two English translations have been made,” is that
16927	of Leo Allatius (Elzevir, Leyden, 1635).
16928	Besides
16929	the Paraphrase and the ancient commentaries, the
16930	elaborate commentary by Hieronymus Cardanus,
16931	published in the sixteenth century, should also be
16932	mentioned.?
16933	τ
16934	There are in European libraries at least thirty-five
16935	manuscripts containing all or a large part of the
16936	Tetrabiblos, besides
16937	a considerable number which
16938	contain partial texts or astrological miscellanies in
16939	which Ptolemy is cited along with other writers.
16940	Parts of the Tetrabiblos, too, are quoted by other
16941	1 Πρόκλου τοῦ διαδόχου τῶν ἀσαφῶς εἰρημένων ΠΠτολεμαίῳ,
16942	καὶ
16943	δυσπαρακολουθήτως
16944	ἐν τῷ
16945	αὐτοῦ τετραβίβλῳ,
16946	ἐπὶ
16947	τὸ
16948	σαφέστερον καὶ δυσπαρακολούθητον [sic] μεταχείρησις.
16949	Procli
16950	paraphrasis
16951	in
16952	quatuor
16953	Ptolemaeit
16954	libros
16955	de
16956	Siderum
16957	effectionibus.
16958	Cum _ praefatione
16959	Philippi
16960	Melanthonis.
16961	Basileae, apud Joannem Oporinum [1554].
16962	2J.M. Ashmand, Ptolemy’s Tetrabiblos or Quadripartite,
16963	etc.
16964	London:
16965	Davis and Dickson, 1822.
16966	James Wilson,
16967	The Tetrabiblos or Quadripartite of Ptolemy, etc.
16968	London:
16969	W. Hughes \|1828).
16970	Charpulier, Les Discourses, eic., 150,
16971	n. 2, cites a Ptolemy’s Tetrabiblos, by J. M. Ashmand,
16972	London, 1917.
16973	% Editions were published at Basel in 1554 and 1579, at
16974	Leyden in 1555, and in the fifth volume of Cardanus’
16975	works (Leyden: Huguetan and Revaud, 1663).
16976	xV
p. 316
16977	PTOLEMY
16978	authors, like Hephaestion of Thebes.
16979	Finally, there
16980	are a few manuscripts with Latin or Arabic trans-
16981	lations.
16982	In spite of this volume of material, how-
16983	ever, the earliest text of the Tetrabiblos itself is only
16984	of the thirteenth century.
16985	There is but one full
16986	manuscript even of this degree of antiquity, and
16987	only two or three from the fourteenth century ; most
16988	of them are from the fifteenth and sixteenth.
16989	In
16990	view of this fact it is fortunate that we have one
16991	(but only one) manuscript of the Paraphrase which
16992	antedates all of these, having been written in the
16993	tenth century.
16994	In preparing the present text of the Tetrabiblos I
16995	have been obliged to work entirely with photographs
16996	and photostats.
16997	However, by a fortunate circum-
16998	stance, I was able to secure a collection of these
16999	which had been brought together by a German
17000	scholar unknown to me and which apparently in-
17001	cludes
17002	the most
17003	important
17004	manuscripts.1
17005	Those
17006	manuscripts, therefore, which have been collated
17007	and used, and the symbols which I have used to
17008	refer to them, are as follows : 5
17009	V: Vaticanus gr. 1038, 5. XIII.
17010	Contains a num-
17011	ber of the works of Euclid, Hypsicles, and Hero, and
17012	an almost complete collection
17013	of the writings of
17014	Ptolemy, with the Tetrabiblos on ff. 352-384yv.;
17015	the
17016	ending, after p. 207, 19 (Cam.?), does not appear.
17017	Heiberg (Deutsche Litieraturzeitung,
17018	1900, p. 417)
17019	1The purchase of this collection was made possible by
17020	the Faculty Research Fund of the University of Michigan.
17021	It was accompanied by an anonymous description of the
17022	MSS. of the Tetrabiblos, to which I am indebted for infor-
17023	mation about many MSS. which I could not personally
17024	inspect.
17025	2 Of F and H only a few sample pages have been available.
17026	Xvi
p. 317
17027	INTRODUCTION
17028	believes that it was largely copied from Vat. gr.
17029	1594, S. IX, which contains other Ptolemaic texts in
17030	a relatively pure form but does not, now at least,
17031	include the Tetrabiblos.
17032	A distinctive feature of this
17033	manuscript is the large number of small lacune
17034	left by the scribe when he could not read _ his
17035	archetype or found it defective.
17036	In this Boll sees
17037	an indication of faithfulness and reliability.
17038	Cf.
17039	I. Boll, “‘ Zur Ueberlieferungsgeschichte der grie-
17040	chischen Astrologie und Astronomie,”’ Sitzungsberichte
17041	d. K. B. Akad. d. Wiss. zu Munchen, phil.-hist. Cl.,
17042	1899, pp. 77 ff.; CCAG, v. 1, no. 9.
17043	D:
17044	Parisinus
17045	gr. 2509, S. XV.
17046	Contains
17047	the
17048	Tetrabiblos on ff. 14-81v., followed by the Kapzos.
17049	Cf. Omont, Inv. ii. 274;
17050	CCAG, viii. 3, no. 82.
17051	A copy of V, but the lacune were filled in from
17052	another source.
17053	P:
17054	Parisinus
17055	gr. 2425, S. XV.
17056	Contains the
17057	Teirabiblos
17058	on
17059	ff. 8-63v.
17060	The most immediately
17061	striking feature of this manuscript is its constant
17062	mis-spelling of words due to the confusion of au and
17063	€, εἰ, ἡ: and t,o and w, for example: that is, the
17064	confusions typical of late Greek.
17065	They may indicate
17066	that the manuscript (or an ancestor) was copied
17067	from dictation.
17068	P also has an ending which differs
17069	from the final sentences of the Camerarius editions
17070	and most other manuscripts.
17071	L: Oxon. Laud, gr. 50,5. XVI.
17072	A copy of P,
17073	of no independent value.
17074	Paris. Suppl. gr. 597 is
17075	another copy of P.
17076	N: Norimbergensis
17077	Cent.
17078	V, app.
17079	8, S. XVI.
17080	This is the basis of Camerarius’ text.
17081	It contains
17082	the Tetrabiblos (to p. 187, 6 Cam. only) on ff. 1-59v.
17083	Cf. CCAG, vii. no. 42.
17084	xvii
p. 318
17085	PTOLEMY
17086	A: Vaticanus
17087	gr. 208, S. XIV exeuntis.
17088	This
17089	manuscript uses
17090	the term συμπερασματικά in the
17091	title instead of ἀποτελεσματικά.
17092	Ἐ and H below are
17093	related to A.
17094	Mercati and De’ Cavalieri, Codices
17095	Vaticani graeci, i (Rome, 1923); CCAG, v. 1, no. 6.
17096	E: Monacensis gr. 419, 5. XIV.
17097	In this manu-
17098	script book and chapter headings are missing, and
17099	the ending is omitted (from p. 212, 7 Cam.).
17100	It
17101	is closely related to M (below), but in the latter
17102	the missing parts have been supplied in a second
17103	hand.
17104	F:
17105	Venetus Mare.
17106	323, S. XV.
17107	Contains
17108	the
17109	Tetrabiblos on ff. 403-461. Zanetti, Bibliotheca, p. 146;
17110	Morelli, Bibliotheca, p. 195 ; CCAG, ii. no. 4.
17111	G: Vindobonensis philos. gr. 115, 5. XIII.
17112	Con-
17113	tains a portion of Book II of the Tetrabiblos in
17114	ff. 7-lov.
17115	Cf. Boll, Sitzungsb. Munch. Ak. 1899, i.
17116	Ρ. 84.
17117	H: Venetus Marc. 324, S. XIV-XV.
17118	The Tetra-
17119	biblos is on ff. 156r.-189v.
17120	Zanetti, p. 149; Morelli,
17121	p- 207; CCAG, ii. no. 5.
17122	M: Venetus Mare. 314, S. XIV ineuntis.
17123	Con-
17124	tains the Tetrabiblos on ff. 1-7T6v.
17125	See on E, above.
17126	Zanetti, p. 146; Morelli, p. 195: CCAG, ii. no. 3.
17127	Besides the manuscripts of the Tetrabiblos itself
17128	the oldest manuscript of the Paraphrase has been
17129	utilized: Vaticanus gr. 1453, 5. X, containing this
17130	text on ff. 1-219.
17131	Thisis cited as Proc.
17132	Camerarius’
17133	two editions of the Tetrabiblos are cited respectively
17134	as Cam.! and Cam.*, or simply Cam., if they agree.
17135	A puzzling problem connected with the manu-
17136	scripts of the Tetrabiblos concerns their ending.
17137	In
17138	one group the conclusion is entirely missing, and has
17139	XVull
p. 319
17140	INTRODUCTION
17141	either been left so! or an ending supplied which is
17142	identical with that of Proclus’ Paraphrase;*
17143	in the
17144	other
17145	an ending appears which
17146	is considerably
17147	longer than the former, but which is precisely the
17148	same in its general content, and is to be found in
17149	the Arabic version of the Tetrabiblos.2
17150	One thing is
17151	certain:
17152	the first of these endings is spurious.
17153	Of
17154	course it does not follow that the other is genuine ;
17155	if it is not, however, the original ending of the book
17156	must have been lost so early that it is missing
17157	in
17158	all the manuscripts.
17159	This is a situation that not
17160	infrequently occurred
17161	in ancient
17162	times, especially
17163	when a book was from the first existent in the form
17164	of a codex, not a roll; yet I am not ready to concede
17165	it in this instance, for these reasons:
17166	(a) the ending
17167	shown in P could readily, from its language, have
17168	1V breaks off at p. 207, 19 Cam.?, E at p. 212, 7 (the
17169	beginning of the concluding passage).
17170	WN also in its present
17171	state lacks the conclusion (from p. 187, 6 Cam.?), but this
17172	may have been lost at the time the first edition was made,
17173	and since Camerarius probably made some use of at least
17174	one other MS. we cannot be sure whether N originally had
17175	the conclusion
17176	or,
17177	if so,
17178	if it was
17179	of the type which
17180	Camerarius actually printed (1.6. the one taken from the
17181	Paraphrase).
17182	Ν in general resembles P and one would
17183	have expected it to have the same conclusion as P.
17184	On
17185	the
17186	other
17187	hand,
17188	if it did, one
17189	would
17190	have expected
17191	Camerarius
17192	to reproduce
17193	it, for it is unlikely that he
17194	would have departed from his preferred MS. in so important
17195	a particular.
17196	2MAD.
17197	D, after the point at which V ends, is written
17198	in a different ink ; the conclusion of M (p. 212, 7 ff. Cam.)
17199	is in a different hand.
17200	3 P and its copies alone have this ending. My colleague,
17201	Professor William H. Worrell, has examined the conclusion
17202	of the Arabic version as it appears in Cod. Laur. Orient.
17203	352, ff. 234v.-235r.
17204	It is close to, but perhaps not identical
17205	with, the ending of P.
17206	xix
p. 320
17207	PTOLEMY
17208	been written by Ptolemy himself ;1 (6) the ending
17209	taken from the Paraphrase is obviously a summary
17210	of that found in P, and I cannot conceive how any-
17211	one (¢xcept perhaps Ptolemy) could have reversed
17212	the process
17213	and evolved
17214	the tortuous,
17215	crabbed
17216	Greek of the latter from the comparatively simple
17217	language of the former.
17218	Thus the ending found in
17219	P has the better claim to originality, and if it was
17220	not written by Ptolemy in the first place it is ex-
17221	tremely difficult to explain how it came to be written
17222	at all in the form in which we find it.
17223	Since the
17224	question, however, is admittedly complicated, and
17225	not all the extant manuscripts could be studied in
17226	preparing this edition, both endings have been in-
17227	cluded in the text and translation.
17228	In constructing the text which follows, my under-
17229	lying purpose has been to abide by the best manu-
17230	script tradition;
17231	very few emendations have been
17232	1 Τῦ echoes many words and thoughts found in p. 106,
17233	25-108, 10 Cam.?, which need not be separately enumerated ;
17234	not, however, in a manner which would indicate that it is
17235	a forgery based on the passage, for Ptolemy elsewhere
17236	repeats phrases in much the same way, especially when
17237	he wishes to point out that he is carrying out a pre-
17238	determined scheme.
17239	Note, however,
17240	in addition, that
17241	ἁρμόζειν and ἐφαρμόζειν are favourite words of Ptolemy,
17242	and cef., for example, pp. 17. 1-2, 117. 6, 120. 9 Cam.? and
17243	p- 1. 21 (with Boll, Studien, p. 171); ef. with διοδευομένου
17244	the similar forms of ἐφοδεύω and ἐφοδικῶς, pp. 103. 13,
17245	18; 106. 26; 202. 16 Cam.?; and Boll, op. cit., p. 179; and
17246	with διὰ τὴν... πρόθεσιν, cf. p. 202. 18, ὥσπερ ἐν ἀρχῇ
17247	προεθέμεθα.
17248	In fact practically every word of the passage
17249	except the doubtful χρηματείαις is to be paralleled in the
17250	Tetrabiblos, usually many times;
17251	to arrange them in so
17252	exact an approximation to Ptolemy’s usual style would
17253	demand a forger of superhuman ingenuity.
17254	xX
p. 321
17255	INTRODUCTION
17256	attempted, and I think no great amount of emenda-
17257	tion is necessary.
17258	My collations have been made
17259	against Camerarius’ second
17260	edition, because thus
17261	far this has been the standard text and it was
17262	most convenient;
17263	I have
17264	not, however, allowed
17265	Camerarius’
17266	choice
17267	of readings
17268	to influence me
17269	unduly, for his text, in the first place, was not based
17270	upon the oldest and best manuscripts and it is,
17271	besides,
17272	full of his emendations.
17273	It was
17274	quite
17275	evident that this edition of the Tetrabiblos should
17276	be built up anew, independently of Camerarius’
17277	work.
17278	Without making the exhaustive studies of
17279	the relationships of the manuscripts which should
17280	eventually be carried out, I have proceeded on the
17281	assumption that V and P best preserve the original
17282	text, representing somewhat different strains.
17283	With
17284	V and its copy D, the oldest text of Proclus’ Para-
17285	phrase is evidently in close alliance, and among the
17286	Tetrabiblos manuscripts MAEFHG are inclined in
17287	general to follow the lead of V, ME and AFH being
17288	related between themselves,
17289	as has already been
17290	stated.
17291	N apparently belongs rather
17292	to the P
17293	family, if there is such, but it is far from presenting
17294	a pure text ; its peculiarities are, in my opinion, the
17295	result of attempts to edit or improve.
17296	The later
17297	manuscripts,
17298	however,
17299	all show
17300	aberration
17301	to
17302	a
17303	greater or less extent, and VPLD Proc. are frequently
17304	to be found arrayed against MNAE (I leave FGH
17305	out of consideration because only a few pages of
17306	each of them have come into the reckoning).
17307	In
17308	such cases I have seldom hesitated to follow VPLD,
17309	and in general, too, I agree with Boll that V is the
17310	best single guide that we have.
17311	I am
17312	conscious
17313	that
17314	in many
17315	passages
17316	this
17317	xxi
p. 322
17318	PTOLEMY
17319	translation falls short of the intended goal, a version
17320	which, in spite of the technical, unfamiliar subject,
17321	could readily be understood by itself or at least with
17322	the help of a few notes.
17323	Ptolemy, however, was a
17324	difficult author even for the ancients ; the existence
17325	of the Paraphrase and the frequent flounderings of
17326	the anonymous commentator testify to this.
17327	He
17328	displays a certain enthusiasm for his subject, but
17329	beyond this it would be impossible to commend his
17330	literary style or even the clearness of his exposition.
17331	He is fond of long, involved sentences and has a
17332	number of mannerisms, among them a fondness for
17333	the infinitive with the article and an almost Teutonic
17334	habit of piling up long strings of modifiers between
17335	article
17336	and
17337	substantive,
17338	which
17339	often
17340	results
17341	in
17342	sequences of two or even three articles.
17343	It would,
17344	under the circumstances, be almost impossible to
17345	make him crystal clear, but I trust there are not
17346	too many Heraclitean passages.
17347	Annotation of the Tetrabiblos could be carried to
17348	great lengths by collecting comparable passages
17349	from
17350	other
17351	astrological
17352	writers.
17353	The comments
17354	attached to this translation, however, are intended
17355	only to help the reader over difficulties and have
17356	been kept at minimum length.
17357	Many friends have assisted, in one way or another,
17358	with this work.
17359	Some I cannot thank as I would
17360	like to do; but I must express appreciation to Pro-
17361	fessor W. Carl Rufus for criticizing the astronomy of
17362	my translation;
17363	to Dr. William Warner Bishop,
17364	Librarian of the University of Michigan, for procuring
17365	much-needed books and the photostatic reproduc-
17366	tions of the manuscripts ; and to Franz Cumont for
17367	ever helpful interest and suggestions.
17368	xxii
p. 323
17369	THE LUMINARIES AND PLANETS
17370	Symbols.
17371	Sun ©
17372	Saturn h
17373	Venus 9
17374	Moon (
17375	Jupiter 2/
17376	Mercury $
17377	Mars ¢
17378	Classifications.
17379	Effect (i. 5).
17380	Gender (i. 6).
17381	Sect (i. 7).
17382	Beneficent 71
17383	9(
17384	Masculine
17385	Ὁ ἢ 3 ζ Diurnal
17386	© ἢ
17387	Maleficent ἢ g
17388	Feminine ( 9
17389	Nocturnal ( 9 g
17390	Common 9
17391	Common %§
17392	Common 9%
17393	THE SIGNS OF THE ZODIAC
17394	Symbols and Order.
17395	Aries Ὁ
17396	Cancer 95
17397	Libra =
17398	Capricornus )%
17399	Taurus &
17400	Leo $2
17401	Scorpio [ἢ
17402	Aquarius 922
17403	Gemini II
17404	Virgo NY
17405	Sagittarius f
17406	Pisces }
17407	The order Aries to Pisces is that “οἵ the following
17408	signs,” or direct; from Pisces to Aries that “ of the leading
17409	signs,’’ or reverse.
17410	Xxili
p. 324
17411	THE SIGNS OF THE ZODIAC, CONTINUED
17412	Classifications.
17413	felt
17414	Equinoctial
17415	==
17416	Solstitial σα y4
17417	Solid & QMsa
17418	Bicorporeal ILNY f}
17419	1,12
17420	Masculine and diurnal Ὁ Π (
17421	fe
17422	Feminine and nocturnal 8 SONY
17423	V4 4
17424	Commanding and obeying (i. 14)
17425	6%; Tez; σσγᾷ; Qt;
17426	Wai
17427	Beholding each other (i. 15) ΠΩ; SM; T=; HM; «ef
17428	THE TRIANGLES (i. 18).
17429	Signs.
17430	Governors.
17431	ΠΝ
17432	eee Toye
17433	Ty Se
17434	ΟΠ
17435	~Pi(2), Cin.)
17436	III. ΝΕ.
17437	.)
17438	Dees
17439	(ee)
17440	IV. S.W.
17441	.
17442	SMX
17443	¢, P(A), C(n.)
17444	d., day; n., night.
17445	HOUSES, EXALTATIONS, DEPRESSIONS (i. 17, 19).
17446	Planet.
17447	Solar house.
17448	Lunar house.
17449	Exaltation.
17450	Depression.
17451	©
17452	ie.
17453	Some
17454	—:
17455	=
17456	CRP
17457	Aes
17458	σδ
17459	ὅ
17460	ΠῚ.
17461	h
17462	V4
17463	᾿Ξ
17464	ΞΞ
17465	7
17466	ἡ
17467	7
17468	#
17469	ore
17470	a)
17471	3
17472	M
17473	τ
17474	γ᾽
17475	σσ
17476	φ
17477	a
17478	fe}
17479	+
17480	NY
17481	ὕ
17482	ny
17483	ΤΠ
17484	ny
17485	M;
17486	πχὶν
p. 325
17487	PTOLEMY
17488	TETRABIBLOS
p. 326
17489	Cam.?
17490	p. 1
17491	Κλαυδίου Πτολεμαίου μαθηματικῆς
17492	τετραβίβλου συντάξεως
17493	BIBAION
17494	A’.
17495	<a. ΠΠροοίμιον»
17496	~
17497	A
17498	>
17499	Τῶν τὸ
17500	δι᾿
17501	ἀστρονομίας προγνωστικὸν τέλος
17502	/
17503	a
17504	,
17505	~
17506	nmapackevalovtwy,! ὦ Σύρε, δύο τῶν μεγίστων καὶ
17507	/
17508	~
17509	κυριωτάτων ὑπαρχόντων, ἑνὸς μὲν TOD πρώτου καὶ
17510	/
17511	>
17512	τάξει καὶ δυνάμει, καθ᾽ ὃ τοὺς γινομένους ἑκάστοτε
17513	~
17514	/
17515	σχηματισμοὺς τῶν κινήσεων ἡλίου Kal σελήνης καὶ
17516	υ
17517	\
17518	/
17519	~
17520	ἀστέρων" πρὸς ἀλλήλους τε Kal THY γῆν κατα-
17521	/
17522	/
17523	A
17524	>
17525	«A
17526	\
17527	~
17528	~
17529	λαμβανόμεθα δευτέρου δὲ καθ᾽
17530	ὃ διὰ τῆς φυσικῆς
17531	τῶν σχηματισμῶν αὐτῶν ἰδιοτροπίας τὰς ἀποτελου-
17532	μένας μεταβολὰς τῶν ἐμπεριεχομένων ἐπισκεπτό-
17533	~
17534	3
17535	\
17536	μεθα: τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἰδίαν ἔχον Kat δι᾿ ἑαυτὴν
17537	\
17538	\
17539	~
17540	~
17541	αἱρετὴν θεωρίαν, Kav μὴ TO ἐκ τῆς ἐπιζεύξεως Tod
17542	δευτέρου τέλος συμπεραίνηται, κατ᾽ ἰδίαν σύνταξιν
17543	ὡς μάλιστα ἐνῆν ἀποδεικτικῶς σοι ὃ περιώδευται.
17544	~
17545	\
17546	περὶ δὲ τοῦ δευτέρου Kai μὴ ὡσαύτως αὐτοτέλους
17547	ἡμεῖς ἐν τῷ παρόντι ποιησόμεθα λόγον κατὰ τὸν
17548	c
17549	/
17550	/
17551	/
17552	\
17553	«ς
17554	ΝΜ
17555	ἁρμόζοντα φιλοσοφίᾳ τρόπον καὶ ὡς ἄν τις φιλα-
17556	~
17557	ye.
17558	\
17559	λήθει μάλιστα χρώμενος σκοπῷ μήτε τὴν κατά-
17560	ληψιν αὐτοῦ παραβάλλοι τῇ τοῦ πρώτου καὶ ἀεὶ
17561	«
17562	v
17563	”
17564	/
17565	\
17566	>
17567	-
17568	5
17569	\
17570	ὡσαύτως ἔχοντος βεβαιότητι, TO ἐν πολλοῖς ἀσθενὲς
17571	1 κατασκευαζόντων P.
17572	2 τῶν ἀστέρων NCam.; τῶν om. VPMADE.
17573	3 σοι] ἐν τῇ συντάξει P.
p. 327
17574	THE
17575	QUADRIPARTITE
17576	MATHEMATICAL
17577	TREATISE,
17578	OR
17579	“ TETRABIBLOS,’”
17580	OF
17581	CLAUDIUS PTOLEMY.
17582	BOOK
17583	I,
17584	1. Introduction.
17585	Or the means of prediction through astronomy, O
17586	Syrus, two are the most important and valid.
17587	One,
17588	which is first! both in order and in effectiveness, is
17589	that whereby we apprehend the aspects of the move-
17590	ments of sun, moon, and stars in relation to each
17591	other and to the earth, as they occur from time to
17592	time ; the second is that in which by means of the
17593	natural character of these aspects themselves we
17594	investigate the changes which they bring about in
17595	that which
17596	they surround.
17597	The
17598	first
17599	of these,
17600	which has its own science, desirable in itself even
17601	though it does not attain the result given by its
17602	combination with the second, has been expounded
17603	to you as best we could in its own treatise * by the
17604	method of demonstration.
17605	We shall now give an
17606	account of the second and less self-sufficient method
17607	in a properly philosophical way, so that one whose
17608	aim is the truth might never compare its perceptions
17609	with the sureness of the first, unvarying science, for
17610	he ascribes to it the weakness and unpredictability
17611	' Astronomy proper.
17612	2 The Almagest.
p. 328
17613	PTOLEMY
17614	\
17615	~
17616	“-
17617	2 καὶ δυσεικαστον τῆς ὑλικῆς ποιότητος προσποιού-
17618	ἊΝ.
17619	A
17620	A
17621	μενος, μήτε πρὸς τὴν κατὰ TO ἐνδεχόμενον ἐπί-
17622	iy
17623	~
17624	~
17625	σκεψιν ἀποκνοίη, τῶν τε πλείστων Kai ὁλοσχερῶν
17626	συμπτωμάτων ἐναργῶς οὕτω τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ περι-
17627	έχοντος αἰτίαν ἐμφανιζόντων.
17628	ἐπεὶ δὲ πᾶν μὲν τὸ
17629	/
17630	\
17631	A
17632	a
17633	ΕἸ
17634	/
17635	”
17636	δυσέφικτον παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς εὐδιάβλητον ἔχει
17637	4
17638	258
17639	\
17640	~
17641	/
17642	4
17643	/
17644	φύσιν, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν προκειμένων δύο καταλήψεων
17645	ς
17646	A
17647	A
17648	΄,
17649	1 ὃ
17650	λ \
17651	ΧΩ
17652	”
17653	>
17654	ai μὲν τῆς προτέρας
17655	διαβολαὶ τυφλῶν ἂν
17656	εἶεν
17657	~
17658	«
17659	A
17660	~
17661	παντελῶς,
17662	αἱ
17663	δὲ τῆς δευτέρας εὐπροφασίστους
17664	”
17665	A
17666	>
17667	4
17668	Bd
17669	‘
17670	\
17671	ee
17672	ϑ'
17673	ἢ
17674	tA
17675	ἔχουσι Tas ἀφορμάς (ἢ yap τὸ ἐπ᾽
17676	ἐνίων δυσθεώ-
17677	3
17678	λ
17679	/
17680	Xr ,
17681	ὃ /
17682	2
17683	/
17684	Ἃ
17685	ρητον ἀκαταληψίας τελείας
17686	δόξαν 5 παρέσχεν, ἢ
17687	τὸ τῶν γνωσθέντων δυσφύλακτον καὶ τὸ τέλος ὡς
17688	ἄχρηστον διέσυρε), πειρασόμεθα διὰ βραχέων πρὸ
17689	“Ἢ
17690	/
17691	«ες
17692	“-
17693	τῆς κατὰ μέρος ὑφηγήσεως τὸ μέτρον ἑκατέρου τοῦ
17694	τε δυνατοῦ καὶ τοῦ χρησίμου τῆς τοιαύτης προ-
17695	>
17696	΄
17697	“-
17698	~
17699	γνώσεως ἐπισκέψασθαι: Kal πρῶτον τοῦ δυνατοῦ.
17700	«β.» Ὅτι
17701	καταληπτικὴ ἡ δι ἀστρο-
17702	νομίας γνῶσις, καὶ μέχρι τίνος
17703	Ὅτι μὲν τοίνυν διαδίδοται καὶ διικνεῖταί τις
17704	δύ
17705	3
17706	\
17707	~
17708	>
17709	ὃ
17710	\
17711	LUO
17712	4,
17713	ὕύναμις ἀπὸ τῆς αἰθερώδους καὶ ἀιδίου φύσεως
17714	1 τάξει καὶ δυνάμει post προτέρας add. NCam.
17715	2 δόξαν om. NCam.
17716	1 Ptolemy is contrasting, after the manner of Aristotle,
17717	the unchangeability of the heavenly bodies and their
17718	regular motions, which can be known and predicted by
17719	astronomy, with the constant and unpredictable changes
17720	of material objects in the sublunary region.
17721	2On
17722	the arguments
17723	against
17724	astrology,
17725	see
17726	Bouché-
17727	Leclereq,
17728	pp.
17729	570
17730	ff.
17731	The
17732	Academic
17733	school,
17734	led by
17735	4
p. 329
17736	TETRABIBLOS I. 1-2
17737	of material qualities found in individual things,! nor
17738	yet refrain from such investigation as is within the
17739	bounds of possibility, when it is so evident that most
17740	events of a general nature draw their causes from
17741	the enveloping heavens.
17742	But since everything that
17743	is hard to attain is easily assailed 5 by the generality
17744	of men, and in the case of the two before-mentioned
17745	disciplines the allegations against the first could be
17746	made only by the blind, while there are specious
17747	grounds for those levelled at the second—for its
17748	difficulty in parts has made them think it completely
17749	incomprehensible, or the difficulty of escaping what
17750	is known ® has disparaged even its object as useless—
17751	we shall try to examine briefly the measure of both
17752	the possibility and the usefulness of such prognos-
17753	tication before offering detailed instruction on the
17754	subject.
17755	First as to its possibility.
17756	2. That Knowledge by Astronomical Means is
17757	Attainable, and How Far.
17758	A very few considerations would make it apparent
17759	to all that a certain power emanating from the
17760	eternal ethereal substance 4 is dispersed through and
17761	Carneades, initiated the most serious attack against it in
17762	antiquity.
17763	The answers given by Ptolemy in the two
17764	chapters following are, as Boll (Studien, pp. 131 ff.) shows,
17765	largely derived from the Stoic Posidonius, who defended
17766	divination.
17767	3 Proclus paraphrases, “‘ the difficulty of retaining in the
17768	memory what has been learned,’ but the reference is
17769	clearly to the subject discussed in 1. 3.
17770	4The ether, or fifth element, contrasted with the usual
17771	four;
17772	this is an Aristotelian (Peripatetic) doctrine.
17773	5
p. 330
17774	PTOLEMY
17775	ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν περιγείαν καὶ δι᾿ ὅλων μεταβλητήν,
17776	τῶν ὑπὸ τὴν σελήνην πρώτων στοιχείων πυρὸς καὶ
17777	ἀέρος περιεχομένων μὲν καὶ τρεπομένων ὑπὸ τῶν
17778	κατὰ τὸν αἰθέρα κινήσεων,
17779	περιεχόντων
17780	δὲ καὶ
17781	συντρεπόντων τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα, γῆν καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ τὰ
17782	ἐν αὐτοῖς φυτὰ καὶ ζῷα, πᾶσιν ἂν ἐναργέστατον \|
17783	8 καὶ δι᾿ ὀλίγων φανείη.
17784	ὃ τε γὰρ ἥλιος διατίθησί
17785	πως ἀεὶ μετὰ τοῦ περιέχοντος πάντα τὰ περὶ τὴν
17786	γῆν. οὐ μόνον διὰ τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἐτησίους ὥρας
17787	μεταβολῶν πρὸς γονὰς ζῴων καὶ φυτῶν καρπο-
17788	φορίας καὶ ῥύσεις ὑδάτων καὶ σωμάτων μετατροπὰς
17789	ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν περιόδων,
17790	θερμαίνων
17791	τε
17792	καὶ ὑγραίνων
17793	καὶ
17794	ξηραίνων
17795	καὶ
17796	ψύχων τεταγμένως τε καὶ ἀκολούθως
17797	τοῖς πρὸς
17798	τὸν κατὰ κορυφὴν ἡμῶν γινομένοις ὁμοιοτρόποις
17799	σχηματισμοῖς.
17800	ἥ τε σελήνη πλείστην," ὡς περιγειο-
17801	τάτη, διαδίδωσιν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ὃ τὴν ἀπόρροιαν, συμ-
17802	παθούντων αὐτῇ καὶ συντρεπομένων τῶν πλείστων καὶ
17803	ἀψύχων καὶ ἐμψύχων, καὶ ποταμῶν μὲν συναυξόντων
17804	καὶ συμμειούντων τοῖς φωσὶν αὐτῆς τὰ ῥεύματα,
17805	θαλαττῶν δὲ συντρεπουσῶν ταῖς ἀνατολαῖς καὶ ταῖς
17806	δύσεσι τὰς ἰδίας ὁρμάς, φυτῶν δὲ καὶ ζῴων ἢ ὅλων
17807	ἢ κατά τινα μέρη συμπληρουμένων τε αὐτῇ καὶ συμ-
17808	μειουμένων.
17809	αἵ τε τῶν ἀστέρων τῶν τε ἀπλανῶν
17810	καὶ τῶν πλανωμένων
17811	πάροδοι
17812	πλείστας
17813	ποιοῦσι
17814	ἐπισημασίας τοῦ περιέχοντος καυματώδεις καὶ πνευ-
17815	ματώδεις 4 καὶ νιφετώδεις, ὑφ᾽ ὧν καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς
17816	' ἐνεργέστατον MAECam.
17817	δπλείστην om. NCam.
17818	3 ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν VMADE, ὑπὸ τὴν γῆν Ρ, πρὸς τῇ γῇ NCam.
17819	4 καὶ πνευματώδεις Om. NCam.
p. 331
17820	TETRABIBLOS I. 2
17821	permeates the whole region about the earth, which
17822	throughout is subject to change, since, of the primary
17823	sublunar elements, fire and air are encompassed and
17824	changed by the motions in the ether, and in turn
17825	encompass and change all else, earth and water and
17826	the plants and animals therein. For the sun,!
17827	affecting everything on the earth, 1
17828	not only by the
17829	changes that accompany the seasons of the year to
17830	bring about the generation of animals, the —pro-
17831	ductiveness of plants, the flowing of waters, and the
17832	changes of bodies, but also by its daily revolutions
17833	furnishing heat, moisture,
17834	dryness,
17835	and
17836	cold in
17837	regular order and in correspondence with its posi-
17838	tions relative to the zenith.
17839	The moon, too, as the
17840	heavenly body nearest the earth, bestows her effluence?
17841	most abundantly upon mundane things, for most ef
17842	them, animate or inanimate, are sympathetic to her
17843	and change in company with her ; the rivers increase
17844	and diminish their streams with her light, the seas turn
17845	their own tides with her rising and setting, and plants
17846	and animals in whole or in some part wax and wane
17847	with her.
17848	Moreover, the passages of the fixed stars
17849	and the planets through the sky often signify hot,
17850	windy, and snowy conditions of the air, and mundane
17851	1 Boll, Studien, pp. 133 ff., enumerates parallels to this
17852	passage concerning the sun and the moon in Cicero, Philo
17853	Judaeus,
17854	Cleomedes,
17855	and
17856	Manilius,
17857	and
17858	ascribes
17859	their
17860	likeness to the influence of Posidonius.
17861	* This word, ἀπόρροια, has another meaning, “ separation,”
17862	as a technical term of astrology ; see c. 24 below and my
17863	note on P. Mich. 149, col. iii, 33.
17864	7
p. 332
17865	PTOLEMY
17866	γῆς οἰκείως διατίθεται.
17867	ἤδη δὲ καὶ of πρὸς ἀλλή-
17868	λους αὐτῶν σχηματισμοί, συνερχομένων πως ' καὶ
17869	συγκιρναμένων τῶν διαδόσεων, πλείστας καὶ ποικίλας
17870	μεταβολὰς ἀπεργάζονται, κατακρατούσης μὲν τῆς
17871	τοῦ ἡλίου δυνάμεως πρὸς τὸ καθ᾽ ὅλου τῆς ποιότητος
17872	τεταγμένον, συνεργούντων δὲ ἢ ἀποσυνεργούντων
17873	4 κατά τι τῶν λοιπῶν, καὶ τῆς μὲν σελήνης ἐκφανέ-
17874	στερον καὶ συνεχέστερον ὡς ἐν ταῖς συνόδοις καὶ
17875	διχοτόμοις καὶ πανσελήνοις, τῶν δὲ ἀστέρων περιοδι-
17876	κώτερον καὶ ἀσημότερον ὡς ἐν ταῖς φάσεσι καὶ
17877	κρύψεσι καὶ προσνεύσεσιν.
17878	ὅτι δὲ τούτων οὕτω
17879	θεωρουμένων οὐ μόνον τὰ ἤδη συγκραθέντα δια-
17880	τίθεσθαί πως ὑπὸ τῆς τούτων κινήσεως ἀναγκαῖον
17881	ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν σπερμάτων τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς πληρο-
17882	φορήσεις διαπλάττεσθαι
17883	καὶ διαμορφοῦσθαι πρὸς
17884	τὴν οἰκείαν τοῦ τότε περιέχοντος ποιότητα, πᾶσιν
17885	ἂν δόξειεν ἀκόλουθον εἶναι.
17886	οἱ γοῦν παρατηρητικώ-
17887	τεροι τῶν γεωργῶν καὶ τῶν νομέων ἀπὸ τῶν κατὰ
17888	τὰς ὀχείας καὶ τὰς τῶν σπερμάτων καταθέσεις συμ-
17889	βαινόντων πνευμάτων στοχάζονται τῆς ποιότητος
17890	τῶν ἀποβησομένων, καὶ ὅλως τὰ μὲν ὁλοσχερέστερα
17891	καὶ διὰ τῶν ἐπιφανεστέρων συσχηματισμῶν ἡλίου
17892	καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἀστέρων ἐπισημαινόμενα καὶ παρὰ
17893	τοῖς μὴ φυσικῶς, μόνον δὲ παρατηρητικῶς σκεπτο-
17894	μένοις, ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν προγινωσκόμενα θεωροῦμεν, τὰ
17895	μὲν ἐκ μείζονός
17896	τε δυνάμεως
17897	καὶ ἁπλουστέρας
17898	1 πως] τε NCam.
17899	1 Positions relative to one another in the heavens.
17900	For
17901	the names of the aspects recognized by Ptolemy cf. the
17902	note on i. 13 (pp. 72-73).
17903	ὃ
p. 333
17904	TETRABIBLOS I. 2
17905	things are affected accordingly.
17906	Then, too, their
17907	aspects \| to one another, by the meeting and mingling
17908	of their dispensations, bring about many compli-
17909	cated changes.
17910	For though the sun’s power prevails
17911	in the general ordering of quality, the other heavenly
17912	bodies aid or oppose it in particular details, the
17913	moon more obviously and continuously, as for ex-
17914	ample when it is new, at quarter, or full, and the
17915	stars at greater intervals and more obscurely, as
17916	in their appearances, occultations, and approaches.”
17917	If these matters be so regarded, all would judge it
17918	to follow that not only must things already com-
17919	pounded be affected in some way by the motion of
17920	these heavenly bodies, but likewise the germination
17921	and fruition of the seed must be moulded and con-
17922	formed to the quality proper to the heavens at the
17923	time.
17924	The more observant farmers and herdsmen,
17925	indeed, conjecture, from the winds prevailing at the
17926	time of impregnation and of the sowing of the seed,
17927	the quality of what will result; and in general we see
17928	that the more important consequences signified by
17929	the more obvious configurations of sun, moon, and
17930	stars are usually known beforehand, even by those
17931	who inquire, not by scientific means, but only by
17932	observation.
17933	Those which
17934	are
17935	consequent
17936	upon
17937	greater forces and simpler natural orders, such as
17938	2 By “‘stars”’ (ἀστέρων) in this passage Ptolemy means
17939	primarily the planets rather than the fixed stars.
17940	Their
17941	“appearances”?
17942	and “‘occultations’’
17943	are
17944	their
17945	heliacal
17946	risings and settings (ς΄. Bouché-Leclereq, p. 111, n. 3).
17947	πρόσνευσις is used to mean both “inclination ’”’ and, as here,
17948	the “approach”’ of one heavenly body to another.
17949	85 Cicero,
17950	de divinatione,
17951	i. 112:
17952	Multa medici, multa
17953	gubernatores, agricolae etiam multa praesentiunt.
17954	ie
17955	9
p. 334
17956	PTOLEMY
17957	τάξεως καὶ παρὰ τοῖς πάνυ ἰδιώταις, μᾶλλον δὲ Kal
17958	παρ᾽ ἐνίοις τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων, ὡς τῶν ὡρῶν καὶ τῶν
17959	πνευμάτων τὰς ἐτησίους διαφοράς - τούτων γὰρ ὡς
17960	ἐπὶ πᾶν ὁ ἥλιος αἴτιος " τὰ δὲ ἡ ἧττον οὕτως ἔχοντα
17961	παρὰ τοῖς ἤδη κατὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον ταῖς παρατηρή-
17962	5 σεσιν ἐνειθισμένοις,
17963	ὦ ὡς τοῖς ναυτιλλομένοις τὰς κατὰ
17964	μέρος τῶν χειμώνων καὶ τῶν πνευμάτων ἐπιση-
17965	μασίας, ὅσαι γίνονται κατὰ τὸ περιοδικώτερον ὑπὸ
17966	τῶν τῆς σελήνης ἢ καὶ τῶν ἀπλανῶν ἀστέρων πρὸς
17967	τὸν ἥλιον συσχηματισμῶν.
17968	παρὰ μέντοι τὸ μήτε
17969	αὐτῶν τούτων τοὺς χρόνους καὶ τοὺς τόπους ὑπὸ
17970	ἀπειρίας ἀκριβῶς δύνασθαι κατανοεῖν, μήτε τὰς τῶν
17971	πλανωμένων ἀστέρων περιόδους, πλεῖστον καὶ αὐτὰς
17972	συμβαλλομένας, τὸ πολλάκις αὐτοῖς ! σφάλλεσθαι συμ-
17973	Baiver.
17974	τί δὴ οὖν κωλύει τὸν ἠκριβωκότα μὲν τὰς
17975	πάντων τῶν ἀστέρων καὶ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης κινήσεις,
17976	ὅπως αὐτὸν μηδενὸς τῶν σχηματισμῶν μήτε ὁ τόπος
17977	μήτε ὁ χρόνος λανθάνοι, διειληφότα δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἔτι
17978	ἄνωθεν συνεχοῦς ἱστορίας ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν αὐτῶν τὰς
17979	φύσεις," κἂν μὴ τὰς κατ᾽ αὐτὸ τὸ ὑποκείμενον ἀλλὰ
17980	τάς γε δυνάμει ποιητικάς,3 οἷον ὡς τὴν τοῦ ἡλίου ὅτι
17981	θερμαίνει καὶ τὴν τῆς σελήνης ὅτι ὑγραίνει καὶ ἐπὶ
17982	τῶν λοιπῶν ὁμοίως, ἱκανὸν δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα τοιαῦτα
17983	ὄντα φυσικῶς ἅμα καὶ εὐστόχως ἐκ τῆς συγκράσεως *
17984	πάντων τὸ ἴδιον τῆς ποιότητος διαλαβεῖν, ὡς δύνα-
17985	σθαι μὲν ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστου τῶν διδομένων καιρῶν ἐκ
17986	1 αὐτοῖς VPMNDE;
17987	αὐτοὺς ACam.
17988	Ξὡς. -. φύσεις post διειληφότα δὲ NCam.; αὐτῶν PMAE,
17989	αὐτὰ VDNCam.;
17990	τὰς φύσεις MAEProc., φύσει VDNCam.,
17991	φήση P.
17992	10
p. 335
17993	TETRABIBLOS I. 2
17994	the annual variations of the seasons and the winds,
17995	are comprehended by very ignorant men, nay even
17996	by some dumb animals; for the sun is in general re-
17997	sponsible for these phenomena.
17998	Things that are not
17999	of so general a nature, however, are comprehended
18000	by those who have by necessity become used to
18001	making observations, as, for instance, sailors know
18002	the special signs of storms and winds that arise
18003	periodically by reason of the aspects of the moon
18004	and fixed stars tothe sun.
18005	Yet because they cannot
18006	in their ignorance accurately know the times and
18007	places of these phenomena, nor the periodic move-
18008	ments of the planets, which contribute importantly
18009	to the effect, it happens that they oftenerr.
18010	If, then,
18011	a man knows accurately the movements of all the
18012	stars, the sun, and the moon, so that neither the place
18013	nor the time of any of their configurations escapes
18014	his notice, and if he has distinguished in general] their
18015	natures as the result of previous continued study,even
18016	though he may discern, not their essential, but only
18017	their potentially effective qualities, such as the sun’s
18018	heating and the moon’s moistening, and so on with
18019	the rest; and if he is capable of determining in view
18020	of all these data, both scientifically and by successful
18021	conjecture, the distinctive mark of quality resulting
18022	from the combination of all the factors, what is to
18023	prevent him from being able to tell on each given
18024	occasion the characteristics of the air from the rela-
18025	ὅποιητικάς VPMNDECam.! ; ποιότητας ACam.?
18026	ὁ συγκρίσεως PCam.
18027	"1
p. 336
18028	PTOLEMY
18029	τῆς τότε τῶν φαινομένων σχέσεως τὰς τοῦ περι-
18030	ἔχοντος ἰδιοτροπίας εἰπεῖν, οἷον ὅτι θερμότερον ἢ
18031	ὑγρότερον ἔσται, δύνασθαι δὲ καὶ καθ᾽ ἕνα ἕκαστον
18032	~
18033	>
18034	~
18035	τῶν ἀνθρώπων τήν te καθ᾽
18036	ὅλου ποιότητα τῆς
18037	"ἰδιοσυγκρασίας ἀπὸ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν σύστασιν περι-
18038	-
18039	~
18040	A
18041	έχοντος συνιδεῖν, οἷον ὅτι TO μὲν σῶμα τοιόσδε, τὴν
18042	\
18043	δὲ ψυχὴν τοιόσδε, Kal τὰ κατὰ καιροὺς συμπτώματα
18044	Ἁ
18045	“-
18046	\
18047	A
18048	/
18049	͵
18050	~
18051	~
18052	/
18053	διὰ τοῦ τὸ μὲν τοιόνδε περιέχον τῇ τοιᾷδε συγκράσει
18054	σύμμετρον ἢ καὶ πρόσφορον γίνεσθαι πρὸς εὐεξίαν,
18055	τὸ δὲ τοιόνδε ἀσύμμετρον
18056	καὶ πρόσφορον πρὸς
18057	κάκωσιν ; ἀλλὰ γὰρ τὸ μὲν δυνατὸν τῆς τοιαύτης
18058	καταλήψεως
18059	διὰ τούτων
18060	καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων ἔστι
18061	συνιδεῖν.
18062	“Oi
18063	δὲ
18064	5
18065	͵ὔ
18066	‘
18067	>
18068	/
18069	δέ
18070	τι
18071	δὲ εὐπροφασίστως μέν, οὐ προσηκόντως
18072	δέ,
18073	\
18074	‘
18075	A
18076	>
18077	/
18078	”
18079	\
18080	4
18081	n
18082	τὴν πρὸς TO ἀδύνατον
18083	ἔσχε διαβολὴν οὕτως
18084	ἂν
18085	/
18086	~
18087	A
18088	κατανοήσαιμεν.
18089	πρῶτον μὲν yap τὰ πταίσματα
18090	~
18091	ΝΜ
18092	τῶν μὴ ἀκριβούντων τὸ ἔργον, πολλὰ ὄντα, ὡς ἐν
18093	μεγάλῃ καὶ πολυμερεῖ θεωρίᾳ, καὶ τοῖς ἀληθευο-
18094	μένοις τὴν τούτου ἐκ τύχης παρέσχε δόξαν, οὐκ
18095	ὀρθῶς.
18096	τὸ γὰρ τοιοῦτον οὐ τῆς ἐπιστήμης, ἀλλὰ
18097	τῶν μεταχειριζομένων ἐστὶν ἀδυναμία" ἔπειτα καὶ
18098	«ς
18099	“-
18100	~
18101	͵
18102	σ
18103	ε
18104	/
18105	/
18106	~
18107	οἱ πλεῖστοι τοῦ πορίζειν ἕνεκεν ἑτέραν τέχνην τῷ
18108	ταύτης
18109	ὀνόματι
18110	καταξιοπιστευόμενοι'
18111	τοὺς
18112	μὲν
18113	>
18114	,
18115	>
18116	~
18117	\
18118	,
18119	“-
18120	s
18121	ἰδιώτας ἐξαπατῶσι, πολλὰ προλέγειν δοκοῦντες Kal
18122	τῶν μηδεμίαν φύσιν ἐχόντων προγινώσκεσθαι, τοῖς
18123	1 καταξιοπιστευόμενοι VPMADE;
18124	διὰ τὴν ἀξιοπιστίαν Proc. ;
18125	καὶ ἀξίᾳ προστησάμενοι καὶ πιστευόμενοι NCam.
18126	1 The first part of the pseudo-Lucianic Περὶ ἀστρολογίης
18127	closely parallels this passage, as Boll, Studien, pp. 151-153,
18128	shows.
18129	12
p. 337
18130	TETRABIBLOS I. 2
18131	tions of the phenomena at the time, for instance, that
18132	it will be warmer or wetter ? Why can he not, too,
18133	with respect to an individual man, perceive the
18134	general quality of his temperament from the ambient
18135	at the time of his birth, as for instance that he is such
18136	and suchin body and such and such insoul, and predict
18137	occasional events, by use of the fact that such and
18138	such an ambient is attuned to such and such a tem-
18139	perament and
18140	is favourable to prosperity, while
18141	another is not so attuned and conduces to injury ?
18142	Enough, however; for the possibility of such know-
18143	ledge can be understood from these and similar
18144	arguments.
18145	The following considerations might lead us to
18146	observe that criticism of the science on the score
18147	of impossibility has been specious but undeserved.
18148	In the first place, the mistakes! of those who are
18149	not accurately instructed in its practice, and they
18150	are many, as one would expect in an important and
18151	many-sided art, have brought about the belief that
18152	even its true predictions depend upon chance, which
18153	is incorrect.
18154	For a thing like this is an impotence,
18155	not of the science, but of those who practise it.
18156	Secondly, most, for the sake of gain, claim credence
18157	for another art in the name of this,” and deceive the
18158	vulgar, because they are reputed to foretell many
18159	things, even those that cannot naturally be known
18160	2 Cardanus (p. 104) gives a number of examples, among
18161	them the geomantici, those who make elaborate predictions
18162	from the mere fact that a man was born on a certain day
18163	of the week, of the moon, or of the month, those who pre-
18164	dict by reckoning the numerical equivalents of the letters
18165	in a man’s name (arithmologists), and so on.
18166	Cf. also
18167	Plato’s remarks about unworthy pretenders to philosophy,
18168	Republic, 495C ff.
18169	13
p. 338
18170	PTOLEMY
18171	δὲ ζητητικωτέροις διὰ τούτου παρέσχον ἀφορμὴν ἐν
18172	tow! καὶ τῶν φύσιν ἐχόντων προλέγεσθαι 5" κατα-
18173	΄,
18174	»
18175	\
18176	~
18177	/
18178	>
18179	A
18180	‘
18181	γινώσκειν.
18182	οὐδὲ τοῦτο δεόντως - οὐδὲ yap φιλο-
18183	σοφίαν ἀναιρετέον, ἐπεί τινες τῶν προσποιουμένων
18184	A
18185	>
18186	αὐτὴν πονηροὶ καταφαίνονται.
18187	ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως ἐναργές
18188	ἐστιν ὅτι κἂν διερευνητικῶς τις ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα
18189	‘
18190	-
18191	/
18192	,
18193	Kal γνησίως τοῖς μαθήμασι προσέρχηται, πολλάκις
18194	>
18195	~
18196	πταίειν αὐτὸν ἐνδέχεται, du οὐδὲν μὲν τῶν εἰρη-
18197	τ᾿
18198	~
18199	μένων, δὲ αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν τοῦ πράγματος φύσιν καὶ
18200	τὴν πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἀσθένειαν.
18201	καθ᾽ ὅλου γὰρ πρὸς τῷ τὴν περὶ τὸ ποιὸν τῆς ὕλης
18202	θεωριαν πᾶσαν εἰκαστικὴν εἶναι καὶ οὐ διαβεβαιω-
18203	\
18204	~
18205	τικήν, Kal μάλιστα THY ἐκ πολλῶν ἀνομοίων συγ-
18206	κιρναμένην, ἔτι καὶ τοῖς παλαιοῖς τῶν πλανωμένων
18207	-
18208	ee
18209	>
18210	A
18211	«ς
18212	συσχηματισμοῖς, ἀφ᾽ ὧν ἐφαρμόζομεν τοῖς ὡσαύτως
18213	~
18214	~
18215	~
18216	t Laer
18217	ἔχουσι τῶν νῦν Tas ὑπὸ τῶν προγενεστέρων
18218	ἐπ
18219	ἐκείνων παρατετηρημένας προτελέσεις," παρόμοιοι
18220	μὲν * δύνανται γίνεσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ ἧττον καὶ οὗτοι
18221	ὃ Ἁ
18222	~
18223	"ὃ
18224	>
18225	LAA
18226	δὲ
18227	ὃ
18228	~
18229	la μακρῶν περιόδων, ἀπαράλλακτοι
18230	δὲ οὐδαμῶς,
18231	~
18232	~
18233	~
18234	~
18235	~
18236	A
18237	Ths πάντων ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ μετὰ τῆς γῆς κατὰ
18238	>
18239	/
18240	TO ἀκριβὲς συναποκαταστάσεως,
18241	εἰ μή
18242	τις KEVO-
18243	ιἴσῳ VPD: ἐκάστῳ MNAECam.
18244	ὃ προλέγεσθαι VMADEProc. ; πως λέγεσθαι (post φύσιν) P:
18245	προγινώσκεσθαι NCam.
18246	3 μὴ καθάπαξ τοὺς αὐτοὺς συμβεβηκέναι τοῖς νῦν add.
18247	NCam. ;
18248	om. VPMADE Proc.
18249	4 yap add. codd.; om. Proc.
18250	1On rascals in philosophy cf. Plato, Republic 487D, and
18251	the discussion which follows.
18252	2? By various ancient authors it was claimed that the
18253	Chaldaean observations extended
18254	over periods of from
18255	470,000 to 720,000 years; Boll-Bezold-Gundel, pp. 25, 99.
18256	14
p. 339
18257	TETRABIBLOS I. 2
18258	beforehand, while to the more thoughtful they have
18259	thereby given occasion to pass equally unfavourable
18260	judgement upon the natural subjects of prophecy.
18261	Nor is this deservedly done;
18262	it is the same with
18263	philosophy—we need not abolish it because there
18264	are evident rascals among those that pretend to it.!
18265	Nevertheless it is clear that even though one ap-
18266	proach astrology in the most inquiring and legitimate
18267	spirit possible, he may frequently err, not for any
18268	of the reasons stated, but because of the very nature
18269	of the thing and his own weakness in comparison
18270	with the magnitude of his profession.
18271	For in general,
18272	besides the fact that every science that deals with
18273	the quality of its subject-matter is conjectural and
18274	not to be absolutely affirmed, particularly one which
18275	is composed of many unlike elements, it is further-
18276	more
18277	true that the ancient configurations of the
18278	planets,” upon the basis of which we attach to similar
18279	aspects of our own day the effects observed by the
18280	ancients in theirs, can be more or less similar to the
18281	modern aspects, and that, too, at long intervals, but
18282	not identical, since the exact return of all the heavenly
18283	bodies and the earth to the same positions,’ unless one
18284	3 “ The Stoics say that the planets, returning to the same
18285	point of longitude and latitude which each occupied when
18286	first the universe arose, at fixed periods of time bring about
18287	a conflagration and destruction of things, and that the
18288	universe again reverts anew to the same condition, and
18289	that as the stars again move in the same way everything
18290	that took place in the former period is exactly reproduced.
18291	Socrates, they say, and Plato will again exist, and every
18292	single man, with the same friends and countrymen ; the
18293	same things will happen to them, they will meet with
18294	the same fortune, and deal with the same things,”’ etc.
18295	(Nemesius, De natura hominis, 38, p. 309, Matthaei).
18296	15
p. 340
18297	PTOLEMY
18298	dofoin περὶ τὴν τῶν ἀκαταλήπτων κατάληψιν καὶ
18299	γνῶσιν." ἢ μηδ᾽ ὅλως ἢ 5 μὴ κατά γε τὸν αἰσθητὸν
18300	ἀνθρώπῳ χρόνον ἀπαρτιζομένης, ὡς διὰ τοῦτο τὰς
18301	προρρήσεις 3 ἀνομοίων
18302	ὄντων
18303	τῶν
18304	ὑποκειμένων
18305	παραδειγμάτων ἐνίοτε διαμαρτάνεσθαι.
18306	περὶ μὲν
18307	οὖν τὴν ἐπίσκεψιν τῶν κατὰ τὸ περιέχον γινομένων
18308	συμπτωμάτων, τοῦτ᾽ ἂν εἴη μόνον τὸ δυσχερές,
18309	μηδεμιᾶς ἐνταῦθα συμπαραλαμβανομένης αἰτίας τῇ
18310	κινήσει τῶν οὐρανίων.
18311	περὶ δὲ τὰς γενεθλιο-
18312	8λογικάς,, καὶ ὅλως τὰς κατ᾽ ἰδίαν τῆς ἑκάστου
18313	συγκρίσεως," οὐ μικρὰ οὐδὲ τὰ τυχόντα ἔστιν ἰδεῖν
18314	συναίτια καὶ αὐτὰ γινόμενα. τῆς τῶν συνισταμένων
18315	ἰδιοτροπίας.
18316	αἵ τε γὰρ τῶν σπερμάτων διαφοραὶ
18317	πλεῖστον δύνανται πρὸς τὸ τοῦ γένους ἴδιον, ἐπει-
18318	δήπερ τοῦ περιέχοντος καὶ τοῦ ὁρίζοντος ὑποκειμένου
18319	τοῦ αὐτοῦ κατακρατεῖ τῶν σπερμάτων ἕκαστον εἰς
18320	τὴν καθ᾽ ὅλου τοῦ οἰκείου μορφώματος διατύπωσιν,
18321	οἷον ἀνθρώπου καὶ ἵππου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων οἵ τε
18322	τόποι τῆς γενέσεως οὐ μικρὰς ποιοῦνται τὰς περὶ
18323	τὰ συνιστάμενα παραλλαγάς.
18324	καὶ τῶν σπερμάτων
18325	γὰρ κατὰ γένος ὑποκειμένων
18326	τῶν
18327	αὐτῶν, οἷον
18328	ἀνθρωπίνων, καὶ τῆς τοῦ περιέχοντος καταστάσεως
18329	τῆς αὐτῆς, παρὰ τὸ τῶν χωρῶν διάφορον πολὺ καὶ
18330	τοῖς σώμασι καὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς οἱ γενόμενοι διήνεγκαν.
18331	πρὸς δὲ τούτοις αἵ τε τροφαὶ καὶ τὰ ἔθη, πάντων
18332	τῶν προκειμένων ἀδιαφόρων ὑποτιθεμένων, συμβάλ-
18333	λονταί τι πρὸς τὰς κατὰ μέρος τῶν βίων διαγωγάς.
18334	1 καὶ γνῶσιν om. Cam.
18335	27) cae 7) VMADE 5 κεῦ
18336	5...)
18337	et NCam,.
18338	jim segs
18339	ΥΩ
18340	Ἐν.
18341	8 προρρήσεις
18342	libri
18343	(mpw-
18344	P) Proc.Cam.!
18345	(* notatum) ;
18346	παρατηρήσεις Cam.”
18347	16
p. 341
18348	TETRABIBLOS I. 2
18349	holds vain opinions of his ability to comprehend and
18350	know the incomprehensible, either takes place not at
18351	all or at least not in the period of time that falls
18352	within the experience of man;
18353	so that for this reason
18354	predictions sometimes fail, because of the disparity of
18355	the examples on which they are based.
18356	As to the in-
18357	vestigation of atmospheric phenomena, this would be
18358	the only difficulty, since no other cause besides the
18359	movement of the heavenly bodies is taken into con-
18360	sideration.
18361	But in an inquiry concerning nativities
18362	and individual temperaments in general, one can see
18363	that there are circumstances of no small importance
18364	and of no trifling character, which join to cause the
18365	special qualities of those who are born.
18366	For differ-
18367	ences of seed exert a very great influence on the
18368	special traits of the genus, since, if the ambient
18369	and the horizon are the same, each seed prevails to
18370	express in general its own form, for example, man,
18371	horse, and so forth; and the places of birth bring
18372	about no small variation in what is produced.
18373	For
18374	if the seed is generically the same, human for example,
18375	and the condition of the ambient the same, those who
18376	are born differ much, both in body and soul, with the
18377	difference of countries.
18378	In addition to this, all the
18379	aforesaid conditions being equal, rearing and customs
18380	contribute to influence the particular way in which a
18381	1 The first three chapters of Book ii dea] with astrological
18382	ethnology, and in iv. 10 Ptolemy points out that in all
18383	nativities such general considerations as nationality and
18384	age take precedence over more particular details.
18385	4 γενεθλιολογικάς VD, cf. Proc. ; γενεθλιολογίας cett. Cam.
18386	5 συγκρίσεως VP (-Kpn-) MDECam.'; συγκράσεως Cam.”
18387	i7
p. 342
18388	PTOLEMY
18389	ὧν ἕκαστον ἐὰν μὴ συνδιαλαμβάνηται ταῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ
18390	περιέχοντος αἰτίαις, εἰ καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα τὴν πλείστην
18391	ἔχει τοῦτο δύναμιν (τῷ τὸ μὲν περιέχον κἀκείνοις
18392	αὐτοῖς
18393	εἰς τὸ τοιοῖσδε
18394	εἶναι συναίτιον γίνεσθαι,
18395	τούτῳ δ᾽ ἐκεῖνα μηδαμῶς), πολλὴν ἀπορίαν δύνανται
18396	΄
18397	~
18398	>
18399	\
18400	~
18401	/
18402	>
18403	‘
18404	>
18405	\
18406	/
18407	παρέχειν τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων οἰομένοις ἀπὸ μόνης
18408	9779S τῶν μετεώρων κινήσεως͵ πάντα, καὶ τὰ μὴ
18409	τέλεον ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ, δύνασθαι διαγινώσκειν.
18410	Τούτων δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων, προσῆκον ἂν εἴη μήτε,
18411	ἐπειδὴ διαμαρτάνεσθαϊ ποτε τὴν τοιαύτην πρόγνωσιν
18412	ἐνδέχεται, καὶ τὸ πᾶν αὐτῆς ἀναιρεῖν, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ
18413	τὴν κυβερνητικὴν
18414	διὰ τὸ πολλάκις πταίειν ἀπο-
18415	δοκιμάζομεν ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐν μεγάλοις, οὕτω καὶ θείοις
18416	ἐπαγγέλμασιν, ἀσπάζεσθαι καὶ ἀγαπητὸν ἡγεῖσθαι
18417	τὸ δυνατόν͵ μήτ᾽ αὖ πάλιν πάντα 5 ἡμῖν ἀνθρωπίνως
18418	καὶ ἐστοχασμένως αἰτεῖν παρ᾽ αὐτῆς, ἀλλὰ συμῴφιλο-
18419	καλεῖν, καὶ ἐν οἷς οὐκ ἦν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ τὸ πᾶν ἐφοδιάζειν."
18420	.
18421	Kal ὥσπερ τοῖς ἰατροῖς͵ ὅταν ἐπιζητῶσί. τινα, καὶ περὶ
18422	αὐτῆς τῆς νόσου καὶ περὶ τῆς τοῦ κάμνοντος ἰδιο-
18423	τροπίας οὐ μεμψόμεθα λέγουσιν," οὕτω καὶ ἐνταῦθα
18424	τὰ γένη καὶ τὰς χώρας καὶ τὰς τροφάς, ἢ καί τινα
18425	τῶν ἤδη συμβεβηκότων, μὴ ἀγανακτεῖν ὑποτιθε-
18426	μένοις.
18427	1 τὴν κυβερνητικὴν VPMDEProc. ; κυβερνητικοὺς NACam.
18428	2 πάντα] μὴ πάντα VPD.
18429	8 λέγουσιν NCam., λέγοντες VPMADE.
18430	18
p. 343
18431	TETRABIBLOS I. 2
18432	life is lived.
18433	Unless each one of these things is ex-
18434	amined together with the causes that are derived
18435	from the ambient, although this latter be conceded
18436	to exercise the greatest influence (for the ambient
18437	is one of the causes for these things being what they
18438	are, while they in turn have no influence upon it),
18439	they can cause much difficulty for those who believe
18440	that in such cases everything can be understood, even
18441	things not wholly within its jurisdiction, from the
18442	motion of the heavenly bodies alone.
18443	Since this is the case, it would not be fitting to
18444	dismiss all prognostication of this character because
18445	it can sometimes be mistaken, for we do not dis-
18446	credit the art of the pilot for its many errors;
18447	but
18448	as when the claims are great, so also when they are
18449	divine, we should welcome what is possible and
18450	think it enough.
18451	Nor, further, should we gropingly
18452	and in human fashion demand everything of the art,
18453	but rather join in the appreciation of its beauty,
18454	even in instances wherein it could not provide the
18455	full answer; and as we do not find fault with the
18456	physicians, when they examine a person, for speak-
18457	ing both about the sickness itself and about the
18458	patient’s idiosyncrasy, so too in this case we should
18459	not object to astrologers using as a basis for calcula-
18460	tion nationality, country, and rearing, or any other
18461	already existing accidental qualities.
18462	19
p. 344
18463	PTOLEMY
18464	<y> Ὅτι καὶ ὠφέλιμος
18465	Τίνα μὲν οὖν τρόπον δυνατὸν γίνεται τὸ δι᾽
18466	ἀστρονομίας προγνωστικόν, καὶ ὅτι μέχρι μόνον
18467	ἂν φθάνοι τῶν τε κατ᾽ αὐτὸ τὸ περιέχον συμπτω-
18468	μάτων καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς τοιαύτης αἰτίας τοῖς
18469	ἀνθρώποις παρακολουθούντων,
18470	ταῦτα
18471	δ᾽ ἂν εἴη
18472	περί τε τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπιτηδειότητας τῶν δυνάμεων
18473	καὶ πράξεων σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς καὶ τὰ κατὰ
18474	Ι0Οκαιροὺς
18475	αὐτῶν
18476	πάθη, πολυχρονιότητάς
18477	τε
18478	καὶ
18479	ὀλιγοχρονιότητας,
18480	ἔτι δὲ καὶ ὅσα τῶν
18481	ἔξωθεν
18482	κυρίαν τε καὶ φυσικὴν ἔχει πρὸς τὰ πρῶτα συμ-
18483	πλοκήν, ὡς πρὸς τὸ σῶμα μὲν ἡ κτῆσις καὶ ἡ
18484	συμβίωσις, πρὸς δὲ τὴν ψυχὴν ἥ τε τιμὴ καὶ τὸ
18485	ἀξίωμα, καὶ τὰς τούτων
18486	κατὰ
18487	καιροὺς τύχας,
18488	σχεδὸν ὡς ἐν κεφαλαίοις ' γέγονεν ἡμῖν δῆλον.
18489	λοιπὸν δ᾽ ἂν εἴη τῶν προκειμένων τὴν κατὰ τὸ
18490	χρήσιμον ἐπίσκεψιν διὰ βραχέων ποιήσασθαι, πρό-
18491	τερον διαλαβοῦσι τίνα τρόπον, καὶ πρὸς τί τέλος
18492	ἀφορῶντες τὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ χρησίμου δύναμιν ἐκδεξό-
18493	μεθα.
18494	εἰ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγαθά, τί
18495	ἂν εἴη συμφορώτερον 5 πρὸς εὐπραγίαν καὶ χαρὰν
18496	καὶ ὅλως εὐαρέστησιν τῆς τοιαύτης προγνώσεως,
18497	καθ᾽ ἣν τῶν τε ἀνθρωπίνων καὶ τῶν θείων γινόμεθα
18498	συνορατικοί; εἰ δὲ πρὸς τὰ τοῦ σώματος, πάντων
18499	ἂν μᾶλλον ἡ τοιαύτη κατάληψις ἐπιγινώσκοι τὸ
18500	οἰκεῖόν τε καὶ πρόσφορον τῇ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην σύγκρασιν
18501	ἐπιτηδειότητι" εἰ δὲ μὴ πρὸς πλοῦτον ἢ δόξαν ἢ
18502	1 κεφαλαίοις libri, -ῳ Cam.
18503	ὃ συμφορώτερον VD, συμφερότερον PL, σπουδαιότερον MAE
18504	Cam. ; post προγνώσεως MAE.
18505	20
p. 345
18506	TETRABIBLOS I. 3
18507	3. That it is also Beneficial.
18508	In somewhat summary fashion it has been shown
18509	how prognostication by astronomical means is pos-
18510	sible, and that it can go no further than what happens
18511	in the ambient and the consequences to man from
18512	such causes—that is, it concerns the original endow-
18513	ments of faculties and activities of soul and body, their
18514	occasional diseases, their endurance for a long or a
18515	short time, and, besides, all external circumstances
18516	that have a directive and natural connection with
18517	the original gifts of nature, such as property and
18518	marriage in the case of the body and honour and
18519	dignities in that of the soul, and finally what befalls
18520	them from time to time.’
18521	The remaining part of our
18522	project would be to inquire briefly as to its useful-
18523	ness,” first distinguishing how and with what end in
18524	view we shall take the meaning of the word useful-
18525	ness.
18526	For if we look to the goods of the soul, what’
18527	could be more conducive
18528	to well-being, pleasure,
18529	and in general satisfaction than this kind of forecast,
18530	by which we gain full view of things human and
18531	divine?
18532	And if we look to bodily goods, such know-
18533	ledge, better than anything else, would perceive what
18534	is fitting and expedient for the capabilities of each
18535	temperament.
18536	But if it does not aid in the acquisi-
18537	tion of riches, fame, and the like, we shall be able
18538	1 Note that in this sentence Ptolemy refers to several of
18539	the subjects of chapters in Books iii and iv.
18540	2 According to Cicero, De divinatione, ii. 105, Dicaearchus
18541	wrote
18542	a book
18543	to prove
18544	that divination
18545	was
18546	useless;
18547	Plutarch took the other side, in an essay of which only
18548	fragments are preserved.
18549	21
p. 346
18550	PTOLEMY
18551	~
18552	-
18553	/
18554	/,
18555	τὰ τοιαῦτα συνεργεῖ, προχωρήσει καὶ περὶ πάσης
18556	φιλοσοφίας τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο φάσκειν:
18557	οὐδενὸς γὰρ
18558	~
18559	¢€
18560	lol
18561	τῶν τοιούτων ἐστίν, ὅσον ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῇ, περιποιητική.
18562	3
18563	>
18564	”
18565	ὦ
18566	2
18567	/
18568	\
18569	a
18570	>
18571	n
18572	Ε
18573	/
18574	ἀλλ᾽
18575	οὔτ᾽
18576	ἐκείνης διὰ τοῦτ᾽
18577	av οὔτε ταύτης KaTa-
18578	ινώσκοιμεν δικαίως, ἀφέμενοι τοῦ πρὸς τὰ
18579	μείζω
18580	A
18581	/
18582	συμφέροντος.
18583	σ
18584	,
18585	nN
18586	>
18587	4
18588	΄-
18589	a“
18590	ς
18591	Διὶ
18592	Odws δ᾽ ἂν ἐξετάζουσι φανεῖεν ἂν οἱ τὸ ἄχρηστον
18593	11τῆς καταλήψεως ἐπιμεμφόμενοι πρὸς οὐδὲν τῶν
18594	κυριωτάτων ἀφορῶντες,
18595	ἀλλὰ πρὸς αὐτὸ τοῦτο
18596	~
18597	>
18598	/
18599	¢
18600	/
18601	μόνον, OTL τῶν
18602	πάντη πάντως ἐσομένων ἡ πρό-
18603	/
18604	~
18605	~
18606	γνωσις περιττή, Kal τοῦτο δὲ ἁπλῶς πάνυ, καὶ οὐκ
18607	>
18608	~
18609	\
18610	\
18611	tal
18612	“-
18613	εὖ διειλημμένως.
18614	πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ δεῖ σκοπεῖν,
18615	an
18616	/
18617	\
18618	ὅτι Kal ἐπὶ τῶν ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἀποβησομένων TO μὲν
18619	ἀπροσδόκητον τούς τε θορύβους ἐκστατικοὺς καὶ
18620	τὰς χαρὰς ἐξοιστικὰς μάλιστα πέφυκε ποιεῖν - τὸ δὲ
18621	προγινώσκειν ἐθίζει καὶ ῥυθμίζει τὴν ψυχὴν τῇ
18622	μελέτῃ τῶν ἀπόντων ὡς παρόντων, καὶ παρα-
18623	σκευάζει μετ᾽ εἰρήνης καὶ εὐσταθείας ἕκαστα τῶν
18624	>
18625	/
18626	>
18627	/
18628	mv
18629	9
18630	ἂν
18631	>
18632	΄“
18633	ἐπερχομένων ἀποδέχεσθαι.
18634	ἔπειθ᾽
18635	ὅτι μηδ᾽ οὕτως
18636	¢
18637	\
18638	-
18639	~
18640	ἕκαστα χρὴ νομίζειν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀπὸ τῆς ἄνωθεν
18641	“-
18642	a
18643	>
18644	>
18645	~
18646	>
18647	αἰτίας παρακολουθεῖν, ὥσπερ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀπό τινος
18648	ἀλύτου καὶ θείου προστάγματος καθ᾽ ἕνα ἕκαστον
18649	>
18650	νενομοθετημένα καὶ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἀποβησόμενα, μηδε-
18651	a
18652	uv
18653	ς
18654	~
18655	baat!
18656	>
18657	/
18658	,
18659	>
18660	9
18661	μιᾶς ἄλλης ἁπλῶς αἰτίας ἀντιπράξαι δυναμένης, ἀλλ
18662	ὡς μὲν τῆς τῶν οὐρανίων κινήσεως καθ᾽ εἱμαρμένην
18663	>
18664	~
18665	θείαν Kat ἀμετάπτωτον ἐξ αἰῶνος ἀποτελουμένης,
18666	lol
18667	~
18668	>
18669	τῆς δὲ τῶν ἐπιγείων ! ἀλλοιώσεως καθ᾽ εἱμαρμένην
18670	φυσικὴν καὶ μεταπτώτην τὰς πρώτας αἰτίας ἄνωθεν
18671	λαμβανούσης κατὰ συμβεβηκὸς καὶ κατ᾽ ἐπακολού-
18672	θησιν " καὶ ὡς τῶν μὲν διὰ καθολικοτέρας περιστά-
18673	22
p. 347
18674	TETRABIBLOS I. 3
18675	to say the same of all philosophy, for it does not
18676	provide any of these things as far as its own powers
18677	are concerned.
18678	We should not, however, for that
18679	reason be justified in condemning either philosophy
18680	or this art, disregarding its greater advantages.
18681	To a general examination it would appear that
18682	those who find fault with the uselessness of prog-
18683	nostication have no regard for the most important
18684	matters, but only for this—that foreknowledge of
18685	events that will happen in any case is superfluous ;
18686	this, too, quite unreservedly and without due dis-
18687	crimination.
18688	For,
18689	in the
18690	first
18691	place, we
18692	should
18693	consider that even with events that will necessarily
18694	take place their unexpectedness is very apt to cause
18695	excessive panic and delirious joy, while foreknow-
18696	ledge accustoms and calms the soul by experience
18697	of distant events as though they were present, and
18698	prepares it to greet with calm and steadiness what-
18699	ever comes.
18700	A second reason is that we should not
18701	believe that separate events attend mankind as the
18702	result of the heavenly cause
18703	as if they had been
18704	originally ordained for each person by some irre-
18705	vocable divine command and destined to take place
18706	by necessity without the possibility of any other
18707	cause whatever interfering.
18708	Rather is it true that
18709	the movement of the heavenly bodies, to be sure,
18710	is eternally performed in accordance with divine,
18711	unchangeable destiny, while the change of earthly
18712	things is subject to a natural
18713	and mutable fate, and
18714	in drawing its first causes from above it is governed
18715	by chance and natural sequence.
18716	Moreover, some
18717	things happen to mankind through more general
18718	1 περιγείων PMECam.
18719	23
p. 348
18720	PTOLEMY
18721	A
18722	>
18723	΄“-
18724	σεις τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συμβαινόντων, οὐχὶ δὲ ἐκ τῆς
18725	12 ἰδίας ἑκάστου ' φυσικῆς ἐπιτηδειότητος, ὡς ὅταν
18726	A
18727	4
18728	~
18729	κατὰ μεγάλας καὶ δυσφυλάκτους τοῦ περιέχοντος
18730	A
18731	>
18732	-
18733	μὴ
18734	~
18735	τροπὰς ἐκ πυρώσεων ἢ λοιμῶν ἢ κατακλυσμῶν
18736	‘
18737	~
18738	vA
18739	~
18740	κατὰ πλήθη διαφθαρῶσιν, ὑποπιπτούσης ἀεὶ τῆς
18741	,
18742	~
18743	/
18744	>
18745	,
18746	~
18747	βραχυτέρας αἰτίας τῇ μείζονι καὶ ἰσχυρωτέρᾳ, τῶν
18748	\
18749	\
18750	‘
18751	δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἑνὸς ἑκάστου φυσικὴν ἰδιοσυγκρασίαν
18752	διὰ μικρὰς καὶ τὰς τυχούσας τοῦ περιέχοντος ἀντι-
18753	,ὔ
18754	/
18755	A
18756	a
18757	/
18758	A
18759	παθείας.
18760	τούτων yap οὕτω διαληφθέντων, φανερὸν
18761	ὅτι καὶ καθ᾽ ὅλου καὶ κατὰ μέρος, ὅσων μὲν συμπτω-
18762	/
18763	~
18764	\
18765	a
18766	μάτων TO πρῶτον αἴτιον " ἄμαχόν τέ ἐστι καὶ μεῖζον
18767	~
18768	~
18769	4
18770	παντὸς τοῦ ἀντιπράττοντος, ταῦτα καὶ πάντη πάν-
18771	A
18772	ΝΜ
18773	τως ἀποβαίνειν ἀνάγκη: ὅσα δὲ μὴ οὕτως ἔχει,
18774	~
18775	>
18776	/
18777	τούτων τὰ μὲν ἐπιτυγχάνοντα τῶν ἀντιπαθησόντων 3
18778	‘A
18779	,
18780	εὐανάτρεπτα γίνεται, τὰ δὲ μὴ εὐπορήσοντα ἃ Kat
18781	-
18782	A
18783	>
18784	ΝΜ
18785	αὐτὰ ταῖς πρώταις φύσεσιν ἀκολουθεῖ, δι᾿ ἄγνοιαν
18786	\
18787	~
18788	>
18789	>
18790	‘
18791	μέντοι καὶ οὐκέτι διὰ τὴν τῆς ἰσχύος ἀνάγκην.
18792	TO
18793	>
18794	A
18795	3
18796	Μ
18797	”
18798	\
18799	\
18800	>
18801	A
18802	ra
18803	αὐτὸ
18804	δ᾽ av tis ἴδοι συμβεβηκὸς καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων
18805	~
18806	~
18807	>
18808	>
18809	4,
18810	νὴ
18811	A
18812	ἁπλῶς τῶν φυσικὰς ἐχόντων Tas ἀρχάς.
18813	καὶ yap
18814	~
18815	ΝΜ
18816	>
18817	/
18818	καὶ λίθων καὶ φυτῶν καὶ ζῴων, ἔτι δὲ τραυμάτων
18819	~
18820	\
18821	>
18822	>
18823	/
18824	καὶ παθῶν Kal νοσημάτων, τὰ μὲν ἐξ ἀνάγκης τι
18825	a
18826	nn
18827	>
18828	/
18829	ποιεῖν πέφυκε, τὰ δ᾽ εἰ μηδὲν τῶν ἐναντίων ἀντι-
18830	~
18831	a
18832	>
18833	πράξει.
18834	οὕτως οὖν χρὴ νομίζειν Kal τὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώ-
18835	\
18836	Α
18837	a
18838	ποις
18839	συμβησόμενα
18840	προλέγειν τοὺς
18841	φυσικοὺς
18842	τῇ
18843	1 ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας ἑκάστου VMADE;; ἰδίας om. PL; ἀπὸ ἑκάστης
18844	φυσικῆς ἰδίας Cam.”
18845	26 post αἴτιον add. Cam., om. libri.
18846	8 ἀντιπαθησόντων VADCam., -σάντων PME.
18847	4 εὐπορήσοντα VADCam., -σαντα PME.
18848	1Cf.
18849	ii.
18850	1,
18851	‘‘ the particular always
18852	falls under
18853	the
18854	general.”
18855	Ptolemy distinguishes carefully between uni-
18856	24
p. 349
18857	TETRABIBLOS I. 3
18858	circumstances and not as the result of an individual’s
18859	own natural propensities—for example, when men
18860	perish in multitudes by conflagration or pestilence
18861	or cataclysms, through monstrous and inescapable
18862	changes in the ambient, for the lesser cause always
18863	yields to the greater! and stronger;
18864	other occur-
18865	rences, however, accord with the individual’s own
18866	natural temperament through minor and fortuitous
18867	antipathies of the ambient.
18868	For if these distinc-
18869	tions are thus made, it is clear that both in general
18870	and in particular whatever events depend upon a
18871	first cause, which is irresistible and more powerful
18872	than anything that opposes it, must by all means
18873	take place ; on the contrary, of events that are not
18874	of this character, those which are provided with
18875	resistant forces are easily averted, while those that
18876	are not follow the primary natural causes, to be
18877	sure, but this is due to ignorance and not to the
18878	necessity of almighty power.
18879	One might observe this
18880	same thing happening in all events whatsoever that
18881	have natural causes.
18882	For even of stones, plants, and
18883	animals, and also of wounds, mishaps, and sicknesses,
18884	some are of such a nature as to act of necessity,
18885	others only if no opposing thing interferes.
18886	One
18887	should therefore believe that physical philosophers
18888	predict what is to befall men with foreknowledge of
18889	versal
18890	(καθολική)
18891	and
18892	particular
18893	or
18894	genethlialogical
18895	(γενεθλιαλογική) astrology.
18896	The former deals with astro-
18897	logical influences
18898	which
18899	affect
18900	all mankind
18901	or
18902	whole
18903	countries and races of men, and is treated in Books i-ii;
18904	the latter concerns the nativities of individuals, and is the
18905	subject of Books iii-iv.
18906	25
p. 350
18907	PTOLEMY
18908	τοιαύτῃ προγνώσει, καὶ μὴ κατὰ κενὰς δόξας προσ-
18909	ἐρχομένους, ὡς τῶν μὲν διὰ τὸ πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα
18910	13 τὰ ποιητικὰ τυγχάνειν, ἀφυλάκτων ὄντων, τῶν δὲ
18911	διὰ τοὐναντίον μετατροπὰς ἐπιδεχομένων.
18912	καθάπερ
18913	καὶ τῶν ἰατρῶν ὅσοι δυνατοὶ σημειοῦσθαι τὰ παθή-
18914	ματα προγινώσκουσι τά τε πάντως ἀνελόντα, καὶ
18915	τὰ χωροῦντα Σ βοήθειαν.
18916	ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν μεταπεσεῖν
18917	δυναμένων, οὕτως ἀκουστέον
18918	τοῦ γενεθλιαλόγου,
18919	φέρ᾽ εἰπεῖν, ὅτι τῇ τοιᾷδε συγκράσει κατὰ τὴν
18920	τοιάνδε τοῦ περιέχοντος ἰδιοτροπίαν τραπεισῶν ἐπὶ
18921	τὸ πλέον ἢ ἔλαττον τῶν ὑποκειμένων συμμετριῶν,
18922	τὸ τοιόνδε 8 παρακολουθήσει πάθος - ὡς καὶ τοῦ μὲν
18923	ἰατροῦ, ὅτι τόδε τὸ ἕλκος νομὴν ἢ σῆψιν ἐμποιεῖ,
18924	τοῦ δὲ μεταλλικοῦ, λόγου ἕνεκεν, ὅτι τὸν σίδηρον ἡ ἡ
18925	λίθος ἡ μαγνῆτις ἕλκει.
18926	ὥσπερ γὰρ τούτων ἑἕκάτε-
18927	ρον, ἐαθὲν μὲν δι᾿’ ἀγνωσίαν τῶν ἀντιπαθησόντων,
18928	πάντη πάντως
18929	παρακολουθήσει
18930	τῇ τῆς πρώτης
18931	φύσεως δυνάμει, οὔτε δὲ τὸ ἕλκος τὴν νομὴν ἢ τὴν
18932	σῆψιν κατεργάσεται
18933	τῆς ἀντικειμένης θεραπείας
18934	τυχόν, οὔτε τὸν σίδηρον ἡ μαγνῆτις ἑλκύσει παρα-
18935	τριβέντος αὐτῇ σκορόδου.
18936	καὶ αὐτὰ δὲ ταῦτα τὰ
18937	κωλύοντα φυσικῶς καὶ καθ᾽ εἱμαρμένην ἀντεπάθη-
18938	σεν
18939	οὕτω καὶ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνων, ἀγνοούμενα μὲν τὰ
18940	συμβησόμενα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἢ ἐγνωσμένα μέν, μὴ
18941	τυχόντα
18942	δὲ τῶν
18943	ἀντιπαθούντων,
18944	πάντη πάντως
18945	ἀκολουθήσει τῷ τῆς πρώτης φύσεως εἱρμῷ.
18946	προ-
18947	γνωσθέντα δὲ καὶ εὐπορήσαντα τῶν θεραπευόντων
18948	1 ἀναιροῦνται Cam.?, ἀναιροῦντα Cam.”
18949	Ξχωροῦντα VMADE;
18950	cf. τὰ θεραπείαν ἐπιδεχόμενα Proc. ;
18951	χωρηγοῦντα Cam.', Cam.? (χορ-), P (χωρι-).
18952	3 ἄν post τοιόνδε add. PMECam.
18953	26
p. 351
18954	TETRABIBLOS
18955	TI. 3
18956	this character and do not approach their task under
18957	false impressions ; for certain things, because their
18958	effective causes
18959	are numerous
18960	and powerful,
18961	are
18962	inevitable, but others for the opposite reason may
18963	be averted.
18964	Similarly those physicians who can re-
18965	cognize ailments know beforehand those which are
18966	always fatal and those which admit of aid.
18967	In the
18968	case of events that may be modified we must give
18969	heed to the astrologer, when, for example, he says
18970	that to such and such a temperament, with such and
18971	such a character of the ambient, if the fundamental
18972	proportions increase or decrease, such and such an
18973	affection will result.
18974	Similarly we must believe the
18975	physician, when he says that this sore will spread or
18976	cause putrefaction, and the miner, for instance, that
18977	the lodestone attracts iron: just as each of these, if left
18978	to itself through ignorance of the opposing forces, will
18979	inevitably develop as its original nature compels, but
18980	neither will the sore cause spreading or putrefaction
18981	if it receives preventive treatment, nor will the lode-
18982	stone attract the iron if it is rubbed with garlic; and
18983	these very deterrent measures also have their resist-
18984	ing power naturally and by fate; so also in the other
18985	cases, if future happenings to men are not known, or
18986	if they are known and the remedies are not applied,
18987	they will by all means follow the course of primary
18988	nature;
18989	but if they are recognized ahead of time
18990	and remedies are provided, again quite in accord
18991	1 A current belief; cf. Thorndike, History of Magic and
18992	Experimental
18993	Science,
18994	I, p. 213, for an instance of its
18995	occurrence in Plutarch.
18996	27
p. 352
18997	14
18998	PTOLEMY
18999	φυσικῶς πάλιν καθ᾽ εἱμαρμένην, ἢ ἀγένητα ' τέλεον,
19000	ἢ μετριώτερα καθίσταται.
19001	ὅλως δὲ τῆς τοιαύτης
19002	δυνάμεως τῆς αὐτῆς οὔσης ἐπί τε τῶν ὁλοσχερῶς
19003	θεωρουμένων καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κατὰ μέρος, θαυμάσειεν
19004	ἄν τις διὰ τίνα δή ποτε αἰτίαν ἐπὶ μὲν THY? καθ᾽
19005	ὅλου πιστεύουσι πάντες καὶ τῷ δυνατῷ τῆς προγνώ-
19006	σεως καὶ τῷ πρὸς τὸ φυλάττεσθαι χρησίμῳ (τάς τε
19007	γὰρ ὥρας καὶ τὰς τῶν ἀπλανῶν ἐπισημασίας καὶ
19008	τοὺς τῆς σελήνης σχηματισμοὺς οἱ πλεῖστοι προγινώ-
19009	σκειν ὁμολογοῦσι, καὶ πολλὴν πρόνοιαν ποιοῦνται
19010	τῆς φυλακῆς αὐτῶν, πεφροντικότες ἀεὶ πρὸς μὲν τὸ
19011	θέρος τῶν ψύχειν δυναμένων, πρὸς δὲ τὸν χειμῶνα
19012	τῶν θερμαινόντων, καὶ ὅλως προπαρασκευάζοντες
19013	αὑτῶν τὰς φύσεις ἐπὶ τὸ εὔκρατον - καὶ ἔτι πρὸς μὲν
19014	τὸ ἀσφαλὲς τῶν τε ὡρῶν καὶ τῶν ἀναγωγῶν παρα-
19015	φυλάττοντες τὰς τῶν ἀπλανῶν ἀστέρων ἐπισημασίας,
19016	πρὸς δὲ τὰς ἀρχὰς τῶν ὀχειῶν καὶ φυτειῶν τοὺς
19017	κατὰ πλήρωσιν τῶν φωτῶν τῆς σελήνης σχηματισ-
19018	μούς, καὶ οὐδεὶς οὐδαμῆ τῶν τοιούτων κατέγνωκεν
19019	οὔὐθ᾽ ὡς ἀδυνάτων, οὔθ᾽ ὡς ἀχρήστων), ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν κατὰ
19020	μέρος καὶ ἐκ τῆς τῶν λοιπῶν συγκράσεως ἰδιωμά-
19021	των, οἷον μᾶλλον
19022	καὶ ἧττον, χειμώνων ἢ καὶ
19023	καυμάτων, καὶ τῆς Kal? ἕκαστον ἰδιοσυγκρασίας,
19024	οὔτε τὸ προγινώσκειν ἔτι δυνατὸν ἡγοῦνταί τινες
19025	οὔτε τὰ πολλὰ ἐγχωρεῖν φυλάξασθαι - καίτοι προ-
19026	δήλου τυγχάνοντος, ὅτι πρὸς τὰ καθ᾽ ὅλου καύματα
19027	1 ἀγένητα VADE, ἀγέννητα PMCam.
19028	3 τῶν libri, τοῖς Cam.
19029	1Hesiod’s Works and Days, 383 ff. (ed. Flach), well il-
19030	lustrates how such stars and constellations as the Pleiades,
19031	28
p. 353
19032	TETRABIBLOS I. 3
19033	with nature and fate, they either do not occur at all
19034	or are rendered less severe.
19035	And in general, since
19036	such power is the same whether applied to things
19037	regarded
19038	universally
19039	or
19040	particularly,
19041	one
19042	would
19043	wonder why all believe in the efficacy of prediction
19044	in universal
19045	matters,
19046	and
19047	in its usefulness
19048	for
19049	guarding one’s interests (for most people admit that
19050	they have foreknowledge
19051	of the seasons,
19052	of the
19053	significance of the constellations, and of the phases
19054	of the moon, and take great forethought for safe-
19055	guarding
19056	themselves,
19057	always
19058	contriving
19059	cooling
19060	agents against summer and the means of warmth
19061	against winter, and in general preparing their own
19062	natures with moderation as a goal; furthermore, to
19063	ensure the safety of the seasons and of their sailings
19064	they watch the significance of the fixed stars, and,
19065	for the beginning of breeding and sowing, the aspects
19066	of the moon’s light at its full,! and no one ever
19067	condemns
19068	such practices
19069	either
19070	as
19071	impossible or
19072	useless);
19073	but, on the other hand, as regards par-
19074	ticular matters
19075	and
19076	those
19077	depending
19078	upon
19079	the
19080	mixture of the other qualities—such as predictions
19081	of more or less, of cold or of heat, and of the in-
19082	dividual temperament—some people believe neither
19083	that foreknowledge is still possible nor that pre-
19084	cautions can be taken in most instances.
19085	And yet,
19086	since it is obvious
19087	that, if we happen
19088	to have
19089	cooled ourselves against heat in general, we shall
19090	Orion, Hyades,
19091	Sirius, and Arcturus, and the solstices
19092	were observed in ordinary rural life in such connections as
19093	those mentioned by Ptolemy; also in navigation (618 ff.).
19094	The favourable and unfavourable days of the month (i.e.
19095	of the moon) are enumerated in lines 769 ff.
19096	29
p. 354
19097	PTOLEMY
19098	el τύχοιμεν προκαταψύξαντες ἑαυτοὺς ἧττον καυσού-
19099	μεθα, δύναται τὸ ὅμοιον ἐνεργεῖν καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἰδίως
19100	τήνδε τὴν σύγκρασιν εἰς ἀμετρίαν avéavta! τοῦ
19101	θερμοῦ.
19102	ἀλλὰ γὰρ αἴτιον τῆς τοιαύτης ἁμαρτίας
19103	τό τε δύσκολον καὶ ἄηθες τῆς τῶν κατὰ μέρος
19104	προγνώσεως,
19105	ὅπερ καὶ
19106	ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων
19107	σχεδὸν
19108	ἁπάντων ἀπιστίαν ἐμποιεῖ.
19109	καὶ τὸ μὴ συναπτο-
19110	μένης ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν τῆς ἀντιπαθούσης δυνάμεως τῇ
19111	προγνωστικῇ, διὰ τὸ σπάνιον τῆς οὕτω τελείας
19112	διαθέσεως, καὶ περὶ τὰς πρώτας φύσεις ἀνεμποδί-
19113	στως ἀποτελουμένης, δόξαν ὡς περὶ ἀτρέπτων καὶ
19114	ἀφυλάκτων παρέσχε καὶ πάντων ἁπλῶς τῶν ἀπο-
19115	βησομένων
19116	“Ὥσπερ δέ, οἶμαι, καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ προγνωστικοῦ,
19117	καὶ εἰ μὴ διὰ παντὸς ἦν ἄπταιστον, τό γε δυνατὸν
19118	αὐτοῦ μεγίστης ἄξιον σπουδῆς κατεφαίνετο, τὸν
19119	αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ φυλακτικοῦ, καὶ εἰ μὴ
19120	πάντων ἐστὶ θεραπευτικόν, ἀλλὰ τό γ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἐνίων,
19121	κἂν ὀλίγα κἂν μικρὰ ἣ, ἀγαπᾶν καὶ ἀσπάζεσθαι καὶ
19122	κέρδος οὐ τὸ τυχὸν ἡγεῖσθαι προσήκει.
19123	Τούτοις δέ, ὡς ἔοικε, συνεγνωκότες οὕτως ἔχουσι,
19124	καὶ οἱ μάλιστα τὴν τοιαύτην δύναμιν τῆς τέχνης
19125	προαγαγόντες Αἰγύπτιοι συνῆψαν πανταχῆ τῷ δι᾽
19126	10 ἀστρονομίας προγνωστικῷ τὴν ἰατρικήν.
19127	οὐ γὰρ
19128	1 αὔξαντα PL, -οντα VMADECam.
19129	2 καὶ εἰ μὴ MAE, κἂν μὴ VDCam., καὶ ἢ μὴ P, καὶ εἰ μὲν L.
19130	1 Ptolemy’s language is highly condensed and obscure ;
19131	the
19132	translation
19133	gives the probable meaning.
19134	Proclus’
19135	Paraphraxe, pp. 31-32, thus renders the passage:
19136	‘‘ But
19137	the reason for such an assumption
19138	is the difficulty of
19139	prognostication in particular cases, the accurate and truth-
19140	30
p. 355
19141	TETRABIBLOS I. 3
19142	suffer less from it, similar measures can prove effec-
19143	tive against particular forces which increase this
19144	particular temperament to a disproportionate amount
19145	of heat.
19146	For the cause of this error is the difficulty
19147	and unfamiliarity of particular prognostication,
19148	a
19149	reason which in most other situations as well brings
19150	about disbelief.
19151	And since for the most part the
19152	resisting faculty is not coupled with the prognostic,
19153	because so perfect a disposition is rare, and since the
19154	force of nature takes its course without hindrance
19155	when the primary natures are concerned, an opinion
19156	has been produced that absolutely all future events
19157	are inevitable and unescapable.!
19158	But, I think, just as with prognostication, even if
19159	it be not entirely infallible, at least its possibilities
19160	have appeared worthy of the highest regard, so too
19161	in the case of defensive practice, even though it does
19162	not furnish a remedy for everything, its authority
19163	in some
19164	instances
19165	at
19166	least, however
19167	few or un-
19168	important,
19169	should
19170	be welcomed
19171	and prized. and
19172	regarded as profitable in no ordinary sense.
19173	Recognizing, apparently, that these things are so,
19174	those who have most advanced this faculty of the
19175	art, the Egyptians, have entirely united medicine
19176	with
19177	astronomical
19178	prediction.
19179	For
19180	they
19181	would
19182	ful handling of these matters, and the tact that, because a
19183	person is rarely found who has so perfect a disposition that
19184	none
19185	of the remedies escapes
19186	him,
19187	the
19188	taculty which
19189	generally resists the force which, unhindered,
19190	is effective
19191	through the primary
19192	natures,
19193	is not coupled with
19194	the
19195	prognostication, and, not being so coupled, creates
19196	the
19197	opinion concerning
19198	al! future events without exception
19199	that they are inevitable and that
19200	it is impossible to ward
19201	them off.”
19202	2 See Bouché-Leclercq, pp. 517-520.
19203	31
p. 356
19204	PTOLEMY
19205	ἄν ποτε ἀποτροπιασμούς τινας καὶ φυλακτήρια καὶ
19206	θεραπείας συνίσταντο πρὸς τὰς ἐκ τοῦ περιέχοντος
19207	ἐπιούσας ἢ παρούσας περιστάσεις καθολικάς τε καὶ
19208	μερικάς, εἴ τις αὐτοῖς ἀκινησίας καὶ ἀμετατρεψίας
19209	τῶν ἐσομένων ὑπῆρχε δόξα.
19210	νῦν δὲ καὶ τὸ κατὰ
19211	τὰς ἐφεξῆς φύσεις ἀντιπράξαι δυνάμενον ἐν δευτέρᾳ
19212	χώρᾳ τοῦ καθ᾽ εἱμαρμένην λόγου" τιθέμενοι, συν-
19213	ἔζευξαν τῇ τῆς προγνώσεως δυνάμει τὴν κατὰ τὸ
19214	χρήσιμον καὶ ὠφέλιμον διὰ τῶν καλουμένων παρ᾽
19215	αὐτοῖς ἰατρομαθηματικῶν συντάξεων," ὅπως διὰ
19216	μὲν ἀστρονομίας τάς τε τῶν ὑποκειμένων συγ-
19217	κράσεων ποιότητας 38 εἰδέναι συμβαίνῃ, καὶ τὰ διὰ
19218	τὸ περιέχον ἐσόμενα συμπτώματα, καὶ τὰς ἰδίας
19219	αὐτῶν αἰτίας (ὡς ἄνευ τῆς τούτων γνώσεως, καὶ
19220	τῶν βοηθημάτων
19221	κατὰ
19222	τὸ πλεῖστον διαπίπτειν
19223	ὀφειλόντων, ἅτε μὴ πᾶσι σώμασιν ἢ πάθεσι τῶν
19224	αὐτῶν συμμέτρων ὄντων), διὰ δὲ τῆς ἰατρικῆς
19225	ἀπὸ τῶν ἑκάστοις οἰκείως συμπαθούντων ἢ ἀντι-
19226	παθούντων, τάς τε τῶν μελλόντων παθῶν προφυ-
19227	λακὰς καὶ τὰς τῶν ἐνεστώτων θεραπείας ἀδια-
19228	πτώτους, ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα, ποιούμενοι διατελῶσιν."
19229	᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν μέχρι τοσούτων ἡμῖν κατὰ τὸ
19230	κεφαλαιῶδες προτετυπώσθω.
19231	ποιησόμεθα δὲ ἤδη
19232	τὸν λόγον κατὰ τὸν εἰσαγωγικὸν τρόπον, ἀρξάμενοι
19233	περὶ τῆς ἑκάστου τῶν οὐρανίων περὶ αὐτὸ
19234	τὸ
19235	17 ποιητικὸν ἰδιοτροπίας, ἀκολούθως
19236	ταῖς ὑπὸ τῶν
19237	1 λόγου VMADE, λόγον PL, om. Cam.
19238	2 Post συντάξεων add. eases Cam. ; in libris deest.
19239	8 ποιότητας libri, ἰδιότητας Cam.
19240	4 διατελοῦσι Cam.
19241	32
p. 357
19242	TETRABIBLOS I. 3
19243	never have devised certain means
19244	of averting or
19245	warding off or remedying the universal and parti-
19246	cular conditions that come or are present by reason
19247	of the ambient, if they had had any idea that the
19248	future cannot be moved and changed.
19249	But as it
19250	is, they place the faculty of resisting by orderly
19251	natural means in second rank to the decrees of fate,
19252	and have yoked to the possibility of prognostica-
19253	tion its useful and beneficial faculty, through what
19254	they call their iatromathematical systems (medical
19255	astrology), in order that by means of astronomy they
19256	may succeed in learning the qualities of the under-
19257	lying temperatures, the events that will occur in the
19258	future because of the ambient, and their special
19259	causes, on the ground that without this knowledge
19260	any measures of aid ought for the most part to fail,
19261	because the same ones are not fitted for all bodies
19262	or diseases;1
19263	and, on the other hand, by means
19264	of medicine, through their knowledge of what
19265	is
19266	properly sympathetic or antipathetic in each case,
19267	they proceed, as far as possible, to take precautionary
19268	measures against impending illness and to prescribe
19269	infallible treatment for existing disease.
19270	Let this be, to this point, our summarily stated
19271	preliminary sketch.
19272	We shall now conduct our dis-
19273	cussion after the manner of an introduction,” begin-
19274	ning with the character of each of the heavenly
19275	1 Perhaps “‘affections,’’ the more general sense of the
19276	word πάθος.
19277	2 “* Introductions”
19278	(eicaywyai),
19279	or systematic elemen-
19280	tary treatises, are a common literary form in antiquity.
19281	Nicomachus’ Introduction to Arithmetic (εἰσαγωγὴ ἀριθμητική)
19282	is a good example.
19283	The “ art’ (τέχνη) was a similar form
19284	of treatise, and might deal with any art or science.
19285	33
p. 358
19286	PTOLEMY
19287	~
19288	A
19289	‘
19290	παλαιῶν κατὰ τὸν φυσικὸν τρόπον ἐφηρμοσμέναις
19291	fe
19292	‘
19293	/
19294	=
19295	~
19296	παρατηρήσεσι.
19297	Kal πρώταις ' ταῖς
19298	τῶν
19299	πλανω.
19300	/
19301	3
19302	4
19303	/
19304	«
19305	μένων ἀστέρων δυνάμεσι ἡλίου τε καὶ σελήνης
19306	6.> Περὶ τῆς τῶν πλανωμένων
19307	ἀστέρων" δυνάμεως
19308	‘O
19309	HA
19310	iX
19311	\
19312	‘
19313	Μ
19314	~
19315	ἥλιος κατείληπται
19316	TO ποιητικὸν ἔχων τῆς
19317	΄
19318	~
19319	>
19320	οὐσίας
19321	ev τῷ θερμαίνειν,
19322	καὶ ἠρέμα Enpaivew.
19323	ταῦτα δὲ μάλιστα τῶν ἄλλων ἡμῖν εὐαισθητότερα
19324	γίνεται διά τε τὸ μέγεθος αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ τῶν κατὰ
19325	~
19326	>
19327	Tas ὥρας μεταβολῶν ἐναργές, ἐπειδήπερ Gow ἂν
19328	μᾶλλον ἐγγίζῃ τοῦ κατὰ κορυφὴν ἡμῶν τόπου,
19329	~
19330	¢
19331	~
19332	“
19333	4
19334	«
19335	A
19336	/
19337	A
19338	μᾶλλον ἡμᾶς οὕτω διατίθησιν.
19339	ἡ δὲ σελήνη τὸ
19340	μὲν πλέον ἔχει τῆς δυνάμεως ἐν τῷ ὑγραίνειν, διὰ
19341	δ
19342	“-
19343	~
19344	τὴν περιγειότητα
19345	δηλονότι
19346	καὶ THY τῶν ὑγρῶν
19347	ἀναθυμίασιν.
19348	καὶ διατίθησιν οὕτως ἄντικρυς τὰ
19349	\
19350	/
19351	A
19352	σώματα πεπαίνουσα Kal διασήπουσα τὰ πλεῖστα,
19353	\
19354	~
19355	κεκοινώνηκε δὲ ἠρέμα καὶ τοῦ θερμαίνειν διὰ τοὺς
19356	ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου φωτισμούς.
19357	«
19358	A
19359	“
19360	/
19361	>
19362	\
19363	‘
19364	,ὔ
19365	»
19366	“
19367	la
19368	O δὲ τοῦ Κρόνου ἀστὴρ τὸ πλέον ἔχει τῆς ποιό-
19369	~
19370	~
19371	>
19372	/
19373	τητος ἐν TH ψύχειν καὶ τῷ ἠρέμα ξηραίνειν, διὰ τὸ
19374	\| πρώταις VD, πρώτης MAE, πρὸ τῆς Ῥ, πρὸς τῆς L, πρῶτον
19375	Proc., πρώτως Cam.
19376	2 πλανωμένων ἀστέρων VADEProc., om. ἀστέρων M, πλα-
19377	νητῶν PLCam.
19378	3 τῷ.
19379	.
19380	. τόπῳ MAECam.
19381	1In this chapter and elsewhere Ptolemy makes use of
19382	the four Aristotelian principles, hot, cold, wet, dry (e.g.
19383	De generatione et corruptione, ii. 2, 3).
19384	Cf. Boll-Bezold-
19385	Gundel, p. 50.
19386	2Tt was a doctrine as old as Thales that the moisture
19387	arising from the earth nourished the heavenly bodies ; α΄.
19388	34
p. 359
19389	TETRABIBLOS I. 3-4
19390	bodies with respect to its active power, in agreement
19391	with the physical observations attached to them by
19392	the ancients, and in the first place the powers of
19393	the planets, sun, and moon.
19394	4. Of the Power of the Planets.
19395	The active power of the sun’s essential nature is
19396	found to be heating and, to a certain degree, drying.!
19397	This is made more easily perceptible in the case of
19398	the sun than any other heavenly body by its size
19399	and by the obviousness of its seasonal changes, for
19400	the closer it approaches to the zenith the more it
19401	affects us in this way.
19402	Most of the moon’s power
19403	consists of humidifying, clearly because it is close
19404	to the earth and because of the moist exhalations ?
19405	therefrom.
19406	Its action therefore is precisely this, to
19407	soften and cause putrefaction in bodies for the most
19408	part, but it shares moderately also in heating power
19409	because of the light which it receives from the sun.
19410	It is Saturn’s * quality chiefly to cool and, mode-
19411	rately,
19412	to dry, probably because
19413	he is furthest
19414	Diels, Doxographi Graeci (Berlin, 1879), p. 276; J. Burnet,
19415	Early Greek Philosophy (London, 1920), p. 49.
19416	3 Ptolemy ordinarily says “ the (star) of Saturn,” * the
19417	(star) of Jupiter,’’ etc. (ὁ τοῦ Κρόνου, ὁ τοῦ Διός), and less
19418	often merely ‘‘ Saturn,” “ Jupiter,’’ and the like, a form
19419	of speech which tends to identify the planet and the
19420	divinity whose name it bears.
19421	On the other hand, he does
19422	not use the older Greek names such as ®waddpos, Φαίνων,
19423	etc. (though Πυροείς occurs for “Apys in one of the MSS.).
19424	See F. Cumont,
19425	“ Antiochus
19426	d’Athénes
19427	et Porphyre,”
19428	Annuaire de l’Inst. de Philologie et d’ Histoire Orientale, ii.
19429	139, and ‘‘ Les noms de planétes et d’astrolatrie chez les
19430	grecs,”
19431	L’ Antiquité
19432	Classique,
19433	iv.
19434	1, pp.
19435	5-43;
19436	Boll-
19437	Bezold-Gundel, p. 48.
19438	35
p. 360
19439	PTOLEMY
19440	λ a
19441	Cy
19442	”
19443	>
19444	͵ὔ
19445	1
19446	Ὁ“
19447	~
19448	~
19449	«
19450	͵
19451	πλεῖστον, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἀπέχειν } ἅμα τῆς τε τοῦ ἡλίου
19452	\
19453	~
19454	~
19455	‘
19456	\
19457	~
19458	~
19459	θερμασίας καὶ τῆς τῶν περὶ τὴν γῆν ὑγρῶν avabv-
19460	/
19461	μιάσεως.
19462	συνίστανται δὲ δυνάμεις ἐπί τε τούτου
19463	\
19464	~
19465	~
19466	\
19467	~
19468	~
19469	καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, καὶ διὰ τῆς τῶν πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον
19470	καὶ τὴν σελήνην σχηματισμῶν παρατηρήσεως, ἐπει-
19471	18 δήπερ οἱ μὲν οὕτως, οἱ δὲ οὕτω τὴν τοῦ περιέχοντος
19472	κατάστασιν ἐπὶ τὸ μᾶλλον ἢ ἧττον συντρέποντες
19473	φαίνονται.
19474	€
19475	“-
19476	»
19477	,
19478	~
19479	O δὲ τοῦ Ἄρεως ὃ ξηραίνειν μάλιστα καὶ καυσοῦν
19480	ν
19481	͵ὔ
19482	~
19483	lol
19484	7
19485	5
19486	,
19487	ἔχει φύσιν, TH τε πυρώδει τοῦ χρώματος οἰκείως
19488	\
19489	a
19490	uf
19491	‘
19492	ν
19493	>
19494	4
19495	«
19496	/
19497	>
19498	~
19499	Kal τῇ πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον ἐγγύτητι, ὑποκειμένης αὐτῷ
19500	τῆς ἡλιακῆς σφαίρας.
19501	«
19502	\
19503	“-
19504	A
19505	”
19506	μ᾿
19507	‘
19508	‘
19509	“-
19510	Ο δὲ τοῦ Διὸς εὔκρατον ἔχει τὸ ποιητικὸν τῆς
19511	/
19512	\
19513	ond
19514	/
19515	~
19516	~
19517	δυνάμεως, μεταξὺ γινομένης THs κινήσεως αὐτοῦ τοῦ
19518	‘
19519	A
19520	~
19521	~
19522	‘
19523	‘
19524	τε κατὰ τὸν Κρόνον ψυκτικοῦ καὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν "Apny
19525	fol
19526	ov
19527	\
19528	e
19529	Ul
19530	καυστικοῦ.
19531	θερμαίνει
19532	Te yap ἅμα καὶ vypatver,
19533	lol
19534	s
19535	/
19536	‘
19537	~
19538	καὶ διὰ τὸ μᾶλλον εἶναι
19539	θερμαντικός, ὑπὸ τῶν
19540	~
19541	΄
19542	/
19543	ὑποκειμένων σφαιρῶν, γονίμων πνευμάτων γίνεται
19544	ποιητικός.
19545	\
19546	¢
19547	~
19548	.
19549	͵
19550	2.
19551	~
19552	"
19553	᾽
19554	~
19555	?
19556	Kai ὁ τῆς Αφροδίτης δὲ τῶν μὲν αὐτῶν ἐστι
19557	>
19558	ἣν
19559	2:
19560	/
19561	κατὰ TO εὔκρατον ποιητικός," ἀλλὰ κατὰ TO ἐναντίον.
19562	\
19563	\
19564	A
19565	θερμαίνει μὲν yap ἠρέμα διὰ τὴν ἐγγύτητα THY πρὸς
19566	td
19567	΄
19568	ε
19569	/
19570	τὸν ἥλιον
19571	- μάλιστα δὲ ὑγραίνει καθάπερ ἡ σελήνη
19572	\
19573	>
19574	A
19575	\
19576	A
19577	/
19578	~
19579	>
19580	͵
19581	~
19582	’ὔ
19583	καὶ αὐτὸς διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἰδίων φωτῶν, νοσφιζό-
19584	Ἁ
19585	>
19586	\
19587	~
19588	΄
19589	\
19590	~
19591	~
19592	>
19593	μενος THY ἀπὸ τῶν περιεχόντων THY γῆν ὑγρῶν ava-
19594	θυμίασιν.
19595	᾿ ἀπέχεν VMADE, om. PLCam.;
19596	ἀφεστάναι add. post
19597	ἀναθυμιάσεως Cam.
19598	ὃ Πυροέντος ME.
19599	Ordinem
19600	restauravi quam praebent
19601	VPLADProc.;
19602	in MECam. ordo est ὁ δὲ τοῦ Διὸς. ..
19603	ποιητικός.
19604	ὁ δὲ τοῦ Apews
19605	.
19606	. σφαίρας.
19607	360
p. 361
19608	TETRABIBLOS
19609	TI. 4
19610	removed! both from the sun’s heat and the moist
19611	exhalations about the earth.
19612	Both in Saturn’s case
19613	and in that of the other planets there are powers, too,
19614	which arise through the observation of their aspects
19615	to the sun and the moon, for some of them appear
19616	to modify conditions in the ambient in one way, some
19617	in another, by increase or by decrease.
19618	The nature of Mars is chiefly to dry and to burn,
19619	in conformity with his fiery colour and by reason
19620	of his nearness to the sun, for the sun’s sphere lies
19621	just below him.
19622	Jupiter has a temperate active force because his
19623	movement takes place between the cooling influence
19624	of Saturn and the burning power of Mars.
19625	He both
19626	heats
19627	and humidifies;
19628	and because
19629	his heating
19630	power is the greater by reason of the underlying
19631	spheres, he produces fertilizing winds.
19632	Venus has the same powers and tempered nature
19633	as Jupiter, but acts in the opposite way;
19634	for she
19635	warms moderately because of her nearness to the
19636	sun, but chiefly humidifies, like the moon, because
19637	of the amount of her own light and because she
19638	appropriates the exhalations from the moist atmo-
19639	sphere surrounding the earth.
19640	1 The order of the heavenly bodies followed by Ptolemy
19641	is Saturn, Jupiter, Mars, Sun, Venus, Mercury, Moon ; ¢f.
19642	Bouché-Leclereq, pp. 107-108.
19643	ὃ ποιητικός... evavtiov VPLMADE
19644	(καὶ κατὰ ME);
19645	ef.
19646	Proc.; τῷ Ζηνὶ κατὰ μέντοι τὸ ἀντικείμενον ποιητικός Cam.
19647	(om. τῷ Ζηνὶ ed. pr.).
19648	37
p. 362
19649	PTOLEMY
19650	Ὃ δὲ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν ἐξ ἴσου ποτὲ μὲν
19651	ξηραντικὸς καταλαμβάνεται καὶ τῶν ὑγρῶν ἀναπω-
19652	τικός, διὰ τὸ μηδέποτε πολὺ τῆς τοῦ ἡλίου θερ-
19653	μασίας κατὰ μῆκος ἀφίστασθαι, ποτὲ δ᾽ αὖ ὑγραν-
19654	τικός, διὰ τὸ τῇ περιγειοτάτῃ σφαίρᾳ τῆς σελήνης
19655	ἐπικεῖσθαι, ταχείας δὲ ποιεῖσθαι τὰς ἐν ἀμφοτέροις 3
19656	19 μεταβολάς, πνευματούμενος ὥσπερ ὑπὸ τῆς περὶ
19657	αὐτὸν τὸν ἥλιον ὀξυκινησίας.
19658	«ε.) Περὶ ἀγαθοποιῶν καὶ κακοποιῶν 8
19659	Τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων, ἐπειδὴ τῶν τεττάρων
19660	χυμάτων δύο μέν ἐστι τὰ γόνιμα καὶ ποιητικά, τό
19661	τε τοῦ θερμοῦ καὶ τὸ τοῦ ὑγροῦ - διὰ τούτων γὰρ
19662	πάντα συγκρίνεται καὶ αὔξεται - δύο δὲ τὰ φθαρτικὰ
19663	καὶ παθητικά, τό τε τοῦ ξηροῦ καὶ τὸ τοῦ ψυχροῦ,
19664	δι᾿ ὧν πάντα πάλιν διακρίνεται καὶ φθίνει, τοὺς
19665	μὲν δύο τῶν πλανητῶν, τόν τε τοῦ Atos καὶ τὸν τῆς
19666	᾿Αφροδίτης, καὶ ἔτι τὴν σελήνην, ὡς ἀγαθοποιοὺς οἱ
19667	παλαιοὶ παρειλήφασι, διὰ τὸ εὔκρατον καὶ τὸ πλέον
19668	ἔχειν ἔν τε τῷ θερμῷ καὶ τῷ ὑγρῷ, τὸν δὲ τοῦ
19669	Κρόνου καὶ τὸν τοῦ "Apews® τῆς ἐναντίας φύσεως
19670	ποιητικούς, τὸν μὲν τῆς ἄγαν ψύξεως ἕνεκεν, τὸν
19671	δὲ τῆς ἄγαν ξηρότητος" τὸν δὲ ἥλιον καὶ τὸν τοῦ
19672	“Ἑρμοῦ διὰ τὸ κοινὸν τῶν φύσεων ὡς ἀμφότερα
19673	δυναμένους, καὶ μᾶλλον συντρεπομένους, οἷς ἂν τῶν
19674	ἄλλων προσγένωνται.5
19675	1 ἀναπαυτικός PL.
19676	2 ἐν ἀμφοτέροις VMADE, ἀμῴοτερ Ῥ, ἀμφοτέρας L, ἐπ᾿ ἀμφό-
19677	τερα Proc. Cam.
19678	3 Titulum capitis om. Cam., habent VPLMADE.
19679	38
p. 363
19680	TETRABIBLOS I. 4-5
19681	Mercury in general is found at certain times alike
19682	to be drying and absorptive of moisture, because he
19683	never is far removed in longitude from the heat of
19684	the sun; and again humidifying, because he is next
19685	above the sphere of the moon, which is closest to the
19686	earth ; and to change quickly from one to the other,
19687	inspired as it were by the speed of his motion in the
19688	neighbourhood of the sun itself.
19689	5. Of Beneficent and Maleficent Planets.
19690	Since the foregoing is the case, because two of the
19691	four humours are fertile and active, the hot and the
19692	moist (for all things are brought together and in-
19693	creased by them), and two
19694	are destructive and
19695	passive, the dry and the cold, through which all
19696	things, again, are separated and destroyed,
19697	the
19698	ancients accepted two of the planets, Jupiter and
19699	Venus, together with the moon, as beneficent because
19700	of their tempered nature and because they abound
19701	in the hot and the moist, and Saturn and Mars as
19702	producing effects of the opposite nature, one because
19703	of his excessive cold and the other for his excessive
19704	dryness;
19705	the
19706	sun
19707	and
19708	Mercury,
19709	however,
19710	they
19711	thought to have both powers, because they have
19712	a common nature, and to join their influences with
19713	those of the other planets, with whichever of them
19714	they are associated.
19715	4“
19716	φθίνει VMADE, διαφθείρεται LCam., διαφθείρη Ῥ, φθείρεται
19717	Proc.
19718	5 Post Ἄρεως add. κακοποιούς, was MAECam., om. VPLD.
19719	ὃ προογένωνται VMADE, παραγίγνωνται P, παραγίνονται 1,
19720	Cam.; add. ὡς μέσους Cam.*, μέσους Cam.
19721	39
p. 364
19722	PTOLEMY
19723	<s.> Περὶ ἀρρενικῶν καὶ θηλυκῶν
19724	ἀστέρων
19725	Πάλιν ἐπειδὴ τὰ πρῶτα γένη τῶν φύσεών ἐστι
19726	δύο, τό τε ἀρρενικὸν καὶ τὸ θῆλυ, τῶν δὲ προκειμέ-
19727	νων δυνάμεων ἡ τῆς ὑγρᾶς οὐσίας μάλιστα θηλυκὴ
19728	τυγχάνει
19729	(πλέον γὰρ ἐγγίνεται καθ᾽ ὅλου τοῦτο
19730	τὸ μέρος πᾶσι τοῖς θήλεσι, τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα μᾶλλον τοῖς
19731	20 dppeav), εἰκότως τὴν μὲν σελήνην καὶ τὸν τῆς
19732	᾿Αφροδίτης ἀστέρα θηλυκοὺς ἡμῖν παραδεδώκασι
19733	διὰ τὸ πλέον ἔ
19734	ἔχειν. ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ, τὸν δὲ ἥλιον καὶ τὸν
19735	τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τὸν τοῦ Διὸς καὶ τὸν τοῦ "Αρεως
19736	ἀρρενικούς, τὸν δὲ τοῦ ᾿Ερμοῦ κοινὸν ἀμφοτέρων
19737	τῶν γενῶν, καθ᾽ ὃ ἐξ ἴσου τῆς τε ξηρᾶς καὶ τῆς
19738	ὑγρᾶς οὐσίας ἐστὶ ποιητικός.
19739	ἀρρενοῦσθαι δέ φασι
19740	τοὺς ἀστέρας καὶ θηλύνεσθαι παρά τε τοὺς πρὸς
19741	τὸν ἥλιον σχηματισμούς - ἑῴους μὲν γὰρ ὄντας καὶ
19742	προηγουμένους ἀρρενοῦσθαι, ἑσπερίους δὲ καὶ ἕπο-
19743	μένους θηλύνεσθαι.
19744	καὶ ἔτι παρὰ τοὺς πρὸς τὸν
19745	ὁρίζοντα
19746	-
19747	ἐν μὲν γὰρ τοῖς ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς μέχρι
19748	μεσουρανήσεως, ἢ καὶ ἀπὸ δύσεως μέχρι τῆς ὑπὸ γῆν
19749	ἀντιμεσουρανήσεως ! σχηματισμοῖς, ὡς ἀπηλιωτι-
19750	κοὺς ἀρρενοῦσθαι
19751	ἐν δὲ τοῖς λοιποῖς δυσὶ τεταρτη-
19752	μορίοις ὡς λιβυκοὺς 2 θηλύνεσθαι.
19753	1 μέχρι πάλιν τοῦ ἀντικειμένου μεσουρανήματος Cam.; om. PL.
19754	5 δυτικοὺς Cam.
19755	τον matutine ; that is, stars which are above the earth
19756	when the sun rises, as evening, or vespertine, stars set after
19757	the sun.
19758	Cardanus (p. 127) says that whatever planet is
19759	40
p. 365
19760	TETRABIBLOS I. 6
19761	6. Of Masculine and Feminine Planets.
19762	Again, since there are two primary kinds of natures,
19763	male and female, and of the forces already mentioned
19764	that of the moist is especially feminine—for as a
19765	general thing this element is present to a greater
19766	degree in all females, and the others rather in males—
19767	with good reason the view has been handed down to
19768	us that the moon and Venus are feminine, because
19769	they share more largely in the moist, and that the sun,
19770	Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars are masculine, and Mer-
19771	cury common
19772	to both genders, inasmuch
19773	as he
19774	produces the dry and the moist
19775	alike.
19776	They say
19777	too that the stars become masculine
19778	or feminine
19779	according to their aspects to the sun, for when they
19780	are morning stars! and precede the sun they be-
19781	come masculine, and feminine when they are evening
19782	stars and follow the sun.
19783	Furthermore this happens
19784	also according to their positions with respect to the
19785	horizon;
19786	for when they are in positions from the
19787	orient to mid-heaven,” or again from the occident
19788	to lower mid-heaven, they become masculine be-
19789	cause they are eastern, but in the other two quad-
19790	rants, as western stars, they become feminine.
19791	less than 6 signs removed from the sun in the order of the
19792	signs is feminine and occidental ; any that is more than
19793	6 signs distant, masculine and oriental.
19794	2 Cardanus (l.c.) remarks that some do not accept this
19795	statement but count all stars from the inferior to the
19796	superior mid-heaven (4th to the 10th house) masculine
19797	and from the superior to the inferior mid-heaven (10th
19798	to the 4th house) feminine.
19799	Planets may also become
19800	masculine
19801	or feminine
19802	in consequence
19803	of occupying
19804	a
19805	masculine or feminine sign ; see Bouché-Leclereq, p. 103.
19806	M
19807	41
p. 366
19808	21
19809	PTOLEMY
19810	«ζΣ
19811	Theron
19812	ἡμερινῶν
19813	καὶ
19814	νυκτερινῶν
19815	¢
19816	‘
19817	Sh
19818	od
19819	\
19820	~
19821	͵
19822	‘
19823	΄
19824	‘A
19825	Opoiws δὲ ἐπειδὴ τῶν ποιούντων τὸν χρόνον τὰ
19826	>
19827	.
19828	~
19829	ἐκφανέστατα διαστήματα δύο ταῦτα τυγχάνει TO TE
19830	“
19831	eb]
19832	~
19833	~
19834	τῆς ἡμέρας ἠρρενωμένον μᾶλλον διὰ τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ
19835	θερμὸν καὶ δραστικὸν καὶ τὸ τῆς νυκτὸς τεθηλυσ-
19836	͵
19837	“
19838	\
19839	\
19840	>
19841	>
19842	\
19843	fos
19844	\
19845	>
19846	μένον μᾶλλον διὰ τὸ κατ᾽
19847	αὐτὴν δίὔγρον καὶ ava-
19848	παυστικόν, νυκτερινοὺς μὲν ἀκολούθως παραδεδώ-
19849	,
19850	(ἃ
19851	\
19852	A
19853	“
19854	3
19855	/
19856	κασι
19857	THY
19858	τε
19859	σελήνην Kal
19860	Tov
19861	THs
19862	᾿Αφροδίτης,
19863	ε
19864	A
19865	δὲ
19866	/
19867	ὅλ
19868	δ
19869	\
19870	~ A
19871	/
19872	>
19873	/
19874	ἡμερινοὺς
19875	δὲ τόν τε ἥλιον καὶ τὸν Tod
19876	Ads, ἐπί-
19877	~
19878	«
19879	“-
19880	κοινον
19881	δὲ κατὰ ταὐτὰ
19882	τὸν τοῦ
19883	“Βρμοῦ καὶ ἐν
19884	“
19885	΄
19886	¢
19887	>
19888	~
19889	ΜΙ
19890	μὲν τῷ EW) σχήματι ἡμερινόν, ἐν δὲ τῷ ἑσπερίῳ
19891	/
19892	/
19893	\
19894	ε
19895	/
19896	~
19897	ι
19898	͵7
19899	νυκτερινόν.
19900	προσένειμαν δὲ ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν αἱρέσεων
19901	\
19902	\
19903	/
19904	\
19905	“
19906	~
19907	>
19908	ἐφ
19909	>
19910	Μ
19911	καὶ τοὺς δύο τοὺς τῆς φθαρτικῆς οὐσίας, οὐκ ἔτι
19912	/
19913	\
19914	\
19915	>
19916	\
19917	~
19918	4
19919	>
19920	ἢ
19921	>
19922	‘\
19923	μέντοι κατὰ τὰς αὐτὰς τῆς φύσεως αἰτίας, ἀλλὰ
19924	κατὰ τὰς ἐναντίας.
19925	τοῖς μὲν γὰρ τῆς ἀγαθῆς
19926	a
19927	~
19928	\
19929	κράσεως οἰκειούμενα τὰ ὅμοια μεῖζον αὐτῶν TO
19930	3
19931	/
19932	a
19933	a
19934	\
19935	a
19936	\
19937	>
19938	/
19939	ὠφέλιμον ποιεῖ,
19940	τοῖς
19941	δὲ φθαρτικοῖς τὰ ἀνοίκεια
19942	A
19943	~
19944	μιγνύμενα
19945	παραλύει
19946	τὸ
19947	πολὺ!
19948	τῆς
19949	κακώσεως
19950	᾽
19951	~
19952	”
19953	\
19954	A
19955	~
19956	/
19957	4
19958	wv
19959	αὐτῶν.
19960	ἔνθεν τὸν μὲν τοῦ Κρόνου ψυκτικὸν ὄντα
19961	“
19962	“
19963	~
19964	€
19965	/
19966	>
19967	/
19968	ἢ
19969	\
19970	AW
19971	τῷ θερμῷ τῆς ἡμέρας ἀπένειμαν, Tov δὲ τοῦ “Apews
19972	“
19973	~
19974	a
19975	/
19976	4
19977	ε
19978	/
19979	ξηρὸν ὄντα τῷ ὑγρῷ τῆς νυκτός - οὕτω yap ἐκά-
19980	~
19981	“
19982	τ
19983	\
19984	Tepos ὑπὸ τῆς κράσεως " τῆς συμμετρίας τυχὼν
19985	a
19986	~
19987	la
19988	,
19989	οἰκεῖος
19990	γίνεται
19991	τῆς
19992	TO εὔκρατον παρασχούσης
19993	αἱρέσεως.
19994	᾿ι᾿ πολὺ VMADEFProc., κακὸν PL, σφοδρὸν Cam.
19995	2 ἐναντίας κράσεως Cam.; ἐναντίας om, libri.
19996	42
p. 367
19997	TETRABIBLOS I. 7
19998	7. Of Diurnal and Nocturnal! Planets.
19999	Similarly, since of the two most obvious intervals
20000	of those which make up time, the day is more mas-
20001	culine because of its heat and active force, and night
20002	more feminine because of its moisture and its gift of
20003	rest, the tradition has consequently been handed down
20004	that the moon and Venus are nocturnal, the sun
20005	and Jupiter diurnal, and Mercury common as before,
20006	diurnal when it is a morning star and nocturnal as
20007	an evening star.
20008	They also assigned to each of the
20009	sects the two destructive stars, not however in this
20010	instance on the principle of similar natures,” but of
20011	just the opposite ; for when stars of the same kind
20012	are joined with those of the good temperament their
20013	beneficial
20014	influence
20015	is increased, but if dissimilar
20016	stars are associated with the destructive ones the
20017	greatest part of their injurious power is broken. Thus
20018	they assigned Saturn, which is cold, to the warmth
20019	of day, and Mars, which is dry, to the moisture of
20020	night, for in this way each of them attains good
20021	proportion through admixture and becomes a proper
20022	member of its sect, which provides moderation.
20023	1These
20024	are
20025	the
20026	sects
20027	(αἵρεσις, conditio, secta) of the
20028	sun and moon respectively ; cf. Vettius Valens, ii. 1, iii. 5;
20029	Rhetorius, ap. CCAG, i. 146.
20030	*T.e. that “birds of a feather
20031	flock
20032	together,’’
20033	in
20034	various forms a proverbial expression
20035	in Greek;
20036	e.g.
20037	Odyssey,
20038	17.
20039	218,
20040	ὡς αἰεὶ
20041	τὸν
20042	ὁμοῖον aye θεὸς ὡς τὸν
20043	ὁμοῖον ; Plato, Republic, 329 A, Phaedrus, 240 C, etc.
20044	43
p. 368
20045	PTOLEMY
20046	«ἢ. Περὶ τῆς δυνάμεως τῶν πρὸς
20047	τὸν ἥλιον σχηματισμῶν
20048	"Hd
20049	hs
20050	\
20051	A
20052	\
20053	A
20054	\
20055	ὅλ
20056	ῃ μέντοι καὶ παρὰ τοὺς πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον συσχη-
20057	ματισμοὺς ἣ τε σελήνη καὶ οἱ τρεῖς τῶν πλανω-
20058	/
20059	1
20060	\
20061	~
20062	\
20063	-
20064	4
20065	2,
20066	A
20067	péevav
20068	τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον λαμβάνουσιν ev ταῖς
20069	οἰκείαις ἑαυτῶν δυνάμεσιν.
20070	ἥ τε γὰρ σελήνη κατὰ
20071	μὲν τὴν ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς μέχρι τῆς πρώτης διχοτόμου
20072	αὔξησιν ὑγρότητός ἐστι μᾶλλον ποιητική" κατὰ
20073	δὲ τὴν ἀπὸ πρώτης διχοτόμου μέχρι πανσελήνου,
20074	θερμότητος - κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἀπὸ πανσελήνου μέχρι
20075	22 δευτέρας διχοτόμου ξηρότητος: κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἀπὸ
20076	δευτέρας διχοτόμου 2 μέχρι κρύψεως * ψυχρότητος.
20077	ν
20078	\
20079	ta
20080	/
20081	>
20082	A
20083	A
20084	lol
20085	ot te πλανώμενοι
20086	Kal
20087	ἑῷοι μόνον ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς
20088	ἀνατολῆς μέχρι τοῦ πρώτου
20089	στηριγμοῦ μᾶλλόν
20090	εἰσιν ὑγραντικοί, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ πρώτου στηριγμοῦ
20091	μέχρι τῆς ἀκρονύκτου μᾶλλον θερμαντικοί, ἀπὸ δὲ
20092	τῆς ἀκρονύκτου μέχρι τοῦ
20093	δευτέρου στηριγμοῦ
20094	μᾶλλον ξηραντικοί, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ δευτέρου στηριγμοῦ
20095	/
20096	/
20097	a
20098	/
20099	~
20100	A
20101	΄
20102	‘
20103	μέχρι δύσεως μᾶλλον ψυκτικοί: δῆλον δὲ ὅτι Kat
20104	ἀλλήλοις συγκιρνάμενοι παμπληθεῖς διαφορὰς ποιο-
20105	τήτων εἰς τὸ περιέχον ἡμᾶς ἀπεργάζονται, κατα-
20106	κρατούσης μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν τῆς ἰδίας ἑκάστου
20107	δυνάμεως, τρεπομένης δὲ κατὰ τὸ ποσὸν ὑπὸ τῆς
20108	τῶν σχηματιζομένων."
20109	1Post πλανωμένων add. 6 τε τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ ὁ τοῦ Διὸς καὶ ὁ
20110	τοῦ ἄρεως AFCam., om. VPLMDE.
20111	2 μείωσιν post διχοτόμου add. Cam.?
20112	8 κρύψεως
20113	VMDEProc.Cam.;
20114	τρήψεως
20115	P, τρέψεως
20116	L;
20117	συνόδου AFH et Cam.? in marg.
20118	4 ἐναντιώσεως post σχηματιζομένων add. Cam., om. libri.
20119	44
p. 369
20120	TETRABIBLOS I. 8
20121	8. Of the Power of the Aspects to the Sun.
20122	Now, mark
20123	you,
20124	likewise,
20125	according
20126	to
20127	their
20128	aspects
20129	to the sun, the moon
20130	and three of the
20131	planets! experience increase and decrease in their
20132	own powers.
20133	For inits waxing from new moon to first
20134	quarter the moon is more productive of moisture ;
20135	in its passage from first quarter to full, of heat:
20136	from full to last quarter, of dryness, and from last
20137	quarter to occultation,’ of cold.
20138	The planets, in
20139	oriental aspects only, are more productive of mois-
20140	ture from rising to their first station,® of heat from
20141	first station to evening rising, of dryness from evening
20142	rising to the second station, of cold from second
20143	station to setting;
20144	and it is clear that when they
20145	are associated with one another they produce very
20146	many variations of quality in our ambient, the proper
20147	force of each one for the most part persisting, but
20148	being changed in quantity by the force of the stars
20149	that share the configuration.
20150	‘Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars; a gloss to this effect has
20151	been incorporated into the text of certain MSS. and of
20152	Camerarius’ editions (see the critical note).
20153	2 J.e. new moon.
20154	3 By “rising’’ heliacal rising is meant.
20155	The stations
20156	are the points in the motion of the planets at which they
20157	appear to stand still before beginning retrograde movement.
20158	Ptolemy explained these irregularities of movement by the
20159	theory of epicycles.
20160	Cf. Bouché-Leclercq, pp. 111-123.
20161	45
p. 370
20162	PTOLEMY
20163	<.> Περὶ τῆς τῶν ἀπλανῶν
20164	ἀστέρων δυνάμεως
20165	«
20166	~
20167	~
20168	~
20169	Εξῆς δὲ ὄντος Kat tas τῶν ἀπλανῶν φύσεις κατὰ
20170	τὸ ἰδίως αὐτῶν ποιητικὸν ἐπιδραμεῖν, ἐκθησόμεθα
20171	v
20172	A
20173	ee
20174	fo
20175	~
20176	Kal Tas ἐπ᾽
20177	αὐτῶν τετηρημένας ἰδιοτροπίας κατὰ
20178	τὸ ὅμοιον ταῖς τῶν πλανωμένων φύσεσι τὸν ἐμ-
20179	φανισμὸν ποιούμενοι" καὶ πρῶτον τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν
20180	τὸν διὰ μέσων κύκλον ἰ ἐχόντων τὰς μορφώσεις.
20181	~
20182	~
20183	f
20184	«
20185	~
20186	~
20187	A
20188	Τοῦ Κριοῦ
20189	τοίνυν
20190	οἱ
20191	μὲν ev τῇ κεφαλῇ
20192	τὸ
20193	\
20194	“
20195	od
20196	~
20197	ποιητικὸν ὅμοιον ἔχουσι κεκραμένον TH τε
20198	τοῦ
20199	“
20200	\
20201	~
20202	~
20203	/
20204	/
20205	€
20206	\
20207	>
20208	~
20209	Apews καὶ τῇ τοῦ Κρόνου δυνάμει - οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ
20210	~
20211	~
20212	«
20213	~
20214	\
20215	>
20216	~
20217	~
20218	στόματι τῇ τε
20219	τοῦ
20220	“Ἑρμοῦ καὶ ἠρέμα τῇ τοῦ
20221	,
20222	« δὲ
20223	>
20224	~
20225	>?
20226	/
20227	δὶ
20228	~
20229	~ A
20230	Κρόνου - ot
20231	δὲ ἐν τῷ ὀπισθίῳ ποδὶ τῇ τοῦ
20232	“Apews,
20233	¢€
20234	Ay"):
20235	ΑἹ
20236	~
20237	>
20238	~
20239	~
20240	~
20241	5 4
20242	/
20243	οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς οὐρᾶς TH τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης.
20244	~
20245	\
20246	>
20247	~
20248	Te
20249	/
20250	>
20251	΄
20252	2
20253	«
20254	\
20255	2
20256	A
20257	~
20258	Τῶν δὲ ἐν τῷ
20259	Ταύρῳ ἀστέρων 2 ot μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς
20260	“
20261	"
20262	~
20263	~
20264	~
20265	>
20266	ἀποτομῆς ὁμοίαν ἔχουσι κρᾶσιν τῷ τε τῆς “Adpo-
20267	/
20268	\
20269	3
20270	/
20271	~
20272	“-
20273	/
20274	ε
20275	>
20276	>
20277	~
20278	δίτης, καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου
20279	οἱ δ᾽ ἐν τῇ
20280	Πλειάδι τῇ τε τῆς σελήνης καὶ τῷ τοῦ Ζιός - τῶν
20281	A
20282	>
20283	~
20284	lod
20285	«
20286	\
20287	κ᾿
20288	«
20289	~
20290	‘Vad
20291	3
20292	‘
20293	δὲ ev TH κεφαλῇ ὁ μὲν λαμπρὸς ὁ τῆς
20294	“Yados*
20295	Kat
20296	ὑπόκιρρος,,
20297	καλούμενος
20298	δὲ “αμπαδίας, τῷ τοῦ
20299	v
20300	¢
20301	\
20302	\5
20303	~
20304	~ K
20305	/
20306	hry
20307	/
20308	Apews: of δὲ λοιποὶ
20309	τῷ τοῦ
20310	Κρόνου καὶ ἠρέμα
20311	~
20312	ae
20313	~
20314	«ς
20315	oF
20316	3.
20317	ΝΜ
20318	-
20319	‘
20320	“
20321	~
20322	τῷ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ.
20323	οἱ δ᾽ ἐν ἄκροις τοῖς κέρασι TH τοῦ
20324	Apews.
20325	181d μέσων κύκλον] Cworaxov NCam.
20326	27Qv
20327	.
20328	.
20329	. ἀστέρων] τοῦ δὲ Ταύρου NCam.
20330	8 ὃ τῆς γάδος VDProc., τῆς ‘Yados PLMAEFH, τῶν ᾿γάδων
20331	NCam.
20332	4 ἀπόκιρρος
20333	NCam.
20334	δ οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ... TH τοῦ “Apews] haec post t. 21, “Apews
20335	VPLMADEProc., om. NFHCam.!; post \|. 16, rod dios Cam.?;
20336	post λοιποὶ add. ἐκεῖ ὄντες Cam.*, om. libri.
20337	46
p. 371
20338	TETRABIBLOS I. 9
20339	9. Of the Power of the Fixed Stars.
20340	As it is next in order to recount the natures of the
20341	fixed stars with reference to their special powers,
20342	we shall set forth their observed characters in an
20343	exposition like that of the natures of the planets, and
20344	in the first place those of the ones that occupy the
20345	figures in the zodiac?
20346	itself.
20347	The stars in the head of Aries, then, have an effect
20348	like the power of Mars and Saturn, mingled ; those
20349	in the mouth like Mercury’s power and moderately
20350	like Saturn’s ; those in the hind foot like that of
20351	Mars, and those in the tail like that of Venus.
20352	Of those in Taurus,” the stars along the line where
20353	it is cut off have a temperature like that of Venus
20354	and in a measure like that of Saturn; those in the
20355	Pleiades, like those of the moon and Jupiter; of
20356	the stars in the head, the one of the Hyades that is
20357	bright and somewhat reddish, called the Torch,’ has
20358	a temperature like that of Mars;
20359	the others, like
20360	that of Saturn and moderately \ike that of Mercury ;
20361	those in the tips of the horns, like that of Mars.
20362	1Strictly, ‘‘around the ecliptic itself.”
20363	Properly, the
20364	zodiac is 6 ζωδιακὸς κύκλος, and the ecliptic, the path of
20365	the sun through its middle, is ὁ διὰ μέσων (sc. τῶν ζῳδίων)
20366	κύκλος OF ὁ διὰ μέσου (80. τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ) κύκλος, “the circle
20367	through the midst of the signs”’ or ‘through the middle
20368	of the zodiac.”
20369	2 Taurus was represented as the head and fore parts only
20370	of a charging bull.
20371	3 Aldebaran.
20372	47
p. 372
20373	PTOLEMY
20374	Τῶν δὲ ἐν τοῖς Διδύμοις ἀστέρων οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ
20375	τῶν ποδῶν τῆς ὁμοίας κεκοινωνήκασι ποιότητος
20376	~
20377	am
20378	¢
20379	~
20380	‘
20381	’
20382	/
20383	~
20384	~
20385	>
20386	,
20387	τῷ τε τοῦ
20388	‘Eppod καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τῆς “Adpodirns -
20389	οἱ δὲ περὶ τοὺς μηροὺς λαμπροὶ τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου"
20390	~
20391	\
20392	>
20393	A
20394	~
20395	/
20396	~
20397	c
20398	A
20399	>
20400	τῶν δὲ ἐν ταῖς κεφαλαῖς δύο λαμπρῶν ὁ μὲν ἐν
20401	τῇ προηγουμένῃ τῷ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ, καλεῖται δὲ καὶ
20402	>
20403	/
20404	ε
20405	δὲ
20406	>
20407	~
20408	¢
20409	/
20410	~
20411	~
20412	Mw
20413	Απόλλωνος - ὁ
20414	δὲ ἐν TH ἑπομένῃ τῷ τοῦ
20415	“Apews,
20416	-
20417	\
20418	Vit:
20419	/
20420	καλεῖται δὲ Kat “Πρακλέους.
20421	~
20422	\
20423	>
20424	~
20425	/
20426	>
20427	΄
20428	«
20429	\
20430	a2
20431	48
20432	~
20433	Τῶν δὲ ἐν τῷ Καρκίνῳ ἀστέρων ot μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν
20434	~
20435	~
20436	~
20437	Α
20438	ὀφθαλμῶν δύο τῆς αὐτῆς ἐνεργείας εἰσὶ ποιητικοὶ
20439	τῷ τε τοῦ ᾿ Ἑρμοῦ καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ "ἄρεως - ot δὲ
20440	ἐν ταῖς χηλαῖς τῷ τε τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τῷ τοῦ ᾿ Ἑρμοῦ.
20441	ς
20442	\
20443	>
20444	~
20445	/
20446	\
20447	id
20448	ἡ δὲ ἐν τῷ στήθει νεφελοειδὴς συστροφή, Kadov-
20449	μένη δὲ Φάτνη, τῷ τε τοῦ "Apews καὶ τῇ σελήνῃ"
20450	«ς
20451	\
20452	<
20453	/
20454	>
20455	~
20456	/
20457	/
20458	\
20459	wm
20460	ot δὲ ἑκατέρωθεν αὐτῆς δύο, καλούμενοι δὲ “Ovor,
20461	τῷ τοῦ “Apews καὶ τῷ ἡλίῳ.
20462	~
20463	\
20464	\
20465	\
20466	/
20467	«
20468	᾿
20469	ae
20470	κ᾿
20471	“Ἢ
20472	“-
20473	Τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Λέοντα οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς
20474	δύο τὸ ὅμοιον ποιοῦσι τῷ τε τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ ἠρέμα
20475	τῷ τοῦ "Apews, οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ τραχήλῳ τρεῖς τῷ τοῦ
20476	/
20477	\
20478	>
20479	‘
20480	~
20481	ἀπῇ
20482	¢
20483	~
20484	¢
20485	\
20486	εξ
20487	~
20488	24 Κρόνου καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ
20489	“Eppotd:
20490	ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς
20491	,
20492	v.
20493	τς
20494	\
20495	,
20496	~
20497	καρδίας λαμπρός͵ καλούμενος δὲ Βασιλίσκος, τῷ
20498	~
20499	Mu
20500	\
20501	~
20502	~
20503	/
20504	¢
20505	\
20506	>
20507	~
20508	7
20509	See
20510	τοῦ
20511	“Apews καὶ τῷ τοῦ Atos: ot δὲ ἐν τῇ ὀσφύϊ
20512	καὶ ὁ ἐπὶ τῆς οὐρᾶς λαμπρὸς τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τῷ
20513	τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης-
20514	οἱ δὲ ἐν τοῖς μηροῖς τῷ τε τῆς
20515	3
20516	/
20517	Vek
20518	,
20519	~
20520	~
20521	Ψ Fi
20522	“-
20523	Adpoditns καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ
20524	“Eppod.
20525	Τῶν δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ilapbévov οἱ μὲν ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ
20526	καὶ ὁ ἐπ᾽ ἄκρας τῆς νοτίου πτέρυγος ὅμοιον ἔχουσι
20527	τὸ ποιητικὸν τῷ τε τοῦ “Eppod καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ
20528	Ἄρεως. of δὲ λοιποὶ τῆς πτέρυγος λαμπροὶ καὶ οἱ
20529	48
p. 373
20530	TETRABIBLOS I. 9
20531	Of the stars in Gemini, those in the feet share the
20532	same quality as Mercury and, to a less degree, as
20533	Venus ; the bright stars in the thighs, the same as
20534	Saturn;
20535	of the two bright stars in the heads,! the
20536	one in the head in advance the same as Mercury ;
20537	it is also called the star of Apollo;
20538	the one in the
20539	head that follows, the same as Mars ; it is also called
20540	the star of Hercules.
20541	Of the stars in Cancer, the two in the eyes produce
20542	the same effect as Mercury, and, to a less degree, as
20543	Mars ; those in the claws, the same as Saturn and
20544	Mercury ; the cloud-like cluster in the breast, called
20545	the Manger,” the same as Mars and the moon; and
20546	the two on either side of it, which are called Asses,?
20547	the same as Mars and the sun.
20548	Of those in Leo, the two in the head act in the same
20549	way as Saturn and, to a less degree, as Mars;
20550	the
20551	three in the throat, the same as Saturn and, to a
20552	less degree, as Mercury;
20553	the bright star upon the
20554	heart, called Regulus, the same as Mars and Jupiter ;
20555	those in the hip and the bright star in the tail,* the
20556	same as Saturn and Venus ; and those in the thighs,
20557	the same as Venus and, to a less degree, Mercury.
20558	Of the stars in Virgo,® those in the head and the
20559	one upon the tip of the southern wing have an effect
20560	like that of Mercury and, in less degree, of Mars ;
20561	the other bright stars of the wing and those on the
20562	1 These are Castor (‘in advance ’’) and Pollux.
20563	2 Praesepe ; more popularly, Beehive.
20564	3. Asinus Borealis and Asinus Australis.
20565	4 B Leonis.
20566	5 Virgo was represented as a winged woman bearing in
20567	her left hand a stem of wheat, the head of which was
20568	marked by the bright star Spica.
20569	49
p. 374
20570	PTOLEMY
20571	~
20572	~
20573	¢
20574	~
20575	κατὰ τὰ περιζώματα TH τε τοῦ
20576	“Eppod καὶ ἠρέμα
20577	~
20578	~
20579	>
20580	/
20581	«ες
20582	\
20583	>
20584	~
20585	/
20586	,
20587	τῷ τῆς Adpodityns:
20588	6 δὲ ἐν τῇ βορείᾳ πτέρυγι
20589	λαμπρός, καλούμενος
20590	δὲ [Π]Ἰροτρυγητήρ, τῷ τοῦ
20591	΄“-“
20592	~
20593	€
20594	~
20595	Κρόνου καὶ τῷ
20596	τοῦ
20597	‘Eppot:
20598	ὁ δὲ καλούμενος
20599	~
20600	~
20601	’
20602	\
20603	>
20604	,
20605	~
20606	~
20607	Στάχυς τῷ τῆς “Ἀφροδίτης
20608	καὶ
20609	ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ
20610	¢€
20611	-
20612	~
20613	Ἄρεως.
20614	of δὲ ἐν ἄκροις τοῖς ποσὶ Kal τῷ σύρματι:ϊ
20615	~
20616	ar
20617	'C:
20618	~
20619	\
20620	>
20621	~
20622	“-
20623	τῷ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ "Apews.
20624	Τῶν δὲ Χηλῶ
20625	Ty
20626	iov® of μὲν ἐν a
20627	ὧν
20628	δὲ
20629	Χηλῶν τοῦ Σ᾽ κορπίου ὃ οἱ μὲν ἐν ἄκραις
20630	αὐταῖς ὡσαύτως διατιθέασι τῷ τε τοῦ Διὸς καὶ τῷ
20631	ae
20632	“-
20633	«
20634	>
20635	~
20636	~
20637	τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ - οἱ δὲ ἐν μέσαις τῷ τε τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ
20638	ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ “Apews.
20639	~
20640	>
20641	~
20642	~
20643	͵΄
20644	~
20645	Τῶν δὲ ἐν TH σώματι τοῦ Σ'κορπίου ot μὲν ἐν TO
20646	μετώπῳ λαμπροὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσι τῷ τε τοῦ "Apews
20647	~
20648	~
20649	¢
20650	~
20651	Kal ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ Kpdvov:
20652	ot δὲ ἐν TH σώματι
20653	-
20654	7
20655	\
20656	τρεῖς, ὧν ὁ μέσος ὑπόκιρρος
20657	Kat λαμπρότερος,
20658	a
20659	>
20660	΄
20661	~
20662	aM
20663	‘
20664	3
20665	~
20666	καλεῖται δὲ ‘Avrdpyns, τῷ τοῦ "Apews καὶ ἠρέμα TO
20667	aA
20668	͵
20669	ἜΘ
20670	a
20671	,
20672	-
20673	τ
20674	,
20675	τοῦ Διός - οἱ δὲ ἐν τοῖς σφονδύλοις τῷ τε τοῦ Κρόνου
20676	A
20677	/
20678	~
20679	~
20680	>
20681	/
20682	€
20683	Vert)
20684	\
20685	~
20686	L4
20687	καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τῆς Adpodityns
20688	οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ κέντρου
20689	A
20690	A
20691	A
20692	A
20693	my
20694	ἡ
20695	c
20696	25T@ τε τοῦ ᾿Ερμοῦ καὶ τῷ τοῦ "Apews: ἡ δὲ λεγο-
20697	Ἄ
20698	\
20699	\
20700	~
20701	“- "A
20702	\
20703	~
20704	μένη νεφελοειδὴς συστροφὴ τῷ τοῦ
20705	“Apews καὶ TH
20706	la
20707	σελήνῃ.
20708	~
20709	A
20710	‘
20711	‘
20712	,
20713	c
20714	\
20715	>
20716	‘
20717	~
20718	>
20719	A
20720	~
20721	Τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Τοξότην οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀκίδος τοῦ
20722	βέλους ὅμοιον ἔχουσι τὸ ποιητικὸν τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως
20723	\
20724	~
20725	/
20726	¢
20727	\
20728	\
20729	\
20730	͵
20731	\
20732	A
20733	A
20734	Kal TH σελήνῃ - οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸ τόξον καὶ THY λαβὴν
20735	τῆς χειρὸς τῷ τε τοῦ Διὸς καὶ τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως. ἡ
20736	1Post
20737	σύρματι
20738	add.
20739	τοῦ
20740	ματίου
20741	NProc.Cam.;
20742	om.
20743	VPMADEFH.
20744	Στοῦ Ἑρμοῦ VPADEFHProc., τοῦ ᾿Αφροδίτης MNCam.
20745	8 Σκορπίου VPDProc., Ζυγοῦ NCam., om. LN (lac. 6 litt.)
20746	AEFH.
20747	50
p. 375
20748	TETRABIBLOS I. 9
20749	girdles like that of Mercury and, in a measure, of
20750	Venus ; the bright star in the northern wing, called
20751	Vindemiator, like those of Saturn and Mercury ; the
20752	so-called Spica, like that of Venus and, in a less
20753	degree, that of Mars; those in the tips of the feet
20754	and the train! like that of Mercury and, in a less
20755	degree, Mars.
20756	Of those in the Claws of the Scorpion,? the ones
20757	at their very extremities exercise the same influence
20758	as do Jupiter and Mercury;
20759	those in the middle
20760	parts the same as do Saturn and, to a less degree,
20761	Mars.
20762	Of the stars in the body of Scorpio, the bright
20763	stars on the forehead act in the same way as does
20764	Mars and in some degree as does Saturn; the three
20765	in the body, the middle one of which is tawny and
20766	rather bright and is called Antares, the same
20767	as
20768	Mars and, in some degree, Jupiter; those in the
20769	joints, the same
20770	as Saturn and, in some
20771	degree,
20772	Venus ; those in the sting, the same as Mercury and
20773	Mars ; and the so-called cloud-like cluster, the same
20774	as Mars and the moon.
20775	Of the stars in Sagittarius,® those in the point of
20776	his arrow have an effect like that of Mars and the
20777	moon ; those in the bow and the grip of his hand, like
20778	that of Jupiter and Mars ; the cluster in his forehead,
20779	1“ Of the garment’”’ is added in the Nuremberg MS., by
20780	Proclus, and in the printed editions; see the critical note.
20781	2 «Claws of the Scorpion’”’ was the earlier name of Libra
20782	(Ζυγός) ; the latter came into general use in the first century
20783	before Christ.
20784	Ptolemy uses both names.
20785	8 Represented as a centaur preparing to shoot an arrow ;
20786	a mantle flies above and behind his shoulders.
20787	51
p. 376
20788	PTOLEMY
20789	>
20790	~
20791	~
20792	‘
20793	~
20794	δὲ ἐν TH προσώπῳ συστροφὴ τῷ τε ἡλίῳ καὶ TO
20795	τοῦ ἄρεως. ot δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἐφαπτίσι! καὶ τῷ νώτῳ
20796	τῷ τοῦ Διὸς καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ “ρμοῦ - οἱ δὲ ἐν
20797	τοῖς ποσὶ τῷ τοῦ Διὸς καὶ τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου: τὸ δὲ
20798	Pe
20799	4
20800	~
20801	~
20802	a
20803	~
20804	ἐπὶ τῆς οὐρᾶς τετράπλευρον τῷ τῆς ‘Adpodirns Kat
20805	ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου.
20806	~
20807	A
20808	A
20809	\
20810	>
20811	/
20812	>
20813	/
20814	c
20815	\
20816	>’
20817	αὐ
20818	Τῶν δὲ κατὰ τὸν Αἰγόκερων ἀστέρων ot μὲν ἐπὶ
20819	~
20820	’ὔ
20821	e
20822	/
20823	>
20824	~
20825	~
20826	~
20827	»
20828	/
20829	τῶν κεράτων ὡσαύτως ἐνεργοῦσι τῷ τῆς Agpodirns
20830	Kal ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως. οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ στόματι TO
20831	-
20832	0
20833	\
20834	>
20835	/
20836	~
20837	~
20838	>
20839	‘
20840	δ
20841	A
20842	τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης - οἱ δὲ
20843	ἐν τοῖς ποσὶ καὶ τῇ κοιλίᾳ τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως καὶ τῷ
20844	ae
20845	~
20846	¢
20847	\
20848	>
20849	\
20850	~
20851	>
20852	~
20853	~
20854	~
20855	/
20856	τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ:
20857	οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς οὐρᾶς τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου
20858	καὶ τῷ τοῦ Διός.
20859	~
20860	\
20861	A
20862	A
20863	e
20864	΄
20865	ς
20866	\
20867	>
20868	-
20869	»
20870	Τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν “Ydpoydov οἱ μὲν ἐν τοῖς ὥμοις
20871	ὁμοίως διατιθέασι τῷ τε τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τῷ τοῦ
20872	“Ἑρμοῦ, σὺν τοῖς ἐν τῇ ἀριστερᾷ χειρὶ καὶ τῷ
20873	ἱματίῳ
20874	ot δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν μηρῶν μᾶλλον μὲν τῷ τοῦ
20875	«
20876	~
20877	Ke
20878	\
20879	~
20880	~
20881	/
20882	ς
20883	ΒΝ
20884	ma
20885	es
20886	Ἑρμοῦ, ἧττον δὲ τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου « ot δὲ ev τῇ ῥύσει
20887	~
20888	LA
20889	~
20890	~
20891	/,
20892	\
20893	>
20894	,ὔ
20895	-
20896	~
20897	τοῦ ὕδατος τῷ τε τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ
20898	Διός.
20899	Τῶν δὲ περὶ τοὺς ᾿Ιχθῦς οἱ μὲν ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ τοῦ
20900	lol
20901	~
20902	ae
20903	~
20904	νοτιωτέρου ἰχθύος τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσι TH τοῦ
20905	“Ἑρμοῦ
20906	καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου: οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ σώματι
20907	~
20908	~
20909	~
20910	~
20911	Ἑ
20912	-
20913	«
20914	αὶ
20915	~
20916	τῷ τοῦ Atos καὶ τῷ τοῦ
20917	“Eppobd-
20918	οἱ de ἐπὶ τῆς
20919	~
20920	~
20921	~
20922	~
20923	‘
20924	2600pas καὶ τοῦ νοτίου λίνου τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ
20925	~
20926	~
20927	~
20928	~
20929	\
20930	~
20931	ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ: οἱ δὲ ἐν TH σώματι Kal TH
20932	>
20933	/
20934	-
20935	~
20936	/
20937	>
20938	4
20939	~
20940	~ A
20941	\
20942	2
20943	A
20944	>
20945	/
20946	ἀκάνθῃ τοῦ βορείου ἰχθύος τῷ τοῦ
20947	Διὸς 5 καὶ ἠρέμα
20948	1 ἐφαπτίσι VMADEFHProc. ; ἐφαπτρίσι Cam.*; πτέρηξιν Ῥ,
20949	πτέρυξι LNCam.?
20950	2 dios VMADFHProc., “Apews PLNCam., “Ἑρμοῦ E.
20951	52
p. 377
20952	TETRABIBLOS I. 9
20953	like that of the sun and Mars; those in the cloak and
20954	his back, like that of Jupiter and, to a less degree, of
20955	Mercury ; those in his feet, like that of Jupiter and
20956	Saturn; the quadrangle upon the tail, like that of
20957	Venus and, to a less degree, of Saturn.
20958	Of the stars in Capricorn,' those in the horns act
20959	in the same way as Venus and, in some degree, as
20960	Mars ; those in the mouth, as Saturn and, in some
20961	degree, as Venus; those in the feet and the belly, as
20962	Mars and Mercury ; and those in the tail, as Saturn
20963	and Jupiter.
20964	Of the stars in Aquarius, those in the shoulders
20965	exert an influence like that of Saturn and Mercury,
20966	together with those in the left arm and the cloak ;
20967	those in the thighs, like that of Mercury in a greater
20968	degree and like that of Saturn in a lesser degree ;
20969	those in the stream of water, like that of Saturn and,
20970	in some degree, like that of Jupiter.
20971	Of the stars in Pisces,? those in the head of the
20972	southern Fish act in the same way as Mercury and
20973	somewhat as does Saturn; those in the body, as do
20974	Jupiter and Mercury;
20975	those in the tail and the
20976	southern cord, as do Saturn and, in some degree,
20977	Mercury ; those in the body and backbone of the
20978	northern Fish, as do Jupiter and, in some degree,
20979	1 Represented as a monster with a goat’s head and fore
20980	feet and a fish’s tail.
20981	2The southern Fish (not to be confused with the extra-
20982	zodiacal constellation
20983	Piscis Australis, mentioned later)
20984	is toward Aquarius;
20985	the two fishes are represented as
20986	being joined by a cord from tail to tail.
20987	53
p. 378
20988	27
20989	PTOLEMY
20990	τῷ τῆς Adpodirns: οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ βορείῳ τοῦ λίνου
20991	~
20992	lol
20993	/
20994	\
20995	~
20996	“-
20997	~
20998	τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τῷ τοῦ Atos: ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ
20999	/
21000	\
21001	~
21002	a
21003	MW
21004	‘
21005	>
21006	/
21007	~
21008	συνδέσμου λαμπρὸς τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ
21009	τοῦ
21010	“Ἑρμοῦ.
21011	~
21012	Ay.
21013	a
21014	΄
21015	“
21016	lol
21017	’
21018	Τῶν δὲ ἐν ταῖς βορειοτέραις τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ μορφώ-
21019	σεσιν οἱ μὲν περὶ τὴν μικρὰν Ἄρκτον λαμπροὶ τὴν
21020	ὁμοίαν ἔχουσι ποιότητα τῷ τε τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ
21021	ἠρέμα τῷ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης - οἱ δὲ περὶ τὴν μεγάλην
21022	Ἄρκτον τῷ τοῦ "Apews- ἡ δὲ ὑπὸ τὴν οὐρὰν
21023	αὐτῆς τοῦ ΠΙλοκάμου συστροφὴ τῇ σελήνῃ καὶ τῷ
21024	~
21025	3
21026	/
21027	«
21028	\
21029	>
21030	~
21031	/
21032	᾿
21033	ra
21034	τῆς “Adpoditns:
21035	οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ δράκοντι λαμπροὶ
21036	τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως καὶ τῷ τοῦ Διός"
21037	Η
21038	\
21039	“
21040	/
21041	Sm
21042	~
21043	/
21044	ο
21045	\
21046	~
21047	“
21048	οἱ δὲ τοῦ Κήφεως τῷ τε τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τῷ τοῦ
21049	Διός - οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Βοώτην τῷ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ καὶ
21050	~
21051	~
21052	/
21053	«ς
21054	Ν
21055	‘
21056	\
21057	«
21058	/
21059	~
21060	τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου
21061	ὁ δὲ λαμπρὸς καὶ ὑπόκιρρος τῷ
21062	τοῦ Atos καὶ Ἄρεως, ὁ καὶ ᾿Μρκτοῦρος καλούμενος *
21063	οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ βορείῳ Στεφάνῳ τῷ τε τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης
21064	καὶ τῷ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ: οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἐν γόνασι τῷ
21065	τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ: οἱ δὲ ἐν τῇ Δύρᾳ τῷ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης
21066	\
21067	~
21068	ae
21069	lol
21070	‘
21071	crs
21072	aw
21073	\
21074	Cy
21075	4
21076	καὶ τῷ τοῦ “Eppod: καὶ ot ἐν τῇ "Ορνιθι δὲ woav-
21077	τως"
21078	οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὴν Κασσιέπειαν τῷ τε τοῦ
21079	/
21080	\
21081	~
21082	΄“
21083	>
21084	/
21085	«ς
21086	\
21087	\
21088	A
21089	Κρόνου καὶ τῷ τῆς "Adpoditns: ot δὲ κατὰ τὸν
21090	Περσέα τῷ τοῦ Atos καὶ τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου ἡ δὲ ἐν
21091	τῇ λαβῇ τῆς μαχαίρας συστροφὴ τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως
21092	\
21093	an
21094	mae
21095	~
21096	¢
21097	sweet)
21098	a
21099	¢
21100	/
21101	A
21102	καὶ τῷ τοῦ
21103	“Ἑρμοῦ: of δὲ ἐν τῷ ᾿Ηνιόχῳ λαμπροὶ
21104	τῷ τοῦ "Apews καὶ τῷ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ: οἱ δὲ κατὰ
21105	τὸν ᾿Οφιοῦχον τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τῆς
21106	>
21107	{4
21108	«
21109	\
21110	\
21111	A
21112	»»
21113	>
21114	~
21115	~
21116	~
21117	᾿Αφροδίτης - ot δὲ περὶ τὸν ὄφιν αὐτοῦ τῷ τε τοῦ
21118	Κρόνου καὶ τῷ τοῦ "Apews:
21119	οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὸν
21120	-
21121	~
21122	΄Ά
21123	οἱ
21124	\
21125	>
21126	/
21127	~
21128	~
21129	᾿Οϊστὸν τῷ τε
21130	τοῦ Ἄρεως καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τῆς
21131	54
p. 379
21132	TETRABIBLOS I. 9
21133	Venus ; those in the northern part of the cord, as
21134	do Saturn and Jupiter; and the bright star on the
21135	bond, as do Mars and, in some degree. Mercury.
21136	Of the stars in the configurations north of the
21137	zodiac, the bright stars in Ursa Minor have a similar
21138	quality to that of Saturn and, to a less degree, to
21139	that of Venus; those in Ursa Major, to that of Mars ;
21140	and the cluster of the Coma Berenices beneath the
21141	Bear’s tail, to that of the moon and Venus;
21142	the
21143	bright stars in Draco, to that of Saturn, Mars, and
21144	Jupiter; those of Cepheus, to that of Saturn and
21145	Jupiter:
21146	those in Boétes, to that of Mercury and
21147	Saturn; the bright, tawny star, to that of Jupiter
21148	and Mars, the star called Arcturus;
21149	the star
21150	in
21151	Corona
21152	Septentrionalis,
21153	to
21154	that
21155	of Venus
21156	and
21157	Mercury; those in Geniculator,! to that of Mercury;
21158	those in Lyra,” to that of Venus and Mercury; and
21159	likewise those in Cygnus.
21160	The stars in Cassiopeia
21161	have the effect of Saturn and Venus; those in Per-
21162	seus, of Jupiter and Saturn;
21163	the cluster in the hilt
21164	of the sword, of Mars and Mercury;
21165	the bright
21166	stars in Auriga,® of Mars and Mercury;
21167	those in
21168	Ophiuchus,
21169	of Saturn
21170	and,
21171	to
21172	some
21173	degree, of
21174	Venus ; those in his serpent, of Saturn and Mars ;
21175	those in Sagitta, of Mars and. to some degree, of
21176	1 J.e. Hercules.
21177	2 The bright star Vega is in Lyra.
21178	3 Capella is the brightest in this constellation.
21179	55
p. 380
21180	PTOLEMY
21181	Adpodirns:
21182	οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν ἀετὸν τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως
21183	\
21184	~
21185	~
21186	/
21187	€
21188	\
21189	>
21190	~
21191	“-
21192	~
21193	~
21194	καὶ τῷ τοῦ Διός:
21195	οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ 4ελῴϊνι τῷ τοῦ
21196	/
21197	\
21198	~
21199	am
21200	ς
21201	A
21202	\
21203	‘
21204	σ᾽
21205	Κρόνου καὶ τῷ τοῦ “Apews: οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὸν Ἵππον
21206	λαμπροὶ τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως καὶ τῷ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ. οἱ δὲ
21207	ἐν τῇ ᾿Ανδρομέδῃ τῷ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης- οἱ δὲ τοῦ
21208	Tprydvov! τῷ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ.
21209	Τῶν δὲ ἐν τοῖς νοτιωτέροις τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ μορφώ-
21210	μασιν ὁ μὲν ἐν τῷ στόματι τοῦ νοτίου ᾿ΪΙχθύος
21211	λαμπρὸς ὁμοίαν ἔχει τὴν ἐνέργειαν τῷ τε τῆς
21212	"A
21213	/
21214	\
21215	“-“
21216	~
21217	1B
21218	~
21219	«
21220	\
21221	\
21222	‘
21223	φροδίτης καὶ τῷ τοῦ
21224	“Ἑρμοῦ:
21225	οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸ
21226	~
21227	~
21228	~
21229	/
21230	~
21231	\
21232	\
21233	A
21234	>
21235	΄
21236	ε
21237	Κῆτος τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου + τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν “Qpiwva ot
21238	μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν ὥμων τῷ τε τοῦ ᾿ἄρεως καὶ τῷ τοῦ
21239	ΚΕ
21240	~
21241	c δὲ Ἃ
21242	\ λ
21243	\
21244	~
21245	~ 4 \
21246	\
21247	μοῦ, of
21248	δὲ
21249	λοιποὶ
21250	λαμπροὶ τῷ τε τοῦ
21251	Διὸς Kat
21252	τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου: τῶν δὲ ἐν τῷ ΠἝοοταμῷ ὁ μὲν
21253	”
21254	\
21255	«ε
21256	\
21257	΄
21258	~
21259	/
21260	ς
21261	\
21262	a
21263	ἔσχατος καὶ ὁ λαμπρὸς τῷ τοῦ Ards, οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ
21264	τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου:
21265	οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ Aaya τῷ τε τοῦ
21266	K
21267	/
21268	\ 2
21269	~
21270	~ ἽΕΙ
21271	~
21272	~
21273	ὃ A
21274	‘
21275	\
21276	Kv
21277	ρόνου καὶ 5 τῷ τοῦ
21278	“Eppot: τῶν
21279	δὲ περὶ τὸν
21280	Kiva,
21281	ς
21282	\
21283	Μ
21284	~
21285	~
21286	74
21287	/
21288	<
21289	AG?
21290	\
21291	~
21292	΄
21293	οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι τῷ τῆς
21294	Adpodizns, ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ στόματος
21295	λαμπρὸς τῷ τοῦ Διὸς καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ “Apews ; ὁ
21296	δὲ ἐν τῷ ΠΙροκυνὶ λαμπρὸς τῷ τε τοῦ ᾿ρμοῦ καὶ
21297	>
21298	/
21299	~
21300	~
21301	"A
21302	ed
21303	«ς δὲ
21304	A
21305	\
21306	“ὃ
21307	ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ
21308	Ἄρεως
21309	οἱ
21310	δὲ κατὰ τὸν
21311	“Υδρον
21312	λαμπροὶ τῷ τε τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τῷ τῆς ‘Adpodirns "
21313	ς
21314	\
21315	>
21316	fi ~
21317	“
21318	an
21319	A
21320	>
21321	/
21322	‘
21323	οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ Κρατῆρι τῷ τε τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης καὶ
21324	ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ “Ερμοῦ : οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Κόρακα τῷ
21325	aw
21326	\
21327	΄σ
21328	~
21329	ped
21330	«
21331	iol
21332	*A
21333	lol
21334	τοῦ “Apews καὶ τῷ τοῦ Kpdvov~ ot δὲ τῆς
21335	Ἀργοῦς
21336	λαμπροὶ τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τῷ τοῦ Aids
21337	τῶν δὲ
21338	περὶ τὸν Κένταυρον οἱ μὲν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρωπείῳ σώματι
21339	ὃτ'
21340	1 τοῦ Τριγώνου VMADEFHProc., τοῦ Δέλτῳ Ῥ, του
21341	L, ἐν
21342	τῷ Δέλτα NCam.
21343	3 τῷ τε τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ om. Cam.
21344	50
p. 381
21345	TETRABIBLOS I. 9
21346	Venus;
21347	those in Aquila) of Mars and Jupiter;
21348	those in Delphinus, of Saturn and Mars ; the bright
21349	stars in the Horse,” of Mars and Mercury ; those in
21350	Andromeda,
21351	of Venus;
21352	those in Triangulum, of
21353	Mercury.
21354	Of the stars in the formations south of the zodiac
21355	the bright star in the mouth of Piscis Australis 3
21356	has an influence
21357	similar
21358	to that
21359	of Venus and
21360	Mercury ; those in Cetus, similar to that of Saturn ;
21361	of those in Orion,’ the stars on his shoulders similar
21362	to that of Mars and Mercury, and the other bright
21363	stars similar to that of Jupiter and Saturn; of the
21364	stars in Eridanus the last bright one ὅ has an in-
21365	fluence like that of Jupiter and the others like that
21366	of Saturn; the star in Lepus, like that of Saturn
21367	and Mercury;
21368	of those in Canis, the others like
21369	that of Venus, and the bright star in the mouth,®
21370	like that of Jupiter and, to a less degree, of Mars ;
21371	the bright star Procyon, like that of Mercury and,
21372	in a less degree, that of Mars; the bright stars in
21373	Hydra,’ like that of Saturn and Venus; those in
21374	Crater, like that of Venus and, in a less degree, of
21375	Mercury ; those in Corvus, like that of Mars and
21376	Saturn;
21377	the bright stars
21378	of Argo,’ like that of
21379	Saturn and Jupiter ; of those in Centaurus, the ones
21380	1 Altair is in this group.
21381	2 Pegasus.
21382	3 The bright star is Fomalhaut.
21383	* Rigel and Betelgeuse are the brightest stars here.
21384	§ The “last bright star ’’ in Eridanus is Achernar.
21385	6 Sirius, which is in Canis.
21386	7 The brightest star is Alphard.
21387	§ These are Canopus and Var.
21388	57
p. 382
21389	PTOLEMY
21390	τῷ τε τῆς 'Adpoditns καὶ τῷ τοῦ “Ερμοῦ, οἱ δὲ ἐν
21391	τῷ ἵππῳ λαμπροὶ τῷ τε τῆς Αφροδίτης καὶ τῷ τοῦ
21392	Aids:
21393	οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸ Θηρίον λαμπροὶ τῷ τε τοῦ
21394	΄
21395	\
21396	5
21397	Ὁ
21398	A
21399	~
21400	Mu
21401	ες
21402	ΜΙΝ
21403	~
21404	Κρόνου καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως
21405	οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ
21406	Θυμιατηρίῳ τῷ τε τῆς Adpoditns καὶ ἠρέμα τῷ
21407	~
21408	ἽὝἝ;
21409	ane 1
21410	« ὃ A
21411	>
21412	~
21413	͵
21414	pt
21415	/
21416	λ
21417	6
21418	28 τοῦ
21419	“Eppot:}
21420	of
21421	δὲ ἐν τῷ νοτίῳ
21422	Στεφάνῳ
21423	λαμπροὶ
21424	τῷ τε τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τῷ τοῦ “Eppod.?
21425	Ai μὲν οὖν τῶν ἀστέρων καθ᾽ ἑαυτὰς δυνάμεις
21426	τοιαύτης ἔτυχον ὑπὸ τῶν παλαιοτέρων παρατηρή-
21427	σεως.
21428	«1.) Περὶ τῆς τῶν ὡρῶν καὶ & γωνιῶν
21429	δυνάμεως
21430	Καὶ τῶν ὡρῶν δὲ τῶν τοῦ ἔτους δ΄ οὐσῶν, ἔαρος
21431	τε καὶ θέρους καὶ μετοπώρου καὶ χειμῶνος, τὸ μὲν
21432	ἔαρ ἔχει τὸ μᾶλλον ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ διὰ τὴν κατὰ τὸ
21433	παρῳχημένον ψύχος, ἀρχομένης δὲ τῆς θερμασίας,
21434	διάχυσιν
21435	+3 τὸ δὲ θέρος τὸ πλέον ἐν τῷ θερμῷ διὰ
21436	τὴν τοῦ ἡλίου πρὸς τὸν κατὰ κορυφὴν ἡμῶν τόπον *
21437	ἐγγύτητα - τὸ δὲ μετόπωρον τὸ μᾶλλον ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ,
21438	διὰ τὴν κατὰ τὸ παρῳχημένον καῦμα τῶν ὑγρῶν
21439	ἀνάπωτιν " 6 δὲ χειμὼν τὸ πλέον ἐν τῷ ψυχρῷ διὰ
21440	τὸ τὸν ἥλιον πλεῖστον ἀφίστασθαι τοῦ κατὰ κορυφὴν
21441	ἡμῶν τόπου.
21442	διόπερ, καὶ τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ μηδεμιᾶς
21443	οὔσης φύσει ἀρχῆς ὡς κύκλου, τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐαρινῆς
21444	ἰσημερίας ἀρχόμενον δωδεκατημόριον, τὸ τοῦ Κριοῦ,
21445	1 Ἑρμοῦ VPLMADEFHProe., Κρόνου NCam.
21446	2Titulum capitis post “Ἑρμοῦ posuerunt PLMNEFH.
21447	538
p. 383
21448	TETRABIBLOS
21449	I. 9-10
21450	in the human body, like that of Venus and Mercury,
21451	and the bright stars in the equine body like that of
21452	Venus and Jupiter; the bright stars in Lupus, like
21453	that of Saturn and, in less degree, of Mars;
21454	those
21455	in Ara, like that of Venus and, to a lesser degree, of
21456	Mercury ; and the bright stars in Corona Australis.
21457	like that of Saturn and Mercury.
21458	Such, then, are the observations of the effects of
21459	the stars themselves as made by our predecessors.
21460	10. Of the Effect of the Seasons and of the Four Angles.
21461	Of the four seasons of the year, spring, summer,
21462	autumn, and winter, spring exceeds in moisture on
21463	account of its diffusion after the cold has passed and
21464	warmth is setting in; the summer, in heat, because
21465	of the nearness of the sun to the zenith;
21466	autumn
21467	more in dryness, because of the sucking up of the
21468	moisture during the hot season just past ; and winter
21469	exceeds in cold, because the sun is farthest away
21470	from the zenith.
21471	For this reason, although there
21472	is no natural beginning of the zodiac, since it is a
21473	circle, they assume that the sign which begins with
21474	POUL TMB.
21475	veld τς διάχυσιν] τῆς κατὰ τὸ παρ. ψ. συστάσεως,
21476	ἀρχ. δὲ τῆς θ. διαχεῖσθαι NCam,
21477	ὁ τόπον om, NCam.,
21478	59
p. 384
21479	PTOLEMY
21480	\
21481	~
21482	“
21483	5
21484	\
21485	ς
21486	‘0
21487	2
21488	Δ
21489	καὶ τῶν ὅλων ἀρχὴν ὑποτίθενται, καθάπερ ἐμψύχου
21490	,
21491	~
21492	~
21493	\
21494	«ς
21495	\
21496	~
21497	mM
21498	ς
21499	A
21500	ζῴου τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ τὴν ὑγρὰν τοῦ ἔαρος ὑπερβολὴν
21501	προκαταρκτικὴν ποιούμενοι, καὶ ἐφεξῆς τὰς λοιπὰς
21502	90 ὥρας διὰ τὸ καὶ πάντων ζῴων τὰς μὲν πρώτας
21503	ἡλικίας τὸ πλέον ἔχειν τῆς ὑγρᾶς οὐσίας, παρα-
21504	πλησίως τῷ ἔαρι ἁπαλὰς οὔσας καὶ ἔτι τρυφεράς "
21505	τὰς δὲ δευτέρας τὰς μέχρι τῆς ἀκμαιότητος ' τὸ
21506	πλέον ἔχειν ἐν τῷ θερμῷ " παραπλησίως τῷ θέρει -
21507	\
21508	\
21509	/
21510	ead
21511	>
21512	~
21513	\
21514	3
21515	~
21516	/
21517	τὰς δὲ Tpitas καὶ ἤδη ἐν παρακμῇ καὶ ἀρχῇ φθίσεως
21518	‘
21519	᾽ὔ
21520	”
21521	\
21522	r)
21523	νὰ
21524	”
21525	>
21526	~
21527	~
21528	τὸ πλέον ἤδη Kal αὐτὰς ἔχειν ἐν TH ξηρῷ παρα-
21529	πλησίως τῷ μετοπώρῳ " τὰς δὲ ἐσχάτας καὶ πρὸς
21530	τῇ διαλύσει τὸ πλέον ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ψυχρῷ καθάπερ
21531	καὶ ὁ χειμών.
21532	“Ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν δ΄ τοῦ ὁρίζοντος τόπων καὶ
21533	γωνιῶν, ἀφ᾽ ὧν καὶ οἱ καθ᾽ ὅλα μέρη πνέοντες
21534	ἄνεμοι τὰς ἀρχὰς ἔχουσι, 6 μὲν πρὸς τὰς ἀνατολὰς
21535	αὐτός τε τὸ πλέον ἔχει ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ διὰ τὸ κατ᾽
21536	“
21537	4
21538	~
21539	αὐτὸν γινομένου τοῦ
21540	ἡλίου τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς νυκτὸς
21541	ὑγρανθέντα τότε πρῶτον ἄρχεσθαι ξηραίνεσθαι * οἵ
21542	τε
21543	ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ πνέοντες ἄνεμοι, οὗς κοινότερον
21544	1 ἀκμαιότητος VMADEFP, ἀκμαιοτάτης PLNCam.
21545	2 θερμῷ VMADEF, θερμαίνειν PLNCam.
21546	3 Hic inser. titulum Περὶ τῆς τῶν τεττάρων γωνιῶν δυνάμεως
21547	VADFProc.
21548	1Cf. Almagest,
21549	iii.
21550	1 (p. 192,
21551	19-22), where Ptolemy
21552	defines the year as the return of the sun to the points fixed
21553	by the equinoxes and solstices.
21554	The sign of Aries, defined
21555	as the 30° beginning with the vernal equinox, is, of course,
21556	very different from the sign considered as the actual con-
21557	stellation.
21558	This gave rise to an argument against astro-
21559	logy, first expressed by Origen.
21560	Cf. Boll-Bezold-Gundel,
21561	60
p. 385
21562	TETRABIBLOS I. 10
21563	the vernal equinox, that of Aries,! is the starting-
21564	point of them all, making the excessive moisture of
21565	the spring the first part of the zodiac as though it
21566	were
21567	a living creature, and taking next in order
21568	the remaining seasons, because in all creatures the
21569	earliest ages,” like the spring, have a larger share
21570	of moisture and are tender and still delicate.
21571	The
21572	second age, up to the prime of life, exceeds in heat,
21573	like summer; the third, which is now past the prime
21574	and on the verge of decline, has an excess of dry-
21575	ness, like autumn; and the last, which approaches
21576	dissolution, exceeds in its coldness, like winter.
21577	Similarly, too, of the four regions and angles of
21578	the horizon, from which originate the winds from
21579	the cardinal points,* the eastern one likewise excels
21580	in dryness because, when the sun is in that region,
21581	whatever has been moistened by the night then first
21582	begins to be dried; and the winds which blow from
21583	pp. 131-132;
21584	Bouché-Leclereq, p. 129, ἢ. 1; Ashmand,
21585	Ptolemy’s Tetrabiblos, p. 32, n.
21586	2 Ptolemy here enumerates four ages of man, as do also
21587	many Pythagorizing arithmologists, when they praise the
21588	number 4, as, for example, Theologoumena Arithmetica,
21589	p- 20 Ast, Diogenes Laertius, viii. 1. 10, Martianus Capella,
21590	vii. 734, etc.
21591	Ptolemy later (iv. 10) speaks of seven ages,
21592	assigning one to each planet;
21593	the arithmologists have
21594	also a series of seven ages which they cite in praise of the
21595	number 7; e.g. Philo, De mundi opificio 36.
21596	There are
21597	also lists in which the ages are merely made up of hebdo-
21598	madic groups of years.
21599	3 Proclus’ paraphase for οἱ καθ᾽ ὅλα μέρη πνέοντες ἄνεμοι 18
21600	οἱ καθολικοὶ ἄνεμοι, which is closer than the Latin trans-
21601	lations,
21602	totas
21603	illas
21604	partes
21605	occwpantes
21606	venti
21607	(Gogava),
21608	and venti, qui totas illas partes occupant (Melanchthon).
21609	Ptolemy means the winds from the cardinal points and
21610	around them.
21611	61
p. 386
21612	PTOLEMY
21613	ἀπηλιώτας καλοῦμεν, 1 ἀνικμοί τέ εἰσι καὶ ξηραν-
21614	τικοί.
21615	ὁ δὲ πρὸς μεσημβριαν τόπος αὐτός τέ ἐστι
21616	θερμότατος δια TE
21617	TO πυρῶδες τῶν τοῦ ἡλίου
21618	μεσουρανήσεων καὶ διὰ τὸ ταύτας κατὰ τὴν τῆς
21619	ἡμετέρας οἰκουμένης ἔγκλισιν πρὸς μεσημβρίαν
21620	μᾶλλον ἀποκλίνειν:
21621	οἵ τε
21622	ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ πνέοντες
21623	ἄνεμοι, οὗς κοινῶς νότους καλοῦμεν, θερμοί τέ εἰσι
21624	καὶ μανωτικοί.
21625	ὁ δὲ πρὸς ταῖς δυσμαῖς τόπος
21626	αὐτός τέ ἐστιν ὑγρὸς διὰ τὸ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν γινομένου
21627	80τοῦ ἡλίου τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἀναποθέντα τότε
21628	πρῶτον ἄρχεσθαι διυγραίνεσθαι - οἵ τε ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ
21629	φερόμενοι ἄνεμοι, οὗς κοινότερον ζεφύρους καλοῦ-
21630	μεν, νεαροί τέ εἰσι καὶ ὑγραντικοί.
21631	ὁ δὲ πρὸς ταῖς
21632	ἄρκτοις τόπος αὐτός τέ ἐστι ψυχρότατος διὰ τὸ
21633	κατὰ τὴν τῆς ἡμετέρας οἰκουμένης ἔγκλισιν τὰς
21634	τῆς θερμότητος αἰτίας τῶν τοῦ ἡλίου μεσουρανή-
21635	σεων πλέον αὐτοῦ διεστάναι, ὥσπερ 2 ἀντιμεσου-
21636	ρανοῦντος"
21637	οἵ τε am’ αὐτοῦ πνέοντες ἄνεμοι, οἱ
21638	καλούμενοι κοινῶς βορέαι, ψυχροί τε ὑπάρχουσι
21639	ν
21640	,
21641	καὶ πυκνωτικοί.
21642	Χρησίμη δὲ καὶ ἡ τούτων διάληψις πρὸς τὸ τὰς
21643	συγκράσεις
21644	πάντα
21645	τρόπον ἑκάστοτε
21646	δύνασθαι ὃ
21647	διακρίνειν.
21648	εὐκατανόητον γὰρ διότι καὶ παρὰ τὰς
21649	τοιαύτας καταστάσεις ἤτοι τῶν ὡρῶν ἢ τῶν ἡλικιῶν
21650	ἢ τῶν γωνιῶν τρέπεταί πως τὸ ποιητικὸν τῆς τῶν
21651	ἀστέρων δυνάμεως, καὶ ἐν μὲν ταῖς οἰκείαις κατα-
21652	στάσεσιν ἀκρατοτέραν τε ἔχουσι τὴν ποιότητα καὶ
21653	τὴν ἐνέργειαν ἰσχυροτέραν, οἷον ἐν ταῖς θερμαῖς οἱ
21654	1 καλοῦσιν NCam.
21655	2 Post ὥσπερ add. τοῦ ἠλίου NCam., om. alii.
21656	62
p. 387
21657	TETRABIBLOS I. 10
21658	it, which we call in general Apeliotes,’ are without
21659	moisture and drying in effect.
21660	The region to the
21661	south is hottest because of the fiery heat of the sun’s
21662	passages through mid-heaven
21663	and because
21664	these
21665	passages, on account of the inclination of our in-
21666	habited world, diverge more
21667	to the south;
21668	and
21669	the winds which blow thence and are called by
21670	the general name
21671	Notus
21672	are
21673	hot and rarefying.
21674	The region to the west is itself moist, because when
21675	the sun is therein the things dried out during the
21676	day then first begin to become moistened ; likewise
21677	the winds which blow from this part, which we call
21678	by the general name Zephyrus, are fresh and moist.
21679	The region to the north
21680	is the coldest, because
21681	through our inhabited world’s inclination it is too far
21682	removed from the causes of heat arising from the
21683	sun’s culmination, as it is also when the sun is at its
21684	lower culmination ; and the winds which blow thence,
21685	which are called by the general name Boreas, are
21686	cold and condensing in effect.
21687	The knowledge of these facts is useful to enable
21688	one to form a complete judgement of temperatures in
21689	individual instances.
21690	For it is easily recognizable
21691	that, together with
21692	such
21693	conditions
21694	as
21695	these, of
21696	seasons, ages, or angles, there is a corresponding
21697	variation in the potency of the stars’ faculties, and
21698	that in the conditions akin to them their quality is
21699	purer and their effectiveness stronger, those that are
21700	heating by nature, for instance, in heat, and those that
21701	1 This is the usual Attic form; the alternative, ἀφηλιώτης,
21702	shows more clearly its derivation from ἥλιος, “the wind
21703	that blows from the sun.”
21704	3 δύνασθαι om. NCam.
21705	63
p. 388
21706	31
21707	PTOLEMY
21708	θερμαντικοὶ τὴν φύσιν͵ καὶ ἐν ταῖς ὑγραῖς οἱ bypav-
21709	τικοί, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἐναντίαις κεκραμένην καὶ ἀσθενεσ-
21710	τέραν - ὡς ἐν ταῖς ψυχραῖς of θερμαντικοὶ καὶ ἐν
21711	ταῖς ξηραῖς οἱ ὑγραντικοὶ καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἄλλαις δὲ
21712	ὡσαύτως κατὰ τὸ ἀνάλογον τῇ διὰ τῆς μίξεως
21713	συγκιρναμένῃ ποιότητι.
21714	<a
21715	\
21716	~
21717	‘
21718	2
21719	-“
21720	«α.) Περὶ τροπικῶν καὶ ἰσημερινῶν
21721	καὶ στερεῶν! καὶ δισώμων ζῳδίων
21722	Τούτων δὲ οὕτω προεκτεθέντων ἀκόλουθον ἂν εἴη
21723	συνάψαι καὶ τὰς αὐτῶν τῶν τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ δωδεκατη-
21724	μορίων παραδεδομένας φυσικὰς ἰδιοτροπίας.
21725	at
21726	μὲν γὰρ ὁλοσχερέστεραι
21727	καθ᾽
21728	ἕκαστον
21729	αὐτῶν
21730	κράσεις ἀνάλογον ἔχουσι ταῖς κατ᾽ αὐτὰ γινομέναις
21731	ὥραις, συνίστανται δέ τινες αὐτῶν ἰδιότητες ἀπό τε
21732	τῆς πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς
21733	ἀστέρας οἰκειώσεως, ws ἐν τοῖς ἐφεξῆς διελευσό-
21734	μεθα, προτάξαντες
21735	τὰς κατὰ τὸ ἀμιγὲς αὐτῶν
21736	μόνων τῶν δωδεκατημορίων καθ᾽ αὑτά τε καὶ πρὸς
21737	ἄλληλα θεωρουμένας δυνάμεις.
21738	Πρῶται μὲν τοίνυν εἰσὶ διαφοραὶ τῶν καλουμένων
21739	τροπικῶν καὶ ἰσημερινῶν καὶ στερεῶν καὶ δισώμων.
21740	1 καὶ στερεῶν om. MNECam.
21741	Titulum post \|. 19 δυνάμεις
21742	ponunt VDProc.
21743	>
21744	1 κράσεις, ‘‘ mixtures’; astrologically used to designate
21745	the resultant qualities derived from the mingling of various
21746	influences.
21747	Cf. The Life and Opinions of Tristram Shandy,
21748	Bk. I, Chapter 11,
21749	‘“‘ who
21750	.
21751	.
21752	. seemed not to have had
21753	one single drop of Danish blood in his whole crasis.”’
21754	64
p. 389
21755	TETRABIBLOS 1. 10-11
21756	are moistening in the moist, while under opposite
21757	conditions their power is adulterated and weaker.
21758	Thus the heating stars in the cold periods and the
21759	moistening stars in the dry periods are weaker, and
21760	similarly in the other cases, according to the quality
21761	produced by the mixture.
21762	11. Of Solstitial, Equinoctial, Solid, and Bicorporeal
21763	Signs.
21764	After the explanation of these matters the next
21765	subject to be added would be the natural characters
21766	of the zodiacal signs themselves, as they have been
21767	handed down by tradition.
21768	For although their more
21769	general temperaments! are each analogous to the
21770	seasons that take place in them,” certain peculiar
21771	qualities of theirs arise from their kinship ὃ to the
21772	sun, moon, and planets, as we shall relate in what
21773	follows, putting first the unmingled powers of the
21774	signs themselves alone, regarded both absolutely and
21775	relatively to one another.
21776	The first distinctions, then, are of the so-called
21777	solstitial, equinoctial, solid, and bicorporeal signs.4
21778	2 That is, when the sun is in these signs.
21779	3 οἰκείωσις, also translated
21780	‘‘ familiarity,” is a common
21781	astrological term denoting the various relationships
21782	of
21783	affinity derived from the positions of signs or planets with
21784	reference to the universe or to each other, as, for example,
21785	through the aspects (ce. 13).
21786	‘All but Virgo are represented as bicorporeal in fact.
21787	Ptolemy, as a learned writer, pays less attention to the
21788	fanciful and mythological classification of the signs into
21789	terrestrial, aquatic, four-footed, ete. (although he refers
21790	to them in i. 12), and gives greater prominence to the
21791	astronomical classification.
21792	65
p. 390
21793	PTOLEMY
21794	δύο μὲν γάρ ἐστι τροπικά, TO TE πρῶτον ἀπὸ τῆς
21795	θερινῆς τροπῆς X’ μοῖρον, τὸ τοῦ Καρκίνου - καὶ τὸ
21796	πρῶτον ἀπὸ τῆς χειμερινῆς τροπῆς, τὸ κατὰ τὸν
21797	Αἰγόκερων.
21798	ταῦτα
21799	δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος
21800	εἴληφε τὴν ὀνομασίαν.
21801	τρέπεται γὰρ ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς
21802	αὐτῶν γινόμενος ὁ ἥλιος, ἐπιστρέφων εἰς τὰ ἐναντία
21803	τὴν κατὰ πλάτος πάροδον, καὶ κατὰ μὲν τὸν Καρκί-
21804	νον θέρος ποιῶν, κατὰ δὲ τὸν Αἰγόκερων χειμῶνα.
21805	δύο δὲ καλεῖται ἰσημερινά, τό τε ἀπὸ τῆς ἐαρινῆς
21806	ἰσημερίας πρῶτον δωδεκατημόριον, τὸ τοῦ Κριοῦ,
21807	καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς μετοπωρινῆς
21808	τὸ τῶν Χηλῶν,
21809	82 ὠνόμασται δὲ καὶ ταῦτα πάλιν ἀπὸ τοῦ συμβεβη-
21810	κότος, ἐπειδὴ κατὰ τὰς ἀρχὰς αὐτῶν γινόμενος ὁ
21811	ἥλιος ἴσας ποιεῖ πανταχῆ τὰς νύκτας ταῖς ἡμέραις.
21812	Τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν ὀκτὼ δωδεκατημορίων τέτταρα
21813	μὲν καλεῖται στερεά, τέτταρα δὲ δίσωμα.
21814	καὶ
21815	στερεὰ μέν ἐστι τὰ ἑπόμενα τοῖς τε τροπικοῖς
21816	καὶ τοῖς ἰσημερινοῖς,
21817	Ταῦρος, Λέων, Σκορπίος,
21818	“Ὑδροχόος, ἐπειδὴ τῶν ἐν ἐκείνοις ἀρχομένων ὡρῶν
21819	αἵ τε ὑγρότητες καὶ θερμότητες καὶ ξηρότητες καὶ
21820	ψυχρότητες, ἐν τούτοις γινομένου τοῦ ἡλίου,. μᾶλλον
21821	καὶ στερεώτερον ἡμῶν καθικνοῦνται, οὐ τῶν κατα-
21822	στημάτων φύσει γινομένων τότε ἀκρατοτέρων, ἀλλ᾽
21823	ἡμῶν ἐγκεχρονικότων αὐτοῖς ἤδη καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τῆς
21824	ἰσχύος 2 εὐαισθητότερον ἀντιλαμβανομένων.
21825	Δίσωμα δέ ἐστι τὰ τοῖς στερεοῖς ἑπόμενα, Aidv-
21826	μοι, Παρθένος, Τοξότης, ᾿Ιχθῦς, διὰ τὸ μεταξύ τε
21827	1Post ἡλίου add. καὶ ἐπιτεταγμέναι Cam., ἐπιτεταγμέναι N ;
21828	om. alii.
21829	2 Post ἰσχύος add. αὐτῶν NADECam.
21830	66
p. 391
21831	TETRABIBLOS I. 11
21832	For there are two solstitial signs, the first interval
21833	of 30° from the summer solstice, the sign of Cancer,
21834	and the first from the winter solstice, Capricorn ;
21835	and they have received their name! from what takes
21836	place in them.
21837	For the sun turns when he is at
21838	the beginning of these signs and reverses his lati-
21839	tudinal progress, causing summer
21840	in Cancer and
21841	winter in Capricorn.
21842	Two signs are called equinoc-
21843	tial, the one which is first from the spring equinox,
21844	Aries, and the one which begins with the autumnal
21845	equinox, Libra; and they too again are named from
21846	what happens there, because when the sun is at the
21847	beginning of these signs he makes the nights exactly
21848	equal to the days.
21849	Of the remaining eight signs four are called solid
21850	and four bicorporeal.
21851	The solid signs, Taurus, Leo,
21852	Scorpio, and Aquarius, are those which follow the
21853	solstitial and equinoctial signs;
21854	and they are so
21855	called because when the sun is in them the moisture,
21856	heat, dryness, and cold of the seasons that begin
21857	in the preceding signs touch us more firmly, not that
21858	the weather is naturally any more intemperate at that
21859	time, but that we are by then inured to them and
21860	for that reason are more sensible of their power.
21861	The bicorporeal signs, Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius,
21862	and Pisces, are those which follow the solid signs,
21863	1].e. tpomxov, “having
21864	to do with turning (tpo77).”
21865	Astronomers to-day usually call them
21866	“
21867	solstitial”’
21868	in-
21869	stead of “ tropical,”’ since “tropic ’’ generally refers to
21870	the terrestrial circles, the Tropic of Cancer and the Tropic
21871	of Capricorn.
21872	67
p. 392
21873	PTOLEMY
21874	εἶναι τῶν στερεῶν καὶ τῶν τροπικῶν Kal ἰσημε-
21875	ρινῶν, καὶ ὥσπερ κεκοινωνηκέναι κατὰ τὰ τέλη καὶ
21876	τὰς ἀρχὰς τῆς τῶν δύο καταστημάτων φυσικῆς
21877	ἰδιοτροπίας.
21878	«β.. Περὶ ἀρρενικῶν καὶ θηλυκῶν
21879	ζῳδίων
21880	’ὔ
21881	\
21882	¢
21883	΄
21884	«Δ
21885	\
21886	~
21887	΄
21888	Πάλιν δὲ ὡσαύτως ἕξ μὲν τῶν δωδεκατημορίων
21889	ἀπένειμαν τῇ φύσει τῇ ἀρρενικῇ καὶ ἡμερινῇ, τὰ δὲ
21890	ἴσα τῇ θηλυκῇ καὶ νυκτερινῇ.
21891	καὶ ἡ μὲν τάξις
21892	᾽
21893	a
21894	>
21895	/
21896	cm
21897	αὶ
21898	A
21899	A
21900	~
21901	ἘΠῚ
21902	Ψ
21903	A
21904	33 αὐτοῖς ἐδόθη παρ᾽
21905	ἕν διὰ τὸ συνεζεῦχθαι Kai ἐγγὺς
21906	ἀεὶ τυγχάνειν τήν τε ἡμέραν τῇ νυκτὶ καὶ τὸ θῆλυ
21907	τῷ ἄρρενι.
21908	τῆς δὲ ἀρχῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ Κριοῦ & ἃς
21909	εἴπομεν αἰτίας λαμβανομένης, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τοῦ
21910	ἄρρενος ἄρχοντος καὶ πρωτεύοντος, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸ
21911	ποιητικὸν ἀεὶ τοῦ παθητικοῦ πρῶτόν ἐστι τῇ δυνά-
21912	μει, τὸ μὲν τοῦ Κριοῦ δωδεκατημόριον καὶ ἔτι τὸ
21913	~
21914	~
21915	>
21916	\
21917	wy
21918	\
21919	ε
21920	/
21921	\
21922	σ
21923	τῶν Χηλῶν ἀρρενικὰ ἔδοξε καὶ ἡμερινά, καὶ ἅμα
21924	ἐπειδήπερ ὁ ἰσημερινὸς κύκλος δι᾿ αὐτῶν γραφό-
21925	μενος τὴν πρώτην καὶ ἰσχυροτάτην τῶν ὅλων φορὰν
21926	>
21927	λ -“
21928	\ δὲ
21929	>
21930	~
21931	>
21932	~
21933	>
21934	λ 50
21935	1
21936	~
21937	3
21938	ἀποτελεῖ - τὰ
21939	δὲ ἐφεξῆς αὐτῶν ἀκολούθως 1 τῇ παρ
21940	ἕν, ὡς ἔφαμεν, τάξει.
21941	“Χρῶνται δέ τινες τῇ τάξει τῶν ἀρρενικῶν καὶ
21942	θηλυκῶν 5 καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνατέλλοντος δωδεκατη-
21943	μορίου, ὃ δὴ καλοῦσιν ὡρόσκοπον, τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ
21944	ἄρρενος ὃ ποιούμενοι.
21945	ὥσπερ γὰρ καὶ τὴν τῶν
21946	1 ἀκολούθως VMDEProc., ἀκόλουθα PLNACam.,
21947	2 καὶ θηλυκῶν om. NCam.
21948	8 τοῦ ἄρρενος om. NCam.
21949	68
p. 393
21950	TETRABIBLOS I. 11-12
21951	and are so called because they are between the solid
21952	and the solstitial and equinoctial signs and share, as
21953	it were, at end and beginning, the natural properties
21954	of the two states of weather.
21955	12. Of Masculine and Feminine Signs.
21956	Again, in the same way they assigned six of the
21957	signs to the masculine and diurnal nature’ and an
21958	equal number to the feminine and nocturnal.
21959	An
21960	alternating order was assigned to them because day
21961	is always yoked to night and close to it, and female
21962	to male.
21963	Now as Aries is taken as the starting-point
21964	for the reasons we have mentioned, and as the male
21965	likewise rules and holds first place, since also the
21966	active is always superior to the passive in power,
21967	the signs of Aries and Libra were thought to be
21968	masculine and diurnal, an additional reason being
21969	that the equinoctial circle which is drawn through
21970	them completes the primary and most powerful
21971	movement of the whole universe.”
21972	The signs in
21973	succession
21974	after them correspond,
21975	as we said, in
21976	alternating order.
21977	Some, however, employ an order of masculine and
21978	feminine signs whereby the masculine begins with
21979	the sign that is rising, called the horoscope.*
21980	For
21981	just as some begin the solstitial signs with the moon’s
21982	1The signs of the zodiac, as well as the planets, are
21983	divided between the two sects (cf. i. 7).
21984	2 T.e. the general revolution of the heavens, carrying the
21985	fixed stars and the other heavenly bodies (according to the
21986	Ptolemaic and other ancient systems).
21987	ὅ Obviously, in a system like this, a given sign would
21988	not always belong to the same sect.
21989	69
p. 394
21990	PTOLEMY
21991	τροπικῶν ἀρχὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ σεληνιακοῦ Cwdiov! ap-
21992	βάνουσιν ἔνιοι διὰ τὸ ταύτην τάχιον τῶν ἄλλων
21993	τρέπεσθαι, οὕτω καὶ τὴν τῶν ἀρρενικῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ
21994	ὡροσκοποῦντος διὰ τὸ ἀπηλιωτικώτερον,Σ καὶ οἵ
21995	μὲν ὁμοίως παρ᾽ ἕν πάλιν τῇ τάξει χρώμενοι, οἱ δὲ
21996	καθ᾽ ὅλα τεταρτημόρια διαιροῦντες καὶ ἑῷα μὲν
21997	ἡγούμενοι ἃ καὶ ἀρρενικὰ τό τε ἀπὸ τοῦ ὡροσκόπου
21998	μέχρι τοῦ μεσουρανοῦντος καὶ τὸ κατ᾽ ἀντίθεσιν
21999	ἀπὸ τοῦ δύνοντος μέχρι τοῦ ὑπὸ γῆν μεσουρανοῦν-
22000	84 τος, ἑσπέρια δὲ καὶ θηλυκὰ τὰ λοιπὰ δύο τεταρ-
22001	τημόρια.
22002	καὶ ἄλλας δέ τινας τοῖς δωδεκατημορίοις
22003	προσηγορίας ἐφήρμοσαν ἀπὸ τῶν περὶ αὐτὰ μορφώ-
22004	σεων : λέγω δὲ οἷον τετράποδα καὶ χερσαῖα καὶ
22005	ἡγεμονικὰ
22006	καὶ
22007	πολύσπορα
22008	καὶ
22009	τὰ
22010	τοιαῦτα"
22011	ἃς ὃ
22012	αὐτόθεν
22013	τό τε
22014	αἴτιον
22015	καὶ τὸ ἐμῴφανισς
22016	τικὸν ἐχούσας περιττὸν ἡγούμεθα καταριθμεῖν, τῆς
22017	ἐκ τῶν τοιούτων διατυπώσεων ποιότητος ἐν αἷς ἂν
22018	τῶν προτελέσεων χρησίμη φαίνηται δυναμένης ἦ
22019	προεκτίθεσθαι.
22020	1 ζῳδίου VPLADE, κύκλου MNCam.
22021	276 ἀπηλιωτικώτερον VD (ἀφηλ-) Proc.; τὴν ἀπηλιώτην alii
22022	Cam.
22023	3 ἡγούμενοι VMADE, om. PLNCam.
22024	4 ὑπὸ γῆν μεσουρανοῦντος VMADEProc., ἀντιμεσουρανοῦντος
22025	PLNCam.
22026	5 ἃς VDME, om. PL,
22027	ὡς NACam.;
22028	καλέσαντες
22029	post
22030	τοιαῦτα inser. PLMNCam., om. VDAE.
22031	ὁ τό τε αἴτιον om. Cam.?.
22032	7 δυναμένης VD, δυναμης P, δύναμις LMNAECam.
22033	προεκ-
22034	τίθεσθαι VMDEAProc., πρωεκτεθηῦ P, προεκτίθης L, προεκτε-
22035	θείσης NCam.
22036	70
p. 395
22037	TETRABIBLOS I. 12
22038	sign because the moon changes direction more swiftly
22039	than the rest, so they begin the masculine signs with
22040	the horoscope because it is further to the east, some
22041	as before making use of the alternate order of signs,
22042	and others dividing by entire quadrants, and de-
22043	signating as matutinal and masculine signs those of
22044	the quadrant from the horoscope to mid-heaven and
22045	those of the opposite quadrant from the occident
22046	to the lower mid-heaven, and as evening and feminine
22047	the other two quadrants.
22048	They have also attached
22049	other descriptions ! to the signs, derived from their
22050	shapes;
22051	I refer,
22052	for example,
22053	to
22054	“ four-footed,”
22055	“ terrestrial,” “‘ commanding,” “ fecund,” and similar
22056	appellations.
22057	These, since their reason and their
22058	significance are directly derived, we think it super-
22059	fluous to enumerate, since the quality resulting from
22060	such conformations
22061	can
22062	be explained in connec-
22063	tion with those predictions wherein it is obviously
22064	useful.
22065	‘For this type of classification,
22066	cf. Bouché-Leclereq,
22067	pp. 149-152.
22068	Vettius Valens, pp. 5 ff. (Kroll), attaches many
22069	epithets to the signs;
22070	cf. also Antiochus, ap. CCAG, viii.
22071	112;
22072	Rhetorius, ap. CCAG, i. 164 ff.
22073	Some of them figure
22074	in il. 7, below.
22075	71
p. 396
22076	PTOLEMY
22077	<y.> Περὶ τῶν συσχηματιζομένων
22078	δωδεκατημορίων
22079	Οἰκειοῦται δὲ ἀλλήλοις τῶν μερῶν τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ
22080	πρῶτον τὰ συσχηματιζόμενα.
22081	ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐστὶν ὅσα
22082	διάμετρον ἔχει στάσιν, περιέχοντα δύο ὀρθὰς γωνίας
22083	καὶ ἕξ τῶν δωδεκατημορίων καὶ μοίρας ρπ' " καὶ
22084	ὅσα τρίγωνον ἔχει στάσιν, περιέχοντα μίαν ὀρθὴν
22085	γωνίαν καὶ τρίτον καὶ δ΄ δωδεκατημόρια καὶ μοίρας
22086	pk’* καὶ ὅσα τετραγωνίζειν λέγεται, περιέχοντα
22087	,
22088	>
22089	Ai
22090	ee
22091	,
22092	\
22093	,
22094	ve
22095	μίαν ὀρθὴν καὶ γ΄ δωδεκατημόρια Kal μοίρας ?
22096	καὶ ἔτι ὅσα ἑξάγωνον ποιεῖται στάσιν, περιέχοντα
22097	δίμοιρον μιᾶς ὀρθῆς καὶ β΄ δωδεκατημόρια καὶ
22098	/
22099	/
22100	μοίρας ζ΄.
22101	>
22102	Δ
22103	A
22104	8:
22105	49
22106	-
22107	΄
22108	~
22109	΄
22110	Av
22111	ἣν δὲ αἰτίαν αὗται μόναι τῶν διαστάσεων
22112	/
22113	>
22114	iy
22115	”“
22116	/
22117	~
22118	\
22119	\
22120	παρελήφθησαν ἐκ τούτων av μάθοιμεν.
22121	τῆς μὲν yap
22122	A
22123	δὴ
22124	/
22125	>
22126	/
22127	>
22128	\
22129	¢
22130	/
22131	‘
22132	κατὰ τὸ διάμετρον αὐτόθεν ἐστὶν 6 λόγος φανερὸς
22133	ἐπειδήπερ ἐπὶ μιᾶς εὐθείας ποιεῖται
22134	τὰς συναν-
22135	30 τήσεις.
22136	λαμβανομένων δὲ τῶν δύο μεγίστων καὶ
22137	διὰ συμφωνίας μορίων τε καὶ ἐπιμορίων, μορίων
22138	μὲν πρὸς τὴν τῶν β΄ ὀρθῶν διάμετρον τοῦ
22139	τε
22140	ἡμίσους καὶ τοῦ τρίτου, τὸ μὲν εἰς δύο τὴν τοῦ
22141	1 Οἵ. the note on οἰκείωσις (i. 11).
22142	οἰκειοῦσθαι is the corre-
22143	sponding verb.
22144	2 The aspects are geometrical relationships between the
22145	heavenly bodies.
22146	Ptolemy recognizes here only four—
22147	opposition, trine, quartile, and sextile—as having signifi-
22148	cance, and does not class
22149	‘“‘ conjunction’’ as an aspect,
22150	although it is treated as such throughout the T'etrabiblos.
22151	72
p. 397
22152	TETRABIBLOS
22153	I. 13
22154	13. Of the Aspects of the Signs.
22155	Of the parts of the zodiac those first are familiar ἢ
22156	one to another which are in aspect.”
22157	These are the
22158	ones which are in opposition, enclosing two right
22159	angles, six signs, and 180 degrees ;_ those which are in
22160	trine, enclosing one and one-third right angles, four
22161	signs, and 120 degrees ; those which are said to be in
22162	quartile, enclosing one right angle, three signs, and
22163	90 degrees, and finally those that occupy the sextile
22164	position, enclosing two-thirds of a right angle, two
22165	signs, and 60 degrees.
22166	We may learn from the following why only these
22167	intervals have been taken into consideration.
22168	The
22169	explanation of opposition is immediately obvious,
22170	because it causes the signs to meet on one straight
22171	line.
22172	But if we take the two fractions and the two
22173	superparticulars * most important in music, and if
22174	the fractions one-half and one-third be applied to
22175	Kepler is said to have invented several others, based on
22176	other aliquot parts of 360°, the semiquadrate, quintile,
22177	sesquiquadrate, biquintile, etc. (cf. Ashmand, pp. 40-41,
22178	nn.); these have been employed by modern astrologers,
22179	but the Ptolemaic doctrines of this and the 16th chapter
22180	are inconsistent with their use.
22181	The intervals between
22182	bodies in aspect in the four ways here mentioned can be
22183	measured in whole signs.
22184	3 Nicomachus of Gerasa, Introduction to Arithmetic, i. 19,
22185	defines the superparticular as “a number that contains
22186	within itself the whole of the number compared with it,
22187	and some one factor of it besides.’’
22188	The
22189	‘ two super-
22190	particulars most important to music ”’ are the first two in
22191	the series, the sesquialter (ἢ) and the sesquitertian (3),
22192	which correspond to the diapente and diatessaron respec-
22193	tively (cf. Nicormmachus, op. cit., ii. 26).
22194	N
22195	73
p. 398
22196	PTOLEMY
22197	τετραγώνου πεποίηκε,
22198	TO δὲ εἰς τρία THY τοῦ
22199	ἑξαγώνου καὶ τὴν τοῦ τριγώνου 1]
22200	ἐπιμορίων δὲ
22201	πρὸς τὸ τῆς μιᾶς ὀρθῆς τετράγωνον μεταξὺ λαμ-
22202	ανομένου τοῦ τε ἡμιολίου καὶ τοῦ ἐπιτρίτου, τὸ
22203	μὲν ἡμιόλιον ἐποίησε τὴν τοῦ τετραγώνου πρὸς
22204	τὴν τοῦ
22205	ἑξαγώνου,
22206	τὸ δὲ ἐπίτριτον τὴν τοῦ
22207	τριγώνου
22208	πρὸς τὴν τοῦ τετραγώνου.
22209	τούτων
22210	μέντοι τῶν σχηματισμῶν
22211	οἱ μὲν τρίγωνοι καὶ
22212	ἑξάγωνοι σύμφωνοι καλοῦνται διὰ τὸ ἐξ ὁμογενῶν
22213	συγκεῖσθαι δωδεκατημορίων ἢ ἐκ πάντων θηλυκῶν
22214	ἢ ἀρρενικῶν - ἀσύμφωνοι δὲ οἱ τετράγωνοι καὶ ot
22215	κατὰ διάμετρον διότι κατὰ ἀντίθεσιν τῶν ὁμογενῶν
22216	τὴν σύστασιν λαμβάνουσιν.
22217	«κι.» Περὶ προσταττόντων καὶ
22218	ἀκουόντων
22219	Ὡσαύτως δὲ προστάττοντα καὶ ἀκούοντα λέ-
22220	γεται τμήματα τὰ κατ᾽ ἴσην διάστασιν ἀπὸ τοῦ
22221	αὐτοῦ, ἢ καὶ ὁποτέρου, τῶν ἰσημερινῶν σημείων
22222	ἐσχηματισμένα διὰ τὸ ἐν τοῖς ἴσοις χρόνοις ava-
22223	φέρεσθαι
22224	καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἴσων εἶναι παραλλήλων.
22225	1 κα. τὴν τοῦ τριγώνου libri omnes Proc. ; καὶ τ. τ. τετραγώνου
22226	Cam.!; om. Cam.?
22227	' That is, $ of 180° = 90° (quartile) and 4 of 180° = 60°
22228	(sextile).
22229	All the MSS. and Proclus add here “ and trine,”’
22230	which perhaps we should, with Camerarius (ed. 2), discard.
22231	The trine, however, could be regarded as } of 360° or as
22232	twice the sextile.
22233	*That
22234	is, the sesquialter = 5 = ae and
22235	the sesqui-
22236	120°
22237	905"
22238	tore
22239	tertian = ξ
22240	—
22241	74
p. 399
22242	TETRABIBLOS I. 13-14
22243	opposition, composed of two right angles, the half
22244	makes the quartile and the third the sextile and
22245	trine.!
22246	Of the superparticulars, if the sesquialter and
22247	sesquitertian be applied to the quartile interval of
22248	one right angle, which lies between them, the ses-
22249	quialter makes the ratio of the quartile to the
22250	sextile and the sesquitertian that of trine to quartile.”
22251	Of these aspects trine and sextile are called har-
22252	monious because they are composed of signs of the
22253	same kind, either entirely of feminine or entirely of
22254	masculine signs; while quartile and opposition are
22255	disharmonious because they are composed of signs
22256	of opposite kinds.
22257	14. Of Commanding and Obeying Signs.
22258	°
22259	Similarly the names “ commanding ” and “ obey-
22260	ing”
22261	* are applied to the divisions of the zodiac
22262	which are disposed at an equal distance from the
22263	same equinoctial sign, whichever it may be, because
22264	they ascend 4 in equal periods of time and are on
22265	equal parallels.
22266	Of these the ones in the summer
22267	3 Cf. Bouché-Leclercq,
22268	pp. 159-164,
22269	on
22270	this and the
22271	following chapter.
22272	The pairs which
22273	“‘ command”
22274	and
22275	“obey” (the “commanding
22276	”’ sign first) are:
22277	Taurus-
22278	Pisces,
22279	Gemini-Aquarius,
22280	Cancer-Capricorn,
22281	Leo-Sagit-
22282	tarius, Virgo-Scorpio.
22283	Aries and Libra are left out of the
22284	scheme, being the equinoctial signs from which the start is
22285	made;
22286	so Manilius,
22287	ii. 485,
22288	501.
22289	The original notion
22290	seems
22291	to have been that these signs
22292	‘‘ heard ’’ (ἀκούειν)
22293	each other, and the idea of
22294	“‘ obeying”’
22295	(ὑπακούειν) was
22296	a pseudo-scientific elaboration.
22297	‘Cf. the note on ili. 10 (pp. 286 ff.) for the ascension
22298	of the signs.
22299	75
p. 400
22300	PTOLEMY
22301	τούτων δὲ Ta μὲν ἐν τῷ θερινῷ ἡμικυκλίῳ προσ-
22302	τάττοντα
22303	καλεῖται,
22304	τὰ
22305	δ᾽
22306	ἐν
22307	τῷ χειμερινῷ
22308	ὑπακούοντα, διὰ τὸ κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνο μὲν γινόμενον τὸν
22309	ἥλιον μείζονα ποιεῖν τῆς νυκτὸς τὴν ἡμέραν, κατὰ
22310	τοῦτο δὲ ἐλάττω.
22311	86 «.)
22312	Περὶ βλεπόντων καὶ ἰσοδυνα-
22313	μούντων
22314	Πάλιν δὲ ἰσοδυναμεῖν φασιν ἀλλήλοις μέρη τὰ τοῦ
22315	αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁποτέρου τῶν τροπικῶν σημείων τὸ ἴσον
22316	ἀφεστῶτα, διὰ τὸ καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον αὐτῶν τοῦ ἡλίου
22317	γινομένου τάς τε ἡμέρας ταῖς ἡμέραις καὶ τὰς
22318	νύκτας ταῖς νυξὶ καὶ τὰ διαστήματα τῶν οἰκείων
22319	ὡρῶν ἰσοχρόνως \| ἀποτελεῖσθαι.
22320	ταῦτα δὲ καὶ βλέ-
22321	mew ἄλληλα λέγεται διά τε τὰ προειρημένα καὶ
22322	ἐπειδήπερ ἑκάτερον αὐτῶν ἔκ τε τῶν αὐτῶν μερῶν
22323	τοῦ ὁρίζοντος ἀνατέλλει καὶ εἰς τὰ αὐτὰ καταδύνει.
22324	«ἰς.. Περὶ ἀσυνδέτων
22325	>
22326	/
22327	\
22328	Nie
22329	f
22330	a
22331	΄
22332	᾿Ασύνδετα δὲ καὶ ἀπηλλοτριωμένα καλεῖται τμή-
22333	“
22334	΄
22335	/
22336	¢
22337	~
22338	”
22339	\
22340	”
22341	ματα ὅσα μηδένα λόγον ἁπλῶς ἔχει πρὸς ἄλληλα
22342	τῶν προκατειλεγμένων οἰκειώσεων.
22343	ταῦτα
22344	δέ
22345	ἐστιν ἃ μήτε τῶν προστάττοντων ἢ ἀκουόντων
22346	τυγχάνει μήτε τῶν βλεπόντων ἢ ἰσοδυναμούντων,
22347	ἔτι καὶ τῶν ἐκκειμένων τεττάρων σχηματισμῶν,
22348	1 ἰσοχρόνως VMAB, -ων P, -ος D, -α Proc., -α NLCam.
22349	1 Τὴ the summer hemisphere are the signs Aries, Taurus,
22350	Gemini, Cancer, Leo, and Virgo ; Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius,
22351	76
p. 401
22352	TETRABIBLOS I. 14-16
22353	hemisphere ' are called ““ commanding ” and those in
22354	the winter hemisphere “ obedient,” because the sun
22355	makes the day longer than the night when he is in
22356	the summer hemisphere, and shorter in the winter.
22357	15. Of Signs which Behold each other and Signs of
22358	Equal Power.
22359	Again they say that the parts which are equally
22360	removed from the same tropical sign, whichever it
22361	may be, are of equal power,” because when the sun
22362	comes into either of them the days are equal to the
22363	days, the nights to the nights, and the lengths of
22364	their own hours * are the same.
22365	These also are said
22366	to “behold” one another both for the reasons stated
22367	and because each of the pair rises from the same
22368	part of the horizon and sets in the same part.
22369	16. Of Disjunct Signs.
22370	* Disjunct ” and “ alien” are the names applied
22371	to those divisions of the zodiac which have none
22372	whatever of the aforesaid
22373	familiarities
22374	with
22375	one
22376	another.
22377	These are the ones which belong neither
22378	to the class of commanding or obeying, beholding
22379	or of equal power, and furthermore they are found
22380	Capricorn, Aquarius, and Pisces are in the winter hemi-
22381	sphere ; see the diagram in Bouché-Leclereq, p. 161.
22382	2 These pairs are Gemini-Leo, Taurus-Virgo, Aries-Libra,
22383	Pisces-Scorpio,
22384	and
22385	Aquarius-Sagittarius;
22386	Cancer
22387	and
22388	Capricorn are left without mates (a¢vya).
22389	3
22390	Their own hours ”’ are “ ordinary’ or
22391	“ civil’ hours
22392	(kaipixat ὧραι;
22393	cf. p. 286, n. 3), which are always one-
22394	uwelfth of the day (sunrise to sunset) or night (sunset to
22395	sunrise).
22396	Of course, they are equal if the days and nights
22397	are equal.
22398	τ
p. 402
22399	PTOLEMY
22400	τοῦ τε διαμέτρου Kal τοῦ τριγώνου καὶ τοῦ τετρα-
22401	σις
22402	Jf
22403	γώνου καὶ τοῦ ἑξαγώνου κατὰ τὸ παντελὲς ἀμέτοχα
22404	(3
22405	καταλαμβανόμενα, καὶ ἤτοι δι’ ἑνὸς ἢ διὰ πέντε
22406	7
22407	γινόμενα δωδεκατημορίων, ἐπειδήπερ τὰ μὲν Ov
22408	(aA
22409	5
22410	͵
22411	σ
22412	3
22413	/
22414	\
22415	/
22416	᾽
22417	AT
22418	ἑνὸς ἀπέστραπται ὥσπερ ἀλλήλων καὶ δύο αὐτὰ ὄντα
22419	ἑνὸς περιέχει γωνίαν, τὰ δὲ διὰ πέντε εἰς ἄνισα
22420	an
22421	\
22422	Ld
22423	/
22424	~
22425	ΝΜ
22426	~
22427	37 διαιρεῖ τὸν ὅλον κύκλον, τῶν ἄλλων σχηματισμῶν
22428	εἰς ἴσα τὴν τῆς περιμέτρου διαίρεσιν ποιουμένων.
22429	«ιζ.), Περὶ οἴκων ἑκάστου ἀστέρος
22430	Συνοικειοῦνται
22431	δὲ καὶ οἱ πλάνητες τοῖς τοῦ
22432	ζωδιακοῦ μέρεσι κατά τε τοὺς καλουμένους οἴκους
22433	καὶ τρίγωνα καὶ ὑψώματα καὶ ὅρια καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα.
22434	καὶ τὸ μὲν τῶν οἴκων τοιαύτην ἔχει φύσιν.
22435	ἐπειδὴ
22436	γὰρ τῶν ιβ΄ ζῳδίων τὰ βορειότατα καὶ συνεγγίζοντα
22437	μᾶλλον τῶν ἄλλων τοῦ κατὰ κορυφὴν ἡμῶν τόπου,
22438	θερμασίας τε καὶ ἀλέας διὰ τοῦτο περιποιητικὰ
22439	τυγχάνοντα, τό τε τοῦ [Καρκίνου ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ τοῦ
22440	Λέοντος, τὰ δύο ταῦτα τοῖς μεγίστοις καὶ κυριωτά-
22441	τοις, τουτέστι τοῖς φωσίν, ἀπένειμαν οἴκους, τὸ
22442	μὲν τοῦ Λέοντος ἀρρενικὸν ὃν τῷ ἡλίῳ, τὸ δὲ τοῦ
22443	Καρκίνου θηλυκὸν τῇ σελήνῃ.
22444	καὶ ἀκολούθως τὸ
22445	μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ Adovtos μέχρις Αἰγόκερω ἡμικύκλιον
22446	ἡλιακὸν ὑπέθεντο,
22447	τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ ‘Ydpoydou μέχρι
22448	Καρκίνου σεληνιακόν, ὅπως ἐν ἑκατέρῳ τῶν ἡμικυ-
22449	κλίων ἕν ζῴδιον καθ᾽ ἕκαστον τῶν πέντεΞ ἀστέρων
22450	οἰκείως ἀπονεμηθῇ, τὸ μὲν πρὸς ἥλιον, τὸ δὲ πρὸς
22451	1Titulum sic habent VADEProc.;
22452	om. ἑκάστου ἀστέρος
22453	alii Cam.
22454	* πέντε om. PLNCam.
22455	78
p. 403
22456	TETRABIBLOS I. 16-17
22457	to be entirely without share in the four aforesaid
22458	aspects, opposition, trine, quartile, and sextile, and
22459	are either one or five signs apart;
22460	for those which
22461	are one sign apart are as it were averted from one
22462	another and, though they are two, bound the angle
22463	of one, and those that are five signs apart divide
22464	the whole circle into unequal parts, while the other
22465	aspects make an equal division of the perimeter.
22466	17. Of the Houses of the Several Planets.
22467	The planets also have familiarity with the parts
22468	of the zodiac, through what are called their houses,
22469	triangles, exaltations, terms,' and the like.
22470	The sys-
22471	tem of houses is of the following nature.
22472	Since of
22473	the twelve signs the most northern, which are closer
22474	than the others to our zenith and therefore most
22475	productive of heat andof warmth are Cancer and Leo,
22476	they assigned these to the greatest and most power-
22477	ful heavenly bodies, that is, to the luminaries, as
22478	houses, Leo, which
22479	is masculine,
22480	to the sun and
22481	Cancer, feminine,
22482	to the moon.
22483	In keeping with
22484	this
22485	they assumed
22486	the
22487	semicircle
22488	from
22489	Leo
22490	to
22491	Capricorn to be solar and that from Aquarius to
22492	Cancer to be lunar, so that in each of the semi-
22493	circles one sign might be assigned to each of the
22494	five planets as its own, one bearing aspect to the
22495	1 ὅρια, termini, literally
22496	‘‘ boundaries’;
22497	see c. 20.
22498	The
22499	triangles or triplicities are treated in ο. 18 and the exalta-
22500	tions in c. 19.
22501	79
p. 404
22502	PTOLEMY
22503	,
22504	>
22505	,
22506	>
22507	4
22508	a
22509	~
22510	σελήνην
22511	ἐσχηματισμένον,
22512	ἀκολούθως
22513	ταῖς
22514	τῶν
22515	/
22516	~
22517	Aa
22518	~
22519	κινήσεων αὐτῶν σφαίραις καὶ ταῖς τῶν φύσεων
22520	>
22521	/
22522	~
22523	\
22524	Ν
22525	“-
22526	/
22527	~
22528	ἰδιοτροπίαις.
22529	τῷ μὲν yap τοῦ Κρόνου ψυκτικῷ
22530	~
22531	”
22532	\
22533	/
22534	>
22535	~
22536	~
22537	μᾶλλον ὄντι τὴν φύσιν κατ᾽ ἐναντιότητα τοῦ θερμοῦ
22538	καὶ τὴν ἀνωτάτω καὶ μακρὰν τῶν φωτῶν ἔχοντι
22539	/
22540	>
22541	/
22542	‘
22543	/
22544	ΓΑ
22545	~
22546	/
22547	ζώνην ἐδόθη τὰ διάμετρα ζῴδια τοῦ τε Καρκίνου
22548	88 καὶ τοῦ Λέοντος, 6 τε Αἰγόκερως καὶ Ὑδροχόος,
22549	μετὰ τοῦ καὶ ταῦτα τὰ δωδεκατημόρια ψυχρὰ καὶ
22550	χειμερινὰ τυγχάνειν, καὶ ἔτι τὸν κατὰ διάμετρον
22551	συσχηματισμὸν ἀσύμφωνον πρὸς ἀγαθοποιίαν εἶναι.
22552	-
22553	~
22554	\
22555	~
22556	τῷ δὲ τοῦ Διὸς ὄντι εὐκράτῳ καὶ ὑπὸ THY TOD
22557	/
22558	“
22559	25 50
22560	A.
22561	39
22562	/
22563	ὃ /
22564	~
22565	Κρόνου σφαῖραν ἐδόθη τὰ ἐχόμενα
22566	δύο τῶν προκει-
22567	μένων πνευματικὰ ὄντα καὶ γόνιμα, ὃ τε Τοξότης
22568	\
22569	Ct)
22570	~
22571	A
22572	\
22573	A
22574	Ἁ
22575	~
22576	/
22577	καὶ οἱ
22578	᾿Ιχθῦς, κατὰ τριγωνικὴν πρὸς τὰ φῶτα διά-
22579	στασιν, ἥτις ἐστὶ συμφώνου καὶ ἀγαθοποιοῦ σχημα-
22580	τισμοῦ.
22581	ἐφεξῆς δὲ τῷ τοῦ “Apews ξηραντικῷ
22582	c
22583	ε
22584	~
22585	A
22586	\
22587	΄
22588	\
22589	«
22590	\
22591	\
22592	~
22593	\
22594	Μ
22595	μᾶλλον ὄντι τὴν φύσιν καὶ ὑπὸ τὴν τοῦ Atos ἔχοντι
22596	A
22597	an
22598	\
22599	?
22600	re
22601	7
22602	>
22603	,
22604	>?
22605	40
22606	τὴν σφαῖραν
22607	τὰ
22608	ἐχόμενα
22609	πάλιν
22610	ἐκείνων
22611	ἐδόθη
22612	“
22613	δωδεκατημόρια τὴν ὁμοίαν ἔχοντα φύσιν,
22614	O τε
22615	,
22616	\
22617	φ
22618	/
22619	>
22620	4
22621	~
22622	~
22623	‘
22624	Σκορπίος καὶ ὁ Kpios, ἀκολούθως τῇ φθαρτικῇ Kat
22625	ἀσυμφώνῳ"' ποιότητι, τὴν τετράγωνον πρὸς τὰ φῶτα
22626	~
22627	/
22628	ol
22629	\
22630	aA
22631	>
22632	΄
22633	>
22634	ποιοῦντα διάστασιν.
22635	τῷ δὲ τῆς “Adpoditns εὐ-
22636	~
22637	>?
22638	/
22639	κράτῳ τε ὄντι Kal ὑπὸ τὸν τοῦ "Apews τὰ ἐχόμενα
22640	\
22641	ἐδόθη δύο ζῴδια γονιμώτατα ὄντα, αἵ τε Χηλαὶ Kat
22642	~
22643	~
22644	~
22645	/
22646	ὁ Ταῦρος, τηροῦντα τὴν συμφωνίαν τῆς ἑξαγώνου
22647	1 ἀσυμφώνῳ VPLMADE, ἀκολούθως N, om. Cam. (locum *
22648	notans).
22649	80
p. 405
22650	TETRABIBLOS I. 17
22651	sun and the other to the moon, consistently with the
22652	spheres of their motion ! and the peculiarities of their
22653	natures.”
22654	For to Saturn, in whose nature cold pre-
22655	vails, as opposed to heat, and which occupies the
22656	orbit highest and
22657	farthest
22658	from
22659	the luminaries,
22660	were assigned the signs opposite Cancer and Leo,
22661	namely Capricorn and Aquarius,’ with the additional
22662	reason that these signs are cold and wintry, and
22663	further that their diametrical aspect is not con-
22664	sistent
22665	with
22666	beneficence.
22667	To Jupiter,
22668	which
22669	is
22670	moderate and below Saturn’s sphere, were assigned
22671	the two signs next to the foregoing, windy and
22672	fecund, Sagittarius and Pisces, in triangular aspect *
22673	to the luminaries, which is a harmonious and bene-
22674	ficent configuration.
22675	Next, to Mars, which is dry
22676	in nature
22677	and occupies
22678	a sphere under
22679	that
22680	of
22681	Jupiter, there were assigned again the two signs,
22682	contiguous to the former, Scorpio and Aries, having
22683	a similar nature, and, agreeably to Mars’ destructive
22684	and inharmonious quality, in quartile aspect ὃ to the
22685	luminaries.
22686	To Venus, which is temperate and be-
22687	neath Mars, were given the next two signs, which
22688	are
22689	extremely
22690	fertile,
22691	Libra
22692	and Taurus.
22693	These
22694	1 That is, they are in the order of their distance from the
22695	centre of the universe, the earth.
22696	2 CfaCw as
22697	3 Capricorn opposes Cancer and Aquarius Leo.
22698	4 Sagittarius is triangular to Leo, the sun’s house, and
22699	Pisces to Cancer.
22700	Cf. c. 13 on the “‘ harmonious ”’ nature
22701	of the trine and sextile, in contrast with quartile and op-
22702	position,
22703	5 Aries
22704	is quartile
22705	to the moon’s house, Cancer, and
22706	Scorpio to the sun’s house, Leo.
22707	They are, however, also
22708	triangular to these houses, Aries to Leo and Scorpio to
22709	Cancer.
22710	81
p. 406
22711	PTOLEMY
22712	διαστάσεως, Kal ἐπειδήπερ οὐ πλέον δύο δωδεκα-
22713	τημορίων 6 ἀστὴρ οὗτος ἐφ᾽ ἑκάτερον τὸ πλεῖστον
22714	3
22715	΄
22716	~
22717	i?
22718	͵7
22719	TPN
22720	/
22721	\
22722	~
22723	mre
22724	~
22725	ἀφίσταται τοῦ ἡλίου: ἐπὶ τέλει δὲ TH τοῦ
22726	“Eppod
22727	μηδέποτε πλέον ἑνὸς δωδεκατημορίου τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ
22728	ὁλί
22729	eet
22730	RG
22731	/
22732	ὃ /
22733	/
22734	ως
22735	Φ
22736	\
22737	\
22738	ἡλίου ἐφ᾽ ἑκάτερα
22739	διάστασιν ποιουμένῳ Kal ὑπὸ μὲν
22740	τοὺς ἄλλους ὄντι. σύνεγγυς δὲ μᾶλλόν πως ἀμφοτέ-
22741	ρων τῶν φωτῶν, τὰ λοιπὰ καὶ συνεχῆ τοῖς ἐκείνων
22742	οἴκοις ἐδόθη δύο δωδεκατημόρια τό τε τῶν 4ιδύ-
22743	μων καὶ τὸ τῆς Παρθένου.
22744	«ἢ.)
22745	Περὶ τριγώνων
22746	Ἢ
22747	δὲ πρὸς τὰ τρίγωνα συνοικείωσις τοιαύτη τις
22748	οὖσα
22749	τυγχάνει.
22750	ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὸ τρίγωνον
22751	καὶ
22752	ἰσόπλευρον σχῆμα συμφωνότατόν ἐστιν ἑαυτῷ καὶ
22753	ὁ ζωδιακὸς ὑπὸ τριῶν κύκλων ὁρίζεται, τοῦ τε
22754	ἰσημερινοῦ καὶ τῶν δύο τροπικῶν, διαιρεῖται δὲ τὰ
22755	/
22756	>
22757	~
22758	΄
22759	>
22760	,
22761	>
22762	/
22763	λ
22764	δ΄ 1
22765	\
22766	\
22767	ιβ΄ αὐτοῦ μέρη εἰς τρίγωνα ἰσόπλευρα
22768	6’,
22769	τὸ μὲν
22770	5 ἐστι διά τε τοῦ Κριοῦ καὶ τοῦ Λέοντος
22771	πρῶτον, ὅ
22772	\
22773	~
22774	/
22775	>
22776	~
22777	>
22778	~
22779	/
22780	καὶ
22781	tod
22782	Τοξότου,
22783	ἐκ τριῶν ἀρρενικῶν
22784	ζῳδίων
22785	συγκείμενον, καὶ οἴκους ἔχον ἡλίου τε καὶ Ἄρεως
22786	\
22787	/
22788	>
22789	/
22790	~
22791	¢€
22792	/
22793	\
22794	\
22795	\
22796	\
22797	-
22798	καὶ Διός͵ ἐδόθη τῷ ἡλίῳ καὶ Au παρὰ τὴν αἵρεσιν
22799	€
22800	A
22801	/
22802	\
22803	τὴν ἡλιακὴν ὄντος ἃ τοῦ
22804	“Apews.
22805	λαμβάνει δὲ
22806	~
22807	¢
22808	A
22809	ς
22810	αὐτοῦ τὴν πρώτην οἰκοδεσποτίαν ἡμέρας μὲν ὁ
22811	Ld
22812	\
22813	\
22814	«
22815	~
22816	/
22817	\
22818	ἮΝ
22819	AF
22820	\
22821	K;
22822	i
22823	ἥλιος, νυκτὸς δὲ 6 τοῦ Atos, καὶ ἔστιν ὁ μὲν
22824	Kptos
22825	μᾶλλον πρὸς τῷ ἰσημερινῷ, 6 δὲ Aéwv μᾶλλον
22826	'‘ dv post δ΄ add NCam.
22827	26 VAD; om. cett. Cam.
22828	8 ὄντος libri Cam.!; ὑπάρχοντος Proc. ; ἐξωσθέντος Cam.?
22829	82
p. 407
22830	TETRABIBLOS I. 17-18
22831	preserve the harmony of the sextile aspect ;' another
22832	reason is that this planet at most is never more than
22833	two signs removed from the sun in either direction.
22834	Finally, there were given to Mercury, which never
22835	is farther removed from the sun than one sign in
22836	either direction and is beneath the others and closer
22837	in a way to both of the luminaries, the remaining
22838	signs, Gemini and Virgo, which
22839	are next
22840	to the
22841	houses of the luminaries.
22842	18. Of the Triangles.
22843	The familiarity by triangles is as follows.
22844	Inas-
22845	much as the triangular and equilateral form is most
22846	harmonious with itself,? the zodiac also is bounded
22847	by three circles, the equinoctial and the two tropies,
22848	and its twelve parts are divided into four equilateral
22849	triangles.
22850	The first of these, which passes through
22851	Aries, Leo, and Sagittarius, is composed of three
22852	masculine signs and includes the houses of the sun,
22853	of Mars, and of Jupiter.
22854	This triangle was assigned
22855	to the sun and Jupiter, since Mars is not of the solar
22856	sect.”
22857	The sun assumes first governance of it by
22858	day and Jupiter by night.
22859	Also, Aries is close to
22860	the equinoctial circle, Leo to the summer solstice and
22861	1 Taurus is sextile to Cancer and Libra to Leo.
22862	2 This statement savours of Neo-Pythagoreanism; cf., for
22863	example, the demonstration by Nicomachus (Introduction
22864	to Arithmetic, li. 7. 4) of the proposition that the triangle
22865	is the most elementary plane figure, which is also Platonic
22866	doctrine (T’imaeus 53C
22867	ff.); note likewise the much re-
22868	peated statement that the number 3 is the first plane sur-
22869	face ; Theon of Smyrna, p. 46, 14 (ed. Hiller), Macrobius,
22870	Somnium Scipionis, i. 6. 22, ete.
22871	3 See c. 7.
22872	83
p. 408
22873	PTOLEMY
22874	\
22875	~
22876	Ae
22877	~
22878	« δὲ ΤᾺ ξό
22879	A
22880	~
22881	~
22882	πρὸς τῷ
22883	θερινῷ, ὁ
22884	δὲ
22885	Τοξότης πρὸς τῷ χειμερινῷ.
22886	/
22887	\
22888	\
22889	/
22890	\
22891	~
22892	\
22893	,
22894	γίνεται δὲ καὶ προηγουμένως μὲν τοῦτο τὸ τρίγωνον
22895	βόρειον, διὰ τὴν τοῦ Atos συνοικοδεσποτίαν, ἐπει-
22896	δήπερ οὗτος γόνιμός τέ ἐστι καὶ πνευματώδης
22897	,ὔ
22898	cal
22899	a“
22900	οἰκείως τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἄρκτων ἀνέμοις.
22901	διὰ δὲ
22902	τὸν τοῦ Ἄρεως οἶκον λαμβάνει μῖξιν τοῦ λιβὸς
22903	\
22904	~
22905	καὶ συνίσταται! βορρολιβυκόν, ἐπειδήπερ ὁ τοῦ
22906	Ἄρεως τοιούτων ἐστὶ πνευμάτων ποιητικός, διά
22907	\
22908	~
22909	/
22910	~
22911	~
22912	τε τὴν τῆς σελήνης αἵρεσιν Kal τὸ τῶν δυσμῶν
22913	τεθηλυσμένον.
22914	’
22915	4
22916	,
22917	΄
22918	>
22919	i}
22920	~
22921	To τε δεύτερον τρίγωνον,
22922	6 ἐστι
22923	διά τε TOD
22924	4
22925	\
22926	,
22927	A
22928	5
22929	/
22930	/
22931	Ταύρου καὶ [Π]αρθένου καὶ Αἰγόκερω, συγκείμενον
22932	>
22933	~
22934	~
22935	>
22936	/
22937	>
22938	/
22939	/
22940	ἐκ τριῶν θηλυκῶν, ἀκολούθως ἐδόθη σελήνῃ τε
22941	Ns
22942	δί
22943	>
22944	ὃ
22945	/,
22946	3
22947	a2
22948	‘
22949	A
22950	καὶ Adpoditn, οἰκοδεσποτούσης αὐτοῦ 5 νυκτὸς μὲν
22951	~
22952	AnH
22953	¢€
22954	/
22955	δὲ
22956	~
22957	~
22958	"A
22959	δί
22960	407THS
22961	σελήνης,
22962	ἡμέρας
22963	δὲ
22964	τοῦ
22965	τῆς
22966	᾿Αφροδίτης.
22967	Ud
22968	“
22969	“
22970	~
22971	καὶ ἔστιν ὁ μὲν Ταῦρος πρὸς τῷ θερινῷ κύκλῳ
22972	~
22973	¢
22974	\
22975	/
22976	\
22977	~
22978	?
22979	~
22980	e
22981	A
22982	μᾶλλον, ἡ δὲ Παρθένος πρὸς τῷ ἰσημερινῷ, ὁ δὲ
22983	Αἰγόκερως πρὸς τῷ χειμερινῷ.
22984	γίνεται δὲ καὶ
22985	τοῦτο τὸ τρίγωνον προηγουμένως μὲν νότιον διὰ
22986	Ἁ
22987	“
22988	ϑ.
22989	/
22990	>
22991	,
22992	>?
22993	/
22994	ε
22995	τὴν τῆς ‘Adpoditns οἰκοδεσποτίαν,
22996	ἐπειδήπερ
22997	ὁ
22998	A
22999	-
23000	~
23001	\
23002	A
23003	ἀστὴρ οὗτος τῶν ὁμοίων ἐστὶ πνευμάτων διὰ TO
23004	“
23005	/
23006	θερμὸν
23007	καὶ
23008	ἔνικμον
23009	τῆς
23010	δυνάμεως
23011	ποιητικός.
23012	\
23013	\
23014	a
23015	>
23016	lA
23017	\
23018	δ
23019	\
23020	~
23021	προσλαβὼν δὲ μῖξιν ἀπηλιώτου διὰ τὸ
23022	τὸν τοῦ
23023	Κρόνου οἶκον ἐν αὐτῷ τυγχάνειν τὸν Αἰγόκερων
23024	συνίσταται καὶ αὐτὸ νοταπηλιωτικὸν κατ᾽ ἀντίθεσιν
23025	τοῦ πρώτου, ἐπειδήπερ καὶ ὁ τοῦ Κρόνου τοιούτων
23026	Α
23027	ἐστὶ πνευμάτων ποιητικὸς οἰκειούμενος καὶ αὐτὸς
23028	A
23029	a
23030	\
23031	σ
23032	ταῖς ἀνατολαῖς διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον αἵρεσιν.
23033	1 συνίσταται) γίνεται VDProc.
23034	2 αὐτοῦ PLMA, αὐτῶν VDNECam.
23035	84
p. 409
23036	TETRABIBLOS I. 18
23037	Sagittarius to the winter solstice.
23038	This triangle is
23039	preéminently northern because of Jupiter’s share in
23040	its government, since Jupiter is fecund and windy,!
23041	similarly to the winds from the north.
23042	However,
23043	because of the house of Mars it suffers an admixture
23044	of the south-west wind? and is constituted Borro-
23045	libycon, because Mars causes such winds and also
23046	because of the sect of the moon and the feminine
23047	quality of the occident.*
23048	The second
23049	triangle,
23050	which
23051	is the one drawn
23052	through Taurus, Virgo, and Capricorn, is composed
23053	of three feminine signs, and consequently was as-
23054	signed to the moon and Venus;
23055	the moon governs
23056	it by night and Venus by day.
23057	Taurus lies toward
23058	the summer tropic, Virgo toward the equinox, and
23059	Capricorn toward the winter tropic.
23060	This. triangle
23061	is made
23062	preéminently
23063	southern
23064	because
23065	of the
23066	dominance of Venus, since this star through the
23067	heat and moisture of its power produces similar
23068	winds ; but as it receives an admixture of Apeliotes
23069	because the house of Saturn, Capricornus, is included
23070	within it, it is constituted Notapeliotes 4 in contrast
23071	to the first triangle, since Saturn produces winds of
23072	this kind and is related to the east through sharing
23073	in the sect of the sun.
23074	1 Of. c. 4.
23075	2 Africus, Lips.
23076	3In c. 10 the west is characterized
23077	as moist, which is
23078	regarded as a feminine quality (cf. ο. 6).
23079	47.6.6. south-east.
p. 410
23080	PTOLEMY
23081	Τὸ
23082	δὲ
23083	,
23084	/
23085	a
23086	>
23087	1
23088	‘
23089	/
23090	ὁ
23091	δὲ
23092	τρίτον
23093	τρίγωνον
23094	6
23095	ἐστι!
23096	τὸ
23097	διά τε
23098	΄
23099	\
23100	~
23101	\
23102	«
23103	΄
23104	>
23105	~
23106	Διδύμων
23107	καὶ
23108	Χηλῶν καὶ
23109	“Ydpoxdov,
23110	ἐκ τριῶν
23111	ἀρρενικῶν ζῳδίων συγκείμενον, καὶ πρὸς μὲν τὸν
23112	τοῦ Ἄρεως μηδένα λόγον ἔχον, πρὸς δὲ τὸν τοῦ
23113	Κρόνου καὶ
23114	τὸν τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ διὰ τοὺς οἴκους,
23115	τούτοις ἀπενεμήθη," πάλιν οἰκοδεσποτοῦντος ἡμέρας
23116	“
23117	Q
23118	~
23119	μὲν τοῦ Κρόνου διὰ τὴν αἵρεσιν, νυκτὸς δὲ τοῦ
23120	«ς
23121	~
23122	\
23123	uv
23124	\
23125	\
23126	~
23127	/
23128	Eppotd.
23129	καὶ
23130	ἔστι
23131	τὸ μὲν τῶν Διδύμων δωδε-
23132	κατημόριον πρὸς τῷ θερινῷ, τὸ δὲ τῶν Χηλῶν πρὸς
23133	~
23134	>
23135	~
23136	\
23137	\
23138	~
23139	€
23140	/
23141	\
23142	~
23143	τῷ
23144	ἰσημερινῷ,
23145	τὸ
23146	δὲ τοῦ
23147	Ὑδροχόου πρὸς τῷ
23148	“
23149	/
23150	Ὁ
23151	~
23152	‘
23153	χειμερινῷ.
23154	συνίσταται δὲ καὶ τοῦτο TO τρίγωνον
23155	προηγουμένως μὲν ἀπηλιωτικὸν διὰ τὸν τοῦ Κρόνου -
23156	κατὰ δὲ τὴν μῖξιν βορραπηλιωτικὸν διὰ τὴν τοῦ
23157	Διὸς αἵρεσιν τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου πρὸς τὸ τὸν ἡμερινὸν
23158	λόγον συνοικειοῦσθαι.
23159	\
23160	\
23161	΄
23162	,
23163	Ψ'
23164	Ὁ
23165	/
23166	,ὔ
23167	41
23168	To δὲ τέταρτον τρίγωνον, 6 ἐστι διά τε Καρκίνου
23169	καὶ Σικορπίου καὶ ᾿Ιχθύων, κατελείφθη μὲν ὃ λοιπῷ
23170	ὄντι τῷ τοῦ "Apews καὶ λόγον ἔχοντι πρὸς αὐτὸ διὰ
23171	τὸν οἶκον τὸν Σκορπίον᾽
23172	συνοικοδεσποτοῦσι δὲ
23173	αὐτῷ διά τε τὴν αἵρεσιν καὶ τὸ θηλυκὸν τῶν
23174	/
23175	~
23176	ζῳδίων νυκτὸς μὲν ἡ σελήνη, ἡμέρας δὲ ὁ τῆς
23177	3
23178	/
23179	\
23180	”
23181	¢
23182	\
23183	Ki
23184	/
23185	A
23186	~
23187	Adpoditns, καὶ ἔστιν
23188	ὃ μὲν
23189	Kapkivos πρὸς τῷ
23190	θερινῷ κύκλῳ, ὁ δὲ Σ'κορπίος πρὸς τῷ χειμερινῷ
23191	μᾶλλον, οἱ δὲ ἰχθῦς πρὸς τῷ ἰσημερινῷ.
23192	καὶ τοῦτο
23193	δὲ τὸ τρίγωνον
23194	συνίσταται
23195	προηγουμένως
23196	μὲν
23197	λιβυκὸν
23198	διὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἄἄρεως
23199	καὶ τῆς σελήνης
23200	>
23201	/
23202	ἈΝ
23203	-
23204	A
23205	\
23206	A
23207	\
23208	οἰκοδεσποτίαν, κατὰ μῖξιν δὲ νοτολιβυκὸν διὰ τὴν
23209	τῆς Αφροδίτης οἰκοδεσποτίαν.
23210	1 τρίτον δὲ τρίγωνόν ἐστι PLNCam.
23211	2 ἀπενεμήθη VPMADE, om. L, ἀπονεμηθέν NCam.
23212	86
p. 411
23213	TETRABIBLOS I. 18
23214	The
23215	third
23216	triangle
23217	is the
23218	one
23219	drawn
23220	through
23221	Gemini, Libra, and Aquarius, composed of three
23222	masculine signs, and having no relation to Mars
23223	but rather to Saturn and Mercury because of their
23224	houses.
23225	It was assigned in turn to these, with Saturn
23226	governing during the day on account of his sect and
23227	Mercury by night.
23228	The sign of Gemini lies toward
23229	the summer tropic, Libra toward the equinox, and
23230	Aquarius toward the winter tropic.
23231	This triangle
23232	also is primarily of eastern constitution, because of
23233	Saturn, but by admixture north-eastern, because the
23234	sect of Jupiter has familiarity with Saturn, inasmuch
23235	as it is diurnal.
23236	The fourth triangle, which is the one drawn through
23237	Cancer, Scorpio, and Pisces, was left to the only re-
23238	maining planet, Mars, which is related to it through
23239	his house, Scorpio ; and along with him, on account
23240	of the sect and the femininity of the signs, the moon
23241	by night and Venus by day are co-rulers.
23242	Cancer
23243	is near the summer circle, Scorpio lies close to the
23244	winter one, and Pisces to the equinox.
23245	This triangle
23246	is constituted preéminently western, because
23247	it is
23248	dominated by Mars and the moon;
23249	but by ad-
23250	mixture it becomes south-western through the domi-
23251	nation of Venus.
23252	3 μὲν VD, om. PL, μόνῳ MNAECam.
23253	87
p. 412
23254	PTOLEMY
23255	«ιθ.. Περὶ ὑψωμάτων
23256	\
23257	\
23258	/
23259	~
23260	΄
23261	e
23262	7
23263	Ta δὲ καλούμενα τῶν πλανωμένων ὑψώματα
23264	λόγον ἔχει τοιόνδε.
23265	ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος ἐν μὲν τῷ
23266	Κριῷ γενόμενος τὴν εἰς τὸ ὑψηλὸν καὶ βόρειον
23267	ἡμικύκλιον μετάβασιν ποιεῖται, ἐν δὲ ταῖς Χηλαῖς
23268	τὴν εἰς τὸ ταπεινὸν καὶ νότιον, εἰκότως ' τὸν μὲν
23269	᾿
23270	ες
23271	a
23272	>
23273	,
23274	ὧν
23275	ὃς
23276	>
23277	a
23278	Κριὸν ws ὕψωμα ἀνατεθήκασιν
23279	αὐτῷ
23280	καθ᾽
23281	ὃν
23282	ἄρχεται καὶ τὸ τῆς ἡμέρας μέγεθος καὶ τὸ τῆς
23283	͵ὔ
23284	ΕῚ
23285	fol
23286	\
23287	”
23288	A
23289	\
23290	\
23291	φύσεως αὐτοῦ θερμαντικὸν αὔξεσθαι, τὰς δὲ Χηλὰς
23292	ὡς ταπείνωμα διὰ τὰ ἐναντία.
23293	Ὃ δὲ τοῦ Kpovov πάλιν ἵνα πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον διά-
23294	μετρον στάσιν ἔχῃ, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν οἴκων, τὸν
23295	A
23296	A
23297	>
23298	͵
23299	e
23300	Ld
23301	Μ
23302	‘
23303	A
23304	μὲν Ζυγὸν ἀντικειμένως ws ὕψωμα ἔλαβε, τὸν δὲ
23305	Κριὸν ὡς ταπείνωμα.
23306	ὅπου γὰρ τὸ θερμὸν αὔξεται,
23307	μειοῦται ἐκεῖ τὸ ψυχρόν, καὶ ὅπου ἐκεῖνο μειοῦται,
23308	\
23309	\
23310	”
23311	2
23312	,
23313	>?
23314	\ 3
23315	?
23316	~
23317	¢
23318	7
23319	42 τὸ ψυχρὸν αὔξεται.
23320	πάλιν ἐπειδὴ
23321	ἐν τῷ ὑψώ-
23322	ματι τοῦ ἡλίου ἐν τῷ Κριῷ συνοδεύουσα ἡ σελήνη
23323	πρώτην ποιεῖται φάσιν καὶ ἀρχὴν τῆς τοῦ φωτὸς
23324	αὐξήσεως καὶ ὡσπερεὶ ὑψώσεως ἐν τῷ τοῦ ἰδίου
23325	τριγώνου πρώτῳ ζῳδίῳ τῷ Ταύρῳ, τοῦτο μὲν
23326	ΕῚ
23327	~
23328	Ὁ“
23329	>
23330	/
23331	‘
23332	\
23333	/
23334	\
23335	~
23336	αὐτῆς ὕψωμα ἐκλήθη,
23337	τὸ δὲ διάμετρον τὸ τοῦ
23338	Skoptiov ταπείνωμα.
23339	‘
23340	~
23341	\
23342	c
23343	‘
23344	~
23345	\
23346	~
23347	’
23348	\
23349	Μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ ὁ μὲν τοῦ Atos τῶν βορείων Kat
23350	τῶν γονίμων πνευμάτων
23351	ἀποτελεστικὸς
23352	ὧν ἐν
23353	Καρκίνῳ μάλιστα βορειότατος γινόμενος αὔξεται
23354	1 εἰκότως VMADE, οἰκείως (οἰκίως) PLNCam.
23355	Ξ καὶ ὅπου
23356	αὔξεται NMAECam.
23357	(αὐξάνει NECam.);
23358	k. ὅπου τὸ ψυχρὸν αὔξεται,
23359	ἐκεῖ ἐκμειοῦται τὸ θερμόν VD;
23360	k. ὅπου ἐκείνω μειοῦτε, τὸ θερμὸν αὔξεται Ῥ.
23361	88
p. 413
23362	TETRABIBLOS I. 19
23363	19. Of Exaltations.
23364	The so-called exaltations ! of the planets have the
23365	following explanation.
23366	Since the sun, when he is
23367	in Aries, is making his transition to the northern
23368	and higher semicircle, and in Libra is passing into
23369	the southern and lower one, they have fittingly
23370	assigned Aries to him as his exaltation, since there
23371	the length of the day and the heating power of his
23372	nature begin to increase, and Libra as his depression
23373	for the opposite reasons.
23374	Saturn again, in order to have a position oppo-
23375	site to the sun, as also in the matter of their houses,”
23376	took, contrariwise, Libra as his exaltation and Aries
23377	as his depression.
23378	For where heat increases there
23379	cold diminishes, and where the former diminishes
23380	cold on the contrary increases.
23381	And since the moon,
23382	coming to conjunction in the exaltation of the sun,
23383	in Aries, shows her first phase and begins to increase
23384	her light and, as it were, her height, in the first sign
23385	of her own triangle, Taurus, this was called her
23386	exaltation,
23387	and
23388	the diametrically
23389	opposite
23390	sign,
23391	Scorpio, her depression.
23392	Then Jupiter, which produces the fecund north
23393	winds, reaches farthest north in Cancer and brings
23394	1 These have nothing to do with aphelion or perihelion ;
23395	the planets are exalted or depressed in power in these
23396	positions: Boll-Bezold-Gundel, p. 59; Bouché-Leclereq
23397	pp. 192-199.
23398	ΞΟ. e.
23399	17;
23400	the houses of Saturn are the signs in
23401	opposition to the houses of the sun and moon.
23402	3 πάλιν ἐπειδὴ VADE; πάλιν ἐπὶ δεῖ P; πάλιν. ἐπεὶ δὲ libri
23403	alii Cam.
23404	89
p. 414
23405	PTOLEMY
23406	tA
23407	\
23408	Ἂ
23409	-
23410	\
23411	ἰὃ ‘
23412	ὃ ΄
23413	Σ
23414	50
23415	~
23416	πάλιν καὶ πληροῖ τὴν ἰδίαν
23417	δύναμιν - ὅθεν τοῦτο
23418	μὲν τὸ δωδεκατημόριον ὕψωμα πεποιήκασιν αὐτοῦ,
23419	τὸν δὲ Αἰγόκερων ταπείνωμα.
23420	Ὃ δὲ τοῦ Ἄρεως φύσει καυσώδης ὧν καὶ μᾶλλον
23421	ἐν Αἰγόκερῳ διὰ τὸ νοτιώτατον γίνεσθαι καυστικώ-
23422	τερος
23423	γινόμενος, καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν εἰκότως ἔλαβεν
23424	“
23425	>
23426	>
23427	0
23428	~
23429	~ A ‘
23430	‘
23431	>
23432	/
23433	ὕψωμα κατ᾽ ἀντίθεσιν τῷ τοῦ
23434	Atos tov Αἰγόκερων,
23435	ταπείνωμα δὲ τὸν Καρκίνον.
23436	Tih 1A
23437	ς
23438	\
23439	1
23440	~
23441	*4
23442	ὃ
23443	/
23444	ε
23445	A
23446	Ἅ
23447	,
23448	άλιν ὁ μὲν ' τῆς
23449	Adpoditns ὑγραντικὸς ὧν φύσει
23450	καὶ μᾶλλον ἐν τοῖς ᾿ΪΙχθύσι, ἐν οἷς ἡ τοῦ ὑγροῦ ἔαρος
23451	ἀρχὴ προσημαίνεται, καὶ αὐτὸς αὐξάνων τὴν οἰκείαν
23452	δύναμιν, τὸ μὲν ὕψωμα ἔσχεν ἐν τοῖς ᾿ΪΙχθύσι, τὸ δὲ
23453	ταπείνωμα ἐν τῇ Παρθένῳ.
23454	Ὃ δὲ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ τὸ ἐναντίον μᾶλλον " ὑπόξηρος
23455	ὧν εἰκότως καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἀντικείμενον ἐν μὲν τῇ
23456	Παρθένῳ͵ καθ᾽ ἣν τὸ ξηρὸν μετόπωρον προση-
23457	μαίνεται." καὶ αὐτὸς ὥσπερ ὑψοῦται͵ κατὰ δὲ τοὺς
23458	᾿Ιχθῦς ταπεινοῦται.
23459	43
23460	«κ..
23461	Περὶ ὁρίων διαθέσεως
23462	Περὶ δὲ τῶν ὁρίων δισσοὶ μάλιστα φέρονται
23463	τρόποι, καὶ ὁ μέν ἐστιν Αἰγυπτιακός, ὁ πρὸς τὰς
23464	τῶν οἴκων ws ἐπὶ πᾶν κυρίας " ὁ δὲ Χαλδαϊκός, o
23465	πρὸς τὰς τῶν τριγώνων οἰκοδεσποτίας.
23466	ὁ μὲν οὖν
23467	Αἰγυπτιακὸς ὁ τῶν κοινῶς φερομένων ὁρίων οὐ πάνυ
23468	τοι σῴζει τὴν ἀκολουθίαν οὔτε τῆς τάξεως οὔτε τῆς
23469	καθ᾽ ἕκαστον ποσότητος.
23470	πρῶτον μὲν yap ἐπὶ τῆς
23471	' πάλιν ὁ μὲν PLME; πάλιν ὁ VAD; πάλιν. ὁ μέντοι NCam.
23472	ξμᾶλλον VP (μᾶλον) AD, πάλιν MNECam., πάλιν ἢ μᾶλλον 1,.
23473	90
p. 415
23474	TETRABIBLOS I. 19-20
23475	his own power to fullness ; they therefore made this
23476	sign his exaltation and Capricorn his depression.
23477	Mars, which by nature is fiery and becomes all
23478	the more so in Capricorn because in it he is farthest
23479	south, naturally received Capricorn as his exaltation,
23480	in contrast to Jupiter, and Cancer as his depression.
23481	Venus, however, as she is moist by nature and
23482	increases her own proper power
23483	all the more
23484	in
23485	Pisces, where the beginning of the moist spring is
23486	indicated, has her exaltation
23487	in Pisces
23488	and
23489	her
23490	depression in Virgo.
23491	Mercury, on the contrary, since he is drier, by
23492	contrast naturally is exalted, as it were, in Virgo,
23493	in which the dry autumn is signified, and is depressed
23494	in Pisces.
23495	20. Of the Disposition of Terms.
23496	With regard to the terms two systems are most
23497	in circulation ; the first is the Egyptian,’ which is
23498	chiefly based on the government of the houses, and
23499	the second the Chaldaean, resting upon the govern-
23500	ment of the triplicities.
23501	Now the Egyptian system
23502	of the commonly accepted terms
23503	does not at all
23504	preserve the consistency either of order or of in-
23505	dividual quantity.
23506	For in the first place, in the
23507	1 Probably the system of the mythical Nechepso and
23508	Petosiris ; it is the system of Dorotheus of Sidon, Firmicus
23509	Maternus, and Paulus Alexandrinus.
23510	Cf. Bouché-Leclereq,
23511	pp- 206-210, who discusses Ptolemy’s criticism
23512	of the
23513	Egyptian termini.
23514	3 προσημαίνεται NCam.;
23515	ampoonpaive
23516	VLMADE;
23517	προση-
23518	on
23519	P ony
23520	poonp
23521	on
23522	μένη
23523	P.
23524	*Sic VADEProc. ; Π. τῶν ὁρίων NCam. ; I]. ὁρίων PLM.
23525	91
p. 416
23526	PTOLEMY
23527	τάξεως πὴ μὲν τοῖς τῶν οἴκων κυρίοις τὰ πρωτεῖα
23528	δεδώκασιν, πὴ δὲ τοῖς τῶν τριγώνων
23529	ἐνίοτε δὲ
23530	καὶ τοῖς τῶν ὑψωμάτων.
23531	ἐπεὶ παραδείγματος
23532	,
23533	5
23534	~
23535	‘
23536	~
23537	everev,! εἴ γε" Tots οἴκοις ἠκολουθήκασι, διὰ Ti τῷ
23538	τοῦ Κρόνου εἰ τύχοι πρώτῳ δεδώκασιν ἐν Ζυγῷ
23539	καὶ οὐ τῷ τῆς Αφροδίτης, καὶ διὰ τί ἐν Κριῷ τῷ
23540	τοῦ Διὶ καὶ οὐ τῷ τοῦ "Apews ; εἴτε τοῖς τριγώνοις͵
23541	διὰ τί τῷ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ δεδώκασιν ἐν Αἰγόκερῳ καὶ
23542	.«
23543	DA
23544	Pg
23545	>
23546	a
23547	a
23548	ae?
23549	,
23550	”
23551	\
23552	A
23553	ε
23554	΄,
23555	\
23556	οὐ τῷ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης ; εἴτε καὶ τοῖς ὑψώμασι, διὰ
23557	τί τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως ἐν Καρκίνῳ καὶ οὐ τῷ τοῦ Avos ;
23558	t
23559	t
23560	+
23561	’
23562	”
23563	a
23564	δὴ
23565	a
23566	4
23567	”
23568	εἴτε τοῖς Ta πλεῖστα τούτων
23569	ἔχουσι, διὰ τί ἐν
23570	«
23571	~
23572	~
23573	«
23574	~
23575	΄
23576	YSpoxyow τῷ
23577	τοῦ
23578	‘Eppod δεδώκασι,
23579	τρίγωνον
23580	ἔχοντι μόνον, καὶ οὐχὶ τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου : τούτου
23581	γὰρ καὶ οἶκός ἐστι καὶ τρίγωνον.
23582	ἢ διὰ τί ὅλως ὃ
23583	ἐν Αἰγόκερῳ τῷ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ πρώτῳ " δεδώκασι
23584	/
23585	/
23586	3
23587	Ww
23588	4
23589	A
23590	A
23591	4
23592	ἐς
23593	͵
23594	δένα λόγον ἔχοντι πρὸς τὸ ζῴδιον οἰκοδεσποτίας
23595	;
23596	ι
23597	>
23598	9:
23599	»Νἡ
23600	“
23601	λ
23602	~
23603	ὃ
23604	΄
23605	5
23606	\
23607	>
23608	\
23609	>
23610	x
23611	/
23612	6
23613	Kal ἐπὶ τῆς λοιπῆς διατάξεως ὃ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀναλογίαν
23614	ἄν τις εὕροι.
23615	¢
23616	A
23617	͵΄
23618	Δεύτερον δὲ καὶ ἡ ποσότης τῶν ὁριων οὐδεμίαν
23619	ἀκολουθίαν ἔχουσα φαίνεται.
23620	ὁ γὰρ καθ᾽
23621	ἕνα
23622	ἕκαστον ἀστέρα ἐπισυναγόμενος ἐκ πάντων ἀριθ-
23623	ἡἁ4μός, πρὸς ὅν φασιν αὐτῶν τὰ χρονικὰ ἐπιμερί-
23624	ζεσθαι, οὐδένα οἰκεῖον οὐδὲ εὐαπόδεκτον ἔχει λόγον.
23625	1 ἐπεὶ παραδείγματος ἕνεκεν VD; ἐπὶ παρ. δὲ ἕν. PL, ἐπὶ παρ.
23626	μ
23627	ρ
23628	ap
23629	τοῦ (τό E) ye ἕν. ME, παραδείγματος δὲ ἕνεκεν NCam.
23630	2 εἴ ye ME, εἴτε VD, εἴπερ yap A, ὅτε PLNCam.
23631	3 ὅλως VMNDE, ὅλο P, ὅλου L, ὅλος ACam.
23632	4 πρώτῳ VMADE, -ov PLNCam.
23633	δ διατάξεως P (-Ea-) L, δὲ τάξεως alii Cam.
23634	ὁ ἀναλογίαν libri, ἀνακολουθίαν Cam.
23635	92
p. 417
23636	TETRABIBLOS I. 20
23637	matter of order, they have sometimes assigned the
23638	first place to the lords of the houses and again to
23639	those of the triplicities, and sometimes also to the
23640	lords of the exaltations.
23641	For example, if it is true
23642	that they have followed the houses, why have they
23643	assigned precedence to Saturn, say, in Libra,! and not
23644	to Venus, and why
23645	to Jupiter in Aries and not to Mars?
23646	And if they follow the triplicities, why have they
23647	given Mercury, and not Venus,” first place in Capri-
23648	corn?
23649	Or if it be exaltations, why give Mars, and
23650	not Jupiter, precedence in Cancer*; and if they
23651	have regard for the planets that have the greatest
23652	number of these qualifications, why have they given
23653	first place in Aquarius to Mercury, who has only his
23654	triplicity there, and not to Saturn, for it is both the
23655	house and the triplicity of Saturn?
23656	Or why have
23657	they given Mercury first place in Capricorn at all,
23658	since he has no relation of government to the sign ?
23659	One would find the same kind of thing in the rest
23660	of the system.
23661	Secondly, the number of the terms manifestly has
23662	no consistency ; for the number derived for each
23663	planet from the addition of its terms in all the signs,
23664	in accordance
23665	with which they say the planets
23666	assign years of life,4 furnishes no suitable
23667	or ac-
23668	ceptable argument.
23669	But even if we rely upon the
23670	1 Libra is the solar house of Venus ; Saturn’s houses are
23671	Capricorn and Aquarius.
23672	Similarly Mars is at home in
23673	Aries, Jupiter’s houses being Pisces and Sagittarius.
23674	2 Of. c. 18;
23675	Venus and the moon govern the second
23676	triangle.
23677	3 Of. c. 19; Mars’ exaltation is in Capricorn.
23678	4For the doctrine that the sum of the terms of each
23679	planet determines the life-time of those born under its in-
23680	fluence, cf. Bouché-Leclercq, p. 408.
23681	93
p. 418
23682	PTOLEMY
23683	ἐὰν δὲ Kal τούτῳ τῷ κατὰ τὴν ἐπισυναγωγὴν ἀριθμῷ
23684	πιστεύσωμεν, ὡς ἄντικρυς ὑπ᾽ Αἰγυπτίων ὁμολο-
23685	γουμένῳ, πολλαχῶς μὲν καὶ ἄλλως τῆς κατὰ τὸ
23686	ζῴδιον ποσότητος ἐναλλασσομένης, ὁ αὐτὸς ἀριθμὸς
23687	ἂν συναγόμενος εὑρεθείη.
23688	καὶ ὃ πιθανολογεῖν δὲ
23689	καὶ σοφίζεσθαί τινες ἐπιχειροῦσι περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι
23690	κατὰ παντὸς κλίματος ἀναφορικὸν λόγον οἱ καθ᾽
23691	ἕκαστον
23692	ἀστέρα
23693	συσχηματιζόμενοί πως
23694	χρόνοι
23695	τὴν αὐτὴν ἐπισυνάγουσι ποσότητα, ψεῦδός ' ἐστι.
23696	πρῶτον
23697	μὲν γὰρ ἀκολουθοῦσι 3 τῇ κοινῇ πραγ-
23698	ματείᾳ καὶ τῇ πρὸς ὁμαλὰς ὑπεροχὰς τῶν ἀνα-
23699	φορῶν συνισταμένῃ, μὴ κατὰ μικρὸν ἐγγὺς οὔσῃ
23700	τῆς ἀληθείας. καθ᾽ ἣν ἐπὶ τοῦ διὰ τῆς κάτω
23701	χώρας τῆς Αἰγύπτου
23702	παραλλήλου
23703	τὸ μὲν τῆς
23704	Παρθένου καὶ τῶν Χηλῶν δωδεκατημόριον ἐν λη΄
23705	χρόνοις ἑκάτερον
23706	καὶ ἔτι τρίτῳ θέλουσιν ἀνα-
23707	φέρεσθαι, τὸ δὲ τοῦ Λέοντος καὶ τοῦ Σκορπίου
23708	ἑκάτερον ἐν λε΄, δεικνυμένου διὰ τῶν γραμμῶν ὅτι
23709	ταῦτα μὲν ἐν πλείοσι τῶν λε΄ χρόνων ἀναφέρεται,
23710	τὸ δὲ τῆς Πᾳαρθένου καὶ τὸ τῶν Χηλῶν ἐν ἐλάττοσιν *
23711	ἔπειτα καὶ οἱ τοῦτο ἐπιχειρήσαντες κατασκευάζειν
23712	οὐκέτι
23713	φαίνονται
23714	κατηκολουθηκότες
23715	οὐδ᾽
23716	οὕτω
23717	τῇ παρὰ τοῖς πλείστοις φερομένῃ ποσότητι τῶν
23718	ὁρίων, κατὰ ὃ πολλὰ διηναγκασμένοι καταψεύσα-
23719	4 σθαι:
23720	καί που
23721	καὶ μορίοις μορίων ἐχρήσαντο,
23722	τοῦ σῶσαι
23723	τὸ προκείμενον
23724	αὐτοῖς
23725	ἕνεκεν,
23726	οὐδ᾽
23727	avtois,! ὡς ἔφαμεν, ἀληθοῦς ἐχομένοις ὃ σκοποῦ.
23728	1 ψεῦδος VMADEProc., ψευδές PLNCam.
23729	Σ ἠκολουθήκασι NCam.
23730	8 κατὰ PL, καὶ τὰ VMDE, καίτοι NACam.
23731	94
p. 419
23732	TETRABIBLOS I. 20
23733	number derived from this summation, in accordance
23734	with the downright claim of the Egyptians, the sum
23735	would be found the same, even though the amounts,
23736	sign by sign, be frequently changed in various ways.
23737	And
23738	as for the specious and sophistic assertion ὦ
23739	about them that some attempt to make, namely that
23740	the times assigned to each single planet by the
23741	schedule
23742	of ascensions
23743	in all the climes add up
23744	to this same sum, it is false.
23745	For, in the first place,
23746	they follow the common method, based upon evenly
23747	progressing increases in the ascensions, which is not
23748	even close to the truth.
23749	By this scheme they would
23750	have each of the signs Virgo and Libra, on the
23751	parallel which passes through lower Egypt, ascend
23752	in 381 times,” and Leo and Scorpio each in 35,
23753	although it is shown by the tables 3 that these latter
23754	ascend
23755	in more
23756	than
23757	35 times and Virgo and
23758	Libra in less.
23759	Furthermore, those who have en-
23760	deavoured to establish this theory even so do not
23761	seem
23762	to follow
23763	the usually accepted number of
23764	terms, and are compelled to make many false state-
23765	ments, and they have even made use of fractional
23766	parts of fractions in the effort to save their hypothesis,
23767	which, as we said, is itself not a true one.
23768	1This perhaps means that the sum
23769	of the times of
23770	ascension of the two signs assigned as houses to each planet
23771	gave, according to the theory of these unnamed astrologers,
23772	the number of years of life which they assigned to those
23773	born under them ; cf. Bouché-Leclereq, p. 209.
23774	2A “time” is the period taken by one degree of the
23775	equator to rise above the horizon.
23776	3 In Almagest, ii. 8.
23777	4 αὐτοῖς VMDE, αὐτῆς APL, αὐτό NCam.
23778	5 ἐχομένοις VDE, -ης Μ, -ov NACam., ἔχομεν L, ἔχωμεν P.
23779	95
p. 420
23780	PTOLEMY
23781	A
23782	‘
23783	/
23784	A
23785	aA
23786	-
23787	4
23788	A
23789	Ta μέντοι φερόμενα παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς διὰ τὴν
23790	τῆς ἐπάνωθεν παραδόσεως ἀξιοπιστίαν τοῦτον ὑπό-
23791	κειται τὸν τρόπον.
23792	σ
23793	>
23794	?
23795	,
23796	2
23797	ὅρια kat
23798	Αἰγυπτίους
23799	Κριοῦ
23800	Ταύρου
23801	Διδύμων
23802	1
23803	Sa
23804	ζ΄
23805	φ
23806	n
23807	η΄
23808	8
23809	Ss
23810	σ΄
23811	2
23812	ς΄
23813	ιβ΄
23814	%
23815	ς΄
23816	ιδ'
23817	y
23818	ς΄
23819	ιβ΄
23820	ῃ
23821	η΄
23822	"τῷ
23823	y
23824	η΄
23825	Kp’
23826	9
23827	εἶ
23828	γῆς
23829	ὅς
23830	ΕΠ,
23831	ΚΕ
23832	h
23833	ἘΠΕ
23834	Kes
23835	3
23836	COD
23837	h
23838	e’
23839	λ'
23840	é
23841	γ΄
23842	Ne
23843	h
23844	oa
23845	ne
23846	Καρκίνου
23847	Λέοντος
23848	Παρθένου
23849	4
23850	ie
23851	ζέ
23852	Ύ
23853	ς΄
23854	oe
23855	8
23856	ζω
23857	ζ΄
23858	φ
23859	Se
23860	ts
23861	g
23862	ΤΥ
23863	ἢ
23864	φ
23865	ΚΣ
23866	ule
23867	Et
23868	Sa
23869	be
23870	Gar
23871	ee,
23872	uw
23873	δ΄
23874	xa’
23875	γ
23876	{
23877	Ks’
23878	¥
23879	ς΄
23880	ἐδ)
23881	3
23882	Zz
23883	κη΄
23884	h
23885	δ΄
23886	λ'
23887	4
23888	Se
23889	V4
23890	h
23891	β΄
23892	Χχ'
23893	Ζυγοῦ
23894	Σκορπίου
23895	Τοξότου
23896	πε ir sr”
23897	9
23898	Vicia
23899	&%
23900	y
23901	ιβ
23902	ιβ’
23903	Sins
23904	ΕΠ δ:
23905	φ
23906	Ot
23907	atta,
23908	2
23909	ἜΤ
23910	τ
23911	1
23912	ἀξ
23913	κα,
23914	San
23915	ued
23916	8
23917	δ΄
23918	κα΄
23919	φ
23920	ζ΄
23921	Ky
23922	u
23923	Go
23924	ΚΟ,
23925	h
23926	ee
23927	Cit
23928	Sais
23929	a
23930	ete
23931	sal le,
23932	τι
23933	δ΄
23934	ΤΕλΓ
23935	Αἰγόκερω
23936	γδροχόου
23937	Ιχθύων
23938	διώμηζήορᾳ
23939	ot
23940	Bhi
23941	pboemis
23942	abe
23943	=
23944	of
23945	oY
23946	»"
23947	Sadar
23948	tO
23949	CLES een revs
23950	2
23951	EY
23952	OY
23953	φ
23954	η΄
23955	κβ΄
23956	9)
23957	[44
23958	κ΄
23959	8
23960	y
23961	10’
23962	h
23963	OnKSH
23964	4
23965	εἰ.}....
23966	KES
23967	4
23968	Cami
23969	4
23970	δ'
23971	v
23972	h
23973	ε΄
23974	>‘
23975	h
23976	β΄
23977	ἊΣ
23978	1Post
23979	hance
23980	lineam
23981	add.
23982	VMPLADProc.
23983	haec
23984	aut
23985	similia: συνάγεται δὲ ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ὁ ἀριθμὸς οὕτως - Κρόνου
23986	μὲν μοῖραι νζ΄, Διὸς 06’, "Apews ἐς", ᾿Αφροδίτης πβ΄, ᾿ΕἙρμοῦ ος"
23987	γίνονται τξ΄.
23988	96
p. 421
23989	TETRABIBLOS I. 20
23990	However, the terms most generally accepted on
23991	the authority of ancient tradition are given in the
23992	following fashion :—
23993	Terms according to the Egyptians.
23994	Aries
23995	46
23996	26
23997	38
23998	35
23999	h5
24000	Taurus
24001	28
24002	36
24003	7X8
24004	h5
24005	apa
24006	Gemini
24007	36
24008	16
24009	25
24010	37
24011	h6
24012	Cancer
24013	37
24014	26
24015	36
24016	U7
24017	h4
24018	Leo
24019	26
24020	25
24021	h7
24022	36
24023	46
24024	Virgo
24025	37
24026	210
24027	γ4
24028	ΚΙ
24029	"»2
24030	Libra
24031	56
24032	38
24033	17
24034	ον
24035	42
24036	Scorpio
24037	47
24038	φ4
24039	38
24040	2
24041	h6
24042	Sagittarius
24043	1712
24044	95
24045	34
24046	h5
24047	o4
24048	Capricornus ᾧ 7
24049	Y7
24050	28
24051	"4
24052	4
24053	Aquarius
24054	5.7
24055	26
24056	Y7
24057	35
24058	bb
24059	Pisces
24060	212
24061	y4
24062	33
24063	49
24064	h2
24065	1The Greek tables on p. 96 show also, within each sign,
24066	the cumulative totals up to 30°; these have been omitted
24067	in the translation.
24068	Cf. p. 107, n. 1, and for the symbols
24069	Ρ. XXv.
24070	*Tabulas
24071	codicis Vat.
24072	gr.
24073	1453
24074	(Procli Paraphrasin
24075	continentis) secutus sum, cum illis quae ab Camerario im-
24076	pressae sunt congruentes solis lineis 26 et 28 (sub Alyoxepw)
24077	exceptis ubi Cam. ? ζ΄ et ¢ ε΄ offert. Tabulae in PLMNAD
24078	inventae sunt; om. VE.
24079	97
p. 422
24080	PTOLEMY
24081	«xa.»
24082	Κατὰ Χαλδαίους
24083	Ὃ δὲ Χαλδαϊκὸς τρόπος ἁπλῆν μέν τινα ἔχει καὶ
24084	μᾶλλον πιθανήν, οὐχ οὕτω δὲ αὐταρκῆ πρός Te?
24085	τὰς τῶν τριγώνων δεσποτίας ἀκολουθίαν 3 καὶ τὴν
24086	τῆς ποσότητος τάξιν, ὥστε μέντοι καὶ χωρὶς ava-
24087	αφῆ
24088	ὃ mn
24089	θ
24090	«
24091	δέ
24092	x 4
24093	>
24094	r ~
24095	>
24096	-
24097	γραφῆς
24098	δύνασθαι ῥαδίως twat
24099	ἐπιβαλεῖν αὐταῖς.
24100	ἐν μὲν γὰρ τῷ πρώτῳ τριγώνῳ Κριῷ καὶ Λέοντι
24101	40 καὶ Τοξότῃ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχοντι παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς κατὰ
24102	ζῴδιον
24103	διαίρεσιν,
24104	πρῶτος μὲν λαμβάνει ὁ τοῦ
24105	’ὔ
24106	/
24107	iy
24108	~
24109	/
24110	52}
24111	tea
24112	¢
24113	~
24114	τριγώνου
24115	κύριος,
24116	ὁ τοῦ
24117	Atos,
24118	εἶθ᾽
24119	ἑξῆς 6 τοῦ
24120	ἐφεξῆς τριγώνου, λέγω δὴ τὸν τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης,
24121	>
24122	~
24123	δὲ
24124	ε
24125	~
24126	΄
24127	5
24128	“
24129	~
24130	/
24131	bay
24132	ἐφεξῆς
24133	δὲ ὁ τῶν διδύμων,"
24134	6 τε τοῦ Kpovov καὶ 6
24135	τοῦ “Ερμοῦ - τελευταῖος δὲ 6 τοῦ λοιποῦ τριγώνου
24136	κύριος, ὃ τοῦ "Apews.
24137	ἐν δὲ τῷ δευτέρῳ τριγώνῳ
24138	ΤΠ
24139	΄ὔ
24140	\
24141	TT
24142	θέ
24143	\
24144	A?
24145	/
24146	vA
24147	\
24148	avpw
24149	καὶ
24150	IlapPévw
24151	καὶ
24152	Αἰγόκερῳ
24153	πάλιν
24154	τὴν
24155	αὐτὴν κατὰ ζῴδιον ἔχοντι διαίρεσιν ὁ μὲν τῆς
24156	Adpoditns πρῶτος, εἶθ᾽ 6 τοῦ Κρόνου, πάλιν καὶ
24157	6 τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ, μετὰ ταῦτα
24158	δὲ ὁ τοῦ “Apews,
24159	1 τήν τε post αὐταρκῆ add. PNCam., τῆς re L, om. VMDE,
24160	τὴν ἀκολουθίαν A.
24161	2 zpos τε VMADE, τε om. PLNCam.
24162	3 τὴν ἀκολουθίαν VMDE.
24163	4 τινὰ VMADE (post δύνασθαι ME): om. PLNCam.
24164	56 τῶν Διδύμων VPLDProc.,
24165	οἱ τ. 4. ME, ὁ τοῦ τρίτου
24166	NCam.
24167	1This method, as Bouché-Leclercq remarks (p. 210), is
24168	less ‘“‘optimistic’’ than the Egyptian or the Ptolemaic
24169	method, because it assigned to the maleficent planets a
24170	larger number of terms and more first places in the various
24171	signs.
24172	2The Paraphrase of Proclus, by connecting the ὥστε
24173	98
p. 423
24174	TETRABIBLOS I. 21
24175	21. According to the Chaldaeans.
24176	The
24177	Chaldaean method!
24178	involves
24179	ἃ sequence,
24180	simple, to be sure, and more plausible, though not
24181	so self-sufficient with respect to the government of
24182	the triangles and the disposition of quantity, so
24183	that,
24184	nevertheless,
24185	one
24186	could
24187	easily
24188	understand
24189	them even without a diagram.”
24190	For in the first
24191	triplicity, Aries, Leo, and Sagittarius, which has with
24192	them the same division by signs as with the Egyp-
24193	tians, the lord of the triplicity, Jupiter,’ is the first
24194	to receive terms, then the lord of the next triangle,
24195	Venus, next
24196	the lord of the triangle of Gemini,
24197	Saturn, and Mercury, and finally the lord of the
24198	remaining triplicity, Mars.
24199	In the second triplicity,
24200	Taurus, Virgo, and Capricorn, which again has the
24201	same division by signs, Venus is first, then Saturn,
24202	and again Mercury, after these Mars, and finally
24203	clause solely with the expression οὐχ οὕτω δὲ αὐταρκὴ K.T.A.,
24204	interprets this sentence to mean that because of the lack
24205	of self-sufficiency mentioned one cannot readily understand
24206	the Chaldaean system without a diagram.
24207	Against this
24208	view two considerations are to be urged: (1) the Chaldaean
24209	system actually is simplicity itself compared with those of
24210	the Egyptians and of Ptolemy; (2) the adversative μέντοι
24211	‘nevertheless,’ “‘in spite of all this’’) and the intrusive
24212	καί have no meaning in Proclus’
24213	interpretation
24214	of the
24215	passage.
24216	The wore clause is really dependent upon all that
24217	precedes, not merely a portion of it.
24218	The anonymous
24219	commentator
24220	(p. 41, ed. Wolf) ayrees with the present
24221	interpretation.
24222	What Ptolemy misses in the Chaldaean
24223	system
24224	is the elaborate
24225	accompaniment
24226	of justifying
24227	reasons, dear to his heart even in a pseudo-science.
24228	3 The sun is the diurnal ruler of this triplicity (see c. 18),
24229	but no terms are assigned to the luminaries.
24230	Similarly the
24231	moon is disregarded in the second and fourth triangles.
24232	99
p. 424
24233	PTOLEMY
24234	τελευταῖος δὲ ὁ τοῦ Aids
24235	σχεδὸν δὲ Kal ἐπὶ τῶν
24236	λοιπῶν δύο τριγώνων ἡ τάξις ἥδε συνορᾶται.
24237	τῶν
24238	μέντοι τοῦ αὐτοῦ τριγώνου δύο κυρίων, λέγω δὲ
24239	τοῦ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τοῦ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ, τὸ πρωτεῖον
24240	τῆς κατὰ τὸ οἰκεῖον τάξεως ἡμέρας μὲν ὁ τοῦ
24241	Kpovov λαμβάνει, νυκτὸς δὲ ὁ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ.
24242	καὶ ἡ
24243	καθ᾽ ἕκαστον δὲ ποσότης ἁπλῆ τις οὖσα τυγχάνει.
24244	ἵνα γὰρ καθ᾽ ὑπόβασιν τῆς τῶν πρωτείων τάξεως
24245	καὶ ἡ ποσότης τῶν ἑκάστου ὁρίων μιᾷ μοίρᾳ
24246	λείπηται
24247	τῆς προτεταγμένης,
24248	τῷ μὲν πρώτῳ
24249	πάντοτε διδόασι μοίρας η΄, τῷ δὲ δευτέρῳ ζ΄, τῷ
24250	δὲ τρίτῳ ς΄, τῷ δὲ τετάρτῳ ε΄, τῷ δὲ τελευταίῳ
24251	δ΄, συμπληρουμένων οὕτω τῶν κατὰ τὸ ζῴδιον 2’
24252	μοιρῶν.
24253	συνάγονται δὲ καὶ ἐκ τούτων τοῦ μὲν
24254	Κρόνου μοῖραι ἡμέρας μὲν οη΄, νυκτὸς δὲ ἕς"-
24255	τοῦ δὲ Διὸς of’:
24256	τοῦ δὲ “Apews E80’: τῆς δὲ
24257	Adpodiztns οε΄. τοῦ δὲ “Ἑρμοῦ ἡμέρας μὲν Es’,
24258	νυκτὸς δὲ οη΄.
24259	γίνονται μοῖραι TE’.
24260	Τούτων μὲν οὖν τῶν ὁρίων ἀξιοπιστότερα, ὡς
24261	41 ἔφαμεν, τυγχάνει ' τὰ κατὰ τὸν Αἰγυπτιακὸν τρόπον
24262	καὶ διὰ τὸ τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν παρὰ τοῖς Αἰγυπ-
24263	τίοις
24264	συγγραφεῦσιν
24265	ὡς
24266	χρησίμην
24267	ἀναγραφῆς
24268	ἠξιῶσθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ συμφωνεῖν αὐτοῖς ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν
24269	τὰς μοίρας τῶν ὁρίων ταῖς κατατεταγμέναις ὑπ᾽
24270	αὐτῶν παραδειγματικαῖς γενέσεσιν.
24271	αὐτῶν μέντοι
24272	τούτων τῶν συγγραφέων μηδαμῆ τὴν σύνταξιν
24273	αὐτῶν μηδὲ τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐμφανισάντων, ὕποπτον ἂν
24274	lois ἔφαμεν τυγχάνει VPLNAD, φαμεν τυγχάνειν ME, om.
24275	Cam.
24276	100
p. 425
24277	TETRABIBLOS I. 21
24278	Jupiter.
24279	This arrangement in general is observed
24280	also in the remaining two triplicities.1
24281	Of the two
24282	lords of the same triplicity, however, Saturn and
24283	Mercury, by day” Saturn takes the first place in the
24284	order of ownership, by night Mercury.
24285	The number
24286	assigned to each is alsoasimple matter.
24287	For in order
24288	that the number of terms of each planet may be less
24289	by one degree than the preceding, to correspond with
24290	the descending order in which first place is assigned,
24291	they always assign 8° to the first, 7° to the second, 6°
24292	to the third, 5° to the fourth, and 4° to the last; thus
24293	the 30° of
24294	asignis madeup.
24295	The sum of the number
24296	of degrees thus assigned to Saturn is 78 by day and
24297	66 by night, to Jupiter 72, to Mars 69, to Venus 75,
24298	to Mercury 66 by day and 78 by night; the total is
24299	360 degrees.
24300	Now of these terms those which are constituted
24301	by the Egyptian method are, as we said, more worthy
24302	of credence, both because in the form in which they
24303	have been collected by the Egyptian writers they
24304	have for their utility been deemed worthy of record.
24305	and because for the most part the degrees of these
24306	terms are consistent with the nativities which have
24307	been recorded by them as examples.
24308	As these very
24309	writers, however, nowhere explain their arrangement
24310	or their number, their failure to agree in an account
24311	1.1.6. the order of the planets is always the same, but the
24312	leader (or pair of leaders, in the case of Saturn and Mercury)
24313	in one triangle is shifted to the last position when one comes
24314	to the next triangle.
24315	Hence, since the number of terms
24316	in each sign are also always 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, the Chaldaean
24317	system makes the assignment of terms exactly the same in
24318	the corresponding signs of each triangle.
24319	31.6. in a diurnal nativity.
24320	101
p. 426
24321	PTOLEMY
24322	εἰκότως καὶ εὐδιάβλητον αὐτῶν γένοιτο τὸ περὶ THY
24323	τάξιν ἀνομόλογον.
24324	ἤδη μέντοι περιτετυχήκαμεν
24325	ἡμεῖς ἀντιγράφῳ παλαιῷ καὶ τὰ πολλὰ 5 διεφθαρ-
24326	μένῳ, περιέχοντι φυσικὸν καὶ σύμφωνον λόγον τῆς
24327	τάξεως καὶ τῆς ποσότητος αὐτῶν μετὰ τοῦ τάς τε
24328	τῶν προειρημένων ὃ γενέσεων μοιρογραφίας καὶ τὸν
24329	τῶν συναγωγῶν ἀριθμὸν σύμφωνον εὑρίσκεσθαι τῇ
24330	τῶν παλαιῶν ἀναγραφῇ.
24331	τὸ δὲ κατὰ λέξιν τοῦ
24332	βιβλίου πάνυ μακρὸν ἦν καὶ μετὰ περιττῆς ἀποδεί-
24333	ἕξεως, ἀδιάγνωστον 4 δὲ διὰ τὸ διεφθάρθαι," καὶ μόλις
24334	αὐτὴν τὴν τοῦ καθ᾽ ὅλου προαίρεσιν δυνάμενον
24335	ἡμῖν ὑποτυπῶσαι * καὶ ταῦτα συνεφοδιαζούσης καὶ
24336	τῆς αὐτῶν τῶν ὁρίων ἀναγραφῆς μᾶλλόν πως διὰ
24337	τὸ πρὸς τῷ τέλει τοῦ βιβλίου κατατετάχθαι δια-
24338	σεσωσμένης.
24339	ἔχει γοῦν ὁ τύπος τῆς ὅλης αὐτῶν
24340	48 ἐπιβολῆς τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον"
24341	ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τῆς
24342	τάξεως τῆς καθ᾽ ἕκαστον δωδεκατημόριον παρα-
24343	λαμβάνεται τά τε ὑψώματα καὶ τὰ τρίγωνα καὶ οἵ
24344	οἶκοι.
24345	καθ᾽ ὅλου μὲν γὰρ 6 μὲν β΄ τούτων ἔχων
24346	ἀστὴρ οἰκοδεσποτίας ὃ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ζῳδίῳ προ-
24347	τάττεται,
24348	κἂν κακοποιὸς ἢ: ὅπου δὲ τοῦτο οὐ
24349	συμβαίνει
24350	οἱ μὲν κακοποιοὶ
24351	πάντοτε
24352	ἔσχατοι
24353	τάττονται, πρῶτοι δὲ οἱ τοῦ ὑψώματος
24354	κύριοι,
24355	εἶτα οἱ τοῦ τριγώνου, εἶτα οἱ τοῦ οἴκου ἀκολούθως
24356	ι ἀνομόλογον VPLD, ἀνομολόγητον MAE, ἀνωμολόγητον Ν
24357	Cam.
24358	2 καὶ τὰ πολλὰ VMLAD, κατὰ πολλὰ PNECam.
24359	3 προειρημένων ME ; προγενομένων PLNCam. (πρω- Ρ, -γιν-
24360	L); om. A; τῶν γενέσεων προειρημένας μοιρ. VD.
24361	Li. 6-140m.
24362	Proc.
24363	4 ἀδιάγνωστον MAE, ἀδιάσωστον alii Cam.
24364	102
p. 427
24365	TETRABIBLOS 1. 21
24366	of the system might well become an object of sus-
24367	picion and a subject for criticism.
24368	Recently, how-
24369	ever, we have come upon an ancient manuscript,
24370	much damaged, which contains a natural and con-
24371	sistent explanation of their order and number, and at
24372	the same time the degrees reported in the aforesaid
24373	nativities and the numbers given in the summations
24374	were found to agree with the tabulation of the
24375	ancients.
24376	The book was very lengthy in expression
24377	and excessive in demonstration, and its damaged state
24378	made it hard to read, so that I could barely gain
24379	an idea of its general purport;
24380	that too, in spite of
24381	the help offered by the tabulations of the terms,
24382	better preserved because they were placed at the end
24383	of the book.!
24384	At any rate the general scheme
24385	of assignment of the terms is as follows.
24386	For their
24387	arrangement within each sign, the exaltations, tri-
24388	plicities, and houses are taken into consideration.
24389	For, generally speaking, the star that has two ruler-
24390	ships of this sort in the same sign is placed first, even
24391	though it may be maleficent.
24392	But wherever this
24393	condition does not exist, the maleficent planets are
24394	always put last, and the lords of the exaltation first,
24395	the lords of the triplicity next, and then those of the
24396	4Ptolemy’s ancient manuscript, therefore, if it really
24397	existed, was probably in the form of a roll, for there the
24398	last pages would be protected.
24399	‘The first and last pages of
24400	a codex would be liable to damage, since they would be
24401	outermost.
24402	ὃ διὰ τὸ διεφθάρθαι VMADE, καὶ διεφθάρθαι PL, καὶ διεφθαρ-
24403	μένον NCam.
24404	ὁ οἰκοδεσποτ(ε)ίας VMADEProc. ; om. alii.
24405	103
p. 428
24406	PTOLEMY
24407	τῇ ἐφεξῆς τάξει τῶν ζῳδίων, πάλιν δὲ ἐφεξῆς οἱ
24408	ἀνὰ δύο ἔχοντες οἰκοδεσποτίας προταττόμενοι τοῦ
24409	a
24410	a
24411	,
24412	μίαν ἔχοντος ἐν TH αὐτῷ Cwdiw.
24413	ὁ μέντοι Kap-
24414	’ὔ
24415	A
24416	ες
24417	vA
24418	4
24419	wy
24420	«ε
24421	’ὔ
24422	‘A
24423	,
24424	κίνος καὶ ὁ Λέων οἶκοι ὄντες ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης,
24425	-
24426	>
24427	-“-
24428	ἐπεὶ οὐ δίδοται τοῖς φωσὶ ὅρια, ἀπονέμονται τοῖς
24429	~
24430	>
24431	~
24432	~
24433	κακοποιοῖς διὰ τὸ ἐν TH τάξει πλεονεκτεῖσθαι, ὃ
24434	A
24435	Κι
24436	/
24437	~
24438	~
24439	"A
24440	e ὃ \ A ὔ
24441	~
24442	~
24443	μὲν
24444	Kapkivos τῷ τοῦ
24445	“Apews, ὁ
24446	δὲ
24447	Aéwv τῷ τοῦ
24448	/
24449	>
24450	τ
24451	\
24452	«
24453	4
24454	5
24455	-
24456	«
24457	ε
24458	td
24459	4
24460	Κρόνου, ἐν ois καὶ ἡ τάξις αὐτοῖς ἡ οἱκεία φυλάτ-
24461	~
24462	/
24463	~
24464	,ὔ
24465	τεται.
24466	ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς ποσότητος τῶν ὁρίων, ws μὲν
24467	μηδενὸς εὑρισκομένου κατὰ δύο τρόπους κυρίου
24468	”
24469	>
24470	>
24471	~
24472	~
24473	,ὔ
24474	an“
24475	1
24476	3
24477	A
24478	>
24479	~
24480	4
24481	ἤτοι ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ ζῳδίῳ ἢ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐφεξῆς μέχρι
24482	τεταρτημορίου, τοῖς μὲν ἀγαθοποιοῖς, τουτέστι τῷ
24483	~
24484	A
24485	A
24486	A
24487	~
24488	nn
24489	"Ad
24490	OL
24491	ξ
24492	/
24493	δί-
24494	τε τοῦ
24495	Διὸς καὶ τῷ τῆς
24496	ροδίτης ἑκάστῳ,
24497	δί
24498	δονται μοῖραι ζ΄, τοῖς δὲ κακοποιοῖς, τουτέστι τῷ
24499	~
24500	~
24501	~
24502	«
24503	4
24504	-
24505	’ὔ
24506	τοῦ
24507	Κρόνου καὶ τῷ τοῦ Ἄρεως ἑκάστῳ μοῖραι εἴ,
24508	-
24509	~
24510	~
24511	ΕΣ
24512	-
24513	te
24514	τῷ δὲ τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ ἐπικοίνῳ ὄντι μοῖραι ς΄, εἰς
24515	,ὔ
24516	~
24517	rw 1
24518	>
24519	‘A ὃ
24520	δὲ
24521	90.
24522	,
24523	. ame
24524	ὃ v4
24525	συμπλήρωσιν τῶν
24526	λ΄.
24527	ἐπεὶ
24528	δὲ ἔχουσί τινες ἀεὶ
24529	δύο
24530	-
24531	/
24532	>
24533	λόγους, 6 yap τῆς ‘Adpodityns μόνος γίνεται οἶκο-
24534	49 δεσπότης τοῦ κατὰ
24535	τὸν
24536	Ταῦρον τριγώνου τῆς
24537	\
24538	,
24539	σελήνης εἰς τὰ ὅρια μὴ παραλαμβανομένης, προσ-
24540	~
24541	>
24542	δίδοται μὲν ἑκάστῳ τῶν οὕτως ἐχόντων ἄν TE ἐν
24543	“
24544	~
24545	~
24546	~
24547	,ὔ
24548	αὐτῷ τῷ ζῳδίῳ ἂν τε ἐν τοῖς ἐφεξῆς μέχρι τεταρ-
24549	a
24550	Ψ
24551	τημορίου μοῖρα μία, οἷς καὶ παρέκειντο στιγμαί.
24552	“-
24553	~
24554	~
24555	>
24556	A
24557	ἀφαιροῦνται δὲ at προστιθέμεναι τῆς διπλῆς ἀπὸ
24558	~
24559	~
24560	~
24561	>
24562	‘\
24563	A
24564	A
24565	a3
24566	>
24567	‘
24568	τῶν λοιπῶν καὶ μοναχῶν, ws ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ δὲ ἀπὸ
24569	~
24570	~
24571	A
24572	~
24573	~
24574	A
24575	A
24576	τοῦ τοῦ Κρόνου, εἶτα καὶ τοῦ τοῦ vos, διὰ τὸ
24577	1 Post λ' add. glossa in marg. codicis N et Cam.? εἴ ye μὴ
24578	ἔχουσί τινες δύο λόγους ; om. libri omnes et Proclus.
24579	104
p. 429
24580	TETRABIBLOS I. 21
24581	house, following the order of the signs.1
24582	And again
24583	in order, those that have two lordships each are pre-
24584	ferred to the one which has but one in the same
24585	sign.
24586	Since terms are not allotted to the luminaries,
24587	however, Cancer and Leo, the houses of the sun and
24588	moon, are assigned to the maleficent planets because
24589	they were deprived of their share in the order, Cancer
24590	to Mars and Leo to Saturn ;? in these the order ap-
24591	propriate to them is preserved.
24592	As for the number
24593	of the terms, when no star is found with two pre-
24594	rogatives, either in the sign itself or in those which
24595	follow it within the quadrant, there are assigned to
24596	each of the beneficent planets, that is, to
24597	Jupiter and
24598	Venus, 7°; to the maleficent, Saturn and Mars, 5°
24599	each ; and to Mercury, which is common, 6°; so that
24600	the totalis 30°.
24601	But since some always have two pre-
24602	rogatives—for Venus alone becomes the ruler of the
24603	triplicity of Taurus, since the moon does not par-
24604	ticipate in the terms—there is given to each one of
24605	those in such condition, whether it be in the same
24606	sign or in the following signs within the quadrant,
24607	one extra degree; these were marked with dots.®
24608	But the degrees added for double prerogatives are
24609	taken away from the others, which have but one,
24610	and, generally speaking, from Saturn and Jupiter
24611	1.7.6. in the order Aries, Taurus, Gemini, etc., which the
24612	Greeks called “the order of the following signs’? and
24613	regarded as proceeding to the left.
24614	* According to the anonymous commentator (p. 42, ed.
24615	Wolf), this is because Mars belongs to the nocturnal sect
24616	and Saturn to the diurnal, the leaders of which are, re-
24617	spectively, the moon and the sun.
24618	* In Ptolemy’s ancient manuscript ; so says the anony-
24619	mous commentator (p. 44, ed. Wolf).
24620	o
24621	105
p. 430
24622	PTOLEMY
24623	,
24624	>
24625	~
24626	~
24627	/
24628	”
24629	\
24630	\
24631	ς
24632	βραδύτερον αὐτῶν τῆς κινήσεως.
24633	ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἡ
24634	τούτων τῶν ὁρίων ἔκθεσις τοιαύτη.
24635	1 Κριοῦ
24636	Ταύρου
24637	Διδύμων
24638	y
24639	x
24640	ἘΠ
24641	φ
24642	η΄
24643	η΄
24644	%
24645	rs
24646	iy
24647	ie
24648	a:
24649	%
24650	EAT
24651	te
24652	BL VIM ga
24653	OORK
24654	8
24655	ζ
24656	Ka’
24657	γ
24658	ζί
24659	κβ΄
24660	φ
24661	{
24662	κ΄
24663	See
24664	ein
24665	ΚΘΗ
24666	by
24667	Bie
24668	kor
24669	6
24670	Sean
24671	Kst
24672	h
24673	δ΄
24674	λ΄
24675	on.
24676	Se
24677	λ'
24678	h
24679	δ΄
24680	λ'
24681	Καρκίνου
24682	Λέοντος
24683	Παρθένου
24684	yh
24685	Sain
24686	S
24687	ΟΜ
24688	ΡΟ
24689	ας
24690	ΣΡ
24691	Saas
24692	ᾧ
24693	nA
24694	As
24695	Be
24696	Mets ial
24697	3
24698	@
24699	κ΄
24700	h
24701	a
24702	ιθ΄
24703	ΩΓ
24704	ε΄
24705	ιη΄
24706	g
24707	Gi
24708	κξζί
24709	g
24710	κε΄
24711	h
24712	SKS’
24713	Dd
24714	iy, 2 cA
24715	δ
24716	é
24717	λ'
24718	ΓΙ
24719	Ὰ
24720	λ'
24721	Ζυγοῦ
24722	Σκορπίου
24723	Τοξότου
24724	bey
24725	Suet
24726	ves
24727	Sodd
24728	S50
24729	nts),
24730	ΟΠ
24731	τα
24732	ier
24733	φ
24734	ε΄
24735	ια΄
24736	φ
24737	ζ΄ 1, (γ΄
24738	2
24739	ΦΑΡΑ
24740	cy
24741	%
24742	ra
24743	ted
24744	4
24745	7
24746	Ka’
24747	ῷ
24748	e
24749	ιθ΄
24750	NG)
24751	Ane
24752	8
24753	SM
24754	ede
24755	h
24756	ewe.
24757	SUBISS
24758	λ'
24759	h,
24760	ety
24761	λ'
24762	8
24763	εἰ
24764	ΡΨ
24765	Αἰγόκερω
24766	γΥδροχόου
24767	᾿Ιχθύων
24768	eS
24769	ἘΠ
24770	hiyeiss
24771	5:
24772	?
24773	7’
24774	3
24775	ς΄
24776	ιβ'
24777	ᾧ
24778	τ
24779	op’
24780	2
24781	ζ΄
24782	ιδ΄
24783	uy
24784	(ke
24785	ιθ΄
24786	φ
24787	η΄
24788	κ΄
24789	3
24790	Ξ΄
24791	κ΄
24792	ΠΣ ΙΝ κεῖ
24793	OT 5 Sieh
24794	lace
24795	é
24796	ε΄
24797	κεΐ
24798	4
24799	ἘΠ
24800	λ'
24801	3
24802	ε΄
24803	λ΄
24804	b
24805	«ε΄
24806	λ΄
24807	1Tabulas quae in cod.
24808	Vat. gr.
24809	1453
24810	(Procli Para-
24811	phrasin continentis) inventae sunt sequor.
24812	Hae cum illis
24813	quae ab Camerario impressae sunt congruunt solis ll. 4-5
24814	sub Αἰγόκερω exceptis ubi ordo Camerarii est:
24815	ε΄, ἢ ς΄.
24816	Proclus autem non nullas notitias duplices habet, viz.:
24817	1. 4 sub Ταύρου, Ὁ β΄ aut δ΄; 1. 2 sub Καρκίνου ᾧ aut x,
24818	106
p. 431
24819	TETRABIBLOS I. 21
24820	because of their slower motion.
24821	The tabulation ! of
24822	these terms is as follows :—
24823	Terms according to Ptolemy.
24824	Aries
24825	146
24826	28
24827	37
24828	ὅ ὃ
24829	h4
24830	Taurus
24831	28
24832	37
24833	47
24834	h2
24835	$6
24836	Gemini
24837	37
24838	16
24839	97
24840	46
24841	h4
24842	Cancer
24843	36
24844	Y7
24845	37
24846	97
24847	53
24848	Leo
24849	γη0
24850	57
24851	h6
24852	26
24853	$5
24854	Virgo
24855	37
24856	26
24857	Y5
24858	h6
24859	36
24860	Libra
24861	h6
24862	φῦ
24863	35
24864	γ8
24865	46
24866	Scorpio
24867	46
24868	97
24869	ὃ
24870	36
24871	3
24872	Sagittarius
24873	Y8
24874	26
24875	35
24876	h6
24877	$5
24878	Capricornus
24879	9 6
24880	36
24881	ΠῚ
24882	h6
24883	4 ὃ
24884	Aquarius
24885	h6
24886	36
24887	28
24888	γ ὃ
24889	88
24890	Pisces
24891	28
24892	u6
24893	36
24894	a5 45)
24895	hb
24896	1 The Greek tables contain, under each sign, (1) the name
24897	of the planet, (2) the number of its terms in this sign, and
24898	(3) the cumulative totals of terms, up to the 30° of the sign.
24899	The third detail has been omitted in the English tables.
24900	The anonymous commentator (pp. 44—47, ed. Wolf) demon-
24901	strates in detail how the assignment of terms is made.
24902	1. 3 y% aut 3; 1. 3 sub Μέοντος ἢ aut 2; 1. 3 sub Ζυγοῦ
24903	¥ aut γ, «aut 7’, 1. 4 Ἢ aut ¥, η΄ aut ε΄; 1. 2 sub Lkopmiov
24904	9 aut 4,
24905	2’ aut 7’, 1. 3 % aut 2, 7’ aut
24906	¢’; 1. 4 sub
24907	Alyoxepw h aut 4,1.
24908	ὃ 3 aut
24909	hk; 1. 4 sub ᾿Ιχθύων 4 εἴ
24910	aut ¢’, 1. 5, kh ε' aut δ΄.
24911	107
p. 432
24912	PTOLEMY
24913	«κβ.)»
24914	Περὶ τόπων καὶ μοιρῶνϊ
24915	Διεῖλον δέ τινες καὶ εἰς ἔτι τούτων λεπτομερέ-
24916	στερα τμήματα" τῆς οἰκοδεσποτίας, τόπους καὶ
24917	μοίρας ὀνομάσαντες, καὶ τόπον μὲν ὑποτιθέμενοι
24918	τὸ τοῦ δωδεκατημορίου δωδεκατημόριον, τουτέστι
24919	δ0 μοίρας β΄ ἥμισυ," καὶ διδόντες αὐτῶν τὴν κυρίαν
24920	τοῖς ἐφεξῆς ζῳδίοις.
24921	ἄλλοι δὲ καὶ κατ᾽ ἄλλας τινὰς
24922	ἀλόγους τάξεις, μοῖραν δὲ ἑκάστην πάλιν ἀπ᾽
24923	ἀρχῆς ἑκάστῳ 5 διδόντες τῶν ἀστέρων ἀκολούθως
24924	τῇ τάξει τῶν Χαλδαϊκῶν ὁρίων.
24925	ταῦτα μὲν οὖν
24926	πιθανὸν καὶ οὐ φυσικὸν ἀλλὰ κενόδοξον ἔχοντα
24927	λόγον παρήσομεν.
24928	ἐκεῖνο δὲ ἐπιστάσεως ἀξιον
24929	τυγχάνον οὐ παραλείψομεν, ὅτι καὶ τὰς τῶν δωδε-
24930	κατημορίων ἀρχὰς ἀπὸ τῶν ἰσημερινῶν καὶ τῶν
24931	τροπικῶν σημείων εὔλογόν ἐστι ποιεῖσθαι, καὶ
24932	τῶν συγγραφέων τοῦτό πως ἐμφανισάντων, καὶ
24933	μάλιστα διότι τὰς φύσεις καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις καὶ τὰς
24934	συνοικειώσεις αὐτῶν ὁρῶμεν ἐκ τῶν προαποδε-
24935	δειγμένων ἀπὸ τῶν τροπικῶν καὶ ἰσημερινῶν ἀρχῶν
24936	1Post tabulas add. VMDProc. haec aut similia: γίνεται
24937	δὲ καὶ τούτων ἐκ τῆς ἐπισυνθέσεως Κρόνου μοῖραι νζ΄, Διὸς 08’,
24938	"Apews Es’, ᾿Αφροδίτης πβ΄, “Eppot os’: γίνονται τξ΄. Titulum
24939	habent VPLMADEProc.; om.
24940	NCam.
24941	5 τὰ τμήματα PLNCam.
24942	3 ἀρχόμενοι ἀπὸ τοῦ δωδεκατημορίου καθ᾽ ὅ ἐστιν ὃ ἀστὴρ add.
24943	NCam.; om. VPLMDEProc.;
24944	ἀρχόμενοι ἀπὸ τοῦ
24945	{{{\|\| καὶ
24946	διδόντες Α.
24947	4 ἑκάστην VMADE, τῳ PLNCam.
24948	δ ἑκάστῳ VPLMADE, -ov NCam.
24949	1 After the tables and before this chapter-heading some
24950	of the MSS. have:
24951	“There result from the addition of
24952	108
p. 433
24953	TETRABIBLOS I. 22
24954	22. Of Places and Degrees.}
24955	Some have made even finer divisions of rulership
24956	than these, using the terms “ places ” and “ degrees.”
24957	Defining “ place ” as the twelfth part of a sign, or
24958	24°, they 2 assign the domination over them to the
24959	signs in order.
24960	Others follow other illogical orders ;
24961	and again they assign each “ degree”’ from the
24962	beginning to each of the planets of each sign in
24963	accordance
24964	with
24965	the Chaldaean order of terms.
24966	These matters, as they have only plausible and not
24967	natural, but, rather, unfounded, arguments in their
24968	favour, we
24969	shall omit.
24970	The following, however,
24971	upon which it is worth while to dwell, we shall not
24972	pass by, namely, that it is reasonable to reckon the
24973	beginnings of the signs also from the equinoxes and
24974	solstices,* partly because the writers make this quite
24975	clear, and particularly because from our previous
24976	demonstrations we observe that their natures, powers,
24977	and familiarities take their cause from the solstitial
24978	these, of Saturn, 57°; of Jupiter, 79°; of Mars, 66°; of
24979	Venus, 82°; of Mercury, 76°; the total is 360°.”
24980	2 One MS. and the printed editions insert here, “‘ begin
24981	with the sign in which the star is and”’ ; cf. the critical note.
24982	3 That is, Ptolemy’s zodiac, made up of 12 divisions of
24983	30° each, measured on the ecliptic from one of the solstices
24984	or equinoxes, is entirely different from the zodiac made up
24985	of signs determined by the actual constellations.
24986	Because
24987	of the precession of the equinoxes the two by no means
24988	coincide ; and because the powers of the signs are derived
24989	from their relations to the solstitial and equinoctial points,
24990	says Ptolemy, the former definition of the zodiac is pre-
24991	ferable.
24992	Cf.cc. 10-11, and the distinction between solstitial,
24993	equinoctial, solid, and bicorporeal signs, as an example of
24994	what he means.
24995	109
p. 434
24996	5 —
24997	PTOLEMY
24998	καὶ οὐκ am ἄλλου τινὸς ἐχούσας ' τὴν αἰτίαν.
24999	ἄλλων μὲν γὰρ ἀρχῶν ὑποτιθεμένων ἢ μηκέτι
25000	συγχρῆσθαι ταῖς φύσεσιν αὐτῶν εἰς τὰς προτελέ-
25001	σεις ἀναγκασθησόμεθα ἢ συγχρώμενοι διαπίπτειν,
25002	παραβάντων
25003	καὶ
25004	ἀπαλλοτριωθέντων"
25005	τῶν
25006	τὰς
25007	δυνάμεις αὐτοῖς ἐμπεριποιησάντων τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ
25008	διαστημάτων.
25009	«κγ.)
25010	Περὶ προσώπων καὶ λαμπηνῶν
25011	\
25012	~
25013	καὶ τῶν τοιούτων
25014	ς
25015	s
25016	~
25017	~
25018	Ai μὲν οὖν συνοικειώσεις τῶν ἀστέρων Kal τῶν
25019	δωδεκατημορίων σχεδὸν ἂν εἶεν τοσαῦται.
25020	λέγονται
25021	δὲ καὶ ἰδιοπρόσωποι
25022	μὲν ὅταν
25023	ἕκαστος αὐτῶν
25024	\
25025	>
25026	\
25027	/
25028	\
25029	σ
25030	Ἃ
25031	\
25032	/
25033	τὸν αὐτὸν διασώζῃ πρὸς ἥλιον ἢ καὶ
25034	σελήνην
25035	σχηματισμὸν ὅνπερ καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς
25036	᾽
25037	͵
25038	”
25039	e
25040	“
25041	ς
25042	mle
25043	/
25044	,
25045	ἐκείνων οἴκους
25046	- οἷον ὅταν ὁ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης λόγου
25047	/
25048	~
25049	~
25050	/
25051	ἕνεκεν é€dywvov ποιῇ πρὸς τὰ φῶτα διάστασιν,
25052	>
25053	\
25054	\
25055	“
25056	\
25057	ε
25058	/
25059	”
25060	‘
25061	/
25062	ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἥλιον μὲν ἑσπέριος wy, πρὸς σελήνην
25063	δὲ ἑῶος, ἀκολούθως τοῖς ἐξ ἀρχῆς οἴκοις
25064	+ λαμπή-
25065	>
25066	a
25067	vais δὲ ἐν ἰδίαις εἶναι καὶ θρόνοις καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις
25068	ὅταν κατὰ δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τῶν προεκτεθειμένων
25069	' ἔχοντας NCam.
25070	2 ἀπαλλοτριωθέντων
25071	VPLD.
25072	ἀλλοτριωθέντων MNAECam.
25073	(aAAw- Cam.).
25074	1 Just as, with the precession of the equinoxes, the fictive
25075	sign Aries is now almost entirely in Pisces.
25076	2 The scholiast on Ptolemy says that, in addition to the
25077	conditions laid down by Ptolemy, a planet, to be in proper
25078	face, must also be in its own house and must be in the
25079	necessary aspect with both the luminaries (not with one of
25080	them, as Ptolemy says).
25081	110
p. 435
25082	TETRABIBLOS I. 22-23
25083	and equinoctial starting-places, and from no other
25084	source.
25085	For if other starting-places are assumed. we
25086	shall either be compelled no longer to use the natures
25087	of the signs for prognostications or, if we use them, to
25088	be in error, since the spaces of the zodiac which
25089	implant their powers in the planets would then pass
25090	over to others ! and become alienated.
25091	23. Of Faces, Chariots. and the Like.
25092	Such, then, are the natural affinities of the stars
25093	and the signs of the zodiac.
25094	The planets are said
25095	to be in their “ proper face”? when an individual
25096	planet keeps to the sun or moon the same aspect
25097	which its house has to their houses ; as, for example,
25098	when Venus is in sextile to the luminaries, provided
25099	that she is occidental] to the sun and oriental to the
25100	moon, in accordance with the original arrangement
25101	of their houses.?
25102	They are said to be in their own
25103	“chariots ” and “ thrones” 4 and the like when they
25104	3 Venus’ solar house, Libra, is sextile dexter (1.6. toward
25105	the west) to Leo, the sun’s house, and her lunar house,
25106	Taurus, is sextile sinister (7.e. toward the east) to the moon’s
25107	house, Cancer.
25108	‘Ptolemy
25109	pays
25110	little
25111	attention
25112	to the
25113	thrones
25114	and
25115	chariots,
25116	which
25117	were
25118	apparently,
25119	as
25120	Bouché-Leclercq
25121	(p. 244) asserts, not to his taste as a scientific astrologer.
25122	In the Michigan astrological roll (P. Mich.
25123	149, col. 3A,
25124	22-34) the “‘ thrones’ are identified with the (astrological)
25125	exaltations and the depressions of the planets are called
25126	their
25127	“‘ prisons ᾿᾿ (φυλακαί) ; upon the thrones the planets
25128	have “royal power,” in their prisons they
25129	‘‘ are abased
25130	and oppose their own powers.’
25131	Sarapion (CCAG.
25132	viii.
25133	4, p. 228, 25, and p. 231, 13) and Balbillus (cbid., p. 237,
25134	8) use the word ἰδιοθρονεῖν.
25135	11
p. 436
25136	52
25137	PTOLEMY
25138	τρόπων συνοικειούμενοι τυγχάνωσι τοῖς τόποις ἐν
25139	οἷς καταλαμβάνονται, τότε! μάλιστα τῆς δυνάμεως
25140	αὐτῶν αὐξανομένης πρὸς ἐνέργειαν διὰ τὸ ὅμοιον
25141	καὶ συμπρακτικὸν τῆς τῶν περιεχόντων δωδεκα-
25142	τημορίων ὁμοφυοῦς οἰκειότητος. 2
25143	Χαίρειν δέ φασιν
25144	αὐτοὺς ὅταν κἂν μὴ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἢ ἡ συνοικείωσις
25145	τῶν περιεχόντων ζῳδίων ἀλλὰ μέντοι πρὸς τοὺς τῶν
25146	αὐτῶν αἱρέσεων, ἐκ μακροῦ μᾶλλον οὕτω γινομένης
25147	τῆς συμπαθείας.
25148	κοινωνοῦσι δὲ ὅμως καὶ κατὰ τὸν
25149	αὐτὸν τρόπον τῆς ὁμοιότητος " “ὥσπερ ὅταν ἐν τοῖς
25150	ἠλλοτριωμένοις καὶ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως τόποις
25151	καταλαμβάνωνται, πολὺ παραλύεται τὸ τῆς οἰκείας
25152	αὐτῶν δυνάμεως, ἄλλην τινὰ φύσιν μικτὴν ἀποτε-
25153	λούσης τῆς κατὰ τὸ ἀνόμοιον τῶν περιεχόντων
25154	ζῳδίων κράσεως.
25155	«κδ.». Περὶ συναφειῶν καὶ ἀπορροιῶν
25156	καὶ τῶν ἄλλων δυνάμεων
25157	\
25158	>
25159	“
25160	\
25161	4
25162	A
25163	/
25164	a
25165	Kai καθ᾽
25166	ὅλου δὲ συνάπτειν
25167	μὲν λέγονται τοῖς
25168	«
25169	ς
25170	’ὔ
25171	>
25172	is
25173	\
25174	«
25175	᾽
25176	ἑπομένοις
25177	οἱ προηγούμενοι,
25178	ἀπερρυηκέναι
25179	δὲ οἱ
25180	ἑπόμενοι τῶν προηγουμένων, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἂν μὴ μακρὸν
25181	7) τὸ μεταξὺ αὐτῶν διάστημα.
25182	παραλαμβάνεται δὲ
25183	1 τότε yap ΜΝ AECam. ; yap om. VPLD.
25184	2 ἰδιοθρονεῖν Kat Δ ΕΣ λέγονται add. MNAECam.;
25185	om.
25186	VPLD.
25187	1 Vettius Valens uses this word several times in a broader
25188	sense than that of this definition.
25189	2.7.6. are more occidental.
25190	3 συνάπτειν, applicare (noun συναφή, applicatio)
25191	is used
25192	of planets which are on or are closely approaching the same
25193	meridian.
25194	κόλλησις
25195	is a similar
25196	term.
25197	‘‘ Separation,’
25198	112
p. 437
25199	TETRABIBLOS I. 23-24
25200	happen to have familiarity in two or more of the afore-
25201	said ways with the places in which they are found ; for
25202	then their power is most increased in effectiveness
25203	by the similarity and co-operation of the kindred
25204	property of the signs which contain them.
25205	They say
25206	they “ rejoice
25207	1 when, even though the containing
25208	signs have no familiarity with the stars themselves,
25209	nevertheless they have it with the stars of the same
25210	sect ; in this case the sympathy arises less directly.
25211	They share, however, in the similarity in the same
25212	way ; just as, on the contrary, when they are found
25213	in alien regions belonging to the opposite sect, a
25214	great part of their proper power is paralysed, because
25215	the temperament which arises from the dissimilarity
25216	of the signs produces a different and adulterated
25217	nature.
25218	24. Of Applications and Separations and the Other
25219	Powers.
25220	In general those
25221	which
25222	precede?
25223	are
25224	said
25225	to
25226	“apply ” * to those which follow, and those that
25227	follow to “be separated” from those that precede,
25228	when the interval between them is not great.
25229	Such
25230	ἀπόρροια, defluxio, on the contrary, refers to the movement
25231	apart of two bodies after “‘ application.’’
25232	ἀπόρροια is also
25233	used by astrologers to designate the ‘‘ emanations ’”’ of the
25234	heavenly bodies which affect the earth and its inhabitants,
25235	as for example in Vettius Valens, p. 160, 6-7;
25236	249, 3;
25237	270, 24 ff.; 330, 19 ff.
25238	4 Ashmand says this is generally understood to mean,
25239	when the heavenly bodies are within each other’s orbs
25240	(Saturn 10°, Jupiter 12°, Mars 7° 30’, sun
25241	17°, Venus 8°,
25242	Mercury 7° 30’, moon
25243	12° 30’).
25244	The anonymous com-
25245	mentator mentions 15° as the maximum distance (p. ὅδ],
25246	ed, Wolf).
25247	Ξ
25248	113
p. 438
25249	PTOLEMY
25250	TO τοιοῦτον ἐάν TE σωματικῶς ἐάν TE καὶ κατά τινα
25251	τῶν παραδεδομένων σχηματισμῶν συμβαίνῃ, πλὴν
25252	ὅτι γε πρὸς μὲν τὰς 60 αὐτῶν τῶν σωμάτων
25253	συναφὰς καὶ ἀπορροίας καὶ τὰ πλάτη παρατηρεῖν
25254	αὐτῶν χρήσιμον εἰς τὸ μόνας τὰς ἐπὶ τὰ αὐτὰ μέρη
25255	τοῦ διὰ μέσων εὑρισκομένας παρόδους παραδέχεσ-
25256	θαι. πρὸς δὲ τὰς διὰ τῶν συσχηματισμῶν \| περιττόν
25257	ἐστι τὸ τοιοῦτον, πασῶν ἀεὶ τῶν ἀκτίνων ἐπὶ ταὐτά,
25258	τουτέστιν ἐπὶ τὸ κέντρον τῆς γῆς, φερομένων καὶ
25259	ὁμοίως πανταχόθεν συμβαλλουσῶν.
25260	Ἔκ δὴ τούτων ἁπάντων εὐσύνοπτον ὅτι τὸ μὲν
25261	ποιὸν ἑκάστου τῶν ἀστέρων ἐπισκεπτέον ἔκ τε τῆς
25262	ἰδίας αὐτῶν φυσικῆς ἰδιοτροπίας καὶ ἔτι τῆς τῶν
25263	περιεχόντων δωδεκατημορίων, ἢ καὶ τῆς τῶν πρός
25264	τε τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὰς γωνίας σχηματισμῶν κατὰ
25265	τὸν ἐκτεθειμένον ἡμῖν περὶ πάντων τούτων τρόπον "
25266	τὴν δὲ δύναμιν πρῶτον μὲν ἐκ τοῦ ἤτοι ἀνατολικοὺς
25267	αὐτοὺς εἶναι καὶ προσθετικοὺς ταῖς ἰδίαις κινήσεσι,
25268	1 τὰς διὰ τῶν συσχηματισμῶν) τὸν γινόμενον
25269	σχηματισμὸν
25270	NCam.
25271	1 That is, when the planets themselves come to the same
25272	meridian, as opposed to the conjunction of one planet with
25273	the ray projected by another from the sextile, quartile, or
25274	trine aspect.
25275	? The ecliptic bisects the zodiac longitudinally.
25276	Planets,
25277	o “apply ’”’ in the “‘ bodily”? sense, must both be to the
25278	north, or the south, of it; that is, in the same latitude.
25279	Cf. the anonymous commentator (pp. 50-51, ed. Wolf).
25280	3 See the note on iii. 10 concerning the projection of rays
25281	(ἀκτινοβολία).
25282	To judge from the remarks of the anonymous
25283	114
p. 439
25284	TETRABIBLOS I. 24
25285	a relation is taken to exist whether it happens by
25286	bodily conjunction ! or through one of the traditional
25287	aspects, except that with respect to the bodily ap-
25288	plications and separations of the heavenly bodies
25289	it is of use also to observe their latitudes, in order
25290	that only those passages may be accepted which are
25291	found to be on the same side of the ecliptic.2_
25292	In
25293	the case of applications and separations by aspect,
25294	however, such a practice is superfluous, because all
25295	rays always fall and similarly converge from every
25296	direction upon the same point, that is, the centre of
25297	the earth.*
25298	From all this, then, it is easy to see that the quality
25299	of each of the stars must be examined with reference
25300	both to its own natural character and that also of the
25301	signs that include it, or likewise from the character of
25302	its aspects to the sun and the angles, in the manner
25303	which we have explained.
25304	Their power must be de-
25305	termined, in the first place, from the fact that they
25306	are either oriental and adding to their proper motion #
25307	commentator, the thought is that, while the rays of planets
25308	closely approaching each other but in different latitudes
25309	would miss each other, the rays of those in aspect in any
25310	case mingle at their common meeting-place, the centre of
25311	the earth.
25312	4 The theory of epicycles assigns to each planet at least
25313	one epicycle, on which it moves from west to east, while
25314	the centre of the epicycle likewise moves from west to east
25315	on the orbit, or deferent.
25316	Thus when the planet is in the
25317	outer semicircle of its epicycle (away from the earth) both
25318	motions will be in the same direction and the planet will
25319	be “ adding to its motion ’’ ; conversely on the inner semi-
25320	circle (toward the earth) the motion on the epicycle is in
25321	the opposite direction
25322	to that on the deferent and the
25323	apparent speed of the planet is diminished.
25324	115
p. 440
25325	PTOLEMY
25326	΄
25327	4
25328	᾽ὔ
25329	,ὔ
25330	>
25331	>
25332	/
25333	Ἅ
25334	4
25335	‘
25336	τότε yap μάλιστά εἰσιν ἰσχυροί: ἢ δυτικοὺς καὶ
25337	3
25338	4
25339	A
25340	ἀφαιρετικούς, τότε yap ἀσθενεστέραν ἔχουσι τὴν
25341	>
25342	uj
25343	>?
25344	~
25345	ἐνέργειαν * ἔπειτα Kal ἐκ τοῦ πως ἔχειν πρὸς TOV
25346	Ὁ
25347	A
25348	Ἃ
25349	>
25350	ὁρίζοντα, μεσουρανοῦντες μὲν yap ἢ ἐπιφερόμενοι
25351	τῷ μεσουρανήματι μάλιστά εἰσι δυναμικοί-
25352	δεύ-
25353	\@
25354	rye]
25355	>
25356	~
25357	mee
25358	ψΨι
25359	>
25360	bal
25361	>
25362	τερον δὲ ὅταν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὁρίζοντος ὦσιν ἢ ἐπ-
25363	,ὕ
25364	\
25365	~
25366	hid
25367	?
25368	\
25369	-
25370	5
25371	~
25372	αναφέρωνται, Kai μᾶλλον ὅταν ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀνατολικοῦ,
25373	e
25374	Cweet2
25375	«
25376	\
25377	~
25378	~
25379	Ἃ
25380	a”
25381	ἧττον δὲ ὅταν ὑπὸ γῆν μεσουρανῶσιν ἢ ἄλλως συ-
25382	/
25383	A
25384	>
25385	/
25386	/
25387	A
25388	Ls
25389	\
25390	σχηματίζωνται τῷ ἀνατέλλοντι τόπῳ * μὴ οὕτω δὲ
25391	,
25392	>
25393	4
25394	~
25395	ἔχοντες ἀδύναμοι παντελῶς τυγχάνουσιν.
25396	BIBAION Β'
25397	<a.> Προοίμιον
25398	Τὰ μὲν δὴ κυριώτερα τῶν πινακικῶς προεκτεθει-
25399	μένων νῦν εἰς τὴν τῶν κατὰ μέρος προρρήσεων
25400	ἐπίσκεψιν ὡς ἐν κεφαλαίοις μέχρι τοσούτων ἡμῖν
25401	ἐφοδευέσθω, συνάψωμεν δὲ ἤδη κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς τῆς
25402	ἀκολουθίας τὰς καθ᾽ ἕκαστα τῶν εἰς τὸ δυνατὸν τῆς
25403	τοιαύτης προρρήσεως ἐμπιπτόντων πραγματείας,
25404	ἐχόμενοι πανταχῆ τῆς κατὰ τὸν φυσικὸν τρόπον
25405	ὑφηγήσεως.
25406	Εἰς δύο τοίνυν τὰ μέγιστα καὶ κυριώτατα μέρη
25407	διαιρουμένου τοῦ δι᾿ ἀστρονομίας προγνωστικοῦ,
25408	καὶ πρώτου μὲν ὄντος καὶ γενικωτέρου τοῦ καθ᾽
25409	116
p. 441
25410	TETRABIBLOS 1. 24—II. 1
25411	—for then they are most powerful—or occidental and
25412	diminishing in speed, for then their energy is weaker.
25413	Second, it is to be determined from their position
25414	relative to the horizon ; for they are most powerful
25415	when they are in mid-heaven or approaching
25416	it,
25417	and second when they are exactly on the horizon
25418	or in the succedent place
25419	;! their power is greater
25420	when they are in the orient, and less when they cul-
25421	minate beneath the earth or are in some other aspect
25422	to the orient ; if they bear no aspect 5 at all to the
25423	orient they are entirely powerless.
25424	BOOK
25425	II.
25426	1. Introduction.
25427	Let it be considered that thus far we have furnished
25428	in brief the most important details of the tabular
25429	exposition needful for the inquiry into particular
25430	prognostications.
25431	Let us now addin proper sequence
25432	the procedures for dealing in detail with those matters
25433	which lie within the limits of possibility of this kind
25434	of prognostication, holding everywhere to the natural
25435	method of exposition.
25436	Since, then, prognostication by astronomical means
25437	is divided into two great and principal parts, and
25438	since the first and more universal
25439	is that which
25440	‘That is, the space of 30° (‘* place,”’ or ‘ house ᾽᾽) im-
25441	mediately following, or rising next after, the horoscopic
25442	sign (cf. ili. 10, p. 273).
25443	This place is called the ἐπαναφορά of
25444	the horoscope.
25445	* That is, if they are disjunct (cf. ο. 16).
25446	117
p. 442
25447	PTOLEMY
25448	540Aa ἔθνη Kal χώρας Kai πόλεις λαμβανομένου, 6
25449	σι Jt
25450	καλεῖται καθολικόν, δευτέρου δὲ Kal εἰδικωτέρου
25451	τοῦ καθ᾽ ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν ἀνθρώπων͵ ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ
25452	καλεῖται γενεθλιαλογικόν, προσήκειν ἡγούμεθα περὶ
25453	τοῦ καθολικοῦ πρῶτον ποιήσασθαι τὸν λόγον, ἐπει-
25454	δήπερ ταῦτα μὲν κατὰ μείζους καὶ ἰσχυροτέρας
25455	αἰτίας τρέπεσθαι πέφυκε μᾶλλον τῶν μερικῶς ἀπο-
25456	τελουμένων.
25457	ὑποπιπτουσῶν δὲ ἀεὶ τῶν ἀσθενεστέ-
25458	ρων φύσεων ταῖς δυνατωτέραις καὶ τῶν κατὰ μέρος
25459	ταῖς καθ᾽ ὅλου, παντάπασιν ἀναγκαῖον ἂν εἴη τοῖς
25460	προαιρουμένοις περὶ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου σκοπεῖν πολὺ πρό-
25461	τερον περὶ τῶν ὁλοσχερεστέρων περιειληφέναι.
25462	Καὶ αὐτῆς δὲ τῆς καθολικῆς ἐπισκέψεως τὸ μὲν
25463	πάλιν κατὰ χώρας ὅλας λαμβάνεται, τὸ δὲ κατὰ
25464	πόλεις.
25465	καὶ ἔτι τὸ μὲν κατὰ μείζους καὶ περι-
25466	οδικωτέρας περιστάσεις, οἷον πολέμων ἢ λιμῶν ἢ
25467	λοιμῶν ἢ σεισμῶν ἢ κατακλυσμῶν
25468	καὶ τῶν
25469	τοιούτων * τὸ δὲ κατὰ ἐλάττους καὶ καιρικωτέρας,"
25470	οἷαί εἰσιν al τῶν ἐτησίων ὡρῶν καὶ κατὰ τὸ
25471	μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον ἀλλοιώσεις, περί τε ἀνέσεις ἢ
25472	ἐπιτάσεις χειμώνων καὶ καυμάτων καὶ πνευμάτων
25473	εὐφορίας τε καὶ ἀφορίας καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα.
25474	προ-
25475	ἡγεῖται δὲ καὶ τούτων εἰκότως ἑκατέρου τό τεῦ
25476	κατὰ χώρας ὅλας καὶ τὸ κατὰ μείζους
25477	περι-
25478	στάσεις
25479	διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν τῇ προειρημένῃ "
25480	1 τὸ δὲ κατὰ χώρας καὶ κατὰ πόλεις
25481	NCam.Proc.; κατὰ χώρας
25482	καὶ om. libri alii.
25483	27) λιμῶν ἢ λοιμῶν VMD; καὶ λοιμ. καὶ Ay. Proc. ; ἢ λοιμ.
25484	ἢ λιμ. A; ἢ λοιμ. ἢ λοιμ. E, 7 λοιμῶν PLNCam.
25485	8 καιρικωτέρας VAD, καιριωτέρας MEX, cf. Proc. ; μικροτέρας
25486	PLNCam.
25487	118
p. 443
25488	TETRABIBLOS II. 1
25489	relates to whole races, countries, and cities, which
25490	is called general, and the second and more specific
25491	is that which relates to individual men, which is
25492	ealled genethlialogical, we believe it fitting to treat
25493	first of the general division, because such matters
25494	are naturally swayed by greater and more power-
25495	ful causes than are particular events.
25496	And since
25497	weaker natures always yield to the stronger, and
25498	the particular always falls under the general,! it
25499	would by all means be necessary for those who
25500	purpose an inquiry about a single individual long
25501	before
25502	to have comprehended the more
25503	general
25504	considerations.
25505	Of the general inquiry itself, a part, again, is
25506	found to concern whole countries, and
25507	a part to
25508	concern cities;* and further, a part deals with the
25509	greater and more periodic conditions, such as wars,
25510	famines, pestilences, earthquakes, deluges, and the
25511	like; and another
25512	with the lesser and more
25513	oc-
25514	casional, as for example the changes in temperature ®
25515	in the seasons of the year, and the variations of the
25516	intensity of storms, heat, and winds, or of good
25517	and bad crops, and so on.
25518	But in each of these
25519	cases, as is reasonable, procedure by entire countries
25520	and by more important conditions is preferred, for the
25521	same reason as before. And since in the examination
25522	1 Of. i. 3.
25523	?Or, as the variant reading has it, “‘to concern both
25524	countries and cities.’’
25525	See the er. n.
25526	3 Literally, “‘ variations of more and less.”’
25527	47 εὐφορίας PLMNAECam, ἢ om. VD.
25528	5 σκοπεῖν ἢ τὸ λαμβάνεσθαι add. post τό re Cam.*, om. libri
25529	Carm.}
25530	119
p. 444
25531	PTOLEMY
25532	πρὸς δὲ τὴν τούτων
25533	ἐπίσκεψιν
25534	μάλιστα παρα-
25535	λαμβανομένων δύο τούτων, τῆς τε τῶν δωδεκατη-
25536	μορίων τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ καὶ ἔτι τῆς τῶν ἀστέρων
25537	πρὸς ἕκαστα τῶν κλιμάτων συνοικειώσεως καὶ τῶν
25538	ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις μέρεσι κατὰ καιροὺς γινομένων
25539	ἐπισημασιῶν, κατὰ μὲν τὰς συζυγίας ἡλίου καὶ
25540	σελήνης τῶν ἐκλειπτικῶν, κατὰ δὲ τὰς τῶν πλανω-
25541	μένων παρόδους τῶν περὶ τὰς ἀνατολὰς καὶ τοὺς
25542	στηριγμούς, προεκθησόμεθα
25543	τὸν τῶν εἰρημένων
25544	συμπαθειῶν φυσικὸν λόγον, ἅμα παριστάντες ἐξ
25545	ἐπιδρομῆς ' καὶ τὰς καθ᾽ ὅλα ἔθνη θεωρουμένας ὡς
25546	ἐπὶ πᾶν σωματικάς τε καὶ ἠθικὰς ἰδιοτροπίας, οὐκ
25547	ἀλλοτρίας τυγχανούσας τῆς τῶν συνοικειουμένων
25548	ἀστέρων τε καὶ δωδεκατημορίων φυσικῆς περιστά-
25549	σεως.
25550	<B.>»
25551	ITepi tv cal ora KrAipata?
25552	ἰδιωμάτων
25553	Τῶν τοίνυν ἐθνικῶν ἰδιωμάτων τὰ μὲν καθ᾽
25554	ὅλους παραλλήλους
25555	καὶ γωνίας ὅλας διαιρεῖσθαι
25556	/
25557	«
25558	A
25559	~
25560	\
25561	\
25562	\
25563	/
25564	~
25565	/
25566	συμβέβηκε ὑπὸ τῆς πρὸς τὸν διὰ μέσων τῶν ζῳδίων
25567	κύκλον καὶ τὸν ἥλιον αὐτῶν σχέσεως.
25568	τῆς γὰρ
25569	καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς οἰκουμένης ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν βορείων τεταρ-
25570	τημορίων οὔσης, οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ
25571	τοὺς νοτιωτέρους
25572	/
25573	/
25574	\
25575	Ἁ
25576	>
25577	\
25578	~
25579	>
25580	~
25581	παραλλήλους, λέγω δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἰσημερινοῦ
25582	1 ἐπιδρομῆς VPLNDE, ὑποδρομῆς MA, περιδρομῆς Cam.
25583	2 κλίματα VPLMADProce., ἔθνη NCam.;
25584	tit. om. E.
25585	120
p. 445
25586	TETRABIBLOS II. 1-2
25587	of these questions these two things particularly
25588	are taken into consideration, the familiarity of the
25589	signs of the zodiac and also of the stars with the
25590	several
25591	climes,’ and the significances of heavenly
25592	bodies in their own proper regions 2 at a given time,
25593	manifested through the ecliptical conjunctions of
25594	the sun and moon and the transits 3 of the planets
25595	at rising and at their stationary periods, we shall
25596	first explain the natural reason for the aforesaid
25597	sympathies, and at the same time briefly survey the
25598	bodily and ethical peculiarities generally observed
25599	to belong to whole nations, which are not alien to
25600	the natural character of the stars and signs that are
25601	familiar to them.
25602	2. Of the Characteristics of the Inhabitants of the
25603	General Climes.
25604	The demarcation of national characteristics 5. is
25605	established in part by entire parallels and angles,°
25606	through their position relative to the ecliptic and
25607	the sun.
25608	For while the region which we inhabit is in
25609	one of the northern quarters, the people who live
25610	under the more southern parallels, that is, those
25611	1 Latitudes, or general regions determined by latitude.
25612	2 Such as houses (i. 17) or terms (i. 20-21).
25613	5 πάροδοι ; the passage of a heavenly body through the
25614	zodiac.
25615	4 In the astrological ethnography which follows Ptolemy
25616	probably
25617	depends
25618	upon
25619	the
25620	Stoic
25621	Posidonius.
25622	Boll,
25623	Studien, pp. 181-238, enumerates many details in which,
25624	for this reason, Ptolemy here diverges from views expressed
25625	in the Geography.
25626	5“ Parallels’’
25627	relate to latitude, 7.e. position north or
25628	south; “angles’’ to position east or west.
25629	121
p. 446
25630	PTOLEMY
25631	μέχρι τοῦ θερινοῦ τροπικοῦ, κατὰ κορυφὴν Aap-
25632	56 βανόντες τὸν ἥλιον καὶ διακαιόμενοι, μέλανες τὰ
25633	σώματα καὶ τὰς τρίχας οὖλοί τε καὶ δασεῖς καὶ
25634	τὰς μορφὰς συνεσπασμένοι
25635	καὶ τὰ μεγέθη συν-
25636	τετηγμένοι καὶ τὰς φύσεις θερμοὶ καὶ τοῖς ἤθεσιν
25637	ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν ἄγριοι τυγχάνουσι διὰ τὴν ὑπὸ καύματος
25638	συνέχειαν τῶν οἰκήσεων, οὗς δὴ καλοῦμεν κοινῶς }
25639	Αἰθίοπας.
25640	καὶ οὐ μόνον αὐτοὺς ὁρῶμεν οὕτως
25641	ἔχοντας ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ περιέχον αὐτοὺς τοῦ ἀέρος
25642	κατάστημα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα καὶ τὰ φυτὰ παρ᾽
25643	αὐτοῖς ἐμφανίζοντα τὴν διαπύρωσιν.5
25644	Οἱ δὲ ὑπὸ τοὺς βορειοτέρους παραλλήλους, λέγω
25645	δὲ τοὺς ὑπὸ τὰς ἄρκτους τὸν κατὰ κορυφὴν ἔχοντες
25646	τόπον, πολὺ τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ καὶ τῆς τοῦ ἡλίου θερ-
25647	μότητος ἀφεστῶτες, κατεψυγμένοι μέν εἰσι διὰ
25648	τοῦτο,
25649	δαψιλεστέρας
25650	δὲ μεταλαμβάνοντες
25651	τῆς
25652	ὑγρᾶς οὐσίας, θρεπτικωτάτης οὔσης καὶ ὑπὸ μηδενὸς
25653	ἀναπινομένης "θερμοῦ, λευκοί τε τὰ χρώματά εἰσι
25654	καὶ τετανοὶ τὰς τρίχας τά τε σώματα μεγάλοι καὶ
25655	εὐτραφεῖς τοῖς μεγέθεσι καὶ ὑπόψυχροι τὰς φύσεις,
25656	ἄγριοι δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ τοῖς ἤθεσι διὰ τὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ
25657	κρύους συνέχειαν τῶν οἰκήσεων.
25658	ἀκολουθεῖ δὲ
25659	τούτοις καὶ ὁ τοῦ περιέχοντος αὐτοὺς ἀέρος χειμὼν
25660	καὶ τῶν φυτῶν τὰ μεγέθη καὶ τὸ δυσήμερον τῶν
25661	ζῴων.
25662	καλοῦμεν δὲ καὶ τούτους ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν Σκύθας.
25663	Oi δὲ μεταξὺ τοῦ θερινοῦ τροπικοῦ καὶ τῶν
25664	ἄρκτων, μήτε κατὰ κορυφὴν γινομένου παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς
25665	1 κοιῶς VMADEProc., om. alii Cam.
25666	2 διαπύρωσιν VDP(-mp-)L(-mov-), τὸ διάπυρον Proc., διάθεσιν
25667	MNAECam.
25668	122
p. 447
25669	TETRABIBLOS II. 2
25670	from the equator to the summer tropic, since they
25671	have the sun over their heads and are burned by it,
25672	have black skins and thick, woolly hair, are con-
25673	tracted in form and shrunken in stature, are sanguine
25674	of nature, and in habits are for the most part savage
25675	because their homes are continually oppressed by
25676	heat ; we call them by the general name Ethiopians.
25677	Not only do we see them in this condition, but we
25678	likewise observe that their climate and the animals
25679	and plants of their region plainly give evidence of
25680	this baking by the sun.
25681	Those who live under the more northern parallels,
25682	those, I mean, who have the Bears over their heads,
25683	since they are far removed from the zodiac and the
25684	heat of the sun, are therefore cooled;
25685	but because
25686	they have a richer share of moisture, which is most
25687	nourishing and is not there exhausted by heat,
25688	they are white in complexion, straight-haired, tall and
25689	well-nourished, and somewhat cold by nature; these
25690	too are savage in their habits because their dwelling-
25691	places are continually cold.
25692	The wintry character
25693	of their climate, the size of their plants, and the
25694	wildness of their animals are in accord with these
25695	qualities.
25696	We call these men, too, by a general
25697	name, Scythians.
25698	The inhabitants of the region between the summer
25699	tropic and the Bears, however, since the sun
25700	is
25701	3 ἀφεστῶτες VD, -τα A, διεστηκότες NLCam., διεστηκῶτες P,
25702	-κότα ME; οἷ. ἀπέχει Proc.
25703	4 δαψιλεστέρας VMDE, -pws LNACam., δαψηλέσταιρος.
25704	123
p. 448
25705	PTOLEMY
25706	δ] τοῦ ἡλίου μήτε πολὺ κατὰ Tas μεσημβρινὰς παρ-
25707	ὅδους ἀφισταμένου, τῆς τε τῶν ἀέρων εὐκρασίας
25708	μετειλήφασι, καὶ αὐτῆς μὲν διαφερούσης ἀλλ᾽ οὐ
25709	σφόδρα μεγάλην τὴν παραλλαγὴν τῶν καυμάτων
25710	πρὸς τὰ ψύχη λαμβανούσης.
25711	ἔνθεν τοῖς χρώμασι
25712	μέσοι καὶ τοῖς μεγέθεσι μέτριοι καὶ ταῖς φύσεσιν
25713	εὔκρατοι καὶ ταῖς οἰκήσεσι συνεχεῖς καὶ τοῖς ἤθεσιν
25714	ἥμεροι τυγχάνουσι. τούτων δὲ οὗ πρὸς νότον ὡς
25715	ἐπὶ πᾶν ἀγχινούστεροι καὶ εὐμήχανοι μᾶλλον καὶ
25716	περὶ τὴν τῶν θείων ἱστορίαν ἱκανώτεροι διὰ τὸ
25717	συνεγγίζειν αὐτῶν τὸν κατὰ κορυφὴν τόπον τοῦ
25718	ζωδιακοῦ καὶ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν πλανωμένων ἀστέρων,"
25719	οἷς οἰκείως καὶ αὐτοὶ τὰς ψυχικὰς κινήσεις εὐεπη-
25720	βόλους 2 τε ἔχουσι καὶ διερευνητικὰς καὶ τῶν ἰδίως
25721	καλουμένων μαθημάτων περιοδευτικάς.
25722	καὶ τούτων
25723	δὲ πάλιν οἱ μὲν πρὸς ἕω μᾶλλόν εἰσιν ἠρρενωμένοι καὶ
25724	εὔτονοι τὰς ψυχὰς ὃ καὶ πάντα ἐκφαίνοντες, ἐπειδὴ
25725	τὰς ἀνατολὰς av τις εἰκότως τῆς ἡλιακῆς φύσεως
25726	ὑπολάβοι" καὶ τὸ μέρος ἐκεῖνο ἡμερινόν τε καὶ
25727	ἀρρενικὸν καὶ δεξιόν, καθ᾽ ὃ κἀν τοῖς ζῴοις ὁρῶμεν
25728	τὰ δεξιὰ μέρη μᾶλλον ἐπιτηδειότητα ἔχοντα πρὸς
25729	ἰσχὺν καὶ εὐτονίαν.
25730	οἱ δὲ πρὸς ἑσπέραν τεθηλυσ-
25731	μένοι μᾶλλόν εἰσι καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς ἁπαλώτεροι καὶ
25732	τὰ πολλὰ κρύπτοντες, ἐπειδὴ πάλιν τοῦτο τὸ μέρος
25733	δδ σεληνιακὸν τυγχάνει,
25734	πάντοτε
25735	τῆς σελήνης
25736	τὰς
25737	17 ζωδιακῷ καὶ τοῖς πλανωμένοις περὶ αὐτὸν ἀστράσιν NCam,
25738	2 εὐεπιβούλους VPLD.
25739	ὃ ταῖς ψυχαῖς PLNCam.
25740	4 διὰ τοῦτο post ὑπολάβοι add.
25741	NACam.
25742	124
p. 449
25743	TETRABIBLOS II. 2
25744	neither directly over their heads nor far distant at
25745	its noon-day transits, share in the equable tem-
25746	perature of the air, which varies, to be sure, but has
25747	no violent changes from heat to cold.
25748	They are
25749	therefore medium in colouring, of moderate stature,
25750	in nature
25751	equable,
25752	live close
25753	together, and
25754	are
25755	civilized in their habits.
25756	The southernmost of them!
25757	are in general more shrewd and inventive, and better
25758	versed in the knowledge of things divine because
25759	their zenith is close to the zodiac and to the planets
25760	revolving about it.
25761	Through this affinity the men
25762	themselves are characterized by an activity of the soul
25763	which is sagacious, investigative, and fitted for pursu-
25764	ing the sciences specifically called mathematical.
25765	Of
25766	them, again, the eastern group are more masculine,
25767	vigorous of soul, and frank in all things,” because one
25768	would reasonably assume that the orient partakes
25769	of the nature of the sun.?
25770	This region therefore
25771	is diurnal, masculine, and right-handed, even
25772	as
25773	we
25774	observe
25775	that among
25776	the animals
25777	too
25778	their
25779	right-hand parts are better fitted for strength and
25780	vigour.
25781	Those
25782	to
25783	the west
25784	are
25785	more
25786	feminine,
25787	softer of soul, and secretive, because this region,
25788	again, is lunar, for it is always in the west that the
25789	'The anonymous commentator (p. ὅθ, ed. Wolf) says
25790	that he means the Egyptians and the Chaldaeans, and is
25791	referring to the fact that they discovered astrology.
25792	This phrase (πάντα ἐκφαίνοντες)
25793	is contrasted with ra
25794	πολλὰ κρύπτοντες, below.
25795	The anonymous commentator
25796	says that some understood it to refer to the freedom of
25797	speech of the eastern group;
25798	others,
25799	to
25800	their gift of
25801	felicitous expression.
25802	80.
25803	i. 6;
25804	not only the sun,
25805	but also
25806	the oriental
25807	quadrant, is masculine.
25808	125
p. 450
25809	PTOLEMY
25810	/
25811	>
25812	r \
25813	\ 1
25814	3
25815	\
25816	"ὃ
25817	,
25818	>
25819	‘
25820	πρώτας ἐπιτολὰς Kal!
25821	ἀπὸ συνόδου φαντασίας ἀπὸ
25822	A
25823	~
25824	a
25825	λιβὸς ποιουμένης.
25826	διὰ δὴ τοῦτο νυκτερινὸν δοκεῖ
25827	/
25828	\
25829	2
25830	\
25831	o)
25832	ae,
25833	>
25834	/
25835	~
25836	κλίμα θηλυκὸν 5 καὶ εὐώνυμον ἀντικειμένως τῷ
25837	ἀνατολικῷ.
25838	Μ
25839	,
25840	\
25841	>
25842	ε
25843	i)
25844	΄
25845	~
25846	Ὁ
25847	δὴ δέ τινες καὶ ἐν ἑκάστοις τούτοις τῶν ὅλων
25848	μερῶν 8 ἰδιότροποι περιστάσεις ἠθῶν καὶ νομίμων
25849	φυσικῶς ἐξηκολούθησαν.
25850	ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν τοῦ
25851	/
25852	A
25853	“-
25854	περιέχοντος καταστημάτων καὶ ἐν τοῖς 4 ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν
25855	aA
25856	”
25857	a
25858	Ἅ
25859	΄ὔ
25860	κατειλεγμένοις θερμοῖς ἢ ψυχροῖς ἢ εὐκράτοις καὶ
25861	/
25862	~
25863	~
25864	κατὰ μέρος ἰδιάζουσι τόποι καὶ χῶραί τινες ἐν τῷ
25865	“΄“"
25866	Ἃ
25867	Ἐν
25868	»
25869	A
25870	0 /,
25871	4é
25872	n”
25873	“
25874	a
25875	μᾶλλον ἢ ἧττον ἤτοι διὰ
25876	θέσεως τάξιν ἢ ὕψος ἢ
25877	ταπεινότητα ἢ διὰ παράθεσιν : ἔτι δὲ ὡς ἱππικοί
25878	τινες μᾶλλον διὰ τὸ τῆς χώρας πεδινόν, καὶ ναυτικοὶ
25879	~
25880	\
25881	διὰ τὴν τῆς θαλάττης ἐγγύτητα, καὶ ἥμεροι διὰ τὴν
25882	τῆς χώρας εὐθηνίαν, οὕτω καὶ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς
25883	ἀστέρας κατὰ τὰ δωδεκατημόρια φυσικῆς τῶν κατὰ
25884	μέρος κλιμάτων ὃ συνοικειώσεως ἰδιοτρόπους ἄν τις
25885	τ
25886	3
25887	lol
25888	εὕροι φύσεις Tap ἑκάστοις, καὶ αὐτὰς δὲ ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν
25889	οὐχ ὡς καὶ καθ᾽ ἕνα ἕκαστον πάντως ἐνυπαρχούσας.
25890	A
25891	>
25892	re
25893	ie)
25894	ἀναγκαῖον οὖν ἐφ᾽ ὧν ἂν εἴη χρήσιμον πρὸς τὰς
25895	A
25896	/
25897	b
25898	,ὔ
25899	Ἃ
25900	ὃ ~
25901	9)
25902	AO ~
25903	6
25904	κατὰ μέρος ἐπισκέψεις κεφαλαιωδῶς ἐπελθεῖν.
25905	1 καὶ om. NAECam.
25906	2 κλίμα θηλυκὸν om. Cam.
25907	ὃ ὅλων μερῶν VMADHE, δώδεκα μερῶν PL, δωδεκατημορίων
25908	NCam.
25909	4 τοῖς VD, αὐτοῖς PMNAECam., om. L.
25910	5 κλιμάτων VLMADE, λημμάτων PNCam.
25911	ὃ Post ἐπελθεῖν capitis titulum habent VMADProc.
25912	126
p. 451
25913	TETRABIBLOS II. 2
25914	moon emerges and makes its appearance after con-
25915	junction.
25916	For this reason it appears to be a nocturnal
25917	clime, feminine, and, in contrast with the orient, left-
25918	handed.
25919	And now in each of these general regions certain
25920	special conditions of character and customs! natur-
25921	ally ensue.
25922	For
25923	as likewise, in the case
25924	of the
25925	climate, even within the regions that in general are
25926	reckoned as hot, cold, or temperate, certain localities
25927	and countries have special peculiarities of excess or
25928	deficiency by reason of their situation, height, low-
25929	ness, or adjacency ; and again, as some peoples are
25930	more inclined to horsemanship because theirs is a
25931	plain country, or to seamanship because they live
25932	close to the sea, or to civilization because of the
25933	richness of their soil, so also would one discover special
25934	traits in each arising from the natural familiarity
25935	of their particular climes with the stars in the signs
25936	of the zodiac.
25937	These
25938	traits, too, would be found
25939	generally present, but not in every individual.
25940	We
25941	must, then, deal with the subject summarily, in so far
25942	as it might be of use for the purpose of particular
25943	investigations.
25944	11...
25945	variations
25946	from
25947	the
25948	norma!
25949	or
25950	general
25951	char-
25952	acteristics of the whole region.
p. 452
25953	PTOLEMY
25954	iF
25955	\
25956	~
25957	~
25958	~
25959	‘
25960	\
25961	[4
25962	<y.>
25963	Περὶ ΤῊ"
25964	τῶν χώρων
25965	TPOS
25966	TA
25967	TPt-
25968	/
25969	ywva
25970	καὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας συνοικειώσεως
25971	Τεττάρων δὴ τριγωνικῶν
25972	σχημάτων
25973	ἐν τῷ
25974	59 ζωδιακῷ θεωρουμένων, ὡς δέδεικται διὰ τῶν ἔμ-
25975	[2
25976	-
25977	[2
25978	‘
25979	Ν
25980	\
25981	‘
25982	\
25983	/
25984	προσθεν ἡμῖν, ὅτι TO μὲν κατὰ Κριὸν καὶ Λέοντα
25985	\
25986	f
25987	/,
25988	7
25989	>
25990	\
25991	>
25992	καὶ Τοξότην βορρολυβυκόν τέ ἐστι καὶ οἰκοδεσπο-
25993	τεῖται μὲν προηγουμένως ὑπὸ τοῦ τοῦ Διὸς διὰ
25994	τὸ βόρειον, συνοικοδεσποτεῖται
25995	δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ
25996	Ἄρεως διὰ τὸ λιβυκόν: τὸ δὲ κατὰ τὸν Ταῦρον
25997	\
25998	‘\
25999	,
26000	\
26001	\
26002	>
26003	,
26004	καὶ τὴν Παρθένον καὶ τὸν Αἰγόκερων νοταπηλι-
26005	ωὠτικόν τέ ἐστι καὶ οἰκοδεσποτεῖται πάλιν προ-
26006	’ὔ
26007	\
26008	ΙΘ.
26009	‘
26010	~
26011	~
26012	>
26013	/
26014	‘A
26015	A
26016	/
26017	ηγουμένως μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης διὰ TO νότιον,
26018	συνοικοδεσποτεῖται
26019	δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κρόνου
26020	διὰ τὸ
26021	5
26022	/
26023	‘
26024	A
26025	‘A
26026	\
26027	/
26028	\
26029	ἡ
26030	ἀπηλιωτικόν " τὸ δὲ κατὰ τοὺς Διδύμους καὶ τὰς
26031	\
26032	‘
26033	4
26034	“VS
26035	,ὔ
26036	λ
26037	’,
26038	᾽ὔ
26039	Χηλὰς
26040	καὶ
26041	τὸν
26042	ροχόον βορραπηλιωτικόν
26043	τέ
26044	ἐστι καὶ οἰκοδεσποτεῖται προηγουμένως μὲν ὑπὸ
26045	τοῦ Κρόνου διὰ τὸ ἀπηλιωτικόν, συνοικοδεσποτεῖται
26046	\
26047	ε
26048	\
26049	~
26050	A
26051	‘A
26052	‘
26053	’
26054	A
26055	\
26056	‘A
26057	εὖ
26058	δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Διὸς διὰ τὸ βόρειον τὸ δὲ κατὰ τὸν
26059	Καρκίνον καὶ τὸν Σκορπίον καὶ τοὺς ἰχθῦς νοτο-
26060	λιβυκόν τέ ἐστι καὶ οἰκοδεσποτεῖται προηγουμένως
26061	μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ τοῦ "Apews διὰ τὸ λιβυκόν, συνοικο-
26062	-
26063	\
26064	¢
26065	‘
26066	~
26067	~
26068	>
26069	/,
26070	A
26071	‘
26072	δεσποτεῖται δὲ ὑπὸ
26073	τοῦ τῆς Adpoditns διὰ τὸ
26074	νότιον---
26075	4
26076	A
26077	a
26078	>
26079	;
26080	,
26081	~
26082	Τούτων δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων διαιρουμένης τε τῆς
26083	καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς οἰκουμένης εἰς τέτταρα τεταρτημόρια,
26084	τοῖς τριγώνοις ἰσάριθμα, κατὰ μὲν πλάτος ὑπό τε
26085	~
26086	>
26087	«
26088	~
26089	/
26090	>
26091	\|
26092	~
26093	€
26094	/
26095	τῆς
26096	Kal?
26097	ἡμᾶς
26098	θαλάττης
26099	ἀπὸ
26100	τοῦ
26101	᾿Ηρακλείου
26102	~
26103	a?
26104	~
26105	-
26106	~
26107	πορθμοῦ μέχρι τοῦ ᾿Ϊσσικοῦ κόλπου Kai τῆς ἐφεξῆς
26108	128
p. 453
26109	TETRABIBLOS II. 3
26110	3. Of the Familiarities between Countries and the
26111	Triplicities and Stars.
26112	Now of the four triangular formations recognized
26113	in the zodiac, as we have shown above,! the one which
26114	consists
26115	of Aries, Leo, and Sagittarius
26116	is north-
26117	western, and is chiefly dominated by Jupiter on
26118	account of the north wind, but Mars joins in its
26119	government because of the south-west wind.
26120	That
26121	which is made up of Taurus, Virgo, and Capricornus
26122	is south-eastern, and again is governed primarily
26123	by Venus on account of the south wind, but con-
26124	jointly by Saturn because of the east wind.
26125	The
26126	one consisting of Gemini, Libra, and Aquarius is
26127	north-eastern and is governed primarily by Saturn
26128	because of the east wind, and conjointly by Jupiter
26129	because of the north wind.
26130	The triangle of Cancer,
26131	Scorpio, and Pisces is south-western and is governed
26132	primarily, because of the west wind, by Mars, who is
26133	joined by Venus as co-ruler on account of the south
26134	wind.
26135	As this is so, and since our inhabited world is
26136	divided into four quarters,” equal in number to the
26137	triangles, and is divided latitudinally by our sea
26138	from the Straits of Hercules * to the Gulf of Issus
26139	and the mountainous ridge adjacent on the east,'
26140	1 Of. i. 18.
26141	2Cardanus, p. 181, diagrammatically figures the
26142	‘“ in-
26143	habited
26144	world’”’
26145	as a trapezium, narrower
26146	at the top
26147	(north) than the bottom, and bounded by arcs;
26148	this is
26149	divided into quadrants by north-south and east-west lines.
26150	The ‘‘ parts closer to the centre’ are then marked off by
26151	lines joining the ends of the two latter, dividing each quad-
26152	rant and producing 4 right-angled triangles at the centre.
26153	3 Straits of Gibraltar.
26154	4 Probably the Taurus range.
26155	129
p. 454
26156	PTOLEMY
26157	A
26158	>
26159	r \
26160	>
26161	~
26162	eZ
26163	1
26164	4ι.
26165	4.9
26166	Lal
26167	/
26168	πρὸς ἀνατολὰς ὀρεινῆς ῥάχεως,
26169	ὑφ᾽ ὧν χωρίζεται
26170	τό τε νότιον καὶ τὸ βόρειον αὐτῆς μέρος, κατὰ δὲ
26171	μῆκος ὑπὸ τοῦ Αραβικοῦ κόλπου, διὰ καὶ τοῦ
26172	>
26173	~
26174	60 Aliyaiov πελάγους καὶ Πόντου καὶ τῆς Μαιώτιδος
26175	,
26176	ΝΣ
26177	λίμνης, ὑφ᾽ ὧν χωρίζεται τό τε ἀπηλιωτικὸν καὶ
26178	τὸ λιβυκὸν μέρος, γίνεται τεταρτημόρια τέτταρα,
26179	σύμφωνα τῇ θέσει τῶν τριγώνων.
26180	ἕν μὲν πρὸς
26181	βορρολίβα 3 τῆς ὅλης οἰκουμένης κείμενον, τὸ κατὰ
26182	\
26183	/
26184	a“
26185	A
26186	~
26187	>
26188	/
26189	~
26190	τὴν Κελτογαλατίαν, 6 δὴ κοινῶς Εὐρώπην καλοῦμεν -
26191	τούτῳ δὲ ἀντικείμενον καὶ πρὸς τὸν νοταπηλιώτην
26192	‘
26193	A
26194	\
26195	wit.
26196	He}
26197	/
26198	“a
26199	\
26200	~
26201	/
26202	TO κατὰ
26203	τὴν EWaV Αἱ ιοπιαν,
26204	O δὴ Τῆς μεγάλης
26205	“A
26206	U
26207	/
26208	/
26209	Ἃ
26210	-
26211	\
26212	/
26213	\
26214	\
26215	σίας νότιον μέρος av καλοῖτο - καὶ πάλιν τὸ μὲν
26216	πρὸς βορραπηλιώτην τῆς ὅλης οἰκουμένης τὸ κατὰ
26217	τὴν Σκυθίαν, ὃ δὴ καὶ αὐτὸ βόρειον μέρος τῆς με-
26218	γάλης ᾿Ασίας γίνεται: τὸ δὲ ἀντικείμενον τούτῳ
26219	καὶ πρὸς λιβόνοτον ἄνεμον τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἑσπερίαν
26220	>
26221	/
26222	“a
26223	ΝΜ
26224	~
26225	Λ
26226	~
26227	Αἰθιοπίαν, ὃ δὴ κοινῶς Λιβύην καλοῦμεν.
26228	ΠΙάλιν δὲ καὶ ἑκάστου τῶν προκειμένων τεταρτη-
26229	μορίων τὰ μὲν πρὸς τὸ μέσον μᾶλλον ἐσχηματισ-
26230	μένα τῆς ὅλης οἰκουμένης τὴν ἐναντίαν λαμβάνει
26231	θέσιν 3 πρὸς αὐτὸτὸ περιέχον τεταρτημορίον, ὥσπερ 4
26232	ἐκεῖνο πρὸς ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην, τοῦ τε κατὰ τὴν
26233	Εὐρώπην πρὸς βορρολίβα κειμένου τῆς ὅλης οἰκου-
26234	μένης τὰ περὶ τὸ μέσον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀντιγώνια πρὸς
26235	νοταπηλιώτην τοῦ αὐτοῦ τεταρτημορίου τὴν θέσιν
26236	ἔχοντα φαίνεται.
26237	καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὁμοίως, ὡς
26238	1 ῥάχεως VMADE, ῥαχείας NCam., ῥαχαίας PL.
26239	2 Boppav καὶ λίβα NMECam.
26240	3 θέσιν VMADE, φύσιν PNCam., om. L.
26241	4 ὥσπερ VD, ἤπερ NCam., ἥνπερ PLMAE.
26242	ΟἿ. Proc.: ἐναν-
26243	τίως κεῖται πρὸς
26244	.
26245	.
26246	.
26247	. καθ᾽ ὥσπερ ἐκεῖνο.
26248	.
26249	. κεῖται κτλ.
26250	130
p. 455
26251	TETRABIBLOS II. 3
26252	and by these its southern and northern portions are
26253	separated, and in longitude by the Arabian Gulf, the
26254	Aegean Sea, the Pontus,’ and the Lake Maeotis,
26255	whereby
26256	the eastern
26257	and
26258	western
26259	portions
26260	are
26261	separated, there arise four quarters, and these agree
26262	in position with the triangles.
26263	The first quarter lies
26264	in the north-west of the whole inhabited world ; it
26265	embraces Celtic Gaul? and we give it the general
26266	name
26267	Europe.
26268	Opposite this is the south-eastern
26269	quarter ; this includes eastern Ethiopia,® which would
26270	be called the southern part of Greater Asia.
26271	Again,
26272	the north-eastern quarter of the whole inhabited
26273	world is that which contains Scythia, which like-
26274	wise is the northern part of Greater Asia; and the
26275	quarter opposite this and toward the south-west
26276	wind, the quarter of western Ethiopia, is that which
26277	we call by the general term Libya.
26278	Again, of each of the aforesaid
26279	quarters
26280	the
26281	parts which are placed closer to the centre of the
26282	inhabited world are placed in a contrary fashion
26283	with respect to the surrounding quarters, just as are
26284	the latter in comparison with the whole world ;
26285	and since the European quarter lies in the north-
26286	west of the whole world, the parts about the centre,
26287	which are allied to the opposite angle, obviously are
26288	situated in the south-east part of the quarter.
26289	The
26290	1 The Pontus Euxinus, or Black Sea.
26291	The Lake Maeotis
26292	is the Sea of Azov.
26293	2 As opposed to Galatia in Asia Minor.
26294	3 The designation of India as
26295	“ Eastern Ethopia’’
26296	is
26297	at variance with Ptolemy’s Geography, and a mark of the
26298	influence of Posidonius (Boll, Studien, pp. 211-212).
26299	The
26300	distinetion
26301	of two
26302	Ethiopias
26303	rests
26304	on
26305	the well-known
26306	Homeric passage, Odyssey, i. 22-24.
26307	131
p. 456
26308	PTOLEMY
26309	ἐκ τούτων ἕκαστον τῶν τεταρτημορίων δυσὶ τοῖς
26310	ἀντικειμένοις τριγώνοις συνοικειοῦσθαι: τῶν μὲν
26311	ἄλλων μερῶν πρὸς τὴν καθ᾽ ὅλου πρόσνευσιν ἐφ-
26312	αρμοζομένων, τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸ μέσον πρὸς τὴν κατ᾽
26313	αὐτὸ τὸ μέρος ἀντικειμένην συμπαραλαμβανομένων
26314	πρὸς τὴν οἰκείωσιν, καὶ
26315	τῶν ἐν τοῖς οἰκείοις
26316	τριγώνοις τὴν nin eee ἐχόντων ἀστέρων, ἐπὶ
26317	μὲν τῶν ἄλλων οἰκήσεων πάλιν αὐτῶν μόνων,' ἐπὶ
26318	δὲ τῶν περὶ τὸ μέσον τῆς οἰκουμένης κἀκείνων καὶ
26319	ἔτι τοῦ τοῦ “μοῦ διὰ τὸ μέσον καὶ κοινὸν αὐτὸν
26320	ὑπάρχειν τῶν αἱρέσεων.
26321	Ἔκ δὴ τῆς 5 τοιαύτης διατάξεως τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη
26322	τοῦ πρώτου τῶν τεταρτημορίων, λέγω δὲ τοῦ κατὰ
26323	τὴν Εὐρώπην, πρὸς βορρολίβα κείμενα τῆς ὅλης 3
26324	οἰκουμένης, συνοικειοῦται μὲν τῷ βορρολιβυκῷ τρι-
26325	γώνῳ τῷ κατὰ τὸν Κριὸν καὶ A€ovta καὶ Τοξότην,
26326	οἰκοδεσποτεῖται δὲ εἰκότως ὑπὸ τῶν κυρίων τοῦ
26327	τριγώνου Διὸς καὶ Ἄρεως ἑσπερίων.
26328	ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα
26329	καθ᾽ ὅλα ἔθνη λαμβανόμενα Βρεττανία, Γαλατία,
26330	Γερμανία, Βασταρνία, ᾿Ιταλία, Γαλλία, ᾿Απουλία,
26331	1 μόνων VPLNE, -ov MADCam.
26332	2 ἐκ δὴ τῆς κτλ. VPLMADE;; cf. Proc.; ἐν δὲ τῇ κτλ. NCam.
26333	8 ὅλης VMADEProce. ; om. PLNCam.
26334	1Cardanus
26335	(p. 182) gives four reasons why Mercury
26336	governs these central portions; that he may have some
26337	dominion in the world;
26338	because the inhabitants of the
26339	central regions are more given to the arts and sciences,
26340	of which Mercury is the patron ; because they are addicted
26341	to commerce, likewise in Mercury’s field;
26342	and because
26343	Mercury’s nature lies midway between those of the other
26344	four planets.
26345	2 That Jupiter and Mars must be in the occidental
26346	132
p. 457
26347	TETRABIBLOS II. 3
26348	same holds of the other quarters, so that each of
26349	them is related to two oppositely situated triangles ;
26350	for while the other parts are in harmony with the
26351	general inclination of the quarter, the portions at
26352	the centre [of the world] share in familiarity with
26353	the opposite inclination, and, again, of the stars that
26354	govern
26355	in their own
26356	triangles,
26357	in all the other
26358	domiciles they alone govern, but in the parts about
26359	the centre of the world likewise the other group, and
26360	Mercury besides,! because he is mid-way between
26361	and common to the two sects.
26362	Under this arrangement, the remainder of the
26363	first quarter, by which I mean the European quarter,
26364	situated in the north-west of the inhabited world,
26365	is in familiarity with the north-western triangle,
26366	Aries, Leo, and Sagittarius, and is governed, as one
26367	would expect, by the lords of the triangle, Jupiter
26368	and Mars, occidental.2
26369	In terms of whole nations
26370	these parts consist of Britain, (Transalpine) Gaul,
26371	Germany, Bastarnia,’ Italy, (Cisalpine) Gaul, Apulia,
26372	position is an additional requirement which does not ap-
26373	pear in the original statement of the government of the
26374	triangles.
26375	Cardanus, p. 182, points out that in Ptolemy’s
26376	scheme Jupiter governs the whole north, Venus the south,
26377	Saturn the east, and Mars the west, but in the first quad-
26378	rant Mars and Jupiter dominate non simpliciter, sed occt-
26379	dentales, in the second, Saturn and Venus, not absolutely,
26380	but in oriental aspects, and so on.
26381	This, he says, is to
26382	display the variety of the customs of the nations, for a
26383	planet in oriental aspect is so different from the same planet
26384	occidental that practically it is two planets instead of one.
26385	8 The south-western part of Russia and southern Poland.
26386	Boll, op. cit., p. 197, n. 2, points out that Hephaestion,
26387	who follows Ptolemy closely, and Proclus do not mention
26388	Bastarnia, and that the name may not have been
26389	in
26390	Ptolemy’s original text.
26391	133
p. 458
26392	PTOLEMY
26393	Σικελία,
26394	Tuppnvia, Κελτική, ‘Iomavia.
26395	εἰκότως
26396	δὲ τοῖς προκειμένοις ἔθνεσιν ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν συνέπεσε,
26397	διά τε τὸ ἀρχικὸν τοῦ τριγώνου καὶ τοὺς συνοικο-
26398	δεσποτήσαντας ἀστέρας, ἀνυποτάκτοις 5 τε εἶναι καὶ
26399	φιλελευθέροις
26400	καὶ φιλόπλοις καὶ φιλοπόνοις καὶ
26401	πολεμικωτάτοις καὶ ἡγεμονικοῖς καὶ καθαροῖς καὶ
26402	μεγαλοψύχοις - διὰ μέντοι τὸν ἑσπέριον σχηματισ-
26403	μὸν Atos καὶ Ἄρεως, καὶ ἔτι διὰ τὸ τοῦ προκειμένου
26404	S2Tprywvov τὰ μὲν ἐμπρόσθια ἠρρενῶσθαι, τὰ δὲ
26405	ὀπίσθια τεθηλύσθαι, πρὸς μὲν τὰς γυναῖκας ἀζήλοις
26406	αὐτοῖς εἶναι συνέπεσε ἃ καὶ καταφρονητικοῖς τῶν
26407	ἀφροδισίων, πρὸς δὲ τὴν τῶν ἀρρένων συνουσίαν
26408	κατακορεστέροις τε καὶ μᾶλλον ζηλοτύποις " αὐτοῖς
26409	δὲ τοῖς διατιθεμένοις μήτε αἰσχρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι τὸ
26410	γινόμενον μήτε ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀνάνδροις διὰ τοῦτο καὶ
26411	μαλακοῖς ἀποβαίνειν, ἕνεκεν τοῦ μὴ παθητικῶς
26412	διατίθεσθαι, συντηρεῖν δὲ τὰς ψυχὰς ἐπάνδρους καὶ
26413	κοινωνικὰς καὶ πιστὰς καὶ φιλοικείους καὶ εὐεργε-
26414	τικάς.
26415	καὶ τούτων δὲ αὐτῶν τῶν χωρῶν Βρεττανία
26416	μὲν καὶ Γαλατία
26417	καὶ Γερμανία καὶ Βασταρνία
26418	μᾶλλον
26419	τῷ Kpid
26420	συνοικειοῦνται
26421	καὶ τῷ τοῦ
26422	Ἄρεως. ὅθεν ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν οἱ ἐν αὐταῖς ἀγριώτεροι
26423	καὶ
26424	αὐθαδέστεροι
26425	καὶ
26426	θηριώδεις
26427	τυγχάνουσιν.
26428	᾿Ιταλία δὲ καὶ ᾿Απουλία, Γαλλία καὶ Σικελία τῷ
26429	Λέοντι καὶ τῷ ἡλίῳ
26430	διόπερ ἡγεμονικοὶ μᾶλλον
26431	1 συνέπεσε VADE, συνέπεται alii Cam.
26432	2 ἀνυποτάκτοις κτλ. VMADE, -ovs PLN Cam.
26433	8 συνέπεσε(ν) VADE, συνέπεται PLN, om. MCam.
26434	1 Tuscany.
26435	2 Probably
26436	western
26437	Spain
26438	(Boll,
26439	op.
26440	cit.,
26441	p.
26442	205).
26443	134
p. 459
26444	TETRABIBLOS II. 3
26445	Sicily, Tyrrhenia,!
26446	Celtica,2
26447	and Spain.
26448	As one
26449	might expect,
26450	it is the general characteristic
26451	of
26452	these
26453	nations, by reason
26454	of the predominance
26455	of the triangle and the stars which join in its
26456	government, to be independent, liberty-loving, fond
26457	of arms, industrious, very warlike, with qualities of
26458	leadership, cleanly, and magnanimous.
26459	However,
26460	because of the occidental
26461	aspect of Jupiter and
26462	Mars, and furthermore because the first parts of the
26463	aforesaid triangle are masculine and the latter parts
26464	feminine,® they are without passion for women‘ and
26465	look down upon the pleasures of love, but are better
26466	satisfied with and more desirous of association with
26467	men.
26468	And they do not regard the act as a disgrace to
26469	the paramour, nor indeed do they actually become
26470	effeminate and soft thereby, because their disposition
26471	is not perverted, but they retain in their souls man-
26472	liness, helpfulness, good faith, love of kinsmen, and
26473	benevolence.
26474	Of these
26475	same
26476	countries
26477	Britain,
26478	(Transalpine) Gaul, Germany, and Bastarnia are in
26479	closer familiarity with Aries and Mars.
26480	Therefore for
26481	the most part their inhabitants are fiercer, more head-
26482	strong, and bestial.
26483	But Italy, Apulia, (Cisalpine)
26484	Gaul, and Sicily have their familiarity with Leo and the
26485	Γαλατία is used
26486	to designate Gaul proper, between the
26487	Rhine and the Pyrenees, and Γαλλία for northern Italy.
26488	§ All the signs of this triangle are masculine ; ef. i. 17.
26489	Perhaps Ptolemy merely means that when Aries is rising
26490	Sagittarius
26491	will
26492	be occidental and therefore feminine ;
26493	so Ashmand.
26494	‘This preference of the northern barbarians is charged
26495	against them by Aristotle and following him by Posidonius,
26496	Diodorus, Strabo, Athenaeus, Sextus Empiricus and others ;
26497	ef. the instances collected by Bouché-Leclercq, p. 340, n. 2,
26498	and the discussion in Boll, Studien, pp. 207-208.
26499	135
p. 460
26500	PTOLEMY
26501	οὗτοι καὶ evepyeTiKol καὶ κοινώνικοι.
26502	Tuppnvia
26503	\
26504	\
26505	\
26506	wes
26507	/
26508	~
26509	/
26510	\
26511	~
26512	δὲ καὶ Κελτικὴ καὶ
26513	“Ισπανία τῷ Τοξότῃ καὶ τῷ
26514	τοῦ Ais: ὅθεν τὸ φιλελεύθερον ' αὐτοῖς 5 καὶ τὸ
26515	ς
26516	~
26517	\
26518	/
26519	A
26520	\
26521	2?
26522	P
26523	A
26524	ἁπλοῦν και τὸ φιλοκάθαρον.
26525	τὰ δὲ ἐν τούτῳ μὲν
26526	ὄντα τῷ τεταρτημορίῳ, περὶ δὲ τὸ μέσον ἐσχη-
26527	ματισμένα τῆς οἰκουμένης, Θρᾷκη τε καὶ Μακεδονία
26528	καὶ ᾿Ϊλλυρία καὶ ᾿Ελλὰς καὶ ᾿Αχαία καὶ Κρήτη, ἔτι
26529	ΑἹ
26530	a
26531	/
26532	\
26533	A
26534	/
26535	~
26536	~
26537	>
26538	/
26539	δὲ αἵ τε Κυκλάδες καὶ τὰ παράλια τῆς μικρᾶς ᾿Ασίας
26540	καὶ Κύπρου ὃ πρὸς νοταπηλιώτην κείμενα τοῦ ὅλου
26541	63 τεταρτημορίου, προσλαμβάνει τὴν συνοικείωσιν τοῦ
26542	νοταπηλιωτικοῦ τριγώνου, τοῦ κατὰ τὸν Ταῦρον
26543	\
26544	\
26545	/
26546	\
26547	A
26548	>
26549	/
26550	”
26551	A
26552	καὶ τὴν Π]αρθένον καὶ τὸν Αἰγόκερων, ἔτι δὲ συν-
26553	οικοδεσπότας τόν τε τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης καὶ τὸν τοῦ
26554	Κρόνου καὶ τὸν τοῦ ᾿
26555	Ἑρμοῦ - ὅθεν οἱ κατοικοῦντες
26556	ρ
26557	τὰς χώρας συγκατεσχηματισμένοι
26558	μᾶλλον ἀπ-
26559	ἔβησαν καὶ κεκραμένοι τοῖς τε σώμασι καὶ ταῖς
26560	ψυχαῖς - ἡγεμονικοὶ μὲν καὶ αὐτοὶ τυγχάνοντες καὶ
26561	γενναῖοι καὶ ἀνυπότακτοι
26562	διὰ τὸν τοῦ Ἄρεως,
26563	΄
26564	\
26565	\
26566	>
26567	/
26568	‘
26569	A
26570	φιλελεύθεροι δὲ Kal αὐτόνομοι Kat δημοκρατικοὶ
26571	\
26572	θ
26573	\ ὃ A
26574	\
26575	~ A /
26576	λό
26577	5 de
26578	Kal νομοθετικοὶ
26579	διὰ τὸν τοῦ
26580	Aids, φιλόμουσοι ὃ δὲ
26581	καὶ φιλομαθεῖς καὶ φιλαγωνισταὶ καὶ καθάριοι ταῖς
26582	/
26583	6
26584	\
26585	‘
26586	~
26587	>
26588	7,
26589	\
26590	A
26591	διαίταις ὃ διὰ τὸν τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης, κοινωνικοὶ δὲ
26592	καὶ φιλόξενοι καὶ φιλοδίκαιοι καὶ φιλογράμματοι
26593	καὶ ἐν λόγοις πρακτικώτατοι διὰ τὸν τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ,
26594	μυστηρίων δὲ μάλιστα συντελεστικοὶ διὰ τὸν τῆς
26595	3
26596	δί
26597	ς
26598	/
26599	/
26600	LA
26601	δὲ
26602	A
26603	Adpoditns ἑσπέριον σχηματισμόν.
26604	πάλιν
26605	δὲ κατὰ
26606	μέρος καὶ τούτων οἱ μὲν περὶ τὰς Κυκλάδας καὶ τὰ
26607	170 φιλελεύθερον.
26608	.
26609	. ἁπλοῦν καὶ om. Cam.
26610	2 αὐτοῖς VD, -ῶν PLMNAE.
26611	ὃ Κύπρου VDProc. ; Κύπρον al..Cam.
26612	136
p. 461
26613	TETRABIBLOS II. 3
26614	sun; wherefore these peoples are more masterful,
26615	benevolent, andco-operative.
26616	Tyrrhenia, Celtica, and
26617	Spain are subject to Sagittarius and Jupiter, whence
26618	their independence, simplicity, and love of cleanliness.
26619	The parts of this quarter which are situated about
26620	the centre of the inhabited world, Thrace, Macedonia,
26621	Illyria, Hellas, Achaia,
26622	Crete, and likewise
26623	the
26624	Cyclades, and the coastal regions of Asia Minor and
26625	Cyprus, which are in the south-east portion of the
26626	whole quarter, have in addition familiarity with the
26627	south-east triangle, Taurus, Virgo, and Capricornus,
26628	and its co-rulers Venus, Saturn, and Mercury.
26629	As
26630	a result
26631	the inhabitants
26632	of those countries
26633	are
26634	brought into conformity with these planets and
26635	both in body and
26636	soul
26637	are
26638	of a more mingled
26639	constitution.
26640	They too have qualities of leadership
26641	and are noble and independent, because of Mars ;
26642	they are liberty-loving and self-governing, demo-
26643	cratic and framers of law, through Jupiter ; lovers of
26644	music and of learning, fond of contests and clean
26645	livers, through Venus ; social, friendly to strangers,
26646	justice-loving, fond of letters, and very
26647	effective
26648	in eloquence, through Mercury ; and they are par-
26649	ticularly addicted to the performance of mysteries,
26650	because of Venus’s occidental aspect.
26651	And again,
26652	part by part, those of this group who live in the
26653	' Hellas is northern Greece and Achaia the Peloponnesus.
26654	4 ἐκείνας post χώρας add. MNAECam.
26655	5 φιλόμουσοι.
26656	.
26657	. φιλομαθεῖς post “Apews ins. NCam.
26658	8 καθάριοι ταῖς διαίταις VMADE, καθ. τὰς διαγωγὰς Proc. ;
26659	φιλοκάθαροι ταῖς καρδίαις PLNCam.
26660	137
26661	P
p. 462
26662	PTOLEMY
26663	tA
26664	~
26665	-
26666	“A
26667	/
26668	i
26669	Kod
26670	1
26671	~
26672	παράλια τῆς μικρᾶς
26673	Ασίας καὶ
26674	Κύπρου!
26675	τῷ τε
26676	Ταύρῳ καὶ τῷ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης μᾶλλον συνοικειοῦν-
26677	ται"
26678	ὅθεν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ τρυφηταί τέ εἰσι καὶ
26679	καθάριοι καὶ τοῦ σώματος ἐπιμέλειαν ποιούμενοι.
26680	μῇ
26681	\
26682	\
26683	\
26684	«
26685	ἣν
26686	\
26687	‘3
26688	>
26689	/
26690	\
26691	\
26692	of δὲ περὶ τὴν
26693	᾿Ελλάδα καὶ τὴν “Ayatay καὶ τὴν
26694	,
26695	~
26696	/
26697	\
26698	~
26699	τὰ
26700	~
26701	‘
26702	Κρήτην τῇ τε Llapbévw καὶ τῷ τοῦ
26703	“Eppod, διὸ
26704	~
26705	\
26706	/
26707	\
26708	~
26709	\
26710	aN
26711	μᾶλλον λογικοὶ τυγχάνουσι καὶ φιλομαθεῖς καὶ τὰ
26712	τῆς ψυχῆς ἀσκοῦντες πρὸ τοῦ σώματος.
26713	οἱ δὲ περὶ
26714	τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ Θράκην καὶ ᾿Ϊλλυρίδα τῷ τε
26715	ν
26716	ree
26717	Ls
26718	\
26719	A
26720	A
26721	7
26722	\
26723	,
26724	64 Αἰγόκερῳ καὶ τῷ τοῦ Kpovov: διὸ φιλοκτήματοι
26725	μέν, οὐχ ἥμεροι δὲ οὕτως, οὐδὲ κοινωνικοὶ τοῖς
26726	νόμοις.
26727	~
26728	\
26729	,
26730	,
26731	“-
26732	‘
26733	‘
26734	Τοῦ δὲ δευτέρου τεταρτημορίου τοῦ
26735	κατὰ
26736	TO
26737	,
26738	,
26739	Ξ
26740	,
26741	>
26742	,
26743	\
26744	NO
26745	ey
26746	:
26747	νότιον μέρος τῆς μεγάλης ᾿Ασίας τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη
26748	\
26749	/
26750	>
26751	/,
26752	>
26753	/
26754	/
26755	τὰ περιέχοντα
26756	᾿Ϊνδικήν, "Apravynv, Γεδρωσίαν, Ilap-
26757	θίαν, Μηδίαν, [Π]ερσίδα, Βαβυλωνίαν, εσοποτα-
26758	μίαν, ᾿Ασσυρίαν, καὶ τὴν θέσιν ἔχοντα πρὸς νοταπ-
26759	ηλιώτην τῆς ὅλης οἰκουμένης, εἰκότως καὶ αὐτὰ
26760	συνοικειοῦται μὲν τῷ νοταπηλιωτικῷ τριγώνῳ τοῦ
26761	Ταύρου καὶ Π]αρθένου καὶ Αἰγόκερω, οἰκοδεσπο-
26762	lod
26763	ὃ
26764	δι.
26765	\ 2
26766	~
26767	~
26768	"A
26769	δί
26770	\
26771	~ K; /
26772	τοῦνται
26773	δὲ ὑπὸ " τοῦ τῆς
26774	᾿Αφροδίτης καὶ τοῦ
26775	Κρόνου
26776	ἐπὶ ἑῴων σχηματισμῶν " διόπερ καὶ τὰς φύσεις τῶν
26777	ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀκολούθως ἄν τις εὕροι τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν
26778	οὕτως οἰκοδεσποτησάντων ἀποτελουμένας - σέβουσί
26779	\
26780	\
26781	\
26782	~
26783	>
26784	/
26785	Μ
26786	>
26787	/
26788	Te yap τὸν μὲν τῆς “Adpodityns
26789	“Iow ὀνομάζοντες,
26790	“
26791	,
26792	τὸν δὲ τοῦ Κρόνου Μίθραν ἥλιον.
26793	καὶ προθεσπί-
26794	~
26795	>
26796	Covow οἱ πολλοὶ τὰ μέλλοντα - καθιεροῦνταΐ Te παρ
26797	1 Κύπρου VPLDProce. ; Κύπρον al. Cam.
26798	2 οἰκοδεσποτοῦνται δὲ ὑπὸ κτλ. PLMNAECam. (οἰκοδεσποτεῖ-
26799	ται MAL, -οὔντα L) ; συνοικειοῦται δὲ τῷ τῆς ᾿Αφρ. VD, ef. Proc.
26800	138
p. 463
26801	TETRABIBLOS ΤΙ. 3
26802	Cyclades and on the shores of Asia Minor and Cyprus
26803	are more closely familiar to Taurus and Venus.
26804	For
26805	this reason they are, on the whole, luxurious, clean, and
26806	attentive to their bodies.
26807	The inhabitants of Hellas,
26808	Achaia, and Crete, however, have a familiarity with
26809	Virgo and Mercury, and are therefore better at reason-
26810	ing, and fond of learning, and they exercise the soul in
26811	preference to the body. The Macedonians, Thracians,
26812	and Illyrians have familiarity with Capricorn and
26813	Saturn, so that, though they are acquisitive, they are
26814	not so mild of nature, nor social in their institutions.
26815	Of the second quarter, which embraces the southern
26816	part of Greater Asia, the other parts, including India,
26817	Ariana, Gedrosia,! Parthia, Media, Persia, Babylonia,
26818	Mesopotamia, and Assyria, which are situated in the
26819	south-east of the whole inhabited world, are, as we
26820	might presume, familiar to the south-eastern triangle,
26821	Taurus, Virgo, and Capricorn, and are governed by
26822	Venus and Saturn in oriental aspects.
26823	Therefore
26824	one would find that the natures of their inhabitants
26825	conform with the temperaments governed by such
26826	rulers ; for they revere the star of Venus under the
26827	name of Isis,2 and that of Saturn as Mithras Helios.
26828	Most of them, too, divine future events; and among
26829	1 Gedrosia is modern Baluchistan, and Ariana lay north
26830	of it, between Parthia and the Indus.
26831	2 For this region it would have been more accurate to
26832	identify Venus with Astarte or Istar.
26833	It was, of course,
26834	the original home of the worship of Mithras.
26835	3 Μίθραν ἥλιον VPLMDE, Μιθρανήλιον Proc., om. ἥλιον A,
26836	Μίθραν δὲ τὸν ἥλιον NCam.
26837	139
p. 464
26838	PTOLEMY
26839	αὐτοῖς τὰ γεννητικὰ μόρια διὰ TOV τῶν προκειμένων
26840	> ἀστέρων συσχηματισμὸν σπερματικὸν ὄντα φύσει.
26841	ἔτι δὲ θερμοὶ καὶ ὀχευτικοὶ καὶ καταφερεῖς πρὸς
26842	τὰ ἀφροδίσια
26843	τυγχάνουσιν:
26844	ὀρχηστικοί
26845	τε
26846	καὶ
26847	\
26848	᾿
26849	/
26850	\
26851	A
26852	‘
26853	~
26854	>
26855	’
26856	πηδηταὶ καὶ φιλόκοσμοι μὲν διὰ τὸν τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης,
26857	ἁβροδίαιτοι! δὲ διὰ τὸν τοῦ Κρόνου.
26858	ἀναφανδὸν
26859	δὲ ποιοῦνται καὶ οὐ κρύβδην τὰς πρὸς τὰς γυναῖκας
26860	,ὔ
26861	‘
26862	A
26863	ca
26864	~
26865	~
26866	Ἁ
26867	\
26868	συνουσίας διὰ TO ἑῷον τοῦ σχηματισμοῦ, Tas δὲ
26869	\
26870	\
26871	»Μ
26872	/
26873	~
26874	65 πρὸς τοὺς ἄρρενας
26875	ὑπερεχθραίνουσι.
26876	διὰ ταῦτα
26877	δὲ καὶ τοῖς πλείστοις αὐτῶν συνέπεσεν ἐκ τῶν
26878	μητέρων τεκνοῦν," καὶ τὰς προσκυνήσεις τῷ στήθει
26879	-
26880	Ὁ;
26881	~
26882	ποιεῖσθαι διὰ Tas ἑῴας ἀνατολὰς Kal TO τῆς καρδίας
26883	ἡγεμονικὸν οἰκείως ἔχον πρὸς τὴν ἡλιακὴν δύναμιν.
26884	Ὄπ
26885	δὲ
26886	€
26887	>
26888	\
26889	~
26890	\
26891	LAA
26892	\
26893	3
26894	‘
26895	A
26896	\
26897	εἰσὶ
26898	δὲ ws ἐπὶ πᾶν καὶ τἄλλα μὲν 5 τὰ περὶ Tas
26899	στολὰς
26900	καὶ κόσμους ὁ καὶ ὅλως τὰς σωματικὰς
26901	σχέσεις τρυφεροὶ
26902	καὶ τεθηλυσμένοι διὰ τὸν τῆς
26903	>
26904	δί
26905	\
26906	δὲ
26907	‘
26908	\
26909	A
26910	/
26911	Adpodi7yns,
26912	τὰς
26913	δὲ ψυχὰς
26914	Kal
26915	τὰς προαιρέσεις
26916	a
26917	A
26918	μεγαλόφρονες καὶ γενναῖοι καὶ πολεμικοὶ διὰ τὸ
26919	οἰκείως ἔχειν τὸν τοῦ Κρόνου πρὸς τὸ τῶν ἀνατολῶν
26920	~
26921	~
26922	7,
26923	‘
26924	σχῆμα.
26925	κατὰ μέρος δὲ πάλιν τῷ μὲν Ταύρῳ καὶ
26926	~
26927	~
26928	>
26929	/
26930	~
26931	~
26932	σ
26933	τῷ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης μᾶλλον συνοικειοῦται ἥ τε
26934	Παρθία καὶ ἡ Μηδία καὶ ἡ Περσίς -5 ὅθεν οἱ ἐνταῦθα
26935	στολαῖς
26936	τε ἀνθίναις ὃ χρῶνται
26937	κατακαλυπτόντες
26938	¢
26939	A
26940	o
26941	\
26942	~
26943	/
26944	\
26945	ν
26946	+
26947	Jems
26948	ἑαυτοὺς ὅλους πλὴν τοῦ στήθους, Kai ὅλως εἰσὶν
26949	«
26950	,
26951	\
26952	7
26953	~
26954	\
26955	/
26956	\
26957	~
26958	ἁβροδίαιτοι καὶ καθάριοι.
26959	τῇ δὲ Παρθένῳ καὶ τῷ
26960	ay
26961	~
26962	\
26963	\
26964	\
26965	~
26966	\
26967	τοῦ
26968	“Ἑρμοῦ τὰ περὶ τὴν Βαβυλῶνα καὶ Μεσοπο-
26969	ταμίαν καὶ ᾿Ασσυρίαν - διὸ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἐνταῦθα
26970	‘ ἁβροδίαιτοι MNAECam. Anon. (ed. Wolf, p. 61); ἁπλοδί-
26971	aro. VLPD; ἁπλῶς...
26972	διάγοντες Proc.
26973	2 τεκνοῦν VMADE, τέκνα PLNCam., τεκνοποιοῦσι Proc.
26974	140
p. 465
26975	TETRABIBLOS II. 3
26976	them there exists the practice of consecrating the
26977	genital organs because of the aspect of the afore-
26978	said stars, which is by nature generative.
26979	Further,
26980	they are ardent, concupiscent, and inclined to the
26981	pleasures of love; through the influence of Venus
26982	they are dancers and leapers and fond of adornment,
26983	and through that of Saturn luxurious livers.
26984	They
26985	carry out their relations with women! openly and
26986	not in secret, because of the planets’ oriental aspect,
26987	but hold in detestation such relations with males.
26988	For these reasons most of them beget children by
26989	their own mothers, and they do obeisance to the
26990	breast, by reason of the morning rising of the planets
26991	and on account of the primacy of the heart, which is
26992	akin to the sun’s power.
26993	As for the rest, they are
26994	generally luxurious and effeminate in dress, in adorn-
26995	ment, and in all habits relating to the body, because
26996	of Venus.
26997	In their souls and by their predilection
26998	they are magnanimous,
26999	noble,
27000	and warlike,
27001	be-
27002	cause of the familiarity of Saturn
27003	oriental.
27004	Part
27005	by part, again, Parthia, Media, and Persia are more
27006	closely familiar to Taurus and Venus; hence their
27007	inhabitants use embroidered clothing, which covers
27008	their entire body except the breast, and they are as
27009	a general thing luxurious and clean.
27010	Babylonia,
27011	Mesopotamia, and Assyria are familiar to Virgo and
27012	1 Here again see
27013	the citations collected by Bouché-
27014	Leclereq, p. 341, n. 2, of the charges of sexual immorality
27015	and incest made in antiquity against these peoples.
27016	3 τἄλλα μὲν VD, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα PLMAER, om. NCom.
27017	4 καὶ κόσμους VMAI)
27018	(κόσμος)
27019	E, κατά
27020	τε τοὺς κόσμους
27021	NCam., ἀνατολλὰς καὶ κόσμους P, ἀνατολικὰς καὶ κόσκου L.
27022	5 Περσική NCam.
27023	δ ἀνθηραῖς NCam.
27024	141
p. 466
27025	PTOLEMY
27026	τὸ μαθηματικὸν Kal παρατηρητικὸν τῶν mévre}
27027	ἀστέρων ἐξαίρετον συνέπεσε
27028	τῷ δὲ Alyoxepw
27029	καὶ τῷ τοῦ Κρόνου τὰ περὶ τὴν ᾿Ϊνδικὴν καὶ
27030	3
27031	\
27032	\
27033	/
27034	o
27035	\
27036	\
27037	“-
27038	᾿Αριανὴν καὶ Iedpwotav, ὅθεν καὶ τὸ τῶν νεμο-
27039	μένων" τὰς χώρας ἄμορφον καὶ ἀκάθαρτον καὶ
27040	θηριῶδες.
27041	τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ τοῦ τεταρτημορίου μέρη
27042	\
27043	/
27044	>
27045	~
27046	περὶ TO μέσον ἐσχηματισμένα τῆς ὅλης οἰκουμένης
27047	᾿Ιδουμαία, KoiAn Συρία, ᾿Ιουδαία, Φοινίκη, Xardai-
27048	>
27049	/
27050	>
27051	66 κή, ᾿Ορχηνία, ‘Apapia Εὐδαίμων, τὴν θέσιν ἔχοντα
27052	/
27053	~
27054	πρὸς βορρολίβα τοῦ ὅλου τεταρτημορίου προσλαμ-
27055	βάνει πάλιν τὴν συνοικείωσιν
27056	τοῦ βορρολιβυκοῦ
27057	/
27058	~
27059	/
27060	/
27061	»
27062	\
27063	τριγώνου, Κριοῦ, A€ovros, Τοξότου, ἔτι δὲ συνοικο-
27064	δεσπότας τόν τε τοῦ Atos καὶ τὸν τοῦ "Apews καὶ
27065	ΝΜ
27066	\
27067	a
27068	¢
27069	~
27070	\
27071	-“
27072	-
27073	~
27074	Mv
27075	ἔτι τὸν τοῦ
27076	“Ἑρμοῦ - διὸ μᾶλλον οὗτοι τῶν ἄλλων
27077	ἐμπορικώτεροι καὶ συναλλακτικώτεροι, Tavoupyo-
27078	τεροι δὲ καὶ δειλοκαταφρόνητοι καὶ ἐπιβουλευτικοὶ
27079	καὶ δουλόψυχοι καὶ ὅλως ἀλλοπρόσαλλοι διὰ τὸν
27080	τῶν προκειμένων ἀστέρων συσχηματισμόν.
27081	καὶ
27082	7
27083	\
27084	,
27085	«
27086	\
27087	\
27088	\
27089	,
27090	/
27091	τούτων δὲ πάλιν οἱ μὲν περὶ τὴν Κοίλην Συρίαν
27092	Ἐν
27093	/
27094	Δ.
27095	3
27096	/
27097	~
27098	~
27099	\
27100	~
27101	καὶ
27102	᾿Ιδουμαίαν καὶ
27103	᾿ΪΙουδαίαν τῷ τε Kpi@ καὶ τῷ
27104	τοῦ "Apews μᾶλλον συνοικειοῦνται " διόπερ ὡς ἐπὶ
27105	πᾶν θρασεῖς τέ εἰσι καὶ ἄθεοι καὶ ἐπιβουλευτικοί.
27106	Φοίνικες δὲ καὶ Χαλδαῖοι καὶ ᾿᾽Ορχήνιοι τῷ “έοντι
27107	1 πέντε VProc., om. alii Cam.
27108	2 συνέπεσε VMADE, συνέπεται NCam., συνέπεστι P, συνε-
27109	τίεται L.
27110	8 τὸ τῶν νεμομένων κτλ.] of νεμόμενοι...
27111	. ἄμορφοι κτλ.
27112	NCam.
27113	i [dumaea is the region around the south end of the Dead
27114	Sea; Coelé Syria, north of Palestine and between Lebanon
27115	and Anti-Libanus ; Judaea, between the Dead Sea and the
27116	142
p. 467
27117	TETRABIBLOS II. 3
27118	Mercury, and so the study of mathematics and the
27119	observation of the five planets are special traits of
27120	these peoples.
27121	India, Ariana, and Gedrosia have
27122	familiarity with Capricorn and Saturn;
27123	therefore
27124	the inhabitants of these countries are ugly, unclean,
27125	and bestial.
27126	The remaining parts of the quarter,
27127	situated about the centre of the inhabited world,
27128	Idumaea, Coelé Syria, Judaea, Phoenicia, Chaldaea,
27129	Orchinia, and Arabia
27130	Felix,! which
27131	are
27132	situated
27133	toward the north-west of the whole quarter, have ad-
27134	ditional familiarity with the north-western triangle,
27135	Aries, Leo, and Sagittarius, and, furthermore, have as
27136	co-rulers
27137	Jupiter, Mars, and Mercury. Therefore these
27138	peoples are, in comparison with the others, more
27139	gifted in trade and exchange;
27140	they are more un-
27141	scrupulous, despicable cowards, treacherous, servile,
27142	and in general fickle,
27143	on account
27144	of the aspect
27145	of the stars mentioned.
27146	Of these, again, the in-
27147	habitants of Coelé Syria, Idumaea, and Judaea are
27148	more closely familiar to Aries and Mars, and there-
27149	fore these peoples are in general bold, godless,” and
27150	scheming.
27151	The Phoenicians, Chaldaeans, and Orchi-
27152	nians have familiarity with Leo and the sun, so that
27153	coast ; Phoenicia the coastal strip north of Judaea and
27154	Samaria;
27155	Chaldaea, south-west
27156	of the Euphrates and
27157	north
27158	of the Arabian
27159	peninsula;
27160	what
27161	is meant
27162	by
27163	Orchinia is somewhat doubtful; and Arabia Felix is the
27164	south-western coastal region of the Arabian peninsula.
27165	In
27166	the Geography, v. 20, Chaldaea is treated merely as a part
27167	of Babylonia, not an entirely separate country, as here
27168	(cf. Boll, Studien, p. 205).
27169	2 The Jews, because of their monotheism and disregard
27170	of all pagan gods, were generally branded as atheists by
27171	their neighbours.
27172	143
p. 468
27173	PTOLEMY
27174	Kal τῷ ἡλίῳ, διόπερ ἁπλούστεροι καὶ φιλάνθρωποι
27175	καὶ φιλαστρόλογοι καὶ μάλιστα πάντων σέβοντες
27176	‘
27177	“
27178	«
27179	\
27180	\
27181	\
27182	>
27183	‘
27184	\
27185	>
27186	7
27187	τὸν ἥλιον.
27188	ot δὲ κατὰ τὴν ApaPiav τὴν Εὐδαίμονα
27189	τῷ ἸΤοξότη
27190	καὶ τῷ τοῦ Atos: ὅθεν ἀκολούθως
27191	τῇ
27192	Ἷ
27193	Η
27194	/
27195	:
27196	/
27197	”
27198	,ὔ
27199	Ξ τῇ
27200	προσηγορίᾳ τό τε τῆς χώρας εὔφορον συνέπεσε καὶ
27201	τὸ τῶν ἀρωμάτων πλῆθος καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων
27202	εὐάρμοστον πρός τε διαγωγὰς ἐλεύθερον καὶ συναλ-
27203	λαγὰς καὶ πραγματείας.
27204	Τοῦ δὲ τρίτου τεταρτημορίου τοῦ κατὰ τὸ βόρειον
27205	͵
27206	~
27207	iA
27208	Al
27209	/
27210	A
27211	\
27212	ἄλλ
27213	/,
27214	A
27215	μέρος τῆς μεγάλης
27216	᾿Ασίας τὰ μὲν
27217	α μέρη τὰ
27218	€
27219	3
27220	/
27221	περιέχοντα τὴν
27222	Ὑρκανίαν, ‘Appeviav, Ματιανήν,
27223	/
27224	67 Βακτριανήν, Kaornpiav,' Σηρικήν, Σαυροματικήν,
27225	>
27226	/
27227	ὃ
27228	ἐφ
27229	\
27230	\
27231	\
27232	λ
27233	’ὔ
27234	Οξειανήν, Σουγδιανήν, καὶ τὰ πρὸς βορραπηλιώτην
27235	~
27236	/
27237	~
27238	΄-
27239	κείμενα τῆς ὅλης οἰκουμένης συνοικειοῦνται μὲν τῷ
27240	~
27241	4
27242	~
27243	βορραπηλιωτικῷ τριγώνῳ, Διδύμων καὶ Ζυγοῦ καὶ
27244	ΕῚ
27245	A
27246	\
27247	>
27248	/
27249	ε
27250	/
27251	~
27252	“Ὑδροχόου, οἰκοδεσποτεῖται δὲ εἰκότως ὑπό τε τοῦ
27253	~
27254	>
27255	~
27256	Κρόνου καὶ τοῦ Διὸς ἐπὶ σχημάτων ἀνατολικῶν.
27257	/
27258	διόπερ of ταύτας ἔχοντες Tas χώρας σέβουσι μὲν
27259	/
27260	‘ Κ
27261	,ὔ
27262	2
27263	Xr
27264	’ὔ
27265	ὃ La
27266	>
27267	‘
27268	Xr 4
27269	Δία καὶ
27270	Kpovov,?
27271	πλουσιώτατοι
27272	δέ εἰσι Kat πολύ-
27273	,
27274	\
27275	Xpvaot, περί τε Tas διαίτας καθάριοι καὶ εὐδιάγωγοι,
27276	A
27277	\
27278	”
27279	/
27280	σοφοί τε ἐπὶ Ta θεῖα καὶ μάγοι καὶ τὰ ἤθη δίκαιοι
27281	’
27282	‘
27283	-
27284	καὶ ἐλεύθεροι καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς μεγάλοι καὶ γενναῖοι,
27285	"
27286	μισοπόνηροί τε καὶ φιλόστοργοι καὶ ὑπεραποθνή-
27287	σκοντες ἑτοίμως τῶν οἰκειοτάτων ἕνεκεν τοῦ καλοῦ
27288	/
27289	/
27290	‘
27291	καὶ ὁσίου, πρός τε τὰς ἀφροδισίους χρήσεις σεμνοὶ
27292	1 Κασπειρίαν VD, -ηρίαν NMAE, -ιρίαν Proc., -ἰαν Cam.,
27293	om. PL.
27294	2 ἥλιον VMADEProc., Κρόνον PLNCam.
27295	1 Astrology indeed began in the ancient Babylonian and
27296	Assyrian kingdoms.
27297	144
p. 469
27298	TETRABIBLOS II. 3
27299	they are simpler, kindly, addicted to astrology,! and
27300	beyond all men worshippers of the sun.
27301	The in-
27302	habitants of Arabia Felix are familiar to Sagittarius
27303	and Jupiter;
27304	this accounts for the fertility of the
27305	country, in accordance with its name, and its multi-
27306	tudes of spices, and the grace of its inhabitants and
27307	their free spirit in daily life, in exchange, and in
27308	business.
27309	Of the third quarter, which includes the northern
27310	part of Greater Asia, the other parts, embracing
27311	Hyrcania, Armenia, Matiana, Bactriana, Casperia,
27312	Serica, Sauromatica,
27313	Oxiana,
27314	Sogdiana,
27315	and the
27316	regions in the north-east of the inhabited world,?
27317	are in familiarity with the north-eastern triangle,
27318	Gemini, Libra, and Aquarius, and are, as might be
27319	expected, governed by Saturn and Jupiter in oriental
27320	aspect.
27321	Therefore the inhabitants of these lands wor-
27322	ship Jupiter and Saturn, have much riches and gold,
27323	and are cleanly and seemly in their living, learned
27324	and adepts in matters of religion, just and liberal
27325	in manners, lofty and noble in soul, haters of evil,
27326	and affectionate, and ready to die for their friends
27327	in a fair and holy cause.
27328	They are dignified and
27329	2 Of these Armenia lies south of the Caucasus between
27330	the Black Sea and the Caspian;
27331	Matiana and Hyrcania
27332	are around the south end of the Caspian, the former to the
27333	east and the latter to the west;
27334	Bactriana, Oxiana, and
27335	Sogdiana are still further east, around the upper courses
27336	of the Oxus;
27337	by Casperia is probably meant the region
27338	around the northern part of the Caspian Sea;
27339	Serica is
27340	China, or its western
27341	portion, and Sauromatica (called
27342	Sarmatia by the Romans) is the general name for Russia,
27343	here used of its Asiatic part.
27344	In the Geography, vi. 12,
27345	Ptolemy treats Oxiana as but one part of Sogdiana (Boll,
27346	Studien, p. 205).
27347	145
p. 470
27348	PTOLEMY
27349	\
27350	/
27351	\
27352	‘
27353	᾿
27354	>?
27355	~
27356	a
27357	καὶ
27358	καθάριοι
27359	καὶ
27360	περὶ
27361	tas ἐσθῆτας πολυτελεῖς,
27362	χαριστικοί τε καὶ μεγαλόφρονες, ἅπερ ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν
27363	6 τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ 6 τοῦ Διὸς ἀνατολικῶν συσχη-
27364	ματισμὸς ἀπεργάζεται.
27365	καὶ τούτων δὲ πάλιν τῶν
27366	30
27367	~
27368	δ)
27369	\
27370	\
27371	\
27372	«ς
27373	,ὔ
27374	ἌΡ-
27375	Ψ
27376	\
27377	ἐθνῶν τὰ μὲν περὶ τὴν “Ὑρκανίαν καὶ ‘Appeviav καὶ
27378	Ματιανὴν μᾶλλον συνοικειοῦται τοῖς τε Διδύμοις
27379	\
27380	~
27381	ma
27382	¢
27383	~
27384	/
27385	2)
27386	/
27387	~
27388	Kal τῷ τοῦ
27389	᾿Ερμοῦ : διόπερ εὐκινητότερα μᾶλλον
27390	καὶ ὑποπόνηρα.
27391	τὰ δὲ περὶ τὴν Βακτριανὴν
27392	\
27393	\
27394	~
27395	~
27396	~
27397	καὶ Κασπηρίαν καὶ Σηρικὴν τῷ τε Ζυγῷ καὶ τῷ
27398	~
27399	¢
27400	\
27401	4
27402	τῆς Adpoditns:
27403	ὅθεν οἱ κατέχοντες τὰς χώρας
27404	πλουσιώτατοι καὶ φιλόμουσοι καὶ μᾶλλον aBpo-
27405	δίαιτοι.
27406	τὰ δὲ περὶ τὴν Σαυροματικὴν καὶ τὴν
27407	᾿Οἕξειανὴν καὶ Σουγδιανὴν τῷ τε “YSpoxow καὶ
27408	τῷ
27409	ay
27410	(sie
27411	earalel
27412	nate
27413	pone
27414	ΤΩ
27415	~
27416	/
27417	A
27418	\
27419	~
27420	Δ,
27421	ΩΝ,
27422	a
27423	>
27424	/
27425	68 τοῦ Kpovov - διὸ καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη μᾶλλον ἀνήμερα
27426	καὶ αὐστηρὰ καὶ θηριώδη.
27427	τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ τούτου
27428	τοῦ τεταρτημορίου καὶ περὶ τὸ μέσον κείμενα τῆς
27429	/
27430	/
27431	ὅλης οἰκουμένης, Βιθυνία, Φρυγία, ΚΚολχική, Συρία,
27432	/
27433	/
27434	/
27435	/
27436	Κομμαγηνή, Καππαδοκία, Avdia, Λυκία," Κιλικία,
27437	,ὔ
27438	\
27439	/
27440	”
27441	\
27442	/
27443	>
27444	~
27445	Παμφυλία, τὴν θέσιν ἔχοντα πρὸς λιβόνοτον αὐτοῦ
27446	τοῦ τεταρτημορίου, προσλαμβάνει τὴν συνοικείωσιν
27447	τοῦ
27448	νοτολιβυκοῦ
27449	τεταρτημορίου
27450	Καρκίνου
27451	καὶ
27452	Σκορπίου καὶ ᾿Ιχθύων, καὶ συνοικοδεσπότας τόν τε
27453	““»Ὑ»
27454	ἘΝ
27455	\
27456	“-“
27457	>
27458	,
27459	\
27460	\
27461	~
27462	τοῦ "Apews καὶ ἔτι τὸν τῆς “Adpodityns καὶ τὸν τοῦ
27463	“Ἑρμοῦ: διόπερ οἱ περὶ τὰς χώρας ταύτας σέβουσι
27464	μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν τὴν ‘Adpoditny ὡς μητέρα θεῶν,
27465	ποικίλοις καὶ ἐγχωρίοις ὀνόμασι προσαγορεύοντες,
27466	\
27467	A
27468	aM
27469	ε
27470	”
27471	an
27472	Μ
27473	,ὔ
27474	καὶ τὸν τοῦ "Apews ὡς Ἄδωνιν ἢ ἄλλως πως πάλιν
27475	~
27476	>
27477	ὀνομάζοντες * Kal μυστήριά τινα μετὰ θρηνῶν ἀπο-
27478	1 ἀνατολικῶν συσχηματισμὸς ἀπεργάζεται VD, -ὁς -ὁς -εται
27479	MAE, -ὁν -ov -εται PL, κατὰ -ὁν -ὁν -ονται NCam.
27480	146
p. 471
27481	TETRABIBLOS II. 3
27482	pure in their sexual relations, lavish in dress, gracious
27483	and magnanimous;
27484	these things in general
27485	are
27486	brought about by Saturn and Jupiter in eastern
27487	aspects.
27488	Of these
27489	nations,
27490	again, Hyrcania,
27491	Ar-
27492	menia, and Matiana
27493	are more closely familiar
27494	to
27495	Gemini and Mercury ; they are accordingly more easily
27496	stirred and inclined to rascality.
27497	Bactriana, Casperia,
27498	and Serica are akin to Libra and Venus, so that their
27499	peoples are rich and followers of the Muses, and more
27500	luxurious.
27501	The regions of Sauromatica, Oxiana, and
27502	Sogdiana are in familiarity with Aquarius and Saturn ;
27503	these nations therefore
27504	are more
27505	ungentle, stern,
27506	and bestial.
27507	The remaining parts of this quarter,
27508	which lie close to the centre of the inhabited world,
27509	Bithynia,
27510	Phrygia,
27511	Colchica,
27512	Syria, Commagené,
27513	Cappadocia, Lydia, Lycia, Cilicia, and Pamphylia,!
27514	since they are situated in the south-west of the
27515	quarter, have in addition familiarity with the south-
27516	western quarter, Cancer, Scorpio, and Pisces, and
27517	their co-rulers are Mars, Venus, and Mercury ; there-
27518	fore those who live in these countries
27519	generally
27520	worship Venus as the mother of the gods, calling her
27521	by various local names, and Mars as Adonis,” to
27522	whom again they give other names, and they cele-
27523	brate in their honour certain mysteries accompanied
27524	1 These are all parts of Asia Minor.
27525	2 Ptolemy identifies Venus and Mars, who are coupled in
27526	Greek mythology, with the female and male divinities of
27527	this region worshipped under various names as the Mother
27528	of the Gods, Magna Mater, ete., and Attis, Adonis, ete.
27529	2 Λυκία
27530	VD Proc., om. alii Cam.
27531	147
p. 472
27532	PTOLEMY
27533	,ὔ
27534	>
27535	-
27536	‘
27537	/
27538	>
27539	\
27540	/
27541	διδόντες αὐτοῖς.
27542	περίκακοι δέ εἰσι καὶ δουλόψυχοι
27543	καὶ πονικοὶ καὶ πονηροὶ καὶ ἐν μισθοφόροις στρατεί-
27544	aus καὶ ἁρπαγαῖς καὶ αἰχμαλωσίαις γινόμενοι, κατα-
27545	δουλούμενοί τε αὑτοὺς καὶ πολεμικαῖς ἀπωλείαις
27546	περιπίπτοντες.
27547	διά τε τὸν τοῦ "Apews καὶ τὸν τῆς
27548	>
27549	/
27550	A
27551	>
27552	s
27553	,
27554	σ
27555	»
27556	Adpoditns κατὰ ἀνατολικὴν συναρμογήν,
27557	ὅτι
27558	ἐν
27559	lol
27560	~
27561	>
27562	~
27563	~
27564	μὲν τῷ
27565	τῆς
27566	"Adpoditns
27567	τριγωνικῷ
27568	Cwdiw τῷ
27569	~
27570	~
27571	~
27572	ὦ
27573	Αἰγόκερῳ ὁ τοῦ "Apews, ἐν δὲ τῷ τοῦ “Apews
27574	~
27575	,
27576	A
27577	>
27578	,
27579	«
27580	“-“
27581	>
27582	,
27583	τριγωνικῷ ζῳδίῳ τοῖς
27584	᾿Ιχθύσι ὁ τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης
27585	~
27586	~
27587	A
27588	/
27589	~
27590	ὑψοῦται, διὰ τοῦτο τὰς γυναῖκας συνέβη πᾶσαν
27591	»
27592	‘
27593	\
27594	Μ
27595	>
27596	,ὔ
27597	,
27598	εὔνοιαν πρὸς τοὺς ἀνδρας ἐνδείκνυσθαι, φιλοστόρ-
27599	yous τε οὔσας καὶ οἰκουροὺς καὶ ἐργατικὰς καὶ
27600	69 ὑπηρετικὰς καὶ ὅλως πονικὰς καὶ ὑποτεταγμένας.
27601	/
27602	\
27603	/
27604	¢€
27605	\
27606	‘
27607	\
27608	,
27609	\
27610	τούτων δὲ πάλιν οἱ μὲν περὶ τὴν Βιθυνίαν
27611	καὶ
27612	Φρυγίαν καὶ Κολχικὴν συνοικειοῦνται μᾶλλον τῷ
27613	τε Καρκίνῳ καὶ τῇ σελήνῃ - διόπερ οἱ μὲν ἄνδρες
27614	ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν εἰσιν εὐλαβεῖς καὶ ὑποτακτικοί, τῶν δὲ
27615	~
27616	-
27617	~
27618	>
27619	γυναικῶν αἱ πλεῖσται διὰ τὸ τῆς σελήνης avaTo-
27620	λικὸν
27621	καὶ
27622	ἠρρενωμένον!
27623	σχῆμα
27624	ἔπανδροι
27625	καὶ
27626	>
27627	A
27628	\
27629	\
27630	δ
27631	«
27632	3
27633	’,
27634	ἀρχικαὶ
27635	καὶ
27636	πολεμικαὶ
27637	καθάπερ
27638	αἱ
27639	᾿Αμαζόνες,
27640	φεύγουσαι 5 μὲν τὰς τῶν ἀνδρῶν συνουσίας, φιλόπλοι
27641	δὲ οὖσαι καὶ ἀρρενοποιοῦσαι τὰ θηλυκὰ πάντα 8
27642	~
27643	~
27644	~
27645	~
27646	΄
27647	ἀπὸ βρέφους, ἀποκοπῇ τῶν δεξιῶν μαστῶν χάριν
27648	τῶν στρατιωτικῶν χρειῶν καὶ ἀπογυμνοῦσαι ταῦτα
27649	‘
27650	/
27651	\ 5
27652	‘\
27653	4
27654	6
27655	wi
27656	>
27657	“ὃ
27658	7
27659	τὰ μέρη κατὰ
27660	τὰς παρατάξεις δ πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν
27661	a
27662	>
27663	4,
27664	~
27665	/
27666	«
27667	\
27668	‘
27669	A
27670	δ
27671	τοῦ ἀθηλύντου τῆς φύσεως.
27672	οἱ δὲ περὶ τὴν Συρίαν
27673	-
27674	,
27675	καὶ Κομμαγηνὴν καὶ Καππαδοκίαν τῷ τε Σ'κορπίῳ
27676	1 ἠρ(ρ)ενωμένον
27677	PLME,
27678	-ων
27679	N,
27680	ἠρρωμένον
27681	alii
27682	Cam.,
27683	ἀρσενικὸν Proc.
27684	2 φεύγουσι(ν) PLMA.
27685	374 θηλυκὰ πάντα VD, τὸ θῆλυ (aut θύλη) PLNCam., τὸ
27686	148
p. 473
27687	TETRABIBLOS II. 3
27688	by lamentations.
27689	They are exceedingly depraved
27690	servile, laborious, rascally, are to be found in mer-
27691	cenary expeditions, looting and taking captives, en-
27692	slaving their own peoples, and engaging in destructive
27693	wars. And because of the junction of Mars and Venus
27694	in the Orient, since Mars is exalted in Capricorn,
27695	a sign of Venus’s triangle, and Venus in Pisces, a sign
27696	of Mars’s triangle, it comes about that their women
27697	display entire goodwill to their husbands ; they are
27698	affectionate, home-keepers, diligent, helpful, and in
27699	every
27700	respect
27701	laborious
27702	and obedient.
27703	Of these
27704	peoples, again, those who live in Bithynia, Phrygia,
27705	and Colchica are more closely familiar to Cancer and
27706	the moon;
27707	therefore
27708	the men are in general cau-
27709	tious and obedient, and most of the women, through
27710	the influence of the moon’s oriental and masculine
27711	aspect, are virile,’ commanding, and warlike, like
27712	the Amazons, who shun commerce with men, love
27713	arms, and from infaney make masculine
27714	all their
27715	female characteristics, by cutting off their right
27716	breasts for the sake of military needs and baring
27717	these parts in the line of battle, in order to display
27718	the absence of femininity in their natures.
27719	The
27720	people of Syria, Commagené, and Cappadocia are
27721	' Cf. the myth of Medea, the Colchian princess.
27722	θῆλυ πᾶν ME, τοῦ θήλεος παντὸς A; cf. τῶν θηλυκῶν βρεφῶν
27723	Proc.
27724	4 χρειῶν VP (xpn-) LMAEProc., χρήσεων NDCam.
27725	δ kara VMADE, διὰ PLNCam.
27726	6 παρατάξεις VMADE, -ης P, -ews L, πράξεις NCam.; ἐν ταῖς
27727	maparafeow Proc,
27728	7 πρὸς ἐπίδειξιν VD, εἰς ἐ. MAE, ὡς ἐπιδείξην P, ὡς ἐπίδειξιν
27729	L, ὡς ἐπιδείκνυσθαι NCam.
27730	149
p. 474
27731	PTOLEMY
27732	‘
27733	~
27734	aw
27735	/
27736	‘
27737	>
27738	>
27739	a
27740	Kal τῷ τοῦ "Apews διόπερ πολὺ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς συν-
27741	ἔπεσε τὸ θρασὺ καὶ πονηρὸν καὶ ἐπιβουλευτικὸν καὶ
27742	>
27743	/
27744	¢€
27745	\
27746	‘
27747	\
27748	/
27749	‘
27750	,ὔ
27751	‘
27752	ἐπίπονον.
27753	ot δὲ περὶ τὴν Λυδίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν Kat
27754	/
27755	~
27756	.
27757	/
27758	A
27759	~
27760	~
27761	/
27762	Παμφυλίαν
27763	τοῖς
27764	te
27765	᾿Ιχθύσι
27766	καὶ
27767	τῷ τοῦ
27768	Διός:
27769	ὅθεν οὗτοι μᾶλλον πολυκτήμονές τε καὶ ἐμπορικοὶ
27770	καὶ κοινωνικοὶ καὶ ἐλεύθεροι καὶ πιστοὶ περὶ τὰς
27771	συναλλαγάς.
27772	Tod δὲ λοιποῦ τεταρτημορίου
27773	τοῦ κατὰ τὴν
27774	~
27775	A\
27776	4
27777	l A
27778	/
27779	‘
27780	\
27781	LAA
27782	\
27783	κοινῶς καλουμένην ' Λιβύην, Ta μὲν ἄλλα τὰ περι-
27784	έχοντα Νουμηδίαν," ΚΚαρχηδονίαν, Adpixjv, Φαζα-
27785	νίαν, Νασαμονῖτιν,
27786	[ ἀραμαντικήν, Μαυριτανίαν,
27787	᾽ὔ,
27788	-
27789	"
27790	‘
27791	\
27792	/
27793	Μ
27794	70 Γαιτουλίαν, Μεταγωνῖτιν, καὶ τὰ τὴν θέσιν ἔχοντα
27795	πρὸς λιβόνοτον τῆς ὅλης οἰκουμένης, συνοικειοῦται
27796	μὲν τῷ νοτολιβυκῷ τριγώνῳ Καρκίνου καὶ Lkop-
27797	,
27798	NAS
27799	4
27800	>
27801	A
27802	\
27803	>
27804	/
27805	«
27806	,ὔ
27807	πίου καὶ
27808	᾿Ιχθύων, οἰκοδεσποτεῖται δὲ εἰκότως ὑπό
27809	aM
27810	\
27811	~
27812	~
27813	>
27814	/
27815	pean
27816	/
27817	te τοῦ Ἄρεως καὶ τοῦ τῆς ‘Adpoditns ἐπὶ σχήματος
27818	ἑσπερίου - διόπερ συνέπεσε
27819	τοῖς πλείστοις αὐτῶν
27820	~
27821	~
27822	~
27823	‘4
27824	ἕνεκεν τῆς εἰρημένης τῶν ἀστέρων συναρμογῆς ὑπὸ
27825	-
27826	3
27827	~
27828	ἀνδρὸς Kal γυναικός," δυοῖν ὁμομητρίων ἀδελφῶν,
27829	βασιλεύεσθαι, τοῦ μὲν ἀνδρὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἄρχοντος,
27830	τῆς δὲ γυναικὸς τῶν γυναικῶν, συντηρουμένης τῆς
27831	/
27832	~
27833	\
27834	/
27835	>
27836	/
27837	τὴ
27838	τοιαύτης διαδοχῆς.
27839	θερμοὶ δέ εἰσι σφόδρα καὶ
27840	A
27841	~
27842	~
27843	e
27844	Katadepeis πρὸς τὰς τῶν γυναικῶν συνουσίας, ws
27845	1 καλουμένην om. NCam.
27846	2 Νουμιδίαν ACam.
27847	3 Φυζανίαν NCam.
27848	4 Post γυναικός add. 7 PLNCam., om. VMADEProc.
27849	1 Here used of the continent in general;
27850	Africa is the
27851	Roman province.
27852	150
p. 475
27853	TETRABIBLOS II. 3
27854	familiar to Scorpio and Mars; therefore much bold-
27855	ness, knavery, treachery, and laboriousness are found
27856	among them.
27857	The people of Lydia, Cilicia, and
27858	Pamphylia have familiarity with Pisces and Jupiter ;
27859	these accordingly
27860	are more wealthy, commercial,
27861	social, free, and trustworthy in their compacts.
27862	Of the remaining quarter, which includes what is
27863	called by the common name Libya,! the other parts,
27864	including Numidia, Carthage, Africa, Phazania, Nasa-
27865	monitis, Garamantica, Mauritania, Gaetulia, Meta-
27866	gonitis,” and the regions situated in the south-west
27867	of the inhabited world, are related by familiarity to
27868	the south-western
27869	triangle,
27870	Cancer,
27871	Scorpio,
27872	and
27873	Pisces, and are accordingly ruled by Mars aud Venus
27874	in occidental aspect.
27875	For this reason it befalls most
27876	of the inhabitants, because of the aforesaid junction
27877	of these planets, to be governed by a man and wife
27878	who are own brother and sister,® the man ruling the
27879	men and the woman the women; and a succession of
27880	this sort is maintained.
27881	‘They are extremely ardent
27882	and disposed to commerce with women, so that even
27883	* Along the Mediterranean
27884	coast, eastward from the
27885	Straits of Gibraltar, the regions are, first, Mauritania (of
27886	which Metagonitis is the portion east from the Straits),
27887	then Numidia, Africa
27888	(the Roman
27889	province, which
27890	in-
27891	cludes Carthage), Tripolitana, Cyrenaica, Marmarica, and
27892	Egypt.
27893	The other nations mentioned are further inland
27894	and south
27895	of these, Gaetulia in the west, Garamantica
27896	and
27897	Phazania south
27898	of Tripoli, and
27899	Nasamonitis
27900	near
27901	Cyrenaica and Marmarica.
27902	3 Marriage between
27903	those
27904	of the same
27905	blood
27906	was
27907	a
27908	common practice in Hellenistic Egypt, including the royal
27909	family
27910	of
27911	the
27912	Ptolemies.
27913	Cf. Curmont,
27914	L’ Byypte des
27915	Astrologues (Brussels, 1937), pp. 177-179.
27916	151
p. 476
27917	vi _
27918	PTOLEMY
27919	‘
27920	‘
27921	/
27922	ὃ >
27923	«
27924	~
27925	a
27926	θ
27927	1
27928	\
27929	λ
27930	καὶ τοὺς γάμους
27931	δι᾽ ἁρπαγῶν ποιεῖσθαι 1 καὶ πολ-
27932	λαχῆ ταῖς γαμουμέναις τοὺς βασιλέας πρώτους 2
27933	συνέρχεσθαι, παρ᾽ ἐνίοις δὲ καὶ κοινὰς εἶναι τὰς
27934	γυναῖκας πάντων.
27935	ὠφιλοκαλλωπισταὶ δὲ τυγχά-
27936	νουσι καὶ κόσμους γυναικείους περιζώννυνται διὰ
27937	τὸν τῆς Αφροδίτης, ἔπανδροι μέντοι ταῖς ψυχαῖς
27938	‘
27939	Kal ὑποπόνηροι καὶ μαγευτικοί, νοθευταὶ δὲ Kal
27940	7
27941	\
27942	ε
27943	/
27944	μὰ
27945	A
27946	~
27947	MW
27948	παράβολοι καὶ ῥιψοκίνδυνοι διὰ τὸν τοῦ “Apews.
27949	’ὔ
27950	‘
27951	/
27952	¢
27953	\
27954	\
27955	\
27956	/
27957	‘
27958	τούτων δὲ πάλιν ot μὲν περὶ τὴν Νουμηδίαν Kat
27959	Κ'
27960	δόνα
27961	καὶ “A
27962	ὴ
27963	ῦ
27964	GAA
27965	apxndova*
27966	καὶ
27967	᾿Αφρικὴν συνοικειοῦνται μᾶλλον
27968	τῷ τε Καρκίνῳ καὶ τῇ σελήνῃ - διόπερ οὗτοι κοινω-
27969	/
27970	νικοί TE καὶ ἐμπορικοὶ τυγχάνουσι Kal ἐν εὐθηνίᾳ
27971	πάσῃ διατελοῦντες, of δὲ περὶ τὴν Μεταγωνῖτιν
27972	\
27973	/
27974	\
27975	/
27976	~
27977	/
27978	καὶ Μαυριτανίαν καὶ Γαιτουλίαν τῷ τε Σ'κορπίῳ
27979	καὶ τῷ τοῦ “Apews - ὅθεν οὗτοι θηριωδέστεροί τέ
27980	εἰσι καὶ μαχιμώτατοι: καὶ κρεοφάγοι καὶ σφόδρα ®
27981	~
27982	~
27983	A
27984	ῥιψοκίνδυνοι καὶ καταφρονητικοὶ τοῦ ζῆν, ὡς μηδὲ
27985	>
27986	/
27987	>
27988	,ὔ
27989	«
27990	\
27991	‘
27992	\
27993	/
27994	‘
27995	ἀλλήλων ἀπέχεσθαι.
27996	οἱ δὲ περὶ τὴν Φαζανίαν Kat
27997	a
27998	a
27999	/
28000	Νασαμωνῖτιν καὶ Γαραμαντικὴν τοῖς
28001	τε
28002	᾿Ϊχθύσι
28003	\
28004	~
28005	~
28006	/
28007	/
28008	>
28009	4,
28010	/
28011	\
28012	«ς
28013	-“
28014	καὶ τῷ τοῦ Aids: διόπερ ἐλεύθεροί τε καὶ ἁπλοῖ
28015	A
28016	»
28017	/
28018	τοῖς ἤθεσι καὶ φιλεργοὶ καὶ εὐγνώμονες καθάριοί
28019	τε καὶ ἀνυπότακτοί εἰσιν ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν καὶ τὸν τοῦ
28020	A \
28021	ec
28022	"A
28023	7 θ
28024	΄
28025	\ ὃ \ r
28026	A
28027	~
28028	wos ws
28029	"Aupwva?
28030	θρησκεύοντες.
28031	τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ τοῦ
28032	>
28033	τεταρτημορίου μέρη Kal πρὸς TO μέσον ἐσχηματισ-
28034	~
28035	o
28036	’ὔ
28037	(
28038	μένα τῆς ὅλης οἰκουμένης, Κυρηναϊκή, Μαρμαρικὴ,
28039	1 ποιεῖσθαι] γίνεσθαι VAD.
28040	2 πρώτους VMDE, cf. Proc. ; πρῶτα PLNACam.
28041	8 τυγχάνουσι(ν) VMADE, ὑπάρχουσι(ν) PLNCam.
28042	4 Καρχηδόνα VDProc., Καρχηδονίαν P (-8w-) LMNAECam.
28043	5 σφόδρα VMADEProc., om. PLNCam.
28044	5 καὶ (post ἐπὶ πᾶν) VMADE, διὰ NCam., om. PL.
28045	152
p. 477
28046	TETRABIBLOS
28047	ITI. 3
28048	their marriages are brought about by violent abduc-
28049	tion, and frequently their kings enjoy the jus primae
28050	noctis with the brides, and among some of them the
28051	women are common to all the men.
28052	They are fond
28053	of beautifying themselves and gird themselves with
28054	feminine adornments, through the influence of Venus ;
28055	through that of Mars, however, they are virile of
28056	spirit, rascally, magicians, impostors, deceivers, and
28057	reckless.
28058	Of these people, again, the inhabitants of
28059	Numidia,
28060	Carthage, and Africa
28061	are
28062	more
28063	closely
28064	familiar to Cancer and the moon.
28065	They therefore
28066	are social, commercial, and live in great abund-
28067	ance.
28068	Those who inhabit Metagonitis, Mauritania,
28069	and Gaetulia
28070	are
28071	familiar to Scorpio and Mars ;
28072	they
28073	are
28074	accordingly
28075	fiercer
28076	and
28077	very
28078	warlike,
28079	meat-eaters, very reckless, and contemptuous of life
28080	to such an extent as not even to spare one another.
28081	Those who live in Phazania, Nasamonitis, and Gara-
28082	mantica are familiar to Pisces and Jupiter; hence
28083	they are free and simple in their characters, willing
28084	to work, intelligent, cleanly, and independent, as a
28085	general rule, and they are worshippers of Jupiter as
28086	Ammon.
28087	The remaining parts of the quarter, which
28088	are situated near the centre of the inhabited world,
28089	Cyrenaica, Marmarica, Egypt, Thebais,! the Oasis,
28090	1 Upper Egypt.
28091	By ‘“‘Egypt’’
28092	he doubtless
28093	means
28094	Lower Egypt.
28095	Cyrenaica and Marmarica are to the west.
28096	Troglodytica lies along the west coast of the Red Sea and
28097	Azania
28098	about
28099	where
28100	is now
28101	French
28102	Somaliland.
28103	By
28104	Arabia he may mean Arabia Petraea, the Sinai Peninsula
28105	and vicinity.
28106	Parts of Troglodytica, too, were sometimes
28107	called Arabia.
28108	The Greater and Lesser Oases lie west of
28109	the Thebais.
28110	7 ὡς Ἄμμωνα VMADE; cf. Proc.; τῷ “Aupou PNCam. ;
28111	τῷ σάμωνα L.
28112	153
p. 478
28113	PTOLEMY
28114	Αἴγυπτος, Θηβαΐς, Θασις, Τρωγλοδυτική, ‘ApaBia,
28115	Alavia, μέση Αἰθιοπία, πρὸς βορραπηλιώτην τε-
28116	τραμμένα τοῦ ὅλου τεταρτημορίου, προσλαμβάνει
28117	τὴν συνοικείωσιν τοῦ Ξορραπηλιωτικοῦ τριγώνου
28118	Διδύμων, Ζυγοῦ, καὶ ᾿Ὑδροχόου, καὶ συνοικοδεσ-
28119	πότας διὰ τοῦτο τόν τε τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τὸν τοῦ
28120	Διὸς καὶ ἔτι τὸν τοῦ “Ἑρμοῦ - ὅθεν οἱ κατὰ ταύτας
28121	τὰς χώρας κεκοινωνηκότες σχεδὸν τῆς τῶν πέντε"
28122	πλανήτων οἰκοδεσποτίας
28123	ἑσπερίου
28124	φιλόθεοι μὲν
28125	γεγόνασι
28126	καὶ δεισιδαίμονες
28127	καὶ θεοπρόσπλοκοι 5
28128	φιλόθρηνοι
28129	καὶ τοὺς ἀποθνήσκοντας τῇ γῆ
28130	κρύπτοντες καὶ ἀφανίζοντες διὰ τὸ ἑσπέριον σχῆμα,
28131	παντοίοις δὲ νομίμοις καὶ ἔθεσι καὶ θεῶν παντοίων
28132	θρησκείαις χρώμενοι, καὶ ἐν μὲν ταῖς ὑποταγαῖς
28133	ταπεινοὶ καὶ δειλοὶ 8 καὶ μικρολόγοι καὶ ὑπομονητι-
28134	12 κοί, ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡγεμονίαις εὔψυχοι καὶ μεγαλό-
28135	φρονες, πολυγύναιοι δὲ καὶ πολύανδροι καὶ κατα-
28136	φερεῖς καὶ ταῖς ἀδελφαῖς συναρμοζόμενοι, καὶ πολύ-
28137	σποροι μὲν οἱ ἄνδρες, εὐσύλληπτοι δὲ αἱ γυναῖκες
28138	ἀκολούθως τῷ τῆς χώρας yoviuw.4
28139	πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ
28140	τῶν ἀρρένων σαθροὶ καὶ τεθηλυσμένοι ταῖς ψυχαῖς,
28141	ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ τῶν γεννητικῶν μορίων καταφρονοῦντες
28142	διὰ τὸν τῶν κακοποιῶν μετὰ τοῦ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης
28143	ἑσπερίου σχηματισμόν.
28144	καὶ τούτων δὲ οἱ μὲν
28145	περὶ Κυρηναϊκὴν καὶ Μαρμαρικὴν καὶ μάλιστα οἵ
28146	περὶ τὴν κάτω χώραν τῆς Αἰγύπτου μᾶλλον συνοι-
28147	κειοῦνται τοῖς τε Διδύμοις καὶ τῷ τοῦ “Epos:
28148	1 πέντε libri Proc., μὲν Cam.
28149	3 θεοπρόσπλοκοι VPLD ; προσπλεκόμενοι πρὸς θεούς Proc. ;
28150	θεοπρόσπολοι MNAKCam.
28151	154
p. 479
28152	TETRABIBLOS
28153	IT. 3
28154	Troglodytica, Arabia, Azania, and Middle Ethiopia,
28155	which
28156	face the north-east
28157	of the whole
28158	quarter,
28159	have
28160	an
28161	additional
28162	familiarity
28163	with
28164	the north-
28165	eastern triangle Gemini, Libra, and Aquarius, and
28166	therefore have as co-rulers Saturn and Jupiter and,
28167	furthermore, Mercury.
28168	Accordingly those who live in
28169	these countries, because they all in common, as it
28170	were, are subject to the occidental rulership of the five
28171	planets, are worshippers of the gods, superstitious,
28172	given to religious ceremony and fond of lamentation ;
28173	they bury their dead in the earth, putting them out
28174	of sight, on account of the occidental aspect of the
28175	planets; and they practice all kinds of usages, cus-
28176	toms, and rites in the service of all manner of gods.
28177	Under command they are humble, timid, penurious,
28178	and long-suffering,
28179	in leadership courageous
28180	and
28181	magnanimous ; but they are polygamous and poly-
28182	androus and lecherous, marrying even their own
28183	sisters, and the men are potent in begetting, the
28184	women in conceiving, even as their land is fertile.
28185	Furthermore, many of the males are unsound and
28186	effeminate of soul, and some even hold in contempt
28187	the organs of generation, through the influence of the
28188	aspect of the maleficent planets in combination with
28189	Venus occidental.
28190	Of these peoples the inhabitants of
28191	Cyrenaica and Marmarica, and particularly of Lower
28192	Egypt, are more closely familiar to Gemini and
28193	Mercury ; on this account they are thoughtful and
28194	3 δειλοὶ VMADEProce. ; δεινοὶ LNCam., δηνοὶ P.
28195	:
28196	4 γονίμῳ VDMAEN
28197	(mg., γεννήματι) Cam.t;
28198	yor) P,
28199	γωνίσματι L; "γεννήματι Cam.?
28200	δ ἑσπερίου VD; cf. Proc. γινόμενον ἐκ τῶν κακοποιῶν μετὰ
28201	τοῦ δυτικοῦ τῆς (’Ad.) ; ἑσπέριον libri alii Cam.
28202	155
p. 480
28203	PTOLEMY
28204	διόπερ οὗτοι διανοητικοί τε καὶ συνετοὶ καὶ εὐεπή-
28205	βολοι τυγχάνουσι περὶ πάντα καὶ μάλιστα περὶ τὴν
28206	τῶν σοφῶν τε καὶ θείων εὕρεσιν
28207	- payevtiKoi! τε
28208	καὶ κρυφίων μυστηρίων ἐπιτελεστικοὶ
28209	καὶ ὅλως
28210	«
28211	\
28212	\
28213	‘
28214	’ὔ
28215	Ὁ
28216	A
28217	‘
28218	‘\
28219	oh!
28220	ἱκανοὶ περὶ Ta μαθήματα.
28221	οἱ δὲ περὶ τὴν Θηβαΐδα
28222	καὶ "Oaow καὶ Τρωγλοδυτικὴν τῷ τε Ζυγῷ καὶ τῷ
28223	~
28224	ΕῚ
28225	,
28226	oe
28227	A
28228	>
28229	A
28230	’ὔ
28231	Ἷ
28232	vA
28233	>
28234	τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης, ὅθεν καὶ αὐτοὶ θερμότεροί τέ εἰσι
28235	τὰς φύσεις καὶ κεκινημένοι καὶ ἐν εὐφορίαις ἔχοντες
28236	\
28237	/
28238	Θ
28239	A
28240	‘
28241	‘A
28242	>
28243	/
28244	»
28245	/
28246	τὰς διαγωγάς
28247	’ ot δὲ περὶ τὴν “ApaPiay καὶ ᾿Αζανίαν
28248	καὶ μέσην Αἰθιοπίαν τῷ ὋὙδροχόῳ καὶ τῷ τοῦ
28249	Κρόνου," διὸ καὶ οὗτοι κρεοφάγοι τε καὶ ἰχθυο-
28250	/
28251	\
28252	,ὔ
28253	>
28254	/
28255	Μ
28256	A
28257	ἊΨ
28258	ἊΨ
28259	φάγοι καὶ νομάδες εἰσίν, ἄγριον καὶ θηριώδη βίον
28260	ζῶντες.
28261	Ai μὲν οὖν συνοικειώσεις τῶν τε ἀστέρων καὶ τῶν
28262	73 δωδεκατημορίων πρὸς τὰ κατὰ μέρος ἔθνη καὶ τὰ
28263	ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν αὐτῶν ἰδιώματα κατὰ τὸ κεφαλαιῶδες
28264	τοῦτον ἡμῖν ὑποτετυπώσθωσαν τὸν τρόπον.
28265	ἐκ-
28266	θησόμεθα δὲ καὶ διὰ τὸ τῆς χρήσεως εὐεπήβολον ἐφ᾽
28267	~
28268	,ὔ
28269	ἑκάστου τῶν δωδεκατημορίων κατὰ ψιλὴν παρά-
28270	θεσιν ἕκαστα τῶν συνοικειουμένων ἐθνῶν ἀκολού-
28271	θως τοῖς προκατειλεγμένοις περὶ αὐτῶν τὸν τρόπον
28272	τοῦτον.
28273	Κριός3. Βρεττανία, Γαλατία, Γερμανία, Βασ-
28274	/
28275	\
28276	A
28277	/
28278	,
28279	/
28280	,ὔ
28281	ταρνία : περὶ τὸ μέσον Κοίλη Συρία IlaAaorivn,
28282	᾿Ιδουμαία, lovdaia.
28283	Ταῦρος - Παρθία, Μηδία, Περσίς - περὶ τὸ μέσον
28284	Κυκλάδες
28285	νῆσοι, Κύπρος,
28286	παράλια τῆς μικρᾶς
28287	Aotas.
28288	1 μαγευτικοί VPLMADEProc., μαγικοί NCam.,
28289	2 Κρόνου VPLNDProc.Cam.', Διός AECam.?
28290	156
p. 481
28291	TETRABIBLOS II. 3
28292	intelligent and facile in all things, especially in the
28293	search for wisdom and religion; they are magicians
28294	and performers of secret mysteries and in general
28295	skilled in mathematics.!
28296	Those who live in Thebais,
28297	the Oasis, and Troglodytica are familiar to Libra and
28298	Venus ; hence they are more ardent and lively of
28299	nature and live in plenty.
28300	The people of Arabia,
28301	Azania, and Middle Ethiopia are familiar to Aquarius
28302	and Saturn.” for which reason they are flesh-eaters,
28303	fish-eaters, and nomads, living a rough, bestial life.
28304	Let this be our brief exposition of the familiarities
28305	of the planets and the signs of the zodiac with the
28306	various nations, and of the general characteristics
28307	of the latter.
28308	We shall also set forth, for ready use,
28309	a list of the several nations which are in familiarity,
28310	merely noted against each of the signs, in accordance
28311	with what has just been said about them, thus :—
28312	Aries:
28313	Britain, Gaul, Germania, Bastarnia;
28314	in
28315	the centre, Coelé Syria, Palestine, Idumaea, Judaea.
28316	Taurus:
28317	Parthia, Media, Persia;
28318	in the centre,
28319	the Cyclades, Cyprus, the coastal region of Asia
28320	Minor.
28321	1“ Mathematics ’’ (literally, “the studies’’) here means
28322	astrology; cf. the title of Sextus Empiricus’ book Πρὸς
28323	μαθηματικούς, “ Against the Astrologers.”’
28324	?Some
28325	MSS.
28326	and Camerarius’
28327	second
28328	edition
28329	have
28330	“ Jupiter’’ in place of *‘ Saturn.”’
28331	3 Haec omiserunt omnino usque ad ἐκκειμένων δὲ τούτων
28332	PLNCam.! ; VMADEProc. res in columnis disponunt sig-
28333	norum nominibus in capite additis, verbis etiam περὶ τὸ μέσον
28334	(quae om. Cam.?) in propriis locis insertis.
28335	157
p. 482
28336	PTOLEMY
28337	Aidvpor + “Ὑρκανία, Ἀρμενία, Marvavy: περὶ τὸ
28338	/
28339	~
28340	μέσον Kupnvaixy,' Μαρμαρική, ἡ κάτω χώρα τῆς
28341	Αἰγύπτου.
28342	Καρκίνος.
28343	Νουμηδία,
28344	Καρχηδονία,
28345	᾿Αφρική :
28346	\
28347	περὶ τὸ μέσον Βιθυνία, Φρυγία, Κολχική.
28348	Λέων - ᾿Ιταλία, Γαλλία, Σικελία, ᾿4πουλία
28349	περὶ
28350	/
28351	τὸ μέσον Φοινίκη, Xaddaia, ᾿Ορχηνία.
28352	Παρθένος
28353	- Μεσοποταμία, Βαβυλωνία, ‘Accupia -
28354	\
28355	\
28356	/
28357	€
28358	/
28359	>
28360	/
28361	/
28362	περὶ τὸ μέσον ᾿Ελλάς, Ayaia, Κρήτη.
28363	Ζυγός - Βακτριανή, Κασπηρία, Σηρική
28364	περὶ
28365	/
28366	᾿
28367	τὸ
28368	μέσον Θηβαΐς, "Oacis, Τρωγλοδυτική.
28369	μ
28370	of
28371	(Bie
28372	ὯΙ
28373	/
28374	A
28375	Skoptios:
28376	Meraywviris,
28377	Mavpiravia,
28378	Ta-
28379	yA
28380	2
28381	ρ
28382	ἢ
28383	,
28384	\
28385	‘
28386	/
28387	/
28388	,
28389	τουλία - περὶ τὸ μέσον Συρία, Koupayynvyn, Kar-
28390	παδοκία
28391	Τοξότης - Τυρρηνία, Κελτική, “Ϊσπανία
28392	epi
28393	τὸ μέσον “ApaBia ἡ εὐδαίμων.
28394	14
28395	ΑἸἰγόκερως - ᾿Ινδική, ᾿Αριανή, Γεδρωσία : περὶ
28396	τὸ μέσον Θράκη, Μακεδονία, ᾽Ϊλλυρίς.
28397	“Ὑδροχόος - Σαυροματική, ᾿Οξειανή, Σουγδιανή "
28398	\
28399	A
28400	/
28401	oA
28402	/
28403	Al
28404	ἐφ
28405	/
28406	Até
28407	/
28408	περὶ τὸ μέσον
28409	Apafia,
28410	'Alavia, μέση
28411	Αἰθιοπία.
28412	᾿Ιχθῦς - Φαζανία, Νασαμωνῖτις, Γαραμαντική -
28413	περὶ τὸ μέσον Λυδία, Κιλικία, Παμφυλία."
28414	᾿Εκκειμένων δὲ τούτων εὔλογον κἀκεῖνα τούτῳ
28415	τῷ μέρει
28416	προσθεῖναι,
28417	διότι
28418	καὶ τῶν
28419	ἀπλανῶν
28420	ἀστέρων ἕκαστος συνοικειοῦται ταῖς χώραις ὅσαις
28421	καὶ τὰ τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ μέρη, μεθ᾽ ὧν ἔχουσιν ot
28422	ἀπλανεῖς τὰς προσνεύσεις ἐπὶ τοῦ διὰ τῶν πόλων
28423	! Κυρηναϊκή libri, om. Cam.
28424	5 γίνονται χῶραι οβ΄ post haec add. VMProc.
28425	158
p. 483
28426	TETRABIBLOS II. 3
28427	Gemini:
28428	Hyrcania, Armenia, Matiana;
28429	in the
28430	centre, Cyrenaica, Marmarica, Lower Egypt.
28431	Cancer:
28432	Numidia,
28433	Carthage,
28434	Africa;
28435	in
28436	the
28437	centre, Bithynia, Phrygia, Colchica.
28438	Leo: Italy, Cisalpine Gaul, Sicily, Apulia; in the
28439	centre, Phoenicia, Chaldaea, Orchenia.
28440	Virgo: Mesopotamia, Babylonia, Assyria ; in the
28441	centre, Hellas, Achaia, Crete.
28442	Libra: Bactriana, Casperia, Serica ; in the centre,
28443	Thebais, Oasis, Troglodytica.
28444	Scorpio:
28445	Metagonitis, Mauritania, Gaetulia;
28446	in
28447	the centre, Syria, Commagené, Cappadocia.
28448	Sagittarius:
28449	Tyrrhenia, Celtica, Spain;
28450	in the
28451	centre, Arabia Felix.
28452	Capricorn : India, Ariana, Gedrosia ; in the centre,
28453	Thrace, Macedonia, Illyria.
28454	Aquarius:
28455	Sauromatica, Oxiana, Sogdiana;
28456	in
28457	the centre, Arabia, Azania, Middle Ethiopia.
28458	Pisces:
28459	Phazania,
28460	Nasamonitis,
28461	Garamantica ;
28462	in the centre, Lydia, Cilicia, Pamphylia.!
28463	Now that the subject at hand has been set forth,
28464	it is reasonable to attach to this section this further
28465	consideration—that
28466	each
28467	of the
28468	fixed
28469	stars
28470	has
28471	familiarity with the countries with which the parts
28472	of the zodiac, which have the same inclinations as
28473	the fixed stars? upon the circle drawn through its
28474	1“* Total, 72 countries,’’
28475	is found
28476	in some MSS. and
28477	Proclus.
28478	There are actually 73 in the list as given here,
28479	but there is a certain amount of confusion in the MSS.
28480	2 These are the so-called παρανατέλλοντα, stars which rise
28481	and set at the same time as the degrees or sections of the
28482	ecliptic, but to the north or south of them.
28483	See Boll-
28484	Bezold-Gundel, pp. 55, 141 ff.
28485	159
p. 484
28486	PTOLEMY
28487	1
28488	/
28489	΄ λ
28490	/
28491	,
28492	γραφομένου
28493	κύκλου,
28494	φαίνεται ποιούμενα
28495	τὴν συμπάθειαν, καὶ ὅτι ἐπὶ τῶν μητροπόλεων
28496	ἐκεῖνοι μάλιστα συμπαθοῦσιν οἱ τόποι τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ
28497	καθ᾽ ὧν " ἐν ταῖς καταρχαῖς τῶν κτίσεων αὐτῶν ὡς
28498	ἐπὶ γενέσεως 3 6 τε ἥλιος καὶ ἡ σελήνη παρ-
28499	οδεύοντες ἐτύγχανον καὶ τῶν κέντρων μάλιστα τὸ
28500	ὡροσκοποῦν: ἐφ᾽ ὧν δ᾽ οἱ χρόνοι τῶν κτίσεων οὐχ
28501	εὑρίσκονται, καθ᾽ ὧν ἐν ταῖς" τῶν κατὰ καιρὸν
28502	ἀρχόντων ἢ βασιλευόντων γενέσεσιν ἐκπίπτει τὸ
28503	μεσουράνημα.
28504	αὐτοῦ
28505	.>
28506	ἜἜφοδος εἰς τὰς κατὰ μέρος
28507	προτελέσεις
28508	4h Pi
28509	“
28510	/
28511	6
28512	5»
28513	7
28514	an
28515	OUTWY οὕτως προεπεσκεμμένων ὃ ἀκόλουθον av
28516	ww
28517	‘
28518	‘
28519	~
28520	͵
28521	»
28522	,ὔ
28523	εἴη λοιπὸν τὰς τῶν προτελέσεων ἐφόδους κεφα-
28524	-
28525	\
28526	~
28527	~
28528	λαιώδως ἐπελθεῖν, καὶ πρῶτον τῶν καθ᾽ ὅλας περι-
28529	/
28530	~
28531	Ἅ
28532	5X
28533	r
28534	,ὔ
28535	7
28536	»
28537	τὸ στάσεις χωρῶν ἢ πόλεων
28538	λαμβανομένων.
28539	ἔσται
28540	5
28541	~
28542	~
28543	>
28544	δ᾽ 6 τρόπος τῆς ἐπισκέψεως τοιοῦτος - ἡ μὲν οὖν
28545	/
28546	~
28547	/
28548	πρώτη καὶ ἰσχυροτάτη τῶν τοιούτων συμπτωμάτων
28549	,
28550	αἰτία
28551	γίνεται παρὰ τὰς ἐκλειπτικὰς
28552	ἡλίου
28553	καὶ
28554	΄
28555	/
28556	\
28557	>
28558	A
28559	-
28560	σελήνης συζυγίας καὶ τὰς ἐν αὐταῖς παρόδους τῶν
28561	3
28562	/
28563	~
28564	\
28565	,
28566	-
28567	,ὔ
28568	’ὔ
28569	ἀστέρων.
28570	τῆς δὲ προτελέσεως αὐτῆς τὸ μέν τί
28571	>
28572	’
28573	3
28574	-
28575	,
28576	ἐστι
28577	τοπικόν,
28578	Kal’
28579	ὃ δεῖ
28580	προγινώσκειν
28581	ποίαις
28582	1 αὐτῶν NACam.
28583	2 ὧν PMAE, ὃν VLNDCam.
28584	3 γενέσεως VD, -εων (-awwv) PNMAECam., ἐπιγενέσεων L.
28585	4 καθ᾽ ὧν MAE, καθ᾽ ἣν VD, om. PLNCam.
28586	5 ἐν ταῖς VPLMADE, εἰς τὴν... γένεσιν NCam.
28587	8 προεπεσκεμμένων VD, προεσκημένων P, προεσκευασμένων L,
28588	προκειμένων A, προεκκειμένων (-eyx-) MNECam., προειρημένων
28589	Proc.
28590	7 λαμβανομένων VME, -ov D, -as NACam., λαμβάνομεν PL.
28591	160
p. 485
28592	TETRABIBLOS ΤΙ. 3-4
28593	poles, appear to exert sympathy; furthermore, that,
28594	in the case of metropolitan cities, those regions of
28595	the zodiac are most sympathetic through which the
28596	sun and moon, and of the centres especially the
28597	horoscope, were
28598	passing at the first founding of
28599	the city, as in a nativity.
28600	But in cases in which
28601	the exact times of the foundations are not discovered,
28602	the regions are sympathetic in which falls the mid-
28603	heaven of the nativities of those who held office or
28604	were kings at the time.'
28605	4. Method of Making Particular Predictions.
28606	After this introductory examination it would be
28607	the next task to deal briefly with the procedure of
28608	the predictions, and first with those concerned with
28609	general conditions of countries or cities.
28610	The method
28611	of the inquiry will be as follows: The first and most
28612	potent cause of such events lies in the conjunctions
28613	of the sun and moon at eclipse and the movements
28614	of the stars at the time.
28615	Of the prediction itself,
28616	one portion is regional ; 2. therein we must foresee
28617	‘The procedure, therefore, is to treat a city like a person
28618	and cast its nativity, using instead of the time of birth the
28619	time of founding.
28620	If the latter is not accurately known,
28621	the astrologer should take the nativity of the founder, or
28622	other individual prominent in the enterprise, and observe
28623	where its mid-heaven talls.
28624	2 Ptolemy divides inquiries about cities and countries
28625	into four heads;
28626	what place is affected,
28627	the time and
28628	duration
28629	of the event,
28630	the generic classification
28631	of the
28632	event
28633	(i.e. what classes, genera,
28634	it will affect), and the
28635	quality, or nature, of the event itself.
28636	His terminology is
28637	Aristotelian.
28638	The next four chapters deal with the four
28639	phases of the inquiry.
28640	161
p. 486
28641	PTOLEMY
28642	/
28643	δ
28644	/
28645	«
28646	‘
28647	/
28648	>
28649	,
28650	Ἅ
28651	Α
28652	χώραις 7) πόλεσιν αἱ κατὰ μέρος ἐκλείψεις ἢ καὶ
28653	~
28654	«
28655	τῶν πλανωμένων αἱ κατὰ καιροὺς ἔμμονοι \| στάσεις *
28656	-
28657	Resa?
28658	,
28659	\
28660	\
28661	.»
28662	“
28663	αὗται δέ εἰσι Κρόνου τε καὶ Atos καὶ Ἄρεως, ὅταν
28664	στηρίζωσι - 3 ποιοῦνται γὰρ τότε τὰς ὃ ἐπισημασίας *
28665	τὸ δέ τι χρονικόν, καθ᾽ ὃ τὸν καιρὸν τῶν ἐπιση-
28666	~
28667	΄-
28668	/
28669	\
28670	/
28671	μασιῶν Kal τῆς παρατάσεως τὴν ποσότητα δεήσει
28672	προγινώσκειν " τὸ δέ τι γενικόν, καθ᾽ 6 προσήκει
28673	λαμβάνειν περὶ ποῖα τῶν γενῶν ἀποβήσεται τὸ σύμ-
28674	A
28675	>
28676	A
28677	~
28678	πτωμα
28679	> τελευταῖον δὲ τὸ εἰδικόν, καθ᾽ ὃ τὴν αὐτοῦ
28680	~
28681	fe
28682	τοῦ ἀποτελεσθησομένου ποιότητα θεωρήσομεν.
28683	<e.>
28684	Περὶ τῆς τῶν διατιθεμένων
28685	χωρῶν ἐπισκέψεως
28686	Tlepi μὲν οὖν τοῦ πρώτου καὶ τοπικοῦ τὴν διά-
28687	ληψιν ποιησόμεθα τοιαύτην: κατὰ γὰρ τὰς γινο-
28688	μένας ἐκλειπτικὰς συζυγίας ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης, καὶ
28689	μάλιστα τὰς εὐαισθητοτέρας, ἐπισκεψόμεθα τόν τε
28690	ἐκλειπτικὸν τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ τόπον καὶ τὰς τῶν κατ᾽
28691	αὐτὸν 4 τριγώνων ὃ συνοικειουμένας ὅ χώρας "
28692	καὶ
28693	ὁμοίως τίνες τῶν πόλεων ἤτοι ἐκ τῆς κατὰ τὴν
28694	πὸ κτίσιν ὡροσκοπίας καὶ φωσφορίας ἢ ἐκ τῆς τῶν
28695	1 ἔμμονοι vM AD, ἔμμηνοι PNECam. .. ἔμμηνα L; of. αἱ τῶν
28696	πλανωμένων ἐπιμένουσαι κατὰ καιροὺς στάσεις Proc.
28697	2 στηρίζωσι VADProc., -ovra L, -οντες PNMECam.
28698	8 ποιοῦνται... τὰς κτλ.
28699	VD Proce. ; ποιῶσι(ν) (aut ποιήσωσι)
28700	τὰς κτλ. alii libri Cam.
28701	4 κατ᾽ αὐτὸν VMADE, κατ᾽ αὐτῶν L, κατὰ τῶν P, κατὰ τὰ
28702	NCam.
28703	5 τριγώνων VPLMDH, -w A, -a NCam.
28704	ὃ συνοικειουμένας
28705	VADE,
28706	-wy
28707	MNCam.,
28708	-ewpevas
28709	P,
28710	-ειωμένων L.
28711	162
p. 487
28712	TETRABIBLOS ITI. 4-5
28713	for what countries
28714	or
28715	cities
28716	there
28717	is significance
28718	in the various eclipses or in the occasional regular
28719	stations of the planets, that is, of Saturn, Jupiter,
28720	and Mars, whenever they halt, for then they are
28721	significant.
28722	Another division of the prediction is
28723	chronological ; therein the need will be to foretell the
28724	time of the portents and their duration. A part, too,
28725	is generic; through this we ought to understand
28726	with what classes the event will be concerned.
28727	And
28728	finally there is the specific aspect, by which we shall
28729	discern the quality of the event itself.
28730	5. Of the Examination of the Countries Affected.
28731	We are to judge of the first portion of the inquiry,
28732	which is regional, in the following manner:
28733	In the
28734	eclipses of sun and moon ! as they occur, particularly
28735	those more easily observed,” we shall examine the
28736	region of the zodiac in which they take place, and
28737	the countries in familiarity with its triangles, and in
28738	similar fashion ascertain which of the cities, either
28739	from their horoscope * at the time of their founding
28740	and the position of the luminaries at the time, or
28741	1 Johannes Laurentius Lydus (De ostentis, 9) deals with
28742	a system of prediction whereby eclipses of the sun refer
28743	to Asia and those of the moon
28744	to Europe.
28745	Ptolemy
28746	makes no such sweeping distinction.
28747	2 Ptolemy takes no account of eclipses not visible at the
28748	place concerned.
28749	3 That is, the sign in the ascendant, or horoscopic posi-
28750	tion, at that time.
28751	163
p. 488
28752	PTOLEMY
28753	,
28754	τότε ἡγεμονευόντων μεσουρανήσεως
28755	συμπάθειαν
28756	ἔχουσι πρὸς τὸ τῆς ἐκλείψεως δωδεκατημόριον.
28757	279
28758	a
28759	3
28760	bal
28761	~
28762	Ἃ
28763	᾽ὔ
28764	«
28765	,
28766	A
28767	ἐφ᾽ ὅσων δ᾽ av χωρῶν ἢ πόλεων εὑρίσκωμεν τὴν
28768	προκειμένην συνοικείωσιν, περὶ πάσας ' μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ
28769	πᾶν ὑπονοητέον ἔσεσθαί τι σύμπτωμα, μάλιστα δὲ
28770	‘
28771	δ
28772	‘
28773	5
28774	\
28775	A
28776	~
28777	>
28778	/
28779	περὶ τὰς πρὸς αὐτὸ TO τῆς ἐκλείψεως δωδεκατη-
28780	μόριον λόγον ἐχούσας καὶ ἐν ὅσαις αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ γῆν
28781	>
28782	com Ν
28783	>
28784	,
28785	2
28786	οὖσα ἡ ἔκλειψις ἐφαίνετο.
28787	<s.> Περὶ τοῦ χρόνου τῶν ἀποτελου-
28788	μένων
28789	Τὸ δὲ δεύτερον καὶ χρονικὸν κεφάλαιον, καθ᾽ ὃ
28790	τοὺς καιροὺς τῶν ἐπισημασιῶν καὶ τῆς παρατάσεως
28791	τὴν ποσότητα προσήκει διαγινώσκειν, ἐπισκεψόμεθα
28792	τρόπῳ τοιῷδε.
28793	τῶν γὰρ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον
28794	γινομένων ἐκλείψεων μὴ κατὰ πᾶσαν οἴκησιν ἐν
28795	ταῖς αὐταῖς καιρικαῖς ὥραις ἀποτελουμένων, τῶν τε
28796	ἡλιακῶν τῶν αὐτῶν 3 μηδὲ τὰ μεγέθη τῶν ἐπισκοτή-
28797	σεων ἢ τὸν χρόνον τῶν παρατάσεων κατὰ τὸ ἴσον
28798	πανταχῆ λαμβανουσῶν, πρῶτον μὲν κατὰ τὴν ἐν
28799	ἑκάστῃ τῶν λόγον ἐχουσῶν οἰκήσεων ἐκλειπτικὴν
28800	ὥραν καὶ τὸ τοῦ πόλου ἔξαρμα κέντρα ὡς ἐπὶ
28801	1 πάσας] cf. Proc. πᾶσαι : ταύτας NCam.
28802	2 ἐφαίνετο VADEProc., φαίνεται Ῥ (φεν-)Ὶ.
28803	ΜΝ Όδτα.
28804	ὃϑτῶν
28805	αὐτῶν
28806	VPLDProc.;
28807	δηλαδὴ
28808	καὶ τῶν
28809	σεληνιακῶν
28810	NACam. ; καὶ τῶν σεληνιακῶν τῶν αὐτῶν ME.
28811	4 κέντρα VADProc., τά τε κέντρα PLNCam., καὶ τὰ κέντρα
28812	ΜΕ.
28813	104
p. 489
28814	TETRABIBLOS
28815	ITI. 5-6
28816	from the mid-heaven of the nativity ' of their then
28817	rulers, are sympathetic 2 to the zodiacal sign of the
28818	eclipse.
28819	And in whatsoever countries or cities we
28820	discover a familiarity of this kind, we must suppose
28821	that some event will occur which applies, generally
28822	speaking, to all of them, particularly to those which
28823	bear a relation to the actual zodiacal sign of the
28824	eclipse and to those of them in which the eclipse,
28825	since it took place above the earth, was visible.
28826	6. Of the Time of the Predicted Events.
28827	The second and chronological heading, whereby
28828	we should learn the times of the events signified and
28829	the length of their duration, we shall consider as
28830	follows.
28831	Inasmuch as the eclipses which take place
28832	at the same time are not completed in the same
28833	number of ordinary hours® in every locality, and
28834	since the same solar eclipses do not everywhere have
28835	the same degree of obscuration or the same time of
28836	duration, we shall first set down for the hour of the
28837	eclipse, in each of the related localities, and for the
28838	altitude of the pole,* centres,
28839	as in a nativity ;
28840	1The mid-heaven
28841	was regarded by many, including
28842	Ptolemy, as the most important of the centres, or angles,
28843	even surpassing the horoscope itself in its significance in
28844	certain ways.
28845	Cf. Bouché-Leclercq, p. 271 (with n. 2).
28846	4 That is, bear an aspect to.
28847	3 Civil hours, twelfth parts of the day-time or the night-
28848	time.
28849	They vary in length according to the latitude and
28850	the time of the year.
28851	Cf. the note on horary periods, iii.
28852	10 (p. 292, n. 2).
28853	‘That is, the latitude; from this the centres or angles
28854	can be determined,
28855	105
p. 490
28856	PTOLEMY
28857	ὃ
28858	θ /
28859	”
28860	ee
28861	eas
28862	’,
28863	1 >
28864	γενέσεως
28865	διαθήσομεν * ἔπειτα Kal ἐπὶ πόσας"
28866	ἰσημε-
28867	Ν
28868	σ
28869	>
28870	«
28871	’
28872	>
28873	~
28874	ρινὰς ὥρας ἐν ἑκάστῃ 2 παρατείνει TO ἐπισκίασμα τῆς
28875	>
28876	/
28877	7
28878	77 ἐκλείψεως - τούτων yap ἐξετασθέντων ὅσας ἂν ἰσημε-
28879	‘
28880	a
28881	σ
28882	>
28883	-
28884	YQ
28885	~
28886	\
28887	>
28888	/
28889	>
28890	οὐ
28891	ρινὰς ὥρας εὕρωμεν͵ ἐφ᾽ ἡλιακῆς μὲν ἐκλείψεως ἐπὶ
28892	/
28893	>
28894	τοσούτους ἐνιαυτοὺς παραμένειν ὑπονοήσομεν TO
28895	3
28896	>
28897	~
28898	ἀποτελούμενον, ἐπὶ δὲ σεληνιακῆς ἐπὶ τοσούτους
28899	μῆνας, τῶν μέντοι καταρχῶν καὶ τῶν ὁλοσχερεστέ-
28900	>
28901	~
28902	~
28903	ρων ἐπιτάσεων 3 θεωρουμένων ἃ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ἐκλειπ-
28904	τικοῦ τόπου πρὸς τὰ κέντρα σχέσεως.
28905	πρὸς μὲν
28906	a
28907	>
28908	~
28909	3
28910	γὰρ τῷ ἀπηλιωτικῷ ὁρίζοντι 6 τόπος ἐκπεσὼν τήν τε
28911	\
28912	~
28913	/
28914	καταρχὴν τοῦ συμπτώματος KATA τὴν πρώτην τετρά-
28915	9
28916	~
28917	a
28918	?
28919	\
28920	μηνον ἀπὸ τοῦ χρόνου τῆς ἐκλείψεως σημαίνει καὶ τὰς
28921	A
28922	>
28923	~
28924	ὁλοσχερεῖς ὃ ἐπιτάσεις περὶ TO πρῶτον τριτημόριον
28925	“-
28926	θ᾽ δλ
28927	6
28928	\
28929	4
28930	7
28931	/
28932	ἌΡ
28933	Si δὲ
28934	~
28935	τοῦ καθ᾽
28936	ὅλην" τὴν παράτασιν χρόνου " πρὸς ὃ δὲ τῷ
28937	\
28938	μεσουρανήματι, κατά τε τὴν δευτέραν τετράμηνον
28939	καὶ τὸ μέσον τριτημόριον- πρὸς δὲ τῷ λιβυκῷ
28940	ὁρίζοντι, κατὰ τὴν τρίτην τετράμηνον καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον
28941	τριτημόριον.
28942	τῶν δὲ κατὰ μέρος ἀνέσεων
28943	καὶ
28944	ἐπιτάσεων ἀπό τε τῶν ἀνὰ μέσον συζυγιῶν, ὅταν
28945	~
28946	>?
28947	~
28948	κατὰ τῶν TO αἴτιον ἐμποιούντων τόπων ἢ τῶν
28949	συσχηματιζομένων τόπων αὐτοῖς συμπίπτωσι, καὶ
28950	1 ὡς ἐπὶ πόσας PLMNECam., om. ὡς VADProc.
28951	2 Post ἑκάστῃ add. τῶν λόγον ἐχουσῶν οἰκήσεων PLNCam. ;
28952	om. VMADE.
28953	3 τρόπους post ἐπιτάσεων add. Cam., om. libri.
28954	4 Gewpovpevwy VMDE, θεωροῦμεν (Aeop-) PLNACam.
28955	ὃ tas ὅλας ὁλοσχερεῖς PLNACam. ; ὅλας om. VMDEPros.,
28956	ὃ kal’ ὅλην VMDE, καθ᾽ ὅλου PLNACam.
28957	Τ᾿ τὴν παράτασιν VPLMADHE, τῆς παρατάσεως NCam.
28958	8 πρὸς libri et Cam.1, ἐν Cam.?
28959	166
p. 491
28960	TETRABIBLOS II. 6
28961	secondly, how many equinoctial hours! the obscura
28962	tion of the eclipse lasts in each.
28963	For when these
28964	data are examined, if it is a solar eclipse, we shall
28965	understand that the predicted event lasts as many
28966	years * as the equinoctial hours which we discover,
28967	and if a lunar eclipse, as many months.
28968	The nature
28969	of the beginnings * and of the more important in-
28970	tensifications * of the events, however, are deduced
28971	from the position of the place of the eclipse relative
28972	to the centres.
28973	For if the place of the eclipse falls on
28974	the eastern horizon, this signifies that the beginning
28975	of the predicted event is in the first period of four
28976	months from the time of the eclipse and that its
28977	important intensifications lie in the first third of the
28978	entire period of its duration ; if on the mid-heaven,
28979	in the second four months and the middle third ; if
28980	upon the western horizon, in the third four months
28981	and the final third.
28982	The beginnings of the particular
28983	abatements
28984	and intensifications
28985	of the event we
28986	deduce from the conjunctions which take place in the
28987	meantime,” if they occur in the significant regions or
28988	* An equinoctial hour is the time measured by the passage
28989	of 15° of the equator (τς of 360°) past the horizon or other
28990	fixed point.
28991	* A distinction is made because solar and lunar eclipses
28992	are of very different lengths; a total lunar eclipse may last
28993	nearly two hours, compared with eight minutes in the case
28994	of the sun.
28995	8. καταρχαΐί, that is, when the predicted event is due.
28996	4 ἐπιτάσεις,
28997	‘“‘intensifications,’
28998	as
28999	opposed
29000	to
29001	“ re-
29002	laxations’’;
29003	a metaphor drawn from the tightening and
29004	loosening of the strings of a musical instrument.
29005	δ᾽ During the period of the predicted effect (Bouché-
29006	Leclereq, p. 351).
29007	167
p. 492
29008	PTOLEMY
29009	ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων παρόδων, ὅταν οἱ ποιητικοὶ τοῦ
29010	προτελέσματος ἀστέρες ἀνατολὰς ἢ δύσεις ἢ στη-
29011	ριγμοὺς ἢ ἀκρονύκτους φάσεις ποιῶνται, συσχη-
29012	ματιζόμενοι τοῖς τὸ αἴτιον ἔχουσι δωδεκατημορίοις "
29013	78 ἐπειδήπερ ἀνατέλλοντες μὲν ἢ στηρίζοντες ἐπιτάσεις
29014	ποιοῦνται τῶν συμπτωμάτων, δύνοντες δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ
29015	τὰς αὐγὰς ὄντες ἢ ἀκρονύκτους ποιούμενοι προηγή-
29016	σεις ἄνεσιν τῶν ἀποτελουμένων ποιοῦσιν.
29017	<C> Περὶ τοῦ γένους τῶν διατιθεμένων
29018	Τρίτου δ᾽ ὄντος κεφαλαίου τοῦ γενικοῦ, καθ᾽ ὃ δεῖ
29019	διαλαβεῖν περὶ ποῖα τῶν γενῶν ἀποβήσεται τὸ
29020	σύμπτωμα, λαμβάνεται
29021	καὶ τοῦτο
29022	διὰ τῆς τῶν
29023	ζῳδίων ἰδιοτροπίας
29024	καὶ μορφώσεως
29025	καθ᾽ ὧν ἂν
29026	τύχωσιν ὄντες οἵ τε τῶν ἐκλείψεων τόποι καὶ οἱ τὴν
29027	οἰκοδεσποτίαν λαβόντες τῶν ἀστέρων, τῶν τε πλανω-
29028	μένων καὶ τῶν ἀπλανῶν, τοῦ τε τῆς ἐκλείψεως
29029	δωδεκατημορίου καὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὸ κέντρον τὸ πρὸ
29030	τῆς ἐκλείψεως.
29031	λαμβάνεται δὲ ἡ τούτων οἰκοδε-
29032	σποτία ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν πλανωμένων ἀστέρων οὕτως.
29033	ὁ γὰρ τοὺς πλείστους λόγους ἔχων πρὸς ἀμφοτέρους
29034	τοὺς ἐκκειμένους τόπους, τόν τε τῆς ἐκλείψεως καὶ
29035	τὸν τοῦ ἑπομένου αὐτῷ κέντρου, κατά τε τὰς ἔγγιστα
29036	καὶ φαινομένας συναφὰς ἢ ἀπορροίας καὶ τοὺς
29037	λόγους ἔχοντας τῶν συσχηματισμῶν, καὶ ἔτι κατὰ
29038	τὴν κυρίαν τῶν τε οἴκων καὶ τριγώνων καὶ ὑψω-
29039	μάτων ἢ καὶ ὁρίων, ἐκεῖνος λήψεται “ὄνος τὴν
29040	1 παρόδων VP (παρρ-) LDProc.; παρανατελλόντων MNAE
29041	Cam.
29042	108
p. 493
29043	TETRABIBLOS II. 6-7
29044	the regions in some aspect to them, and also from
29045	the other movements of the planets, if those that
29046	effect the predicted event are either rising or setting
29047	or stationary or at evening rising, and are at the
29048	same time in some aspect to the zodiacal signs that
29049	hold the cause ; for planets when they are rising or
29050	stationary produce intensifications in the events, but
29051	when setting, and under the rays of the sun,’ or ad-
29052	vancing at evening, they bring about an abatement.
29053	7. Of the Class of those Affected.
29054	The third heading is that of generic classification,
29055	whereby one must determine what classes the event
29056	will affect.
29057	This is ascertained from the special
29058	nature and form of the zodiacal signs in which happen
29059	to be the places of the eclipses and in which are the
29060	heavenly bodies, planets and fixed stars alike, that
29061	govern both the sign of the eclipse and that of the
29062	angle preceding the eclipse.
29063	In the case of the
29064	planets we discover the rulership of these regions
29065	thus: The one which has the greatest number of
29066	relationships to both the regions aforesaid, that of
29067	the eclipse and that of the angle which follows it,
29068	both by virtue of the nearest visible applications or
29069	recessions, and by those of the aspects which bear
29070	a-relation,
29071	and furthermore by rulership
29072	of the
29073	houses, triangles, exaltations, and terms, that planet
29074	1Too near the sun to be visible; combustus ; cf. Bouché-
29075	Leclereq,
29076	p. 111, n. 3.
29077	“‘Advancing”’
29078	is the same
29079	as
29080	“adding to its motion”’; ef. above, p. 115, n. 4.
29081	‘
29082	‘
29083	~
29084	~
29085	270K. τὸ πρὸ P (πρὼλ L; τοῦ κέντρου τοῦ πρὸ MAE; κατὰ
29086	τοῦ κέντρου πρὸ τῆς κτλ. Proc. ; τὸ πρὸ om. VDNCam.
29087	ῳ
29088	169
p. 494
29089	PTOLEMY
29090	οἰκοδεσποτίαν * εἰ δὲ μὴ ὁ αὐτὸς εὑρίσκοιτο τῆς
29091	τε ἐκλείψεως καὶ τοῦ κέντρου κύριος, δύο" τοὺς
29092	19 πρὸς ἑκάτερον τῶν τόπων τὰς πλείους ἔχοντας,
29093	ὡς πρόκειται, συνοικειώσεις συμπαραληπτέον, προ-
29094	κρινομένου τοῦ τῆς ἐκλείψεως κυρίου - εἰ δὲ πλείους
29095	εὑρίσκοιντο καθ᾽ ἑκάτερον ἐφάμιλλοι͵ τὸν ἐπικεντρό-
29096	τερον ἢ χρηματιστικώτερον ἢ τῆς αἱρέσεως μᾶλλον
29097	ὄντα προκρινοῦμεν εἰς τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν.
29098	ἐπὶ δὲ
29099	τῶν ἀπλανῶν συμπαραληψόμεθα τόν τε αὐτῷ τῷ
29100	ἐκλειπτικῷ χρόνῳ 2 συγκεχρηματικότα πρῶτον τῶν
29101	λαμπρῶν ὃ ἐπὶ τῆς παρῳχημένης κεντρώσεως κατὰ
29102	τοὺς διωρισμένους ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ συντάξει τῶν
29103	ἐννέα τρόπων φαινομένους σχηματισμούς, καὶ τὸν
29104	ἐν τῇ φαινομένῃ κατὰ τὴν ἐκλειπτικὴν ὥραν δια-
29105	θέσει, ἤτοι συνανατείλαντα ἢ συμμεσουρανήσαντα τῷ
29106	κατὰ τὰ ἑπόμενα κέντρῳ 4 τοῦ τόπου τῆς ἐκλείψεως.
29107	Θεωρηθέντων δὲ οὕτως τῶν εἰς τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ
29108	συμπτώματος παραλαμβανομένων ἀστέρων, συνεπι-
29109	σκεψώμεθα καὶ τὰς τῶν ζῳδίων μορφώσεις ἐν οἷς
29110	ἥ τε ἔκλειψις καὶ οἱ τὴν κυρίαν λαβόντες ἀστέρες
29111	ἔτυχον ὄντες, ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς τούτων ἰδιοτροπίας καὶ
29112	τοῦ ποιοῦ τῶν διατιθεμένων γενῶν ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν
29113	λαμβανομένου.
29114	τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἀνθρωπόμορφα τῶν
29115	ζῳδίων τῶν τε περὶ τὸν διὰ μέσων τῶν ζῳδίων
29116	1 δύο δὲ PLNCam., ἀλλὰ δύο MAE, δὲ om. VDProc.
29117	2 χρόνῳ VDProc., τόπῳ alii Cam.
29118	8 τῶν λαμπρῶν VMADEProc., τὸν λαμπρὸν PL, τῷ λαμπρῷ
29119	NCam.
29120	4 κέντρῳ VMADEProc., -a PLNCam.
29121	1The anonymous commentator
29122	on Ptolemy gives as
29123	examples of reasons for preferring one to another that it is
29124	170
p. 495
29125	TETRABIBLOS II. 7
29126	alone will hold the dominance.
29127	However, if the same
29128	planet is not found to be both lord of the eclipse and
29129	of the angle, we must take together the two which
29130	have the greatest number of familiarities, as aforesaid,
29131	to either one of the regions, giving preference to the
29132	lord of the eclipse.
29133	And if several rivals be found on
29134	either count, we shall prefer for the domination the
29135	one which is closest to an angle, or is more significant,
29136	or is more closely allied by sect.1_
29137	In the case of the
29138	fixed stars, we shall take the first one of the brilliant
29139	stars which signifies upon the preceding angle at
29140	the actual time of the eclipse, according to the nine
29141	kinds of visible aspects defined in our first com-
29142	pilation,? and the star which of the group visible at
29143	the time of the eclipse has either risen or reached
29144	meridian with the angle following the place of the
29145	eclipse.
29146	When we have thus reckoned the stars that share
29147	in causing the event, let us also consider the forms
29148	of the signs of the zodiac in which the eclipse and
29149	the dominating stars as well happened to be, since
29150	from
29151	their character
29152	the quality of the classes
29153	affected
29154	is generally discerned.
29155	Constellations
29156	of
29157	human form, both in the zodiac and among the
29158	‘
29159	in the superior hemisphere, or is
29160	“‘ adding to its motion,”’
29161	or rising, or if these characteristics appear in all the rivals,
29162	that it is of the proper sect.
29163	* The reference is to the Almagest, viii. 4.
29164	They are
29165	πρωινὸς ἀπηλιώτης (matutine subsolar), πρωινὸν μεσουράνημα
29166	(matutine culmination),
29167	πρωινὸς Ads (matutine
29168	setting),
29169	μεσημβρινὸς
29170	ἀπηλιώτης
29171	(meridianal
29172	subsolar),
29173	μεσημβρινὸν
29174	μεσουράνημα
29175	(meridianal
29176	culmination),
29177	μεσημβρινὸς
29178	λίψ
29179	(meridianal
29180	setting),
29181	owos
29182	ἀπηλιώτης
29183	(vespertine
29184	sub-
29185	solar),
29186	ὀψινὸν μεσουράνημα
29187	(vespertine culmination), and
29188	ὀψινὸς Ap (vespertine setting).
29189	171
p. 496
29190	PTOLEMY
29191	~
29192	>
29193	aA
29194	>
29195	κύκλον Kal τῶν κατὰ τοὺς ἀπλανεῖς ἀστέρας, περὶ
29196	τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος ποιεῖ τὸ ἀποτελούμενον.
29197	80 τῶν δὲ ἄλλων χερσαίων τὰ μὲν τετράποδα περὶ τὰ
29198	ὅμοια τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων, τὰ δὲ ἑρπυστικὰ περὶ
29199	τοὺς ὄφεις καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα.
29200	καὶ πάλιν τὰ μὲν
29201	>
29202	~
29203	΄
29204	θηριώδη περὶ τὰ ἀνήμερα τῶν ζῴων καὶ βλαπτικὰ
29205	~
29206	~
29207	7
29208	τοῦ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένους, τὰ δὲ ἥμερα περὶ τὰ
29209	A
29210	χρηστικὰ
29211	καὶ χειροήθη}
29212	καὶ συνεργητικὰ πρὸς
29213	3
29214	A
29215	τὰς εὐετηρίας ἀναλόγως τοῖς καθ᾽ ἕκαστα μορφώ-
29216	μασιν, οἷον ἵππων ἢ βοῶν ἢ προβάτων καὶ τῶν
29217	τοιούτων.
29218	ἔτι δὲ τῶν χερσαίων τὰ μὲν πρὸς
29219	a
29220	“
29221	~
29222	~
29223	/
29224	ταῖς ἄρκτοις μᾶλλον περὶ τὰς τῆς γῆς αἰφνιδί-
29225	ovs
29226	κινήσεις, τὰ δὲ πρὸς μεσημβρίαν περὶ τὰς
29227	~
29228	?
29229	ἀπροσδοκήτους ἐκ τοῦ ἀέρος ῥύσεις.
29230	πάλιν δὲ ἐν
29231	a
29232	-
29233	΄
29234	tA
29235	μὲν τοῖς TOV πτερωτῶν μορφώμασιν ὄντες οἱ κύριοι
29236	~
29237	‘
29238	τόποι οἷον Ilapbévw, Τοξότῃ, “Opvibt,? ἀετῷ 3 καὶ
29239	“
29240	ν
29241	‘
29242	\
29243	Ἵ
29244	\
29245	\
29246	/
29247	-
29248	‘\
29249	>
29250	τοῖς τοιούτοις, περὶ TA πτηνὰ καὶ μάλιστα τὰ εἰς
29251	“-
29252	>
29253	\
29254	-
29255	τροφὴν ἀνθρώπων τὸ σύμπτωμα ποιοῦσιν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς
29256	a
29257	~
29258	\
29259	4
29260	νηκτοῖς * περὶ τὰ ἔνυδρα καὶ τοὺς ἰχθῦς.
29261	Kal τούτων
29262	>
29263	\
29264	-
29265	,
29266	a
29267	,
29268	ὅπ
29269	ἐν μὲν τοῖς θαλαττίοις, οἷον Καρκίνῳ, Αἰγόκερῳ,
29270	4 Xr A
29271	5
29272	\
29273	\ θ λ Ψ᾽
29274	\
29275	om”
29276	i
29277	~
29278	δ ~
29279	eAdin,®> περὶ τὰ
29280	θαλάττια, Kal ἔτι τὰς τῶν στολῶν
29281	1 καὶ καταχρηστικὰ post χειροήθη add. PLNCam.;
29282	om.
29283	VMADE.
29284	2"Opride VMADE, -os PNCam., ’Opvéwv L.
29285	3 Δετῷ VMADE, ς΄. Proc. ; τοῖς ᾽Ορνέοις PLNCam.
29286	4ynxrois NAECam.!;
29287	cf. νηχόμενα Proc.;
29288	νυκτοῖς
29289	alii
29290	Cam.?
29291	® Δελφῖνι VMADE, -νῳ PL, -va NCam.
29292	1Cf. i. 12 for classifications of the signs.
29293	Rhetorius,
29294	ap. CCAG,
29295	i. 164
29296	ff., names
29297	as signs of human form
29298	Gemini, Virgo, Libra, Aquarius, and (in part) Sagittarius.
29299	172
p. 497
29300	TETRABIBLOS II. 7
29301	fixed stars, cause the event to concern the human
29302	race.\|
29303	Of the
29304	other
29305	terrestrial
29306	signs,? the four-
29307	footed * are concerned with the four-footed dumb
29308	animals, and the signs formed like creeping things *
29309	with serpents and the like.
29310	Again, the animal ὃ signs
29311	have significance for the wild animals and those which
29312	injure the human race ; the tame signs concern the use-
29313	ful and domesticated animals, and those which help
29314	to gain prosperity, in consistency with their several
29315	forms ; for example, horses, oxen, sheep, and the like.
29316	Again, of the terrestrial signs, the northern tend to
29317	signify sudden earthquakes and the southern un-
29318	expected rains fromthesky.
29319	Yet again, those domi-
29320	nant regions that are in the form of winged creatures,®
29321	such as Virgo, Sagittarius, Cygnus, Aquila, and the
29322	like, exercise an effect upon winged creatures, par-
29323	ticularly those which are used for human food, and
29324	if they are in the form of swimming things, upon
29325	water animals and fish.
29326	And of these, in the con-
29327	stellations pertaining to the sea,’ such as Cancer,
29328	Capricorn,
29329	and
29330	the Dolphin,
29331	they influence
29332	the
29333	Among the extra-zodiacal constellations might be cited
29334	Orion, Perseus, Andromeda, ete.
29335	2 Rhetorius, loc. cit., names Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Leo,
29336	Virgo, Libra, Scorpio.
29337	3 Aries, Taurus, Leo, Sagittarius (Rhetorius, loc. citt.).
29338	4 To be sought among extra-zodiacal constellations, such
29339	as Draco, rather than the zodiac.
29340	5 θηριώδη;
29341	Taurus,
29342	Leo,
29343	and
29344	Scorpio,
29345	according
29346	to
29347	Rhetorius, loc. cit.
29348	6 Rhetorius, loc. cit., names Virgo, Sagittarius, Pisces.
29349	7 Rhetorius,
29350	loc.
29351	cit.,
29352	designates
29353	as
29354	watery
29355	(évvdpa)
29356	Pisces, Cancer, Capricorn, Aquarius, and Sagittarius, of
29357	the zodiac.
29358	173
p. 498
29359	8 —
29360	PTOLEMY
29361	dvaywyds
29362	ἐν δὲ τοῖς ποταμίοις οἷον “Ὑδροχόῳ Kat
29363	᾿Ιχθύσι, περὶ τὰ ποτάμια καὶ τὰ πηγαῖα κατὰ δὲ
29364	τὴν Apyw περὶ ἀμφότερα τὰ γένη. ὡσαύτως δ᾽ 1
29365	ἐν τοῖς τροπικοῖς ἢ ἰσημερινοῖς ὄντες κοινῶς μὲν
29366	περὶ τὰ τοῦ ἀέρος καταστήματα καὶ τὰς οἰκείας
29367	ἑκάστοις αὐτῶν ὥρας ἀποτελοῦσι τὰς ἐπισημασίας,
29368	ἰδίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τὸ ἔαρ καὶ περὶ" τὰ ἐκ τῆς γῆς
29369	φυόμενα.
29370	κατὰ μὲν γὰρ τὴν ἐαρινὴν ἰσημερίαν
29371	ὄντες περὶ τοὺς βλαστοὺς τῶν δενδρικῶν καρπῶν,
29372	οἷον ἀμπέλου, συκῆς, καὶ τῶν συνακμαζόντων "
29373	κατὰ δὲ τὴν θερινὴν τροπὴν περὶ τὰς τῶν καρπο-
29374	φορηθέντων συγκομιδὰς καὶ ἀποθέσεις - ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ
29375	δὲ ἰδικῶς καὶ περὶ τὴν τοῦ Νείλου ἀνάβασιν - κατὰ
29376	δὲ τὴν μετοπωρινὴν ἰσημερίαν περὶ τὸν σπόρον καὶ
29377	τὰ χορτικὰ, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα" κατὰ δὲ τὴν χειμερινὴν
29378	τροπὴν περὶ τὰς λαχανείας καὶ τὰ κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν
29379	καιρὸν ἐπιπολάζοντα ὀρνέων ἢ ἰχθύων γένη
29380	ἔτι
29381	δὲ καὶ τὰ μὲν ἰσημερινὰ τοῖς ἱεροῖς καὶ ταῖς περὶ
29382	τοὺς θεοὺς θρησκείαις ἐπισημαίνει
29383	- τὰ δὲ τροπικὰ
29384	ταῖς τῶν ἀέρων καὶ ταῖς τῶν πολιτικῶν εἰθισμένων 3
29385	μεταβολαῖς - τὰ δὲ στερεὰ τοῖς θεμελίοις καὶ τοῖς
29386	οἰκοδομήμασι: τὰ δὲ δίσωμα καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις
29387	καὶ τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν.
29388	ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰ μὲν πρὸς
29389	ταῖς ἀνατολαῖς μᾶλλον ἔχοντα τὴν θέσιν ἐν τῷ
29390	χρόνῳ τῆς ἐκλείψεως περὶ τοὺς καρποὺς καὶ τὴν
29391	νέαν
29392	ἡλικίαν
29393	καὶ
29394	τοὺς
29395	θεμελίους
29396	τὸ ἐσόμενον
29397	σημαίνει: τὰ δὲ πρὸς τῷ ὑπὲρ γῆν μεσουρανή-
29398	ματι περὶ τὰ ἱερὰ καὶ τοὺς βασιλέας καὶ τὴν μέσην
29399	ἡλικίαν" τὰ δὲ πρὸς ταῖς δυσμαῖς περὶ τὰς τῶν
29400	1 ὡσαύτως. οἱ δ(έ) MNCam.
29401	114
p. 499
29402	TETRABIBLOS II. 7
29403	creatures of the sea and the sailing of fleets.
29404	In the
29405	constellations pertaining to rivers, such as Aquarius
29406	and Pisces, they concern the creatures of rivers and
29407	springs, and in Argo they affect both classes alike.
29408	Likewise stars in the solstitial \| or equinoctial signs
29409	have significance in general for the conditions of the
29410	air and the seasons related to each of these signs,
29411	and in particular they concern the spring and things
29412	which grow from the earth.
29413	For when they are at
29414	the spring equinox they affect the new shoots of the
29415	arboreal crops, such as grapes and figs, and what-
29416	ever matures with them ; at the summer solstice, the
29417	gathering and storing of the crops, and in Egypt.
29418	peculiarly, the rising of the Nile;
29419	at the autumn
29420	solstice they concern the sowing, the hay crops, and
29421	such ; and at the winter equinox the vegetables and
29422	the kinds of birds and fish most common at this
29423	season.
29424	Further,
29425	the equinoctial
29426	signs have
29427	sig-
29428	nificance for sacred rites and the worship of the gods ;
29429	the solstitial signs, for changes in the air and in
29430	political customs ; the solid signs,” for foundations
29431	and the construction of houses ; the bicorporeal, for
29432	men and kings.
29433	Similarly, those which are closer to
29434	the orient at the time of the eclipse signify what is
29435	to be concerning the crops, youth, and foundations ;
29436	those near the mid-heaven above the earth, con-
29437	cerning sacred rites, kings, and middle age;
29438	and
29439	1 Of. i. 11.
29440	2 Ibid.
29441	3 τὸ ἔαρ καὶ περὶ PLNCam.Proc., om. VMADE;
29442	καὶ (post
29443	ἔαρ) om. PLN.
29444	3 ἐθισμένων VD, ἐθισμῶν MAE, ἐθίμων NCam., ἐθήμων P,
29445	εὐθύμων L.
29446	175
p. 500
29447	PTOLEMY
29448	;
29449	;
29450	νομίμων μετατροπὰς καὶ τὴν παλαιὰν ἡλικίαν καὶ
29451	τοὺς κατοιχομένους.
29452	Kai περὶ τὸ πόστον δὲ μέρος τοῦ ὑποκειμένου
29453	82 γένους ἡ διάθεσις ἐπελεύσεται, τό τε τῆς ἐπισκοτή-
29454	~
29455	>
29456	/
29457	/
29458	«
29459	/
29460	\
29461	¢
29462	~
29463	σεως τῶν ἐκλείψεων μέγεθος ὑποβάλλει Kai at τῶν
29464	τὸ αἴτιον ἐμποιούντων ἀστέρων πρὸς τὸν ἐκλειπτικὸν
29465	/
29466	τόπον σχέσεις.
29467	ἑσπέριοι μὲν yap σχηματιζόμενοι
29468	\
29469	\
29470	ὅλ
29471	\
29472	> Ἂ /
29473	1
29474	ta
29475	δὲ
29476	\
29477	\
29478	πρὸς
29479	τὰς ἡλιακὰς ἐκλείψεις,
29480	ἑῷοι
29481	δὲ πρὸς τὰς
29482	/
29483	pack
29484	\
29485	”
29486	ς
29487	>
29488	\
29489	~
29490	σεληνιακάς, ἐπὶ τὸ ἔλαττον ws ἐπὶ πᾶν διατιθέασι-
29491	διαμετροῦντες δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ ἥμισυ ἑῷοι δὲ σχηματι-
29492	ζόμενοι πρὸς τὰς ἡλιακὰς ἢ ἑσπέριοι πρὸς τὰς
29493	σεληνιακὰς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον
29494	—
29495	\
29496	~
29497	~
29498	~
29499	>
29500	«n>
29501	Ilepi. πιῆ ς, adrob
29502	tot amoredXEa-
29503	ματος ποιότητος
29504	Τέταρτον δ᾽ ἐστὶ κεφάλαιον τὸ περὶ αὐτῆς τῆς
29505	τοῦ ἀποτελέσματος ποιότητος, τουτέστι, πότερον
29506	ἀγαθῶν 7 τῶν ἐναντίων ἐστὶ ποιητικὸν καὶ ποδαπὸν
29507	ἐφ᾽ ἑκάτερον κατὰ τὸ τοῦ εἴδους ἰδιότροπον.
29508	τοῦτο
29509	δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν οἰκοδεσποτησάντων ἀστέρων τοὺς
29510	κυρίους τόπους ποιητικῆς φύσεως καταλαμβάνεται
29511	καὶ τῆς συγκράσεως τῆς τε πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ τοὺς
29512	τόπους Kal? ὧν ἂν ὦσι τετυχηκότες.
29513	ὁ μὲν γὰρ
29514	ἥλιος καὶ ἡ σελήνη διατάκται καὶ 5 ὥσπερ ἡγεμόνες
29515	1 ἐκλείψεις VMADEProc., om. PLNCam.
29516	3 διατάκται καὶ VD, διατέτακται καὶ MAE, διατακτικοὶ (om:
29517	καὶ) P (-τοικ-) LNCam.
29518	τ Planets become feminized by the occidental position
29519	(cf. i. 6) and hence oppose the sun;
29520	in oriental position
29521	176
p. 501
29522	TETRABIBLOS II. 7-8
29523	those near the occident, concerning change of cus-
29524	toms, old age, and those who have passed away.
29525	To the question, how large a portion of the class
29526	involved will the event affect, the answer is supplied
29527	by the extent of the obscuration of the eclipses, and
29528	by the positions relative to the place of the eclipse
29529	held by the stars which furnish the cause.
29530	For
29531	when they are occidental to solar eclipses,! or oriental
29532	to lunar, they usually affect a minority ; in oppo-
29533	sition, a half; and the majority, if they are oriental
29534	to solar eclipses or occidental to lunar.
29535	8. Of the Quality of the Predicted Event.
29536	The fourth heading concerns the quality of the
29537	predicted event, that is, whether it is productive of
29538	good or the opposite, and of what
29539	sort
29540	is its
29541	effect in either direction, in accordance with the
29542	peculiar character
29543	of the species.
29544	This is appre-
29545	hended from
29546	the nature
29547	of the activity
29548	of the
29549	planets which rule the dominant places and from
29550	their combination both with one another and with
29551	the places in which they happen to be.
29552	For the
29553	sun and the moon are the marshals and, as it were,
29554	they are masculinized and oppose the moon.
29555	Hence the
29556	effect is minimized.
29557	When, however, they work with the
29558	sun (in oriental position and masculine) or with the moon,
29559	the eclipse has a greater effect.
29560	Cf. Bouché-Leclercq,
29561	Ρ. 353, n. 3.
29562	* As Bouché-Leclereq (p. 355) points out, the natural
29563	tendency in antiquity would be to assume that any eclipse
29564	portends evil.
29565	Ptolemy’s predilection
29566	for
29567	classification
29568	causes him to examine the question in the light of the nature
29569	and characters of the planets (cf. i. 5).
29570	177
p. 502
29571	PTOLEMY
29572	εἰσὶ τῶν ἄλλων, αὐτοὶ αἴτιοι γενόμενοι τοῦ TE KATA
29573	τὴν ἐνέργειαν ὅλου καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀστέρων οἰκοδε-
29574	σποτίας καὶ ἔτι τῆς τῶν οἰκοδεσποτησάντων ἰσχύος
29575	ἢ ἀδρανείας.
29576	ἡ δὲ τῶν τὴν κυρίαν λαβόντων συγ-
29577	κρατικὴ θεωρία τὴν τῶν ἀποτελεσμάτων δείκνυσι
29578	ποιότητα.
29579	83
29580	"Apédpucba δὲ τῆς καθ᾽ ἕκαστον τῶν πλανωμένων
29581	ποιητικῆς \| ἰδιοτροπίας, ἐκεῖνο κοινῶς προεκθέμενοι
29582	ἔτι τῆς κεφαλαιώδους ὑπομνήσεως ἕνεκεν ὡς ὅταν
29583	καθ᾽ ὅλου τινὰ λέγωμεν τῶν πέντε ἀστέρων τὴν
29584	κρᾶσιν καὶ τὸ ποιητικὸν τῆς ὁμοίας φύσεως ὑπο-
29585	ληπτέον,
29586	ἐάν
29587	τε
29588	αὐτὸς
29589	ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἢ κατα-
29590	στάσει, ἐάν τε καὶ τῶν ἀπλανῶν τις ἢ τῶν τοῦ
29591	ζωδιακοῦ τόπων κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν αὐτοῦ κρᾶσιν
29592	θεωρῆται: καθάπερ ἂν εἰ τῶν φύσεων καὶ τῶν
29593	ποιοτήτων αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ τῶν ἀστέρων ἐτύγχανον
29594	at προσηγορίαι.
29595	καὶ ὅτι ἐν ταῖς συγκράσεσι πάλιν
29596	οὐ μόνον τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους τῶν πλανωμένων μῖξιν
29597	δεῖ σκοπεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς τῆς αὐτῆς
29598	φύσεως κεκοινωνηκότας ἤτοι ἀπλανεῖς ἀστέρας ἢ
29599	τόπους
29600	τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ κατὰ τὰς ἀποδεδειγμένας
29601	αὐτῶν πρὸς τοὺς πλάνητας συνοικειώσεις.
29602	Ὃ μὲν οὖν τοῦ Κρόνου ἀστὴρ μόνος τὴν οἰκοδε-
29603	σποτίαν λαβὼν καθ᾽ ὅλου μὲν φθορᾶς τῆς κατὰ
29604	1 ποιητικῆς VWMADEProc., φυσικῆς PLNCam.
29605	! According to the anonymous commentator (p. 71, ed.
29606	Wolf), the reason why the luminaries exert such power is
29607	that they are the ones which submit to eclipse and thereby
29608	determine the places of eclipses and the rulers of these
29609	places.
29610	2 Cardanus, p. 201:
29611	““. .. when he says, for example,
29612	178
p. 503
29613	TETRABIBLOS II. 8
29614	leaders of the others; for they are themselves re-
29615	sponsible for the entirety of the power, and are the
29616	causes of the rulership of the planets, and, more-
29617	over, the causes of the strength or weakness of the
29618	ruling planets.'_
29619	The comprehensive observation of
29620	the ruling stars shows the quality of the predicted
29621	events.
29622	We
29623	shall begin with
29624	the characteristic
29625	active
29626	powers of the planets, one by one, first, however,
29627	making this general observation, as a summary re-
29628	minder, that in general whenever we speak of any
29629	temperament of the five planets one must under-
29630	stand that whatever produces the like nature is also
29631	meant,” whether it be the planet itself in its own
29632	proper condition, or one of the fixed stars, or one of
29633	the signs of the zodiac, considered with reference to
29634	the temperament proper to it, just as though the
29635	characterizations were applied to the natures or the
29636	qualities themselves and not to the planets;
29637	and
29638	let us remember that in the combinations, again, we
29639	must consider not only the mixture of the planets
29640	one with another, but also their combination with the
29641	others that share in the same nature, whether they
29642	be fixed stars or signs of the zodiac, by virtue of
29643	their affinities with the planets, already set forth.*
29644	Saturn,’ when
29645	he gains sole dominance,
29646	is in
29647	general the cause of destruction by cold, and in
29648	that Saturn does this or that, he understands this to refer
29649	not only to Saturn but to any star, even a fixed star, that
29650	may be of Saturn’s nature;
29651	as those in Cetus and some
29652	in Orion”’
29653	(cf. i. 9).
29654	Similarly signs of the zodiac,
29655	or
29656	terms, could thus substitute for the planets.
29657	3 J.e. ini. 9.
29658	‘Cf. i. δ.
29659	Saturn is one of the maleficent planets (ibid.).
29660	179
p. 504
29661	PTOLEMY
29662	,
29663	y
29664	‘
29665	Μ
29666	30.
29667	,
29668	\
29669	‘
29670	A
29671	>
29672	,
29673	ψύξιν ἐστὶν αἴτιος - ἰδίως δὲ περὶ μὲν ἀνθρώπους
29674	γινομένου τοῦ συμπτώματος νόσους μακρὰς καὶ
29675	φθίσεις καὶ συντήξεις
29676	καὶ ὑγρῶν ὀχλήσεις
29677	καὶ
29678	ῥευματισμοὺς καὶ τεταρταϊκὰς ἐπισημασίας, φυγα-
29679	δείας τε καὶ ἀπορίας καὶ συνοχὰς καὶ πένθη καὶ
29680	,
29681	1
29682	\
29683	/
29684	/
29685	~
29686	~
29687	«
29688	/
29689	φόβους"
29690	καὶ
29691	θανάτους μάλιστα τῶν
29692	τῇ ἡλικίᾳ
29693	/
29694	3
29695	a
29696	~
29697	\
29698	>
29699	/
29700	4
29701	προβεβηκότων
29702	ἐμποιεῖ.
29703	τῶν
29704	de ἀλόγων ζῴων
29705	περὶ τὰ εὔχρηστα ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν, σπάνιν
29706	τε
29707	καὶ
29708	~
29709	,
29710	>
29711	84 τῶν ὄντων φθορὰς σωματικὰς Kal νοσοποιούς, ὑφ
29712	~
29713	/
29714	,
29715	ὧν καὶ οἱ χρησάμενοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων συνδιατιθέμενοι
29716	διαφθείρονται.
29717	περὶ δὲ τὴν τοῦ ἀέρος κατάστασιν
29718	/
29719	A
29720	bd
29721	\
29722	«ε
29723	λ ὃ
29724	\ Ἃ
29725	/
29726	ψύχη φοβερὰ παγώδη καὶ ὁμιχλώδη καὶ
29727	λοιμικά,
29728	ὡς
29729	,
29730	‘
29731	΄
29732	\
29733	/
29734	”
29735	A
29736	dvoaepias τε καὶ συννεφίας καὶ ζόφους - ἔτι δὲ
29737	΄
29738	~
29739	~
29740	~
29741	>
29742	7?
29743	νιφετῶν πλῆθος οὐκ ἀγαθῶν ἀλλὰ φθοροποιῶν, ἀφ
29744	ὧν καὶ τὰ κακοῦντα τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν τῶν
29745	ἑρπετῶν συγκρίνεται.
29746	περὶ δὲ ποταμοὺς ἢ θα-
29747	~
29748	~
29749	/
29750	λάττας κοινῶς μὲν χειμῶνας καὶ στόλων ναυάγια
29751	\
29752	/
29753	\
29754	~
29755	>
29756	(2
29757	»
29758	\
29759	’
29760	καὶ δυσπλοίας καὶ τῶν ἰχθύων ἔνδειαν καὶ φθοράν,
29761	οὕ
29762	\
29763	?
29764	\
29765	/
29766	>
29767	7
29768	\
29769	ti
29770	ἰδίως δὲ ἐν μὲν θαλάτταις ἀμπώτεις καὶ παλιρροίας,
29771	ἐπὶ δὲ ποταμῶν ὑπερμετρίαν καὶ κάκωσιν τῶν ποτα-
29772	μίων ὑδάτων.
29773	πρὸς δὲ τοὺς τῆς γῆς καρποὺς ἔνδειαν
29774	καὶ σπάνιν καὶ ἀπώλειαν μάλιστα τῶν εἰς τὰς
29775	/
29776	Ἅ
29777	ἀναγκαίας χρείας γινομένων ἤτοι ὑπὸ κάμπης ἢ
29778	>
29779	i
29780	”“
29781	~
29782	«
29783	/
29784	Al
29785	Poy,
29786	>
29787	~
29788	ἀκρίδος ἢ κατακλυσμῶν ὑδάτων ἢ ὄμβρων ἐπιφορᾶς
29789	Ὑ
29790	~
29791	/,
29792	~
29793	ἢ χαλάζης ἢ τῶν τοιούτων, ὡς Kal μέχρι λιμοῦ 5
29794	“
29795	“
29796	2
29797	,
29798	φθάνειν καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπωλείας.
29799	1 φόβους VMAD=N (mg.) Proc. Cam.? (asterisco notatum) ;
29800	φόνους NCam.! (asterisco notatum), ¢dwr’ P, φόνοι L.
29801	2 λιμοῦ VMDEProc., λοιμοῦ PLNACam.
29802	180
p. 505
29803	TETRABIBLOS II. 8
29804	particular, when the event concerns men, causes
29805	long illnesses, consumptions, withering, disturbances
29806	caused by fluids, rheumatisms, and quartan fevers,
29807	exile, poverty, imprisonment, mourning, fears, and
29808	deaths, especially among those advanced in age.!
29809	He is usually significant with regard to those dumb
29810	animals that are of use to man, and brings about
29811	scarcity of them, and the bodily destruction by
29812	disease of such as exist, so that the men who use
29813	them are similarly affected and perish.
29814	With regard
29815	to weather, he causes fearful cold, freezing, misty,
29816	and pestilential; corruption of the air, clouds, and
29817	gloom ; furthermore, multitudes of snowstorms, not
29818	beneficial but destructive, from which are produced
29819	the reptiles? harmful to man.
29820	As for the rivers and
29821	seas, in general he causes storms, the wreck of fleets,
29822	disastrous voyages, and the scarcity and death of fish,
29823	and in particular the high and ebb tides of the seas
29824	and in rivers excessive floods and pollution of their
29825	waters.
29826	As for the crops of the earth, he brings
29827	about want, scarcity, and loss, especially of those
29828	grown for necessary uses, either through worms or
29829	locusts or floods or cloud-burst or hail or the like,
29830	so that famine and the destruction of men thereby
29831	result.
29832	1 Saturn (Kronos) is pictured as an old man.
29833	* For rains of fish, frogs, and other things cf. E. 5.
29834	McCartney,
29835	Trans. Am.
29836	Phil.
29837	Assn.,
29838	51,
29839	112
29840	ff., and
29841	Classical Weekly, 24, 27;
29842	also A. S. Pease, ed. of Cicero,
29843	De divinatione, Ὁ. 274.
29844	Mice, frogs, insects, and the like
29845	were thought to be spontaneously generated from earth,
29846	mud, or rain;
29847	cf. Thorndike, History of Magic and Ex-
29848	perimental Science, i. 325, 491.
29849	181
p. 506
29850	PTOLEMY
29851	«
29852	A
29853	~
29854	Ο δὲ τοῦ Διὸς μόνος τὴν κυρίαν λαχὼν καθ᾽ ὅλου
29855	\
29856	/
29857	μὲν αὐξήσεώς ἐστι ποιητικός, ἰδίως δὲ περὶ μὲν
29858	>
29859	,ὔ
29860	“-
29861	ἀνθρώπους γενομένου
29862	τοῦ ἀποτελέσματος δόξας
29863	9
29864	aA
29865	\
29866	ἀποτελεῖ καὶ everynpias! καὶ εὐθηνίας καὶ κατα-
29867	4
29868	>
29869	~
29870	>
29871	στάσεις elpnvikas® καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων αὐξήσεις,
29872	εὐεξίας τε σωματικὰς καὶ ψυχικάς -
29873	ἔτι δὲ εὐερ-
29874	,ὔ
29875	~
29876	~
29877	γεσίας Te Kal δωρεὰς ἀπὸ τῶν βασιλευόντων, αὐτῶν
29878	>
29879	Te ἐκείνων αὐξήσεις Kal μεγαλειότητας καὶ μεγαλο-
29880	,ὔ
29881	>
29882	/
29883	>
29884	yuxias.
29885	Kal?
29886	ὅλου τε εὐδαιμονίας ἐστὶν αἴτιος.
29887	\
29888	\
29889	~
29890	~
29891	~
29892	περὶ de Ta ἄλογα ζῷα τῶν μὲν εἰς χρῆσιν avOpw-
29893	,
29894	ὃ
29895	La
29896	\
29897	/
29898	~
29899	~
29900	A
29901	>
29902	πίνην
29903	δαψίλειαν Kat πολυπληθίαν ποιεῖ, τῶν δὲ εἰς
29904	2
29905	τὸ ἐναντίον φθοράν τε καὶ ἀπώλειαν.
29906	εὔκρατον δὲ
29907	A
29908	~
29909	τὴν
29910	τῶν
29911	ἀέρων
29912	κατάστασιν
29913	καὶ
29914	ὑγιεινὴν
29915	Kal
29916	πνευματώδη καὶ ὑγρὰν καὶ θρεπτικὴν τῶν ἐπιγείων
29917	ἀπεργάζεται, στόλων
29918	τε εὐπλοίας καὶ ποταμῶν
29919	~
29920	~
29921	,
29922	συμμέτρους ἀναβάσεις καὶ τῶν καρπῶν δαψίλειαν
29923	\
29924	Kal ὅσα τούτοις παραπλήσια.
29925	“-
29926	,ὔ
29927	Ὃ δὲ τοῦ Ἄρεως μόνος τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν λαβὼν
29928	>
29929	i
29930	\
29931	~
29932	A
29933	/
29934	~
29935	>
29936	καθ᾽
29937	ὅλου μὲν τῆς Kata Enpaciay φθορᾶς ἐστιν
29938	7}
29939	αἴτιος, ἰδίως δὲ περὶ μὲν ἀνθρώπους γινομένου
29940	~
29941	-
29942	\
29943	/,
29944	τοῦ συμπτώματος πολέμους ἐμποιεῖ Kal στάσεις
29945	>
29946	/
29947	\
29948	>
29949	/
29950	\
29951	> ὃ
29952	ὃ
29953	A
29954	ἐμφυλίους καὶ αἰχμαλωσίας
29955	Kat ἀνδραποδισμοὺς
29956	᾽ὔ
29957	τ
29958	/
29959	4
29960	καὶ ἐπαναστάσεις 3 καὶ χόλους ἡγεμόνων
29961	τούς
29962	‘
29963	~
29964	/
29965	/
29966	>?
29967	Su
29968	μ᾿
29969	δὲ
29970	τε διὰ τῶν τοιούτων θανάτους αἰφνιδίους, ἔτι
29971	δὲ
29972	wo
29973	A
29974	>
29975	,ὔ
29976	\
29977	νόσους πυρεκτικὰς Kal τριταϊκὰς ἐπισημασίας καὶ
29978	΄,
29979	αἱμάτων
29980	ἀναγωγὰς
29981	καὶ
29982	ὀξείας
29983	βιαιοθανασίας *
29984	-
29985	Ud
29986	\
29987	,
29988	‘
29989	μάλιστα τῶν ἀκμαίων - ὁμοίως δὲ βίας τε
29990	καὶ
29991	1 ε
29992	΄
29993	σ
29994	2
29995	ἑταιρείας
29996	Cam.
29997	Ae ἐρεῖ
29998	is
29999	add.
30000	καὶ
30001	εὖ
30002	(as
30003	Cam.?,
30004	om. libri Proe
30005	ost εἰρηνικας add. Kat εὐετηρίας
30006	Vam.”, OM.
30007	:
30008	182
p. 507
30009	TETRABIBLOS IT. 8
30010	When Jupiter ! rules alone he produces increase in
30011	general, and, in particular, when the prediction is
30012	concerned with men, he makes fame and prosperity,
30013	abundance, peaceful existence, the increase of the
30014	necessities of life, bodily and spiritual health, and,
30015	furthermore, benefits and gifts from rulers, and the
30016	increase, greatness, and magnanimity of these latter ;
30017	and in general he is the cause of happiness.
30018	With
30019	reference to dumb animals he causes a multitude and
30020	abundance of those that are useful to men and the
30021	diminution and destruction of the opposite kind.
30022	He
30023	makes the condition of the air temperate and health-
30024	ful, windy, moist, and favourable to the growth of
30025	what the earth bears ; he brings about the fortunate
30026	sailing of fleets, the moderate rise of rivers, abund-
30027	ance of crops, and everything similar.
30028	Mars, when he assumes the rulership alone, is in
30029	general the cause of destruction through dryness and
30030	in particular, when the event concerns men, brings
30031	about
30032	wars,
30033	civil
30034	faction,
30035	capture,
30036	enslavement,
30037	uprisings, the wrath of leaders, and sudden deaths
30038	arising from such causes;
30039	moreover, fevers, tertian
30040	agues, raising of blood, swift and violent deaths,
30041	especially in the prime of life; similarly, violence,
30042	ΤΑ beneficent planet.
30043	3 ὄχλων ἐπαναστάσεις PLNCam., λαῶν ἐπαναστάσεις Proc.;
30044	ὄχλων om. VMADE.
30045	4 ὀρείας βιαιοθανασίας VD,
30046	ὀξεῖς καὶ βίαιοι θάνατοι Proc.,
30047	ὀξείας βιοθανασίας MAE,
30048	ὀξείας καὶ βιοθανασίας Ῥ (βιω-} L,
30049	ὀξείας νόσους καὶ βιοθανασίας NCam.
30050	183
p. 508
30051	PTOLEMY
30052	ὕβρεις Kal παρανομίας ἐμπρήσεις τε Kal ἀνδρο-
30053	φονίας καὶ ἁρπαγὰς καὶ ληστείας - περὶ δὲ τὴν τοῦ
30054	ἀέρος κατάστασιν καύσωνας καὶ πνεύματα θερμὰ
30055	80 λοιμικὰ καὶ συντηκτικὰ κεραυνῶν τε ἀφέσεις καὶ
30056	πρηστήρων
30057	καὶ ἀνομβρίας - περὶ δὲ θάλατταν "
30058	στόλων
30059	μὲν αἰφνίδια
30060	ναυάγια
30061	διὰ
30062	πνευμάτων
30063	ἀτάκτων 7) κεραυνῶν ἢ τῶν τοιούτων, ποταμῶν δὲ
30064	λειψυδρίας καὶ ἀναξηράνσεις πηγῶν καὶ φθορὰν τῶν
30065	ποτίμων 5 ὑδάτων - περὶ δὲ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς
30066	ἐπιτήδεια πρὸς χρῆσιν ἀνθρωπίνην τῶν τε ἀλόγων
30067	ζῴων καὶ τῶν ἐκ τῆς γῆς φυομένων σπάνιν καὶ
30068	φθορὰν καρπῶν τὴν γινομένην ἤτοι ἐκ τῶν τοῦ
30069	καύματος καταφλέξεων ἢ βρούχου ἢ τῆς τῶν
30070	πνευμάτων ἐκτινάξεως
30071	ἢ ἐκ τῆς ἐν ταῖς ἀποθέσεσι
30072	συγκαύσεως.
30073	Ὃ δὲ τῆς Adpodirns μόνος κύριος γενόμενος τοῦ
30074	συμβαίνοντος καθ᾽ ὅλου μὲν τὰ παραπλήσια τῷ Tor’
30075	Διὸς μετά τινος ἐπαφροδισίας ἀποτελεῖ, ἰδίως δέ
30076	περὶ μὲν ἀνθρώπους δόξας καὶ τιμὰς καὶ εὐφροσύνας
30077	καὶ εὐετηρίας εὐγαμίας
30078	τε
30079	καὶ πολυτεκνίας καὶ
30080	εὐαρεστήσεις
30081	πρὸς πᾶσαν
30082	συναρμογὴν
30083	καὶ τῶν
30084	κτήσεων συναυξήσεις καὶ διαίτας καθαρίους
30085	καὶ
30086	εὐαγωγοὺς καὶ πρὸς τὰ σεβάσμια τιμητικάς * ἔτι δὲ
30087	σωματικὰς εὐεξίας καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἡγεμονεύοντας
30088	συνοικειώσεις
30089	καὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπαφροδισίας
30090	*®
30091	περὶ δὲ τὰ τοῦ ἀέρος πνεύματα ὃ εὐκρασίας 7 καὶ
30092	διύγρων καὶ θρεπτικωτάτων καταστάσεις εὐαερίας
30093	1 περὶ δὲ θάλασσαν AG; cf. Proc.;
30094	π. θαλ. δὲ ME;
30095	π. δὲ
30096	θαλάσσας VD ; πάλιν δὲ ἐν θαλάσσαις PLNCam.
30097	2 ποτίμων VDGProce. ; ποταμίων alii Cam.
30098	184
p. 509
30099	TETRABIBLOS II. 8
30100	assaults, lawlessness, arson and murder, robbery and
30101	piracy.
30102	With regard to the condition of the air he
30103	causes hot weather, warm, pestilential, and withering
30104	winds, the loosing of lightning and hurricanes, and
30105	drought.
30106	Again, at sea he causes sudden shipwreck
30107	of fleets through changeable winds or lightning or the
30108	like;
30109	the failure of the water of rivers, the drying
30110	up of springs, and the tainting of potable waters.
30111	With reference to the necessities produced upon the
30112	earth for human use, he causes a scarcity and loss
30113	of dumb animals and of things which grow from the
30114	earth, and the loss of crops by drying as the result of
30115	hot weather, or by locusts, or by the beating of the
30116	winds, or by burning in places of storage.
30117	Venus, when she becomes sole ruler of the event,
30118	in general brings about results similar to those of
30119	Jupiter, but with the addition of a certain agreeable
30120	quality ; in particular, where men are concerned, she
30121	causes fame, honour, happiness, abundance, happy
30122	marriage, many children, satisfaction in every mutual
30123	relationship, the increase of property, a neat and well
30124	conducted manner of life, paying honour to those
30125	things which are to be revered ; further, she is the
30126	cause of bodily health, alliances with the leaders,
30127	and elegance of rulers;
30128	as to the winds of the air,
30129	of temperateness and settled conditions of moist and
30130	3 ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς VG, ἐπη γῆς D, ἐκ τῆς γῆς Proc.;
30131	om.
30132	PLMNAECam.
30133	47 Bpovxou ..
30134	. exrwagews om. NCam.
30135	δ᾽ ἐπαφροδισίας codd. Cam.}, εὐνοίας Cam.”
30136	ὁ πνεύματα VAD, -ων alii Cam.
30137	7 εὐκρασίας VMADEG, εὐκράτων PLNCam.
30138	185
p. 510
30139	PTOLEMY
30140	τε Kal αἰθρίας Kal ὑδάτων γονίμων δαψιλεῖς ἐπομ-
30141	βρίας, στόλων τε εὐπλοίας καὶ ἐπιτυχίας καὶ ἐπικερ-
30142	dias! καὶ ποταμῶν πλήρεις ἀναβάσεις - err? δὲ
30143	87 τῶν εὐχρήστων ζῴων 3 καὶ τῶν τῆς γῆς καρπῶν
30144	μάλιστα δαψίλειαν καὶ εὐφορίαν καὶ ὄνησιν ἐμποιεῖ.
30145	Ὃ δὲ τοῦ ‘Eppod τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν λαβὼν καθ᾽
30146	ὅλου μέν, ὡς ἂν 7) συγκιρνάμενος ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἄλλων,
30147	συνοικειοῦται ταῖς ἐκείνων φύσεσιν - ἰδίως δέ ἐστι
30148	πάντων μᾶλλον συγκινητικὸς καὶ ἐν μὲν ἀνθρωπίνοις
30149	ἀποτελέσμασιν ὀξὺς καὶ πρακτικώτατος καὶ πρὸς
30150	τὸ ὑποκείμενον εὐμήχανος, ληστηρίων δὲ καὶ κλο-
30151	πῶν Kal πειρατικῶν ἐφόδων καὶ ἐπιθέσεων," ἔτι δὲ
30152	δυσπλοίας ὃ ποιητικὸς ἐν τοῖς πρὸς τοὺς κακοποιοὺς
30153	σχηματισμοῖς, νόσων τε αἴτιος ξηρῶν καὶ ἀμφη-
30154	μερινῶν ἐπισημασιῶν καὶ βηχικῶν καὶ ἀναφορικῶν ὃ
30155	καὶ φθίσεων -
30156	ἀποτελεστικός τε καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν
30157	ἱερατικὸν λόγον καὶ τὰς τῶν θεῶν θρησκείας καὶ
30158	τὰς βασιλικὰς προσόδους ἐπισυμβαινόντων καὶ τῆς
30159	τῶν ἐθίμων ἢ νομίμων κατὰ καιροὺς ἐναλλοιώσεως
30160	οἰκείως τῇ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἑκάστοτε τῶν ἀστέρων
30161	συγκράσει.
30162	πρὸς δὲ τὸ περιέχον μᾶλλον ξηρὸς ὧν
30163	καὶ εὐκίνητος διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον ἐγγύτητα καὶ
30164	τὸ τάχος τῆς ἀνακυκλήσεως πνευμάτων ἀτάκτων
30165	καὶ ὀξέων
30166	καὶ εὐμεταβόλων μάλιστα
30167	κινητικὸς
30168	ὑπάρχει, βροντῶν τε εἰκότως καὶ πρηστήρων καὶ
30169	χασμάτων καὶ σεισμῶν καὶ ἀστραπῶν ἀποτελεσ-
30170	τικός * τῆς τε διὰ τούτων ἐνίοτε περὶ τὰ τῶν ζῴων
30171	1 ἐπικερδ(ε)ίας VMADEG, ἐπικερδεῖς NLCam., ἐπεικερδεῖς P.
30172	2 ἔτι VMADEG, ἐν PLNCam.
30173	186
p. 511
30174	TETRABIBLOS II. 8
30175	very nourishing winds, of -good air, clear weather,
30176	and generous
30177	showers
30178	of fertilizing waters;
30179	she
30180	brings about the fortunate sailing of fleets, successes,
30181	profits, and the full rising of rivers ; of useful animals
30182	and the fruits of the earth she is the preéminent
30183	cause of abundance, good yields, and profit.
30184	Mercury, if he gains the rulership, is, generally
30185	speaking, in nature like whatever of the other planets
30186	may be associated with him.
30187	In particular, he is
30188	above all stimulating, and in predictions concerning
30189	men is keen and very practical, ingenious in any
30190	situation; but he causes robbery, theft, piracy, and
30191	assault, and furthermore, brings about unsuccessful
30192	voyaging when he is in aspect with the maleficent
30193	planets, and occasions diseases of dryness, quotidian
30194	agues, coughs, raising, and consumption.
30195	He is the
30196	cause of events taking place which concern the priestly
30197	code, the worship of the gods, the royal revenues,
30198	and of change in customs and laws, from time to
30199	time, in consistency with his association with the
30200	other planets on each occasion.
30201	With reference to
30202	the air, since he is very dry and swift on account
30203	of his nearness to the sun, and the speed of his
30204	revolution, he is particularly apt to arouse irregular,
30205	fierce, and changeable winds, and, as might be ex-
30206	pected, thunder, hurricanes, chasms in the earth,
30207	earthquakes, and lightning;
30208	sometimes by these
30209	8 τῶν εὐχρήστων ζῴων κτλ (gen.) VMADEG, τοῖς εὐχρήστοις
30210	ζῴοις κτλ. (dat.) PLNCam.
30211	4 καὶ ἐπιθέσεων VMADE;
30212	καὶ om. GPLCam.;
30213	εἐπιθξ N,
30214	ἐπιθεικός Cam.}, ἐπιθετικός PLCam.?
30215	5 δυσπλοίας VMADEGProc., δυσπν(ο)ίας PLNCam.
30216	ὁ ἀναφορικῶν
30217	libri (ἀφορικῶν D) Cam.'Proc.;
30218	ἀναπνοικῶν
30219	Cam.?
30220	187
p. 512
30221	PTOLEMY
30222	καὶ τῶν φυτῶν εὔχρηστα φθορᾶς ποιητικός, ὑδάτων
30223	88 τε καὶ ποταμῶν ἐν μὲν ταῖς δύσεσι στερητικός, ἐν
30224	δὲ ταῖς ἀνατολαῖς πληρωτικός.
30225	᾿Ιδίως μὲν οὖν τῆς οἰκείας φύσεως ἐπιτυχὼν
30226	ἕκαστος τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀποτελεῖ, συγκιρνάμενος δὲ
30227	ἄλλος ἄλλῳ κατὰ τοὺς συσχηματισμοὺς καὶ τὰς τῶν
30228	ζῳδίων ἐναλλοιώσεις καὶ τὰς πρὸς ἥλιον φάσεις,
30229	ἀναλόγως τε καὶ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἐνεργήμασι σύγκρασιν
30230	λαμβάνων, καὶ μεμιγμένην ἐκ τῶν κεκοινωνηκυιῶν
30231	φύσεων τὴν περὶ τὸ ἀποτελούμενον
30232	ἰδιοτροπίαν
30233	ποικίλην οὖσαν ἀπεργάζεται : ἀπείρου " δὲ ὄντος
30234	καὶ ἀδυνάτου τοῦ καθ᾽ ἑκάστην σύγκρασιν τὸ ἴδιον
30235	ὑπομνηματίζειν ἀποτέλεσμα καὶ πάντας ἁπλῶς τοὺς
30236	καθ᾽ ὁποιονουνδήποτε τρόπον συσχηματισμοὺς δι-
30237	εξελθεῖν οὕτω γε πολυμερῶς νοουμένους, εἰκότως
30238	ἂν καταλειφθείη
30239	τὸ τοιοῦτον
30240	εἶδος ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ
30241	μαθηματικοῦ
30242	πρὸς τὰς
30243	κατὰ
30244	μέρος
30245	διακρίσεις
30246	ἐπιβολῇ καὶ ἐπινοίᾳ.
30247	ΠΙαρατηρεῖν δὲ δεῖ 3 καὶ πῶς ἔχουσι οἰκειώσεως
30248	οἱ τοῦ προτελέσματος τὴν κυρίαν λαβόντες ἀστέρες
30249	πρὸς αὐτὰς τὰς χώρας ἢ τὰς πόλεις αἷς τὸ σύμπτωμα
30250	διασημαίνεται
30251	- ἀγαθοποιοὶ μὲν γὰρ ὄντες ἀστέρες
30252	καὶ συνοικειούμενοι
30253	τοῖς
30254	διατιθεμένοις
30255	καὶ μὴ
30256	καθυπερτερούμενοι ὑπὸ τῶν τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως
30257	ἔτι μᾶλλον ἀπεργάζονται τὸ κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν φύσιν
30258	1 ἐναλλοιώσεις] ἐναλλαγὰς NCam.
30259	3 ἀπείρου] ἀπόρου NCam.
30260	3 δεῖ] δέον NCam.
30261	1 That is, exchange of houses.
30262	Si ΟἿ τ. 8:
30263	188
p. 513
30264	TETRABIBLOS II. 8
30265	means he causes the destruction of useful animals
30266	and plants.
30267	At setting he diminishes waters and
30268	rivers, at rising fills them.
30269	Such
30270	are
30271	the effects produced by the several
30272	planets, each by itself and in command of its own
30273	nature.
30274	Associated, however, now with one and now
30275	with another, in the different aspects, by the ex-
30276	change of signs! and by their phases with refer-
30277	ence to the sun,” and experiencing a corresponding
30278	tempering of their powers, each produces a char-
30279	acter, in its effect, which is the result of the mixture
30280	of the natures
30281	that have
30282	participated,
30283	and
30284	is
30285	complicated.
30286	It is of course
30287	a hopeless and im-
30288	possible task to mention the proper outcome
30289	of
30290	every combination and to enumerate absolutely all
30291	the aspects of whatever kind, since we can conceive
30292	of such a variety of them.
30293	Consequently questions
30294	of this kind would reasonably be left to the enter-
30295	prise and ingenuity of the mathematician,® in order
30296	to make the particular distinctions.
30297	It is needful to observe what affinity exists between
30298	the planets which govern the prediction and the
30299	countries or the cities for which the event is signified.
30300	For if the ruling planets are beneficent, and have
30301	familiarity with the subjects affected, and are not
30302	overcome ‘ by planets of the opposite sect, they more
30303	powerfully produce the benefits natural to them ;
30304	3 μαθηματικός is here
30305	used
30306	to mean
30307	“astrologer,” as
30308	forexample at the very end of the T'etrabiblos (p. 458, 1. 21).
30309	4 καθυπερτέρησις, supereminentia, exists when one planet
30310	is superior to another, or is to the right of another in the
30311	astrological sense (i.e. preceding it in the direction of the
30312	diurnal movement of the heavens).
30313	Cf. Bouché-Leclercq,
30314	p- 250.
30315	189
p. 514
30316	PTOLEMY
30317	ὠφέλιμον, ὥσπερ μὴ συνοικειούμενοι ἢ καθυπερ-
30318	89 τερούμενοι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀντικειμένων ἧττον ὠφελοῦσι.
30319	τῆς δὲ βλαπτικῆς κράσεως ὄντες καὶ τὴν κυρίαν
30320	λαβόντες τοῦ προτελέσματος, ἐὰν μὲν συνοικειού-
30321	μενοι τοῖς διατιθεμένοις τύχωσιν ἢ καθυπερτερη-
30322	θῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν
30323	τῆς ἐναντίας
30324	αἱρέσεως,
30325	ἧττον
30326	βλάπτουσιν - ἐὰν δὲ μήτε τὴν οἰκοδεσποτίαν ἔχωσι
30327	τῶν χωρῶν μήτε καθυπερτερῶνται ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκείως
30328	πρὸς αὐτὰς ἐχόντων, σφοδρότερον τὸ ἐκ τῆς κράσεως
30329	φθοροποιὸν ἐπισκήπτουσιν.
30330	ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν μέντοι
30331	συνεμπίπτουσι τοῖς καθολικοῖς πάθεσιν ἐκεῖνοι τῶν
30332	ἀνθρώπων ὅσοι ποτ᾽ ἂν; κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας γενέσεις
30333	τοὺς ἀναγκαιοτάτους τόπους, λέγω δὴ τοὺς φωσφο-
30334	ροῦντας ἢ τοὺς τῶν κέντρων, τοὺς αὐτοὺς τύχωσιν
30335	ἔχοντες τοῖς τὸ αἴτιον ἐμποιήσασι τῶν καθολικῶν
30336	συμπτωμάτων, τουτέστι τοῖς ἐκλειπτικοῖς ἢ καὶ
30337	τοῖς τούτων διαμέτροις.
30338	τούτων δὲ ἐπισφαλέσταται
30339	μάλιστα καὶ δυσφύλακτοι τυγχάνουσιν αἱ μοιρικαὶ
30340	καθέξεις ἢ διαμετρήσεις τῶν ἐκλειπτικῶν τόπων
30341	πρὸς ὁπότερον τῶν φωτῶν.
30342	<>
30343	Περὶ χρωμάτων τῶν ἐκλείψεων
30344	καὶ κομητῶν καὶ τῶν τοιούτων
30345	Τηρητέον δὲ πρὸς τὰς καθ᾽ ὅλου περιστάσεις καὶ
30346	τὰ περὶ τὰς ἐκλείψεις χρώματα ἤτοι τῶν φωτῶν
30347	1 ποτ᾽ ἄν om. PLNCam.
30348	1A geniture (horoscope, nativity) of any individual or
30349	event has as its point of departure the horoscope in the
30350	proper sense, 2.6. the degree of the ecliptic which is rising
30351	190
p. 515
30352	TETRABIBLOS II. 8-9
30353	even as, when they bear no familiarity, or are over-
30354	come by their opposites, they are less helpful.
30355	But
30356	when they are of the injurious temperament and
30357	govern the prediction, if they have familiarity with
30358	the subjects affected or are overcome by the opposite
30359	sect, they do less harm;
30360	but if they are neither
30361	lords of the countries nor
30362	are overcome by the
30363	planets that have familiarity with those countries,
30364	they exert all the more intensely the destructiveness
30365	of their temperament.
30366	Usually, however, those men
30367	are affected by the more universal ills who in their
30368	own genitures happen to have the most essential
30369	places,! by which I mean those of the luminaries or
30370	of the angles? the same as those that furnish the
30371	cause of the general misfortunes, that is, the places
30372	of the eclipses or the places directly opposite.
30373	Of
30374	these the positions most dangerous and hardest to
30375	avoid are those in which either of their luminaries
30376	is in possession of the very degree of the place of
30377	the eclipse, or the degree opposite.
30378	9. Of the Colours of Eclipses, Comets, and the Like.
30379	For the prediction of general conditions we must
30380	also observe the colours at the time of the eclipses,
30381	above the horizon
30382	(in the ascendant)
30383	at the moment.
30384	This point determines a series of divisions of the ecliptic
30385	of 30° each, a duodecimal system superimposed
30386	upon
30387	that
30388	of the
30389	zodiacal
30390	signs
30391	and
30392	differing
30393	therefrom.
30394	These divisions are the
30395	“ places’’ (also called
30396	“ὁ houses,”
30397	somewhat ambiguously) of the geniture.
30398	2 The angles, or centres, of a geniture are the horoscope
30399	or orient, the superior mid-heaven (upper culmination), the
30400	occident, and the inferior mid-heaven (lower culmination).
30401	See Bouché-Leclereq, pp. 257-259.
30402	191
p. 516
30403	PTOLEMY
30404	αὐτῶν ἢ τῶν περὶ αὐτὰ γινομένων δυστημάτων,
30405	τ
30406	«7
30407	noe
30408	”
30409	-
30410	,
30411	,
30412	bf
30413	90 οἷον ῥάβδων ἢ ἅλων ἢ τῶν τοιούτων.
30414	μέλανα μὲν
30415	\
30416	δ
30417	,’
30418	/
30419	~
30420	‘
30421	yap ἢ ὑπόχλωρα φανέντα σημαντικὰ γίνεται τῶν ἐπὶ
30422	τῆς τοῦ Κρόνου φύσεως εἰρημένων - λευκὰ δὲ τῶν
30423	>
30424	Jala
30425	~
30426	~
30427	~
30428	~
30429	~
30430	ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ Atos: ὑπόκιρρα δὲ τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς. τοῦ
30431	,
30432	A
30433	~
30434	ao
30435	[
30436	Ἄρεως - ξανθὰ δὲ τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ τῆς "Adpodirns *
30437	΄
30438	\
30439	a
30440	Bea
30441	a
30442	~
30443	¢
30444	~
30445	”
30446	A
30447	>
30448	ποικίλα δὲ τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ
30449	“Ἑρμοῦ.
30450	κἂν μὲν ἐν
30451	ὅλοις τοῖς σώμασι τῶν φωτῶν
30452	ἢ ἐν ὅλοις τοῖς περὶ
30453	αὐτὰ τόποις τὸ γινόμενον ἰδίωμα τῆς χροιᾶς φαί-
30454	νηται, περὶ τὰ πλεῖστα μέρη τῶν χωρῶν ἔσται τὸ
30455	>
30456	/
30457	A
30458	‘
30459	>
30460	\
30461	/
30462	«ε
30463	’΄
30464	ἀποτελεσθησόμενον
30465	ἐὰν δὲ ἀπὸ μέρους οἱουδή-
30466	1
30467	\
30468	,
30469	θ᾽
30470	en
30471	\
30472	TO μερος, Ka
30473	OV αν Και
30474	ποτε, περὶ ἐκεῖνο μόνον
30475	ἡ πρόσνευσις τοῦ ἰδιώματος γίνηται.
30476	Τηρητέον δὲ ἔτι καὶ τὰς συνισταμένας ἤτοι κατὰ
30477	τοὺς ἐκλειπτικοὺς καιροὺς ἢ καὶ ὁτεδήποτε κομητῶν
30478	>
30479	’
30480	ἐπιφανείας πρὸς τὰς καθ᾽
30481	ὅλου περιστάσεις, οἷον
30482	΄-
30483	/
30484	/
30485	Ἃ
30486	/
30487	”
30488	4
30489	‘
30490	τῶν καλουμένων δοκίδων ἢ σαλπίγγων ἢ πίθων καὶ
30491	τῶν τοιούτων͵ ὡς ἀποτελεσματικὰς μὲν φύσει τῶν
30492	>
30493	\
30494	a
30495	mM
30496	\
30497	~
30498	ae
30499	~
30500	?
30501	/
30502	\
30503	ἐπὶ τοῦ "Apews καὶ τῶν τοῦ “Eppod ἰδιωμάτων Kai
30504	πολέμων δὲ καὶ καυσώδων 5 ἢ κινητικῶν καταστη-
30505	~
30506	>
30507	μάτων Kal τῶν τούτοις ἐπισυμβαινόντων, δηλούσας
30508	δὲ διὰ μὲν τῶν τοῦ ζωδιακοῦ μερῶν, καθ᾽ ὧν ἂν
30509	οἱ συστάσεις αὐτῶν φαίνωνται͵ καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὰ
30510	4 μόνον VMADGProc., μὲν ὃν PL, om. NECam.
30511	2 καυσώδων VMADE;;
30512	ef. Proc.; καυσώνων alii Cam.
30513	1 κε Luminous sheaves,” according
30514	to Bouché-Lecleregq,
30515	p- 355.
30516	The expression must refer to rays of light.
30517	192
p. 517
30518	TETRABIBLOS II. 9
30519	either those of the luminaries themselves, or those
30520	of the formations that occur near them, such as
30521	rods,! halos, and the like.
30522	For if they appear black
30523	or.livid they signify the effects which were men-
30524	tioned in connection with Saturn’s nature ;? if white,
30525	those of Jupiter ; if reddish, those of Mars; if yellow,
30526	those of Venus; and if variegated, those of Mercury.
30527	If the characteristic colour appears to cover the
30528	whole body of the luminary or the whole region sur-
30529	rounding it, the predicted event will affect most of
30530	the parts of the countries;
30531	but if it is in any one
30532	part, it will affect only that part against which the
30533	phenomenon is inclined.
30534	We must observe, further, for the prediction of
30535	general conditions, the comets * which appear either
30536	at the time of the eclipse or at any time whatever ;
30537	for instance, the so-called
30538	“ beams,” “ trumpets,”
30539	““ jars,” and the like,* for these naturally produce the
30540	effects peculiar to Mars and to Mercury—wars, hot
30541	weather, disturbed conditions, and the accompani-
30542	ments of these; and they show, through the parts of
30543	the zodiac in which their heads appear and through
30544	the directions in which the shapes of their tails point,
30545	* Cf. i. 4, for the powers of Saturn and the other planets.
30546	3 Cf. Boll-Bezold-Gundel,
30547	pp.
30548	51,
30549	129;
30550	who quote
30551	Julius Caesar, ii. 2, ‘‘ When beggars die, then are no comets
30552	seen;
30553	the heavens themselves blaze forth the death of
30554	princes.”
30555	‘Other astrologers and non-astrological writers classified
30556	the comets much more elaborately by their shapes and
30557	their associations with the planets, of which they were
30558	supposed to be the fiery missiles; Ptolemy is much more
30559	conservative in what he says.
30560	See Bouché-Leclereq, pp.
30561	358-359, and for a more detailed ancient account Hephaes-
30562	tion of Thebes, pp. 97, 31—99, 22 (ed. Engelbrecht).
30563	193
p. 518
30564	PTOLEMY
30565	σχήματα THs κόμης προσνεύσεων τοὺς τόπους οἷς ἐπι-
30566	σκήπτουσι τὰ συμπτώματα - διὰ δὲ τῶν αὐτῆς τῆς
30567	συστάσεως ὥσπερ μορφώσεων τὸ εἶδος τοῦ ἀποτελέσ-
30568	ματος καὶ τὸ γένος περὶ ὃ τὸ πάθος ἀποβήσεται -
30569	91 διὰ δὲ τοῦ χρόνου τῆς ἐπιμονῆς τὴν παράτασιν τῶν
30570	συμπτωμάτων - διὰ δὲ τῆς πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον σχέσεως
30571	Kal! τὴν καταρχήν, ἐπειδήπερ ἑῷοι μὲν ἐπὶ πολὺ
30572	φαινόμεναι
30573	τάχιον
30574	ἐπισημαίνουσιν,
30575	ἑσπέριοι
30576	δὲ
30577	βράδιον.
30578	«> Περὶ τῆς τοῦ ἔτους νουμηνίας"
30579	Δεδειγμένης δὲ τῆς ἐφόδου τῆς περὶ τὰς καθ᾽
30580	ὅλου περιστάσεις χωρῶν τε καὶ πόλεων, λοιπὸν ἂν
30581	εἴη καὶ περὶ τῶν λεπτομερεστέρων ὑπομνηματί-
30582	σασθαι:
30583	λέγω δὲ τῶν ἐνιαυσίως περὶ τὰς ὥρας
30584	ἀποτελουμένων, πρὸς ἣν ἐπίσκεψιν καὶ περὶ τῆς
30585	καλουμένης τοῦ ἔτους νουμηνίας ἁρμόζον ἂν εἴη
30586	προδιαλαβεῖν.
30587	ὅτι μὲν οὖν ἀρχὴν ταύτην εἶναι
30588	προσήκει τῆς τοῦ ἡλίου καθ᾽ ἑκάστην περιστροφὴν
30589	ἀποκαταστάσεως, δῆλόν ἐστιν αὐτόθεν καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς
30590	δυνάμεως καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ὀνομασίας.
30591	τίνα δ᾽ ἄν τις
30592	ἀρχὴν ὑποστήσαιτο ἐν κύκλῳ μὲν αὐτὸ μόνον ἁπλῶς
30593	οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἐπινοήσειεν͵ ἐν δὲ τῷ διὰ μέσον τῶν ζῳδίων
30594	μόνας ἂν εἰκότως ἀρχὰς λάβοι τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἰση-
30595	μερινοῦ καὶ τῶν τροπικῶν ἀφοριζόμενα σημεῖα,
30596	τουτέστι τά τε δύο ἰσημερινὰ καὶ τὰ δύο τροπικά.
30597	ἐνταῦθα μέντοι τις ἀπορήσειεν ἂν ἤδη, τίνι τῶν
30598	1 καὶ VPLDG;
30599	om. alii Cam.
30600	3 Titulum post zpod:aAaBeiv inser. GMProce.
30601	194
p. 519
30602	TETRABIBLOS IT. 9-10
30603	the regions upon which the misfortunes impend.
30604	Through the formations, as it were, of their heads
30605	they indicate the kind of the event and the class
30606	upon which the misfortune will take effect; through
30607	the time which they last, the duration of the events ;
30608	and through their position relative to the sun like-
30609	wise their beginning; for in general their appearance
30610	in the orient betokens rapidly approaching events and
30611	in the occident those that approach more slowly.
30612	10. Concerning the New Moon of the Year.
30613	Now that we have described the procedure of
30614	prediction about the general
30615	states
30616	of countries
30617	and cities, it would remain to mention matters of
30618	greater detail; I refer to events that happen yearly
30619	in connection with the seasons.
30620	In the investiga-
30621	tion of this subject it would be appropriate first to
30622	define the so-called new moon of the year.!
30623	That
30624	this should properly be the beginning of the sun’s
30625	circular course in each of his revolutions is plain
30626	from
30627	the thing itself, both from
30628	its power and
30629	from its name.
30630	To be sure, one could not conceive
30631	what starting-point to assume in a circle, as a general
30632	proposition;
30633	but in the circle through the middle
30634	of the zodiac one would properly take as the only
30635	beginnings the points determined by the equator
30636	and the tropics, that is, the two equinoxes and the
30637	two solstices.
30638	Even then, however, one would still
30639	1The new moon closest to the first of the year, as ex-
30640	plained later.
30641	195
p. 520
30642	PTOLEMY
30643	ys
30644	τεττάρων WS προηγουμένῳ χρήσαιτο.
30645	κατὰ μὲν
30646	>
30647	\
30648	c
30649	~
30650	\
30651	A
30652	,
30653	>
30654	\
30655	’
30656	~
30657	οὖν τὴν ἁπλῆν καὶ κυκλικὴν φύσιν οὐδὲν αὐτῶν
30658	»
30659	3
30660	~
30661	~
30662	4
30663	/
30664	ἐστιν WS ἐπὶ μιᾶς ἀρχῆς προηγούμενον * κέχρηνται
30665	1
30666	«ς
30667	6 /
30668	ὑποτιθέμενοι
30669	\
30670	«
30671	\
30672	,
30673	/
30674	-
30675	92 δὲ of περὶ τούτων γράψαντες, ἕν τι
30676	διαφόρως, ἐκάστῳ τῶν τεττάρων ὡς ἀρχὴν κατά
30677	τινας
30678	οἰκείους λόγους καὶ φυσικὰς συμπαθείας 3
30679	-
30680	~
30681	4,
30682	ἐνεχθέντες.
30683	Kal yap ἔχει τι τῶν μερῶν τούτων
30684	“
30685	>
30686	/
30687	>
30688	>
30689	ec
30690	nN
30691	>
30692	A
30693	\
30694	΄
30695	”
30696	ἕκαστον ἐξαίρετον ἀφ᾽ od av ἀρχὴ καὶ νέον ἔτος
30697	εἰκότως νομίζοιτο - τὸ μὲν ἐαρινὸν ἰσημερινὸν διά τε
30698	\
30699	e
30700	FXtE
30701	A
30702	ΕἾ
30703	τὸ πρώτως τότε μείζονα τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς νυκτὸς
30704	ἄρχεσθαι γίνεσθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ τῆς ὑγρᾶς ὥρας εἶναι,
30705	ταύτην δὲ τὴν φύσιν, ὡς καὶ πρότερον ἔφαμεν,
30706	ἀρχομέναις ταῖς γενέσεσι πλείστην ἐνυπάρχειν * τὸ
30707	δὲ θερινὸν τροπικὸν διὰ τὸ κατ᾽ αὐτὸ τὴν μεγίστην
30708	(7
30709	La
30710	>
30711	~
30712	A
30713	\
30714	>
30715	,
30716	‘
30717	κ
30718	ἡμέραν ἀποτελεῖσθαι, παρὰ δὲ Αἰγυπτίοις καὶ τὴν
30719	“-
30720	,
30721	>
30722	/
30723	\
30724	A
30725	Μ
30726	᾽
30727	λὴ
30728	bi
30729	τοῦ Νείλου ἀνάβασιν καὶ κυνὸς ἄστρου ἐπιτολὴν ἐπι-
30730	σημαίνειν - τὸ δὲ μετοπωρινὸν ἰσημερινὸν ὃ διὰ τὸ
30731	γεγονέναι πάντων ἤδη τῶν καρπῶν συγκομιδήν,
30732	τότε δὲ ἀπ᾽ ἄλλης ἀρχῆς τὸν τῶν ἐσομένων σπόρον
30733	/
30734	‘ δὲ
30735	A
30736	A
30737	ὃ A
30738	A
30739	καταβάλλεσθαι: τὸ
30740	δὲ χειμερινὸν τροπίκὸν
30741	διὰ TO
30742	“-
30743	“-
30744	«
30745	ij
30746	mpa@rtov* ἄρχεσθαι τότε τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἡμέρας ἀπὸ
30747	μειώσεως αὔξησιν λαμβάνειν.
30748	οἰκειότερον δέ μοι
30749	A
30750	>
30751	δοκεῖ Kal φυσικώτερον πρὸς τὰς ἐνιαυσίους ἐπισκέ-
30752	ψεις ταῖς τέτταρσιν ἀρχαῖς χρῆσθαι, παρατηροῦντας
30753	1 ἕν τι VPLMADE, evi τινι NCam., ἕν τῇ α.
30754	2 συμπαθείας VPLMADEG, ἐμπαθείας NCam.
30755	3 ἰσημερινὸν om. NCam.
30756	4 πρῶτον VPLG, πρώτως alii Cam.
30757	196
p. 521
30758	TETRABIBLOS II. 10
30759	be at a loss which of the four to prefer.
30760	Indeed,
30761	in a circle, absolutely considered, no one of them
30762	takes the lead, as would be the case if there were
30763	one starting-point, but those who have written on
30764	these matters have made use of each of the four,!
30765	in various ways assuming some one as the starting-
30766	point, as they were led by their own arguments and
30767	by the natural characteristics of the four points.
30768	This is not strange, for each of these parts has some
30769	special claim to being reasonably considered the
30770	starting-point
30771	and
30772	the
30773	new
30774	year.
30775	The
30776	spring
30777	equinox might be preferred because
30778	first at that
30779	time the day begins to be longer than the night
30780	and because it belongs to the moist season, and this
30781	element, as we said before,” is chiefly present at the
30782	beginning of nativities ; the summer solstice because
30783	the longest day occurs at that time and because to
30784	the Egyptians it signifies the flooding of the Nile and
30785	the rising of the dog star; the fall equinox because
30786	all the crops have by then been harvested, and a
30787	fresh start is then made with the sowing of the seed
30788	of future crops; and the winter solstice because then,
30789	after diminishing, the day first begins to lengthen.
30790	It seems more proper and natural to me, however,
30791	to employ the four starting-points for investigations
30792	which deal with the year, observing the syzygies
30793	1 Bouché-Leclercq, p. 129, with ἢ. 1, points out that the
30794	Egyptian year began with the rising of Sirius, which is
30795	close to Cancer;
30796	that Cancer was the horoscope in the
30797	so-called Egyptian ‘‘ theme of the world ’’ (the horoscope
30798	of the universe, in which the planets, etc., were in the
30799	positions which they occupied at the very beginning) ;
30800	but that after Posidonius Aries was definitely recognized
30801	as the starting-point of the zodiac.
30802	ἜΤ 15:
30803	197
p. 522
30804	PTOLEMY
30805	τὰς ἔγγιστα αὐτῶν προγινομένας ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης
30806	συζυγίας συνοδικὰς ἢ πανσεληνιακάς, καὶ μάλιστα
30807	πάλιν τούτων τὰς ἐκλειπτικάς, ἵνα ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς
30808	>
30809	“1
30810	\ K,
30811	A
30812	>
30813	~
30814	A
30815	»
30816	«
30817	~
30818	Μ
30819	ὃ
30820	, ἐν TH
30821	περὶ
30822	Κριὸν ἀρχῆς τὸ ἔαρ ὁποῖον ἔσται
30823	δια-
30824	>
30825	\
30826	~
30827	/
30828	93 σκεπτώμεθα, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς περὶ τὸν Καρκίνον τὸ θέρος,
30829	3
30830	A
30831	\
30832	~
30833	\
30834	\
30835	Ἁ
30836	A
30837	(4
30838	>
30839	‘
30840	A
30841	ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς περὶ τὰς Χηλὰς τὸ μετόπωρον, ἀπὸ δὲ
30842	~
30843	\
30844	>
30845	~
30846	Ths περὶ τὸν Αἰγόκερων τὸν χειμῶνα.
30847	τὰς μὲν yap
30848	καθ᾽ ὅλου τῶν ὡρῶν ποιότητας καὶ καταστάσεις ὁ
30849	5A
30850	A
30851	2
30852	Wen
30853	\
30854	φ
30855	~
30856	Μ
30857	ἥλιος ποιεῖ, καθ᾽ ἃς καὶ οἱ παντελῶς ἄπειροι μαθη-
30858	μάτων πρόγνωσιν ἔχουσι τοῦ μέλλοντος.
30859	Μ
30860	δὲ
30861	\
30862	A
30863	~
30864	δί
30865	id
30866	/
30867	Ν
30868	A
30869	Ἔτι
30870	δὲ καὶ τὰς τῶν ζῳδίων ἰδιοτροπίας εἴς τε τὰς
30871	παρασημασίας ἀνέμων τε καὶ τῶν ὁλοσχερεστέρων
30872	͵ὔ
30873	΄,
30874	\
30875	>
30876	>
30877	~
30878	~
30879	“ἢ
30880	eo
30881	φύσεων παραληπτέον.
30882	τὰς δ᾽ ἐν τῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἧττον
30883	\
30884	A
30885	>
30886	4,
30887	>,
30888	A
30889	/,
30890	«
30891	κατὰ καιροὺς ἐναλλοιώσεις καθ᾽ ὅλου μὲν πάλιν αἱ
30892	περὶ τὰ προειρημένα σημεῖα γινόμεναι συζυγίαι καὶ
30893	οἱ τῶν πλανήτων πρὸς αὐτὰς σχηματισμοὶ δεικνύ-
30894	oval, κατὰ μέρος δὲ καὶ ai καθ᾽ ἕκαστον δωδεκατη-
30895	μόριον σύνοδοι καὶ πανσέληνοι καὶ τῶν ἀστέρων
30896	ἐπιπορεύσεις, ἣν δὴ μηνιαίαν 3
30897	ἐπίσκεψιν ἄν τις προσ-
30898	αγορεύοι.3
30899	“
30900	4
30901	Lee
30902	/,
30903	>
30904	~
30905	‘
30906	~
30907	>
30908	Προεκτεθῆναι 3 δ᾽ ὀφειλόντων eis τοῦτο Kal τῶν ἐν
30909	μέρει κατὰ ζῴδιον πρὸς τὰ ἐνιαύσια καταστήματα
30910	τῶν φυσικῶν ἰδιωμάτων καὶ ἔτι τῶν καθ᾽ ἕκαστον
30911	1 ἐν τῇ VDG, ἐν τῷ ME, om. PLNCam.; ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς περὶ
30912	τὸν Κρ. ἀρχῆς A; περὶ τὴν τοῦ Κριοῦ ἀρχὴν Cam.
30913	5Ξἣν δὴ μην. VME ἣν ὃ μην. G, ἣν διμηνέαν PL, ἣν
30914	διμηνιαίαν ΝΟ am.” , ἣν μηνιαίαν Cam.°
30915	®, ἣν δὴ νουμηνιαίαν A,
30916	3 προσαγορεύοι VPLND, -n G, -o7
30917	A, -σοι MECam.
30918	4 προεκτεθῆναι Ῥ(-πεθη- )LMGE, -θεῖναι VNADCam.
30919	198
p. 523
30920	TETRABIBLOS II. 10
30921	of the sun and moon at new and full moon which
30922	most nearly precede them, and among
30923	these in
30924	particular the conjunctions at which eclipses take
30925	place, so that from the starting-point in Aries we
30926	may conjecture what the spring will be like, from
30927	that in Cancer the summer, from that in Libra the
30928	autumn, and from that in Capricorn the winter.
30929	For the sun creates the general qualities and con-
30930	ditions of the seasons, by means of which even those
30931	who are totally ignorant of astrology can foretell the
30932	future.!
30933	Furthermore, we must take into consideration the
30934	special qualities of the signs of the zodiac to obtain
30935	prognostications of the winds and of the more general
30936	natures ;* and the variations of degree from time to
30937	time are in general again shown by the conjunctions
30938	which take place at the aforesaid points and by the
30939	aspects of the planets to them, and in particular also
30940	by the conjunctions and full moons in the several
30941	signs and by the course of the planets.
30942	This might
30943	be called monthly investigation.
30944	As it is proper that for this purpose there be
30945	enumerated the peculiar natural powers of the several
30946	signs to influence annual conditions, as well as those
30947	ΕΠ τα 2.
30948	*The Latin versions interpret
30949	this sentence
30950	in sub-
30951	stantially the way here shown.
30952	The Paraphrase of Proclus,
30953	however, understands it to mean that the sun governs the
30954	qualities of the signs, the winds, and “ certain other general
30955	matters’’; and the anonymous commentator also (p. 79,
30956	ed. Wolf) says, προὕπακουστέον ὁ ἥλιος moet.
30957	By “‘ the more
30958	general natures’’ doubtless are meant temperature and
30959	other things, besides the winds, that go to make up the
30960	weather.
30961	199
p. 524
30962	PTOLEMY
30963	ἀστέρων, THY μὲν τῶν πλανήτων Kal τῶν τῆς ὁμοίας
30964	κράσεως ἀπλανῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀέρας τε καὶ τοὺς
30965	3
30966	/
30967	͵
30968	Site.
30969	A
30970	~
30971	σ
30972	ἀνέμους συνοικείωσιν καὶ ἔτι τὴν τῶν ὅλων δωδε-
30973	κατημορίων πρός τε τοὺς ἀνέμους καὶ τὰς Wpas,
30974	σ
30975	1
30976	>
30977	’
30978	2
30979	a
30980	”
30981	ec
30982	/
30983	exaota!
30984	δεδηλώκαμεν ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν.
30985	ὑπόλοι-
30986	θά πον δ᾽ ἂν εἴη
30987	καὶ περὶ
30988	τῆς
30989	ἐπὶ
30990	μέρους
30991	τῶν ζωδίων
30992	7
30993	adit
30994	jot
30995	Liged eda oS
30996	:
30997	φύσεως εἰπεῖν.
30998	«(α.) Περὶ τῆς μερικῆς πρὸς τὰ κατα-
30999	στήματα φύσεως τῶν ζῳδίων
31000	-
31001	~
31002	>
31003	To μὲν οὖν τοῦ Κριοῦ δωδεκατημόριον Kal’ ὅλου
31004	μέν ἐστι διὰ τὴν ἰσημερινὴν ἐπισημασίαν βροντῶδες
31005	ἢ χαλαζῶδες - κατὰ μέρος δὲ ἐν τῷ μᾶλλον καὶ
31006	ἧττον ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν κατὰ τῶν ἀπλανῶν ἀστέρων
31007	ἰδιότητος τὰ μὲν προηγούμενα αὐτοῦ ὀμβρώδη καὶ
31008	:
31009	;
31010	ἀνεμώδη, τὰ δὲ μέσα εὔκρατα, τὰ δ᾽ ἑπόμενα
31011	,
31012	"
31013	-
31014	A
31015	\
31016	’,
31017	’
31018	=~
31019	καυσώδη Kal λοιμικά, τὰ δὲ βόρεια καυματώδη καὶ
31020	φθαρτικά, τὰ δὲ νότια κρυσταλλώδη καὶ ὑπόψυχρα.
31021	\
31022	\
31023	~
31024	’ὔ
31025	’,
31026	»»
31027	σ
31028	΄,
31029	To δὲ τοῦ Ταύρου δωδεκατημόριον καθ᾽ ὅλου μέν
31030	ἐστιν ἐπισημαντικὸν ἀμφοτέρων τῶν κράσεων καὶ
31031	ὑπόθερμον, κατὰ μέρος δὲ τὰ μὲν προηγούμενα
31032	>
31033	~
31034	\
31035	aA
31036	‘
31037	\
31038	\
31039	τὃ
31040	2
31041	4
31042	αὐτοῦ, καὶ μάλιστα ta κατὰ τὴν [ΠἸλειάδα,"
31043	σεισ-
31044	΄
31045	\
31046	A
31047	\
31048	ε
31049	΄
31050	‘
31051	A
31052	/
31053	μώδη Kal πνευματώδη Kai ὁμιχλώδη, τὰ δὲ μέσα
31054	ὑγραντικὰ καὶ ψυχρά, τὰ δὲ ἑπόμενα κατὰ τὴν
31055	ι ἕκαστα VMADE, om. alii Cam.
31056	-
31057	2c» Πλειάδα VMADEGProe., τὰς Πλειάδὰς P (IPot-)
31058	LNCam.
31059	ae
31060	a
31061	200
p. 525
31062	TETRABIBLOS II. 10-11
31063	of the several planets, we have already, in what pre-
31064	cedes, explained the familiarity of the planets, and of
31065	the fixed stars of like temperament,” with the air and
31066	the winds, as well as that of the signs, as wholes,®
31067	with the winds and seasons.
31068	It would remain to
31069	speak of the nature of the signs, part by part.
31070	11. Of the Nature of the Signs, Part by Part, and
31071	their Effect upon the Weather.
31072	Now the sign of Aries as a whole, because it marks
31073	the equinox, is characterized by thunder or hail, but,
31074	taken part by part, through the variation in degree
31075	that is due to the special quality of the fixed stars,
31076	its leading* portion is rainy and windy, its middle
31077	temperate, and the following part hot and pestil-
31078	ential.
31079	Its northern parts are hot and destructive,
31080	its southern frosty and chilly.
31081	The sign of Taurus as a whole is indicative of both
31082	temperatures and is somewhat hot; but taken part
31083	by part, its leading portion, particularly near the
31084	Pleiades,
31085	is marked by earthquakes, winds, and
31086	mists ; its middle moist and cold, and its following
31087	1j. 4 and 18.
31088	ee.
31089	3 Cf. the chapter on the triangles, i. 18.
31090	‘Ptolemy characterizes three parts of each sign, leading,
31091	middle, and following, besides the portions north and
31092	south of the ecliptic.
31093	The “leading’’ portion is so-called
31094	because it is the part which first rises above the horizon
31095	in the apparent diurnal movement of the heavens;
31096	the
31097	“‘following’’ portion is the last of the sign to appear.
31098	“ Leading ’’ degrees, or signs, are regarded as being to the
31099	right of the ‘“‘ middle”’ and the “following.”
31100	R
31101	201
p. 526
31102	or
31103	PTOLEMY
31104	‘Yada πυρώδη καὶ κεραυνώδη καὶ ἀστραπῶν ποιη-
31105	τικά * τὰ δὲ βόρεια εὔκρατα, τὰ δὲ νότια κινητικὰ
31106	oy
31107	Kal ἄτακτα.
31108	To δὲ τῶν Διδύμων δωδεκατημόριον καθ᾽ ὅλου
31109	μέν ἐστιν εὐκρασίας ποιητικόν, κατὰ μέρος δὲ τὰ
31110	μὲν προηγούμενα αὐτοῦ δίυγρα καὶ φθαρτικά, τὰ δὲ
31111	μέσα εὔκρατα, τὰ δὲ ἑπόμενα μεμιγμένα καὶ ἄτακτα "
31112	τὰ δὲ βόρεια πνευματώδη καὶ σεισμοποιά, τὰ δὲ
31113	νότια ξηρὰ καὶ καυσώδη.
31114	Τὸ δὲ τοῦ Καρκίνου δωδεκατημόριον καθ᾽ ὅλου μέν
31115	ἐστιν εὔδιον καὶ θερμόν, κατὰ μέρος δὲ τὰ μὲν
31116	προηγούμενα αὐτοῦ καὶ κατὰ τὴν Φάτνην πνιγώδη
31117	καὶ σεισμοποιὰ καὶ ἀχλυώδη, τὰ δὲ μέσα εὔκρατα,
31118	τὰ δὲ ἐπόμενα πνευματώδη - τὰ δὲ βόρεια καὶ τὰ
31119	νότια ἔκπυρα ' καὶ καυσώδη.
31120	Τὸ δὲ τοῦ Λέοντος δωδεκατημόριον καθ᾽ ὅλου μέν
31121	ἐστι καυματῶδες καὶ πνιγῶδες, κατὰ μέρος δὲ τὰ
31122	μὲν προηγούμενα αὐτοῦ πνιγώδη καὶ λοιμικά, τὰ
31123	δὲ μέσα εὔκρατα, τὰ δὲ ἑπόμενα ἔνικμα " καὶ φθορο-
31124	ποιά
31125	τὰ δὲ βόρεια κινητικὰ καὶ πυρώδη, τὰ δὲ
31126	νότια δίυγρα.
31127	Τὸ δὲ τῆς Παρθένου δωδεκατημόριον καθ᾽ ὅλου
31128	μέν ἐστι δίυγρον καὶ βροντῶδες, κατὰ μέρος δὲ τὰ
31129	μὲν προηγούμενα αὐτοῦ θερμότερα καὶ φθαρτικά,
31130	τὰ δὲ μέσα εὔκρατα, τὰ δὲ ἑπόμενα ὑδατώδη - τὰ δὲ
31131	βόρεια πνευματώδη, τὰ δὲ νότια εὔκρατα.
31132	i 1 Post ἔκπυρα add. καὶ φθαρτικὰ PLNCam.; om. VMADEG
31133	roc.
31134	2 ἔνικμα Υ Ῥ(ἔνηκμα) LMADE ; ἔνυγρα Proc. ; ἄνικμα NCam.;
31135	αἴνιγμα G.
31136	202
p. 527
31137	TETRABIBLOS II. 11
31138	portion, near the Hyades, fiery and productive of
31139	thunder
31140	and lightning.
31141	Its northern
31142	parts
31143	are
31144	temperate, its southern unstable and irregular.
31145	The sign of Gemini as a whole is productive of an
31146	equable temperature, but taken part by part its
31147	leading portion is wet and destructive, its middle
31148	temperate, and its following portion mixed and ir-
31149	reguiar.
31150	Its northern parts are windy and cause
31151	earthquakes ; its southern parts dry and parching.
31152	The sign of Cancer as a whole is one of fair, warm
31153	weather ; but, part by part, its leading portion and
31154	the region of Praesepe is stifling, productive of earth-
31155	quakes, and misty;
31156	its middle temperate, and its
31157	following parts windy.
31158	Its northern and southern
31159	parts are fiery and parching.!
31160	The sign of Leo as a whole is hot and stifling ; but,
31161	part by part, its leading portion
31162	is stifling and
31163	pestilential, its middle part temperate, and its follow-
31164	ing portion wet and destructive.
31165	Its northern parts
31166	are unstable and fiery, its southern parts moist.
31167	The sign of Virgo as a whole is moist and marked
31168	by thunder-storms;
31169	but, taken part by part, its
31170	leading portion is rather warm and destructive, its
31171	middle temperate, and its following part watery.
31172	Its northern parts are windy and its southern parts
31173	temperate.
31174	1“ Fiery, destructive,
31175	and
31176	parching,”
31177	according
31178	to
31179	certain MSS.
31180	See the critical note.
31181	203
p. 528
31182	PTOLEMY
31183	To δὲ τῶν Χηλῶν δωδεκατημόριον καθ᾽ ὅλου μέν
31184	ἐστι τρεπτικὸν καὶ μεταβολικόν,; κατὰ μέρος δὲ τὰ
31185	μὲν προηγούμενα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ μέσα ἐστὶν εὔκρατα,
31186	τὰ δὲ ἑπόμενα ὑδατώδη : τὰ δὲ βόρεια πνευματώδη,
31187	τὰ δὲ νότια ἔνικμα καὶ λοιμικά.
31188	Τὸ δὲ τοῦ Σκορπίου δωδεκατημόριον καθ᾽ ὅλου
31189	μέν ἐστι βροντῶδες καὶ πυρῶδες, κατὰ μέρος δὲ τὰ
31190	μὲν προηγούμενα αὐτοῦ νιφετώδη, τὰ δὲ μέσα
31191	εὔκρατα, τὰ δὲ ἑπόμενα σεισμώδη " τὰ δὲ βόρεια
31192	καυσώδη, τὰ δὲ νότια ἔνικμα.
31193	Τὸ δὲ τοῦ Τοξότου δωδεκατημόριον καθ᾽ ὅλου μέν
31194	ἐστι πνευματῶδες, κατὰ μέρος δὲ τὰ μὲν προηγού-
31195	μενα αὐτοῦ δίυγρα, τὰ δὲ μέσα εὔκρατα, τὰ δὲ
31196	ἑπόμενα πυρώδη - τὰ δὲ βόρεια πνευματώδη, τὰ δὲ
31197	νότια κάθυγρα καὶ μεταβολικά.
31198	Τὸ δὲ τοῦ Αἰγόκερω δωδεκατημόριον καθ᾽ ὅλου
31199	μέν ἐστι κάθυγρον, κατὰ μέρος δὲ τὰ μὲν προηγού-
31200	μενα αὐτοῦ καυσώδη καὶ φθαρτικά, τὰ δὲ μέσα
31201	εὔκρατα, τὰ δὲ ἑπόμενα ὄμβρων κινητικά : τὰ δὲ
31202	βόρεια καὶ τὰ νότια κάθυγρα καὶ φθαρτικά.
31203	Τὸ δὲ τοῦ “Ὑδροχόου δωδεκατημόριον καθ᾽ ὅλου
31204	μέν ἐστι ψυχρὸν καὶ ὑδατῶδες, κατὰ μέρος δὲ τὰ
31205	μὲν προηγούμενα αὐτοῦ κάθυγρα, τὰ δὲ μέσα εὖ-
31206	κρατα, τὰ δὲ ἑπόμενα πνευματώδη - τὰ δὲ βόρεια
31207	καυσώδη, τὰ δὲ νότια νιφετώδη.
31208	Τὸ δὲ τῶν ᾿Ιχθύων δωδεκατημόριον καθ᾽ ὅλου
31209	μέν ἐστι ψυχρὸν καὶ πνευματῶδες, κατὰ μέρος δὲ
31210	τὰ μὲν προηγούμενα αὐτοῦ εὔκρατα, τὰ δὲ μέσα
31211	κάθυγρα, τὰ δὲ ἑπόμενα καυσώδη - τὰ δὲ βόρεια
31212	πνευματώδη, τὰ δὲ νότια ὑδατώδη.
31213	204
p. 529
31214	TETRABIBLOS II. 11
31215	The sign of Libra as a whole is changeable and
31216	variable ; but, taken part by part, its leading and
31217	middle portions
31218	are temperate and its following
31219	portion watery.
31220	Its northern parts are windy and
31221	its southern moist and pestilential.
31222	The sign of Scorpio as a whole is marked by thun-
31223	der and fire, but, taken part by part, its leading
31224	portion is snowy, its middle temperate, and its fol-
31225	lowing portion causes earthquakes.
31226	Its northern
31227	parts are hot and its southern moist.
31228	The sign of Sagittarius as a whole is windy ; but,
31229	taken part by part, its leading portion is wet, its
31230	middle temperate, and its following part fiery.
31231	Its
31232	northern parts are windy, its southern moist and
31233	changeable.
31234	The sign of Capricorn as a whole is moist; but,
31235	taken part by part, its leading portion is marked
31236	by hot weather and is destructive, its middle tem-
31237	perate, and its following part raises rain-storms.
31238	Its northern
31239	and southern
31240	portions are wet and
31241	destructive.
31242	The sign of Aquarius as a whole is cold and watery ;
31243	but, taken part by part, its leading portion is moist,
31244	its middle temperate, its following part windy.
31245	Its
31246	northern portion brings hot weather and its southern
31247	clouds.
31248	The sign of Pisces as a whole is cold and windy ;
31249	but, taken part by part, its leading portion is tem-
31250	perate, its middle moist, and its following portion
31251	hot.
31252	Its northern parts are windy and its southern
31253	watery.
31254	1 μεταβολικόν
31255	VLADE,
31256	μεταβωλητικόν
31257	P,
31258	μεταβλητικόν
31259	MNGCam.
31260	205
p. 530
31261	PTOLEMY
31262	τ
31263	Ilept
31264	tis
31265	ἐπὶ
31266	pépovs
31267	trav
31268	καταστημάτων ἐπισκέψεως
31269	Τούτων δὲ οὕτως προεκτεθειμένων αἱ κατὰ μέρος
31270	ἔφοδοι τῶν ἐπισημασιῶν περιέχουσι τὸν τρόπον
31271	τοῦτον.
31272	μία μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ὁλοσχερέστερον πρὸς
31273	91 τὰ τεταρτημόρια νοουμένη, καθ᾽ ἣν τηρεῖν, ὡς
31274	ἔφαμεν, δεήσει τὰς γινομένας ἔγγιστα πρὸ
31275	τῶν
31276	τροπικῶν καὶ ἰσημερινῶν σημείων 2 συνόδους ἢ καὶ
31277	πανσελήνους, καὶ κατὰ τὴν μοῖραν > ἤτοι συνοδικὴν
31278	ἢ πανσεληνιακὴν τὴν ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἐπιζητουμένων
31279	κλιμάτων ἃ τὰ κέντρα ws ἐπὶ γενέσεως διατιθέναι "
31280	ἔπειτα τοὺς οἰκοδεσπότας λαμβάνειν τοῦ τε συν-
31281	οδικοῦ ἢ πανσεληνιακοῦ τόπου καὶ τοῦ ἑπομένου
31282	αὐτῷ κέντρου κατὰ τὸν ὑποδεδειγμένον ἡμῖν τρόπον
31283	ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν περὶ τῶν ἐκλείψεων, καὶ οὕτως
31284	τὸ μὲν καθ᾽ ὅλου θεωρεῖν ἐκ τῆς τῶν τεταρτημορίων
31285	1 πρὸ PLMNEProc.Cam.!, πρὸς Cam.®, περὶ τὰ τροπικὰ κτλ.
31286	A, om. VD.
31287	2 σημείων VDMEProc., σημεῖα A, σημασιῶν alii Cam.
31288	3 μοῖραν GMEProc., om. in lacuna fere 3 litt. VD, συζυγίαν
31289	A, om. alii Cam.
31290	4 συζυγίαν post κλιμάτων add. NCam.
31291	ΤῊ the latter part of 11. 10.
31292	Cardanus, pp. 228-229,
31293	commenting on this chapter, says, after admiring the
31294	genius of Ptolemy, “‘ For in this chapter he does five things.
31295	In the first place, he has declared the proper nature of each
31296	part of the year in general, which is predicted from the
31297	new moon or full moon preceding the ingress of the sun
31298	to the cardinal point.
31299	In the second...
31300	, the quality
31301	of each month from the new or full moon, following the
31302	ingress of the sun to the cardinal point.
31303	In the third
31304	206
p. 531
31305	TETRABIBLOS II. 12
31306	12. Of the Investigation of Weather in Detail.
31307	Now that these facts have been stated in intro-
31308	duction, the method of dealing with the significa-
31309	tions
31310	in detail involves
31311	the following procedure.
31312	For one method is that which is more generally
31313	conceived, with relation to the quarters, which will
31314	demand, as we have said,! that we observe the new
31315	moons” or full moons which most nearly precede
31316	the solstitial and equinoctial signs, and that, as the
31317	degree of the new moon or of the full moon may
31318	fall in each latitude investigated, we dispose the
31319	angles as in a nativity.*
31320	It will then be necessary
31321	to determine the rulers of the place of the new moon
31322	or full moon and of the angle that follows it, after
31323	the fashion explained by us in the preceding sections
31324	dealing with eclipses,t and thus to judge of the
31325	general situation from the special nature
31326	of the
31327	place, he tells us how to know the nature of the weather
31328	of the fourth part of each month.
31329	.
31330	. and this is dis-
31331	covered not only from new moons and full moons but also
31332	from the quarters.
31333	.
31334	.
31335	. In the fourth place, he shows us
31336	how to recognize each day the quality of the air
31337	.
31338	.
31339	. from
31340	the rising or setting of the bright stars.
31341	In the fifth he
31342	teaches us to learn that same thing hour by hour from the
31343	passage of the luminaries through the angles at the time.”’
31344	The “ quarters’? mentioned by Ptolemy are the quarters
31345	of the year, or of the zodiac.
31346	*Literally “conjunctions” (συνόδους), but with special
31347	reference to those of the sun and moon;
31348	hence,
31349	“‘ new
31350	moons.”
31351	3. That is, determine the horoscopie point, mid-heaven,
31352	occident, etc., at the time of the conjunction and construct
31353	the horoscope for the event as though it were a birth.
31354	4The reference is to il. 4-8, especially c. 5, where the
31355	method of procedure is explained,
31356	207
p. 532
31357	PTOLEMY
31358	ἰδιότητος, τὸ δὲ μᾶλλον! ἢ ἧττον ἐπιτάσεων Kal
31359	ἀνέσεων ἐκ τῆς τῶν οἰκοδεσποτησάντων φύσεως
31360	διαλαμβάνοντας ποίας τε ποιότητός εἰσι καὶ ποίων
31361	καταστημάτων κινητικοί.
31362	Δευτέρα δ᾽ ἐστὶν ἔφοδος ἡ μηνιαία, καθ᾽ ἣν δεήσει
31363	τὰς καθ᾽ ἕκαστον δωδεκατημόριον προσγινομένας
31364	συνόδους ἢ πανσελήνους κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον
31365	ἐπισκοπεῖν, ἐκεῖνο μόνον τηροῦντας,
31366	ἵνα συνόδου
31367	μὲν ἐμπεσούσης 5 τῆς ἔγγιστα τοῦ παρῳχημένου
31368	τροπικοῦ ἢ ἰσημερινοῦ σημείου καὶ ταῖς μέχρι τοῦ
31369	ἐφεξῆς τεταρτημορίου συνόδοις χρησώμεθα, παν-
31370	σελήνου δὲ πανσελήνοις - ἐπισκοπεῖν δὲ ὁμοίως τὰ
31371	κέντρα καὶ τοὺς
31372	οἰκοδεσπότας
31373	ἀμφοτέρων τῶν
31374	τόπων καὶ μάλιστα τὰς ἔγγιστα φάσεις συναφάς
31375	98 τε καὶ ἀπορροίας τῶν πλανωμένων ἀστέρων, τάς
31376	τε
31377	ἰδιότητας αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν τόπων, καὶ ποίων
31378	ἀνέμων εἰσὶ κινητικοὶ αὐτοί τε καὶ τὰ μέρη τῶν
31379	ζῳδίων καθ᾽ ὧν ἂν τύχωσιν - ἔτι δὲ καὶ ᾧ τὸ πλά-
31380	τος
31381	τῆς σελήνης ἀνέμῳ προσνένευκε κατὰ τὴν
31382	λόξωσιν τοῦ διὰ μέσων, ὅπως ἐξ ἁπάντων τούτων
31383	κατὰ τὴν ἐπικράτησιν τὰ ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν τῶν μηνῶν
31384	καταστήματα καὶ πνεύματα προγινώσκωμεν.
31385	Τρίτη δ᾽ ἐστὶ τὸ τὰς ἔτι λεπτομερεστέρας ἐπιση-
31386	1 τῶν μᾶλλον NAECam., τῶν om. VPLMDG.
31387	2 ἐμπεσούσης VDG; ἐμπέσῃ Ῥτοο. ; ἐκπεσούσης alii Cam.
31388	1The signs are taken as marking the months, and the
31389	new or full moons first occurring while the sun is in the
31390	several signs (hence following the entrance of the sun into
31391	208
p. 533
31392	TETRABIBLOS II. 12
31393	quarters, and determine the question of degree of
31394	intensification
31395	and relaxation from the nature of
31396	the ruling planets, their qualities, and the kinds of
31397	weather which they produce.
31398	The second mode of procedure is based on the
31399	month.
31400	In this it will be necessary
31401	for us
31402	to
31403	examine in the same way the new moons
31404	or full
31405	moons that take place, in the several signs,! observ-
31406	ing only this, that, if a new moon occurs nearest
31407	to the solstitial
31408	or equinoctial sign just past, we
31409	should use the new moons which take place as far
31410	as the next quadrant, and in the case
31411	of a full
31412	moon the full moons.
31413	It will be needful similarly
31414	that we observe the angles and the rulers of both
31415	the places, and especially the nearest appearances 5
31416	of the planets, and their applications® and recessions,
31417	the peculiar properties of the planets and of their
31418	places, and the winds which are aroused both by the
31419	planets themselves and by the parts of the signs in
31420	which they chance to be ; still further, to what wind
31421	the latitude of the moon is inclined through the
31422	obliquity of the ecliptic.
31423	From all these facts, by
31424	means of the principle of prevalence, we may predict
31425	the general conditions of weather and the winds of
31426	the months.
31427	The third step is to observe the even more minutely
31428	the sign, as Cardanus says) are to be observed.
31429	However,
31430	if, for example, in predicting the weather for the first
31431	quarter (spring), a new moon had preceded the first of
31432	Aries and had been used in determining the prediction in
31433	the way just described, we are to use the new moons in
31434	Aries, Taurus, and Gemini for the monthly predictions of
31435	this quadrant ; if a full moon, the full moons.
31436	2 Or apparitions.
31437	3 See 1. 24.
31438	209
p. 534
31439	PTOLEMY
31440	μασίας ἀνέσεων Kal ἐπιτάσεων παρατηρεῖν.
31441	θεω-
31442	ρεῖται δὲ καὶ τοῦτο διά τε τῶν κατὰ μέρος τοῦ
31443	ἡλίου καὶ τῆς σελήνης συσχηματισμῶν, οὐ μόνον
31444	τῶν συνοδικῶν ἢ πανσεληνιακῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν
31445	κατὰ τὰς διχοτόμους, καταρχομένης Ws ἐπὶ πᾶν τῆς
31446	κατὰ τὴν ἐπισημασίαν ἐναλλοιώσεως πρὸ τριῶν
31447	ἡμερῶν, ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς τῆς ἰσοστάθμου
31448	πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον ἐπιπορεύσεως, καὶ διὰ τοῦ καθ᾽
31449	ἑκάστην ' τῶν τοιούτων * στάσεων ἢ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων,
31450	οἷον τριγώνων καὶ ἑξαγώνων, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς πλάνη-
31451	τας συσχηματισμοῦ.
31452	τούτων γὰρ ἀκολούθως τῇ
31453	φύσει καὶ ἡ τῆς ἐναλλοιώσεως ἰδιοτροπία καταλαμ-
31454	βάνεται συμφώνως
31455	ταῖς τε
31456	τῶν ἐπιθεωρούντων
31457	ἀστέρων καὶ ταῖς τῶν ζῳδίων πρός τε τὸ περιέχον
31458	καὶ τοὺς ἀνέμους φυσικαῖς συνοικειώσεσιν.
31459	Αὐτῶν δὲ τούτων τῶν κατὰ μέρος ποιοτήτων at
31460	καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἐπιτάσεις ὃ ἀποτελοῦνται, μάλιστα μὲν
31461	ὅταν τῶν ἀπλανῶν οἱ λαμπρότεροι καὶ δραστικώ-
31462	τεροι φάσεις ἑῴας ἢ ἑσπερίας ἀνατολικὰς ἢ δυτικὰς
31463	ποιῶνται πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον - τρέπουσι γὰρ ὡς ἐπὶ
31464	πολὺ τὰς κατὰ μέρος καταστάσεις πρὸς τὰς ἑαυτῶν
31465	φύσεις, οὐδὲν δὲ ἔλαττον καὶ ὅταν τινὲ τῶν κέντρων
31466	τὰ φῶτα ἐπιπορεύηται.
31467	Πρὸς γὰρ τὰς τοιαύτας αὐτῶν σχέσεις αἱ καθ᾽
31468	ὥραν ἀνέσεις
31469	καὶ ἐπιτάσεις τῶν καταστημάτων
31470	μεταβάλλουσι, καθάπερ πρὸς τὰς τῆς σελήνης αἵ τε
31471	1 ἑκάστην VMADGProce., -ον P, του NLECam.
31472	2 τῶν τοιούτων VMADEG, τούτων τῶν PL, τούτων NCam.},
31473	αὐτῶν Cam.*
31474	8 ἐπιτάσεις ἢ ἀνέσεις NACam,
31475	210
p. 535
31476	TETRABIBLOS II. 12
31477	detailed indications of relaxation and intensification.!
31478	This observation is based upon the configurations
31479	of the sun and the moon successively, not merely
31480	the new moons and full moons, but also the half
31481	moons, in which case the change signified generally
31482	has its beginning three days before, and sometimes
31483	three days after, the moon’s progress matches that of
31484	the sun.”
31485	It is based also upon their aspects to the
31486	planets, when they are at each of the positions of
31487	this kind,
31488	or likewise
31489	others, such
31490	as trine and
31491	sextile.
31492	For it is in accordance with the nature of
31493	these that the special quality of the change is appre-
31494	hended, in harmony with the natural affinities of the
31495	attending planets and of the signs of the zodiac for
31496	the ambient and the winds.
31497	The day by day intensifications of these particular
31498	qualities are brought about chiefly when the more
31499	brilliant
31500	and powerful
31501	of the fixed
31502	stars make
31503	appearances, matutine
31504	or vespertine, at rising or
31505	setting, with respect to the sun.?
31506	For ordinarily
31507	they modulate the particular conditions to accord
31508	with their own
31509	natures,
31510	and none
31511	the
31512	less too
31513	when the luminaries are passing over one of the
31514	angles.
31515	For the hour by hour intensifications and relaxa-
31516	tions of the weather vary in response to such positions
31517	of the stars as these, in the same way that the ebb
31518	1 That is, in the predicted event.
31519	Ptolemy also uses the
31520	expression “‘ the more or less ’’ (τὸ μᾶλλον ἢ ἧττον) to refer
31521	to intensification and relaxation.
31522	2 J.e. conjunction.
31523	’Heliacal risings and settings may be meant; but see
31524	also the list of configurations given in the note on ii. 7,
31525	p. 171.
31526	211
p. 536
31527	PTOLEMY
31528	ἀμπώτεις καὶ at παλίρροιαι, Kal at τῶν πνευμάτων
31529	δὲ τροπαὶ μάλιστα περὶ τὰς τοιαύτας τῶν φωτῶν "
31530	κεντρώσεις ἀποτελοῦνται πρὸς οὗς ἂν τῶν ἀνέμων
31531	ἐπὶ τὰ αὐτὰ τὸ πλάτος τῆς σελήνης τὰς προσνεύσεις
31532	ποιούμενον καταλαμβάνηται.
31533	πανταχοῦ : μέντοι
31534	προσήκει διαλαμβάνειν ὡς προηγουμένης μὲν τῆς
31535	καθ᾽ ὅλου καὶ πρώτης ὑποκειμένης αἰτίας, ἑπο-
31536	μένης δὲ τῆς τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἐπισυμβαινόντων,
31537	βεβαιουμένης δὲ μάλιστα καὶ ἰσχυροποιουμένης τῆς
31538	ἐνεργείας, ὅταν οἱ τῶν καθ᾽ ὅλου φύσεων οἰκοδεσπο-
31539	τήσαντες ἀστέρες καὶ ταῖς ἐπὶ μέρους τύχωσι
31540	συσχηματιζόμενοι.
31541	100 <ty.> Περὶ τῆς τῶν μετεώρων σημειώ-
31542	σεως
31543	Χρήσιμοι δ᾽ ἂν elev πρὸς τὰς τῶν κατὰ μέρος
31544	ἐπισημασιῶν προγνώσεις
31545	καὶ αἱ τῶν γινομένων
31546	σημείων περί τε τὸν ἥλιον καὶ τὴν σελήνην καὶ τοὺς
31547	ἀστέρας παρατηρήσεις.
31548	Τὸν μὲν οὖν ἥλιον παρατηρητέον πρὸς μὲν τὰς
31549	ἡμερησίους καταστάσεις ἀνατέλλοντα, πρὸς δὲ τὰς
31550	νυκτερινὰς δύνοντα, πρὸς δὲ τὰς παρατεινούσας
31551	κατὰ τοὺς πρὸς τὴν σελήνην σχηματισμούς, ὡς
31552	ἑκάστου σχήματος τὴν μέχρι τοῦ ἑξῆς κατάστασιν
31553	ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν προσημαίνοντος.
31554	καθαρὸς μὲν γὰρ καὶ
31555	ἀνεπισκότητος καὶ εὐσταθὴς καὶ ἀνέφελος ἀνατέλ-
31556	λων ἢ δύνων εὐδιεινῆς καταστάσεώς ἐστι δηλω-
31557	τικός͵ ποικίλον δὲ τὸν κύκλον ἔχων ἢ ὑπόπυρρον
31558	ἢ ἀκτῖνας ἐρυθρὰς ἀποπέμπων ἤτοι εἰς τὰ ἔξω ἣ
31559	212
p. 537
31560	TETRABIBLOS II. 12-13
31561	and flow of the tide respond to the phases of the
31562	moon, and the changes in the air-currents are brought
31563	about especially at such appearances of the lumin-
31564	aries at the angles, in the direction of those winds
31565	towards which the latitude of the moon is found
31566	to be inclining.
31567	In every case, however, one should
31568	draw his conclusions on the principle that the univer-
31569	sal and primary underlying cause takes precedence
31570	and that the cause of particular events is secondary
31571	to it, and that the force
31572	is most
31573	ensured
31574	and
31575	strengthened when the stars which are the lords of
31576	the universal natures are configurated with the par-
31577	ticular causes.
31578	13. Of the Significance of Atmospheric Signs.
31579	Observations of the signs that are to be seen
31580	around the sun, moon, and planets would also be
31581	useful for a foreknowledge of the particular events
31582	signified.
31583	We must, then, observe the sun at rising to deter-
31584	mine the weather by day and at setting for the
31585	weather at night, and its aspects to the moon for
31586	weather conditions of longer extent, on the assump-
31587	tion that each aspect, in general, foretells the con-
31588	dition up to the next.
31589	For when the sun rises or
31590	sets
31591	clear, unobscured, steady, and unclouded,
31592	it
31593	signifies fair weather ; but if its disk is variegated or
31594	reddish or sends out ruddy rays, either directly out-
31595	ward or turned back upon
31596	itself, or if it has the
31597	1dwrdv VPLDEG, φάσεων NACam., φύσεων M.
31598	3 πανταχοῦ PLNEProc.Cam., πανταχῆ VMADG.
31599	213
p. 538
31600	101
31601	PTOLEMY
31602	e
31603	3.
31604	EES \|
31605	ε
31606	‘
31607	λ
31608	/
31609	9
31610	ἍἋ
31611	A
31612	/
31613	3
31614	ws ef?!
31615	ἑαυτὸν κυκλουμένας 5 ἢ τὰ καλούμενα
31616	/
31617	Ψ
31618	>
31619	Cia
31620	\|
31621	/
31622	”
31623	”
31624	΄7
31625	παρήλια νέφη ἐξ ἑνὸς μέρους ἔχων ἢ σχήματα
31626	νεφῶν ὑπόκιρρα καὶ ὡσεὶ μακρὰς ἀκτῖνας ἀπο-
31627	μηκύνων, ἀνέμων σφοδρῶν ἐστι σημαντικὸς
31628	καὶ
31629	τοιούτων πρὸς ἃς ἂν γωνίας τὰ προειρημένα σημεῖα
31630	/
31631	/
31632	\
31633	a“
31634	¢
31635	/
31636	>
31637	/
31638	”
31639	γίνηται.
31640	μέλας δὲ ἢ ὑπόχλωρος ἀνατέλλων ἢ
31641	/
31642	\
31643	,
31644	vn
31645	ὦ
31646	»
31647	\
31648	ε
31649	\
31650	>
31651	δύνων μετὰ συννεφίας ἢ ἅλως ἔχων περὶ αὑτὸν καθ
31652	«
31653	/
31654	Ἅ
31655	5
31656	>
31657	/
31658	~
31659	~
31660	/
31661	͵ὔ
31662	ἕν μέρος ἢ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν μερῶν παρήλια νέφη
31663	καὶ ἀκτῖνας ἢ ὑποχλώρους ὁ ἢ μέλανας, χειμώνων
31664	καὶ ὑετῶν ἐστι δηλωτικός.
31665	Τὴν δὲ σελήνην τηρητέον ἐν ταῖς πρὸ τριῶν
31666	ἡμερῶν ἢ μετὰ τρεῖς παρόδοις τῶν τε συνόδων καὶ
31667	πανσελήνων καὶ διχοτόμων.
31668	λεπτὴ μὲν γὰρ καὶ
31669	καθαρὰ φαινομένη καὶ μηδὲν ἔχουσα περὶ αὐτήν,
31670	~
31671	>
31672	εὐδιεινῆς καταστάσεώς ἐστι δηλωτική - λεπτὴ δὲ
31673	\
31674	>
31675	\
31676	\
31677	a
31678	A
31679	~
31680	>
31681	/
31682	7
31683	καὶ ἐρυθρὰ καὶ ὅλον τὸν τοῦ ἀφωτίστου κύκλον
31684	ἔχουσα διαφανῆ καὶ ὑποκεκινημένον, ἀνέμων ἐστὶν
31685	ἐπισημαντική, καθ᾽ ὧν ἂν μάλιστα ποιῆται τὴν
31686	πρόσνευσιν
31687	μέλαινα δὲ ἢ χλωρὰ καὶ παχεῖα
31688	>
31689	θεωρουμένη χειμώνων καὶ ὄμβρων ἐστὶ δηλωτική.
31690	Παρατηρητέον δὲ καὶ τὰς περὶ αὐτὴν γινομένας
31691	ἅλως.
31692	εἰ μὲν γὰρ μία εἴη καὶ αὐτὴ καθαρὰ καὶ
31693	>
31694	/
31695	«
31696	/
31697	δί
31698	>
31699	δὲ
31700	δύ
31701	a”
31702	‘
31703	ἠρέμα ὑπομαραινομένη, εὐδίαν - εἰ
31704	δὲ
31705	δύο ἢ καὶ
31706	τρεῖς elev, χειμῶνας δηλοῦσιν - ὑπόκιρροι μὲν οὖσαι
31707	-
31708	~
31709	>
31710	/
31711	Kal woTep* ῥηγνύμεναι, τοὺς διὰ σφοδρῶν ἀνέμων "
31712	ἀχλυώδεις
31713	δὲ καὶ παχεῖαι,
31714	τοὺς
31715	διὰ νιφετῶν "
31716	ε
31717	΄,
31718	δε
31719	Ἢ
31720	/
31721	\
31722	ge
31723	/
31724	‘\
31725	ὃ 3
31726	ὑπόχλωροι δὲ ἢ μέλαιναι καὶ ῥηγνύμεναι, τοὺς
31727	δι
31728	ἀμφοτέρων - καὶ ὅσῳ 5 ἂν πλείους ὦσι, τοσούτῳ ®
31729	1 ἐφ᾽ om. AECam.
31730	214
p. 539
31731	TETRABIBLOS II. 13
31732	so-called parheliac clouds on one side, or yellowish
31733	formations of clouds, and as it were emits long rays,
31734	it indicates heavy winds and such as come from the
31735	angles to which the aforesaid signs point.
31736	If at rising
31737	or setting it is dark or livid, being accompanied by
31738	clouds, or if it has halos about it on one side, or the
31739	parheliac clouds on beth sides, and gives forth either
31740	livid or dusky rays, it signifies storms and rain.
31741	We must observe the moon in its course three days
31742	before or three days after new moon, full moon, and
31743	the quarters.
31744	For when it appears thin and clear
31745	and has nothing around it, it signifies clear weather.
31746	If it is thin and red, and the whole disk of the un-
31747	lighted portion is visible and somewhat disturbed, it
31748	indicates
31749	winds, in that direction in which
31750	it is
31751	particularly inclined.
31752	If it is observed to be dark,
31753	or pale, and thick, it signifies storms and rains.
31754	We must also observe the halos around the moon.
31755	For if there is one, and this is clear, and gradually
31756	fading, it signifies fair weather;
31757	if there are two or
31758	three, storms; if they are yellowish, and broken, as it
31759	were, storms accompanied by heavy winds; if they
31760	are thick and misty, snowstorms;
31761	pale, or dusky,
31762	and broken, storms with both winds and snow;
31763	2 κυκλουμένας G ; κοιλούμενον VMDE, -os
31764	A; καλλούμενον P,
31765	καλούμενον L; κλωμένας NCam.
31766	3 καλούμενα VADEGProc. ; λεγόμενα PLMNCam.
31767	4 ὑποχλώρους VMADEGProe. ; ὑπώχρους PLNCam.
31768	5 καθ᾽ ὧν av VAD, καθ᾽ ὃ ἂν ME, καθ᾽ ὃ NPLCam.
31769	5 χλωρὰ] cf. Proc. ; χλορὰ VD ; ὠχρὰ PLNACam. ; ὠχρὰ ἢ
31770	χλωρὰ Μ, ἢ χλωρὰ ἢ ὠχρὰ E.
31771	7 ὥσπερ VMADE;
31772	ὡσεὶ PNCam.; ὡς L.
31773	8 ὅσῳ VMADE, -ov PLNCam.Proc.
31774	9 τοσούτῳ VADE, -ous M, -ον PLNCam.Proe.
31775	215
p. 540
31776	PTOLEMY
31777	μείζονας.
31778	Kal at περὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας δὲ τούς τε
31779	πλανωμένους καὶ τοὺς λαμπροὺς τῶν ἀπλανῶν ἅλως
31780	συνιστάμεναι
31781	ἐπισημαίνουσι
31782	τὰ οἰκεῖα
31783	τοῖς
31784	τε
31785	χρώμασιν ἑαυτῶν 5 καὶ ταῖς τῶν ἐναπειλημμένων
31786	φύσεσι.
31787	‘
31788	“-
31789	3
31790	~
31791	\
31792	~
31793	,
31794	A
31795	Kai τῶν ἀπλανῶν δὲ τῶν κατά τι πλῆθος συνεγ-
31796	γὺς ὄντων παρατηρητέον
31797	τὰ χρώματα
31798	καὶ τὰ
31799	/
31800	102 μεγέθη.
31801	λαμπρότεροι yap Kal μείζονες ὁρώμενοι
31802	la
31803	/
31804	παρὰ Tas συνήθεις φαντασίας εἰς ὁποιονδήποτε μέρος
31805	3
31806	“
31807	ὄντες ἀνέμους τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ οἰκείου τόπου διαση-
31808	/
31809	2
31810	\
31811	>
31812	Ad
31813	\
31814	~
31815	γ0.
31816	δῶ
31817	μαίνουσιν.
31818	οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἰδίως ψεφελοει, ῶν
31819	συστροφῶν οἷον τῆς Φάτνης καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων, at
31820	αἰθρίας οὔσης αἱ συστάσεις ἀμαυραὶ καὶ ὥσπερ 3
31821	ἀφανεῖς ἢ πεπαχυμέναι θεωρῶνται, φορᾶς ὑδάτων
31822	εἰσὶ δηλωτικαΐί - καθαραὶ δὲ καὶ παλλόμεναι συνε-
31823	χῶς σφοδρῶν πνευμάτων : ἐπὰν δὲ τῶν ἀστέρων
31824	~
31825	>
31826	¢
31827	/
31828	“
31829	~
31830	τῶν
31831	παρ᾽
31832	ἑκάτερα
31833	τῆς Φάτνης τῶν καλουμένων
31834	Ὄ
31835	«
31836	\
31837	/
31838	>
31839	A
31840	/
31841	/
31842	νων
31843	ὃ μὲν βόρειος ἀφανὴς γένηται, βορέαν
31844	πνεύσειν σημαίνει, ὁ δὲ νότιος νότον."
31845	“-
31846	3
31847	aA
31848	Καὶ τῶν ἐπιγινομένων δὲ κατὰ καιροὺς ἐν τοῖς
31849	«ς
31850	~
31851	~
31852	μετεώροις
31853	at μὲν τῶν
31854	κομητῶν συστροφαὶ ws
31855	>
31856	~
31857	ἐπὶ πᾶν αὐχμοὺς Kal ἀνέμους προσημαίνουσι καὶ
31858	τοσούτῳ μείζονας ὅσῳ ἂν ἐκ πλειόνων μερῶν καὶ
31859	3 ἐπὶ πολὺ ἡ σύστασις γένηται.
31860	Aid \ ὃ (ὃ
31861	5
31862	\
31863	«3
31864	\ 6
31865	~
31866	>
31867	/
31868	ἱ
31869	δὲ διάδρομοιϑ
31870	Kal οἵ ἀκοντισμοὶ ὃ
31871	τῶν ἀστέρων,
31872	1 τοὺς ἀστέρας δὲ VMADE;
31873	om. alii Cam.
31874	2 ἑαυτῶν VMAD, αὐτῶν alii Cam.
31875	3 ὥσπερ VMADEPYoce., πᾶσαι PLNCam.
31876	4 ἐπὰν.
31877	.
31878	.
31879	νότον
31880	soli
31881	habent
31882	VDN(mg.)Cam.;
31883	om.
31884	PLNMAEProc.
31885	216
p. 541
31886	TETRABIBLOS II. 13
31887	and the more of them there are the more severe the
31888	storms.
31889	And the halos that gather about the stars,
31890	both the planets and the brilliant fixed stars, signify
31891	what is appropriate
31892	to their colours and to the
31893	natures of the luminaries which they surround.
31894	As for the fixed stars which are close together in
31895	some number, we must observe their colours and
31896	magnitudes.
31897	For if they appear brighter and larger
31898	than usual, in whatever part of the sky they may
31899	be, they indicate the winds that blow from their own
31900	region.
31901	As for the clusters in the proper sense,
31902	however, such as Praesepe and the like, whenever in
31903	a clear sky their clusters appear to be dim, and, as
31904	it were, invisible, or thickened, they signify a down-
31905	pour of water, but if they are clear and constantly
31906	twinkle, heavy winds.
31907	Whenever, of the stars called
31908	the Asses on each side of Praesepe, the one to the
31909	north becomes invisible, it means that the north
31910	wind will blow, and the one to the south, the south
31911	wind.
31912	Of occasional phenomena in the upper atmosphere,
31913	comets generally foretell droughts or winds, and the
31914	larger the number of parts that are found in their
31915	heads and the greater their size, the more severe
31916	the winds.
31917	Rushing and shooting stars, if they come from one
31918	1This sentence is perhaps an addition to the text, since
31919	it does not occur in all the MSS. nor
31920	in Proclus;
31921	it is
31922	to be found, however, in Hephaestion, p. 100, 31-33
31923	(ed.
31924	Engelbrecht).
31925	Hephaestion’s compilation dates, according
31926	to Engelbrecht, from the year 381.
31927	δ διάδρομοι VD, -ai MEE, διαδρομικαὶ A, δρόμοι Proc., διεκ-
31928	δρομαὶ PNCam., ἐκδρομαὶ L.
31929	ὃ ἀκοντισταὶ NCam.
31930	217
p. 542
31931	PTOLEMY
31932	εἰ μὲν ἀπὸ μιᾶς γίνοιντο γωνίας, τὸν am’ ἐκείνης
31933	ἄνεμον δηλοῦσιν - εἰ δ᾽ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων, ἀκατα-
31934	στασίαν πνευμάτων " εἰ δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν τεττάρων, παν-
31935	τοίους χειμῶνας μέχρι βροντῶν καὶ ἀστραπῶν καὶ
31936	τῶν τοιούτων.
31937	ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τὰ νέφη ' πόκοις
31938	ἐρίων ὄντα παραπλήσια προδηλωτικὰ ἐνίοτε γίνεται
31939	ι03 χειμώνων.
31940	αἵ τε συνιστάμεναι κατὰ καιροὺς ἴριδες
31941	χειμῶνας μὲν ἐξ εὐδίας, εὐδίας δὲ ἐκ χειμώνων
31942	προσημαίνουσι : καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ πᾶν συνελόντι εἰπεῖν, at
31943	καθ᾽ ὅλου τοῦ ἀέρος ἐπιγινόμεναι ἰδιόχροοι 5 φαν-
31944	τασίαι τὰ ὅμοια δηλοῦσι τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκείων
31945	συμπτωμάτων κατὰ τὰ προδεδηλωμένα
31946	διὰ τῶν
31947	ἔμπροσθεν ἀποτελουμένοις.
31948	Ἢ μὲν δὴ τῶν καθολικῶν ἐπίσκεψις, τῶν τε
31949	ὁλοσχερεστέρων θεωρουμένων καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους,
31950	μέχρι τοσούτων ἡμῖν κατὰ τὸ κεφαλαιῶδες ὑπομνη-
31951	ματίσθω.
31952	τῆς δὲ κατὰ τὸ γενεθλιαλογικὸν εἶδος
31953	προγνώσεως τὰς πραγματείας ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς κατὰ
31954	τὴν προσήκουσαν ἀκολουθίαν ἐφοδεύσομεν.
31955	1 Post νέφη add. ἐν ὁποίοις ἂν ὦσιν ὁρίοις NCam. ; om. alii
31956	Proc.
31957	3 ἰδιόχροοι
31958	MA,
31959	ἰδιόχρωοι
31960	VPLD,
31961	ἰδιόχρονοι
31962	NECam.
31963	(*notatum) ; cf. 7a. .
31964	. χρώματα Proc.
31965	218
p. 543
31966	TETRABIBLOS II. 13
31967	angle, denote the wind from that direction, but if
31968	from opposite angles, a confusion of winds, and if
31969	from all four angles, storms of all kinds, including
31970	thunder, lightning, and the like.
31971	Similarly clouds
31972	resembling flocks of wool are sometimes significant
31973	of storms.
31974	And the rainbows
31975	that appear from
31976	time to time signify storms after clear weather and
31977	clear weather after storms.
31978	To sum up the whole
31979	matter, the visible phenomena, which appear with
31980	peculiar colours of their own in the atmosphere in
31981	general, indicate results similar to those brought
31982	about by their own
31983	proper occurrences,
31984	in the
31985	manner already explained in the foregoing.!
31986	Let us, then, consider that thus far, in outline,
31987	there has been given an account of the investiga-
31988	tion of general questions, both in their more uni-
31989	versal aspects and in particular detail.
31990	In the
31991	following we shall supply in due order the procedure
31992	for the prediction which follows the genethlialogical
31993	form.
31994	1The purpose of this clumsy sentence seems to be merely
31995	to refer the reader to the account already given in ii. 9.
31996	219
p. 544
31997	PTOLEMY
31998	BIBAION I”
31999	<a.>
32000	Προοίμιον"
32001	᾿Εφωδευμένης ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν τῆς περὶ
32002	τὰ καθ᾽ ὅλου συμπτώματα Σ θεωρίας, ὡς προηγου-
32003	μένης καὶ τὰ πολλὰ κατακρατεῖν δυναμένης τῶν
32004	περὶ ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν ἀνθρώπων κατὰ τὸ ἴδιον τῆς
32005	φύσεως ἀποτελουμένων, ὧν τὸ προγνωστικὸν μέρος
32006	104 γενεθλιαλογικὸν καλοῦμεν͵ δύναμιν μὲν 8 μίαν καὶ
32007	A
32008	>
32009	\
32010	>
32011	,
32012	~
32013	»
32014	~
32015	[2
32016	a“
32017	,
32018	τὴν αὐτὴν ἀμφοτέρων τῶν εἰδῶν ἡγεῖσθαι προσήκει
32019	καὶ περὶ τὸ ποιητικὸν καὶ περὶ τὸ θεωρητικόν,
32020	»
32021	,
32022	\
32023	~
32024	>
32025	a
32026	\
32027	~
32028	>
32029	a
32030	ἐπειδήπερ καὶ τῶν
32031	καθ᾽
32032	ὅλου καὶ τῶν καθ᾽
32033	ἕνα
32034	ἕκαστον συμπτωμάτων αἰτία μὲν ἡ τῶν πλανω-
32035	μένων ἀστέρων ἡλίου
32036	τε
32037	καὶ σελήνης κίνησις,
32038	προγνωστικὴ
32039	δὲ ἡ τῆς τῶν ὑποκειμένων αὐτῆς
32040	φύσεων τροπῆς κατὰ τὰς ὁμοιοσχήμονας
32041	τῶν
32042	~
32043	>
32044	οὐρανίων παρόδους διὰ τοῦ περιέχοντος ἐπιστὴη-
32045	Α
32046	,
32047	\
32048	>
32049	ae.
32050	ες
32051	‘A
32052	A
32053	μονικὴ παρατήρησις, πλὴν ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἡ μὲν καθολικὴ
32054	ε
32055	EK
32056	περίστασις μείζων τε
32057	Kal αὐτοτελής, ἡ δ᾽ ἐπὶ
32058	>
32059	μέρους οὐχ ὁμοίως.
32060	ἀρχὰς δ᾽ οὐκέτι τὰς αὐτὰς
32061	5
32062	3...}.9
32063	-
32064	A
32065	~
32066	ἀμφοτέρων
32067	νομιστέον
32068	εἶναι,
32069	ἀφ᾽
32070	ὧν
32071	τὴν
32072	τῶν
32073	οὐρανίων διάθεσιν ὑποτιθέμενοι τὰ διὰ τῶν τότε
32074	σχηματισμῶν
32075	σημαινόμενα
32076	πειρώμεθα προγινώ-
32077	>
32078	‘
32079	~
32080	"
32081	-
32082	/
32083	>
32084	x
32085	oxew, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν καθολικῶν πολλάς, ἐπειδὴ
32086	~
32087	>
32088	>
32089	μίαν τοῦ παντὸς οὐκ ἔχομεν Kal ταύτας οὐκ ἀπ
32090	1 Προοίμιον Ν ὭΡτοο. ; Περὶ σπορᾶς καὶ ἐκτροπῆς PL (σπωρᾶς)
32091	NCam.
32092	2 τῶν συμπτωμάτων NCam., συμπτωμάτων PL.
32093	3 μὲν om. PLNCam.
32094	220

Provenance

Full provenance, licence and citation: part 1.

What the layers are

L0 witness
The text as its witness or edition has it, original spelling; its dialect is a description and is never standardized.

L0.5 transliteration
For Egyptian texts: the transliteration with the editors' marks turned into the symbols ° * < > _ ^ (ruled 2026-09-10). For papyri: the edition's Leiden marks as the same symbols, and the editors' readings beside the scribe's as ‹scribe→editors› (ruled PAP-3).

L1 Cairene
Standardized Greco-Bohairic spelling and grammar, generated by code from the layer above under the rulings of the project.

L2 Kemetic
The Kemetic alphabet, generated by code from L1.

English
Quoted translations where they exist, credited; otherwise model drafts, marked as drafts.